Industrial Automation Product Catalogue

www.smcpneumatics.co.uk MA12-IS-131-EN

Industrial Automation Product Catalogue

SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Limited Vincent Avenue Crownhill Milton Keynes Buckinghamshire MK8 0AN United Kingdom www.smcpneumatics.co.uk

CC

P

A I

1st printing Printed in United Kingdom

Akihabara UDX 15F, 4-14-1, Sotokanda, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0021, JAPAN Phone: 03-5207-8249 FAX: 03-5298-5362 Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SMC supports local sales partners

Dear Customer,

Welcome to our new Industrial Automation product catalogue, featuring the newest, most innovative products from our range of over 630,000 lines – products which earned us a listing as one of the world’s most innovative companies for two consecutive years by the respected business publication, Forbes Magazine – an accolade not given to any of our competitors. If you cannot find the solution you need, help is just a phone call away – SMC has the largest salesforce of any pneumatics supplier in the UK, and one of our trained sales engineers can visit you to recommend the exact solution for your application. And thanks to our in-house expertise, at our UK manufacturing facility we can design and manufacture variations on standard products to meet your precise requirements. You can reduce the amount of cash you have tied up in inventory and cut the number of suppliers you use by taking advantage of our UK and European warehouses, both of which can supply your standard products within three working days. Alternatively you can also purchase SMC components from over 400 industrial distributors throughout the UK. By using our comprehensive online catalogue you can browse SMC’s entire product range, download product literature and technical drawings, to ensure you have all the information you need, instantly at your fingertips – just go to www.smcpneumatics.co.uk

Best regards, SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Limited

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SMC UK & worldwide

With 50 years’ experience and a global reputation for excellence and innovation, some companies might be content to rest on their laurels. But at SMC – the world-leading expert in pneumatics - we continue to invest in new product development initiatives. We aim to continue meeting our users’ needs with innovative, high-quality products, from cost-effective production and logistics, supported by local engineering expertise; an approach which has seen us listed as one of the world’s most innovative companies for two years running by Forbes magazine. Established in Japan in 1959, SMC has pursued a strategy of sustainable global growth so that we now have a presence in 78 countries worldwide. Our UK office opened in 1978; since 1998 SMC Pneumatics (UK) Ltd has occupied a 24,000m² purpose-built production, logistics and administration facility in Milton Keynes, only minutes from the M1 motorway and the west coast railway line. The UK office is co-located with SMC Corporation’s European Technical Centre - one of our five product development hubs worldwide, employing over 1,300 specialist engineers to design products to continue meeting our customers’ needs. In addition to 160 staff based in Milton Keynes, SMC has a nationwide sales team of technically-trained sales engineers that is the largest salesforce of any pneumatics manufacturer in the UK. Thanks to excellent relationships with 40 regional and national distributors, SMC products are sold at 750 trade counters across the entire UK - so you can contact us and buy parts in the way that suits you best. Every SMC product is manufactured within an approved ISO9001 quality management system, to ensure consistency of manufacture and ultimately a long and totally reliable operating life for guaranteed peace of mind. Despite the recent economic downturn, programmes to successfully improve cost efficiency and promote the benefits of cost-saving products to our customers have so far enabled SMC to weather the storm, leaving us better placed than ever to continue meeting customer needs with innovative solutions.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

About the catalogue

SMC Sales partners With subsidiaries in 78 countries, SMC has an excellent international network at its disposal and competent on-site customer care. However, to ensure that local customers are also within reach of the desired products and competent advice as easily and quickly as possible, SMC is expanding locally with a well-structured and closely knit sales partner network. This network is being constantly expanded. Carefully selected partner firms sell SMC products and reliably advise customers. This means that you reap the benefits of product availability and personalised advice in-situ.

Your product catalogue Industrial automation This catalogue was devised on the basis of the SMC sales partner strategy. Over the course of nine chapters 3,500 high-performing SMC cutting-edge products are waiting for you. We have replaced the SMC order key with complete article designations. You can therefore select the desired SMC product easily and by submitting only the most essential technical information. The prices featured in the catalogue are resale prices recommended by us. The objective is that all listed articles reach your company quickly after ordering. Over 80% of the articles are already available from the warehouse today. With the completion of the European Central Warehouse, in the forthcoming months SMC guarantees this high availability of products. This selection of articles constitutes only 0.5% of the more than 630,000 SMC articles available all over the world. If the product you are looking for is not in the catalogue please contact your SMC sales partner.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Fittings, S couplers, flow control/check valves

1

Tubing

2

Blow gun

3

Compressed air preparation

4

Valves

5

Vacuum air

6

Cylinders and cylinder accessories

7

Sensors

8

Electric drives, control systems, ionisers

9

Index, search word list, GTC

Appendix

Table of Contents

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

Fittings, S-couplers, flow control/check valves

Fittings M series, miniature fitting

9

MS series, corrosion-free miniature fitting

11

KJ series, miniature fitting

13

KQ2 series, fitting

19

KG series, corrosion-free fitting (metal parts only)

38

KQG2 series, fittings made of stainless steel 316

42

KS series, rotating fitting

47

KC series, one-touch fitting with self-seal function

49

KM series, manifold fitting

52

KB series, manifold module

53

S-coupler KK series, quick plug coupling (brass nickel-plated)

56

KKA series, quick plug coupling (stainless steel)

59

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Flow control/check valves AS series, speed controller

62

ASN2 series, metering valve with silencer

66

ASP series, speed controller unlockable

67

ASG series, corrosion-free speed controller

68

ASV series, speed exhaust controller

70

AKH series, check valve with one-touch fitting

72

AK series, check valve

73

ASR/ASQ series, compressed air saving valve

74

Guide sleeve

The one-touch fittings in the KQ2 series are

Collet

Release bush

Chuck

characterised by quick assembly or disassembly respectively. They are suitable for polyurethane and nylon tubing The products are featured as from page 19.

Tightening ring Tubing Body O-ring Connection body

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1

8

UNI thread

1

Thread The UNI threads are characterised by • Reduced assembly time • Ideal for reduced space conditions • No contamination through cut off or pressed out sealing band

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

• The UNI thread was developed on the basis of international standards

UNI Thread P rofile Normal threads such as Rc (PT), G (PF), NPT, NPTF etc, have different diameters, pitch, conicity and profile shape. That was why the UNI thread was developed. The different thread profiles were superimposed and the inner most contours connected. The UNI thread with this new profile shape adapts to all thread types mentioned.

Structure of the Tightening Ring A special conical tightening ring made of stainless steel, which is coated on both sides with NBR, was developed to optimally guarantee the sealing of the different threads in a 90° countersink.

If you are interested in this product please contact SMC.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

M Series

9

Fittings

Miniature fitting • Minimal space required for the pipe. The retainer nut has a large holding force and allows

1

easy connection and removal. • A wide variety of models are available • For soft nylon and polyurethane tubing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Applicable tubing material

Nylon

Soft nylon

Polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

M3

-

3.2 / 4

3.2 / 4

M5-R1/8

4/6

3.2 / 4 / 6

3.2 / 4 / 6

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Port

M3, M5, R1/8

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm)

Miniature fittings, M series M-3AU-4

Straight fitting with sleeve

4

M3

0.85

M-5AU-4

Straight fitting with sleeve

4

M5

0.85

M-5AU-6

Straight fitting with sleeve

6

M5

0.85

M-01AU-4

Straight fitting with sleeve

4

R1/8

1.27

M-01AU-6

Straight fitting with sleeve

6

R1/8

1.27

For polyurethane and soft nylon tubing. For nylon tubing upon request

M-5H-4

Straight fitting with retainer nut

4

M5

0.90

M-5H-6

Straight fitting with retainer nut

6

M5

0.90

M-01H-4

Straight fitting with retainer nut

4

R1/8

1.32

M-01H-6

Straight fitting with retainer nut

6

R1/8

1.32

M-3ALU-4

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

4

M3

2.22

M-5ALU-4

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

4

M5

3.08

M-5ALU-6

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

6

M5

3.08

For polyurethane and soft nylon tubing. For nylon tubing upon request

M-5HL-4

Elbow fitting with retainer nut, pivotable 360°

4

M5

2.84

M-5HL-6

Elbow fitting with retainer nut, pivotable 360°

6

M5

2.84

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

10

M series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product

Description

Port

Price £

M-3UL

Elbow fitting, pivotable 360°

M3 / M3

1.94

M-5UL

Elbow fitting, pivotable 360°

M5 / M5

1.51

M-3UT

T-fitting, pivotable 360°

M3 / M3 / M3

2.03

M-5UT

T-fitting, pivotable 360°

M5 / M5 / M5

1.56

M-3N

Union nipple

M3 / M3

2.37

M-5N

Union nipple

M5 / M5

1.14

M-5UN

Union nipple, pivotable 360°

M5 / M5

3.88

M-5J

Extension

M5 / M5

0.75

M-5B

Reducer

M5 / R1/8

0.61

M-5E

Bulkhead union

M5 / M5

1.27

M-5ER

Bulkhead union with reducer

M5 / R1/8

1.32

M-3P

Port Plug

M3

0.99

M-5P

Port Plug

M5

0.47

M-5M

Manifold 9 times

R1/8 / M5

8.81

M-3G

Tightening ring (Teflon coating)

M5 / 0.4 mm

0.13

M-5G1

Tightening ring (PVC)

M5 / 0.5 mm

0.13

M-5GH

Tightening ring (Nylon 66, GF 33%)

M5 / 2 mm

0.23

reference

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MS series

11

Fittings

Corrosion-free miniature fitting • Suitable for use in applications with corrosive risk

1

• Minimal space required • The retainer nut guarantees easy assembly and disassembly • Extensive delivery programme • For soft nylon and polyurethane tubing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Tubing material

Nylon

Soft nylon

Polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4/6

3.2 / 4 / 6

3.2 / 4 / 6

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Thread size

M5

Body material

SUS316 / 1.4401

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm) Miniature fitting, MS series, corrosion-free MS-5AU-3

Straight fitting with sleeve

3.2

M5

2.84

MS-5AU-4

Straight fitting with sleeve

4

M5

2.84

MS-5AU-6

Straight fitting with sleeve

6

M5

3.08

For polyurethane and soft nylon tubing. For nylon tubing upon request

MS-5ALHU-3

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

3.2

M5

7.90

MS-5ALHU-4

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

4

M5

7.90

MS-5ALHU-6

Elbow fitting with sleeve, pivotable 360°

6

M5

8.00

For polyurethane and soft nylon tubing. For nylon tubing upon request

MS-5H-4

Straight fitting with retainer nut

4

M5

4.87

MS-5H-6

Straight fitting with retainer nut

6

M5

5.06

MS-5HLH-4

Elbow fitting with retainer nut, pivotable 360°

4

M5

11.65

MS-5HLH-6

Elbow fitting with retainer nut, pivotable 360°

6

M5

12.26

MS-5UL

Elbow fitting, pivotable 360°

–

M5 / M5

8.66

MS-5UT

T-fitting, pivotable 360°

–

M5 / M5

9.71

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

12

MS series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1 MS-5UT

T-bolted connection, 360 ˚ swivel

–

M5 / M5

9.71

MS-5B

Reducer

–

R1/8 / M5

3.36

MS-5J

Extension

–

M5 / M5

3.92

MS-5UN

Union nipple, pivotable 360°

–

M5 / M5

10.70

MS-5P

Port Plug

–

M5

2.70

MS-5N

Union nipple

–

M5 / M5

2.51

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KJ series

13

Fittings

Miniature fitting • Standard with Teflon coating

1

• Suitable for use in copper-free applications • Can also be used for vacuum up to -100 kPa / -1 bar

Basic Specifications Medium

Air, Water Note 1)

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating vacuum

-100 MPa / -1 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60, with water: 0 to 40 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

In the case of conical pipe threads with Teflon coating

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

In the case of M3 / M5 thread with flat seal Thread coating (standard)

with Teflon coating

For all applications requiring copper-free materials

All brass parts are chemically nickel plated

(Standard) Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

2 / 3.2 / 4 / 6

Note 1) Suitable for general industrial water. Consult SMC if using other fluids. Surge pressure must be under the max. operating pressure.

Ordering Information Product

Description

reference

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm)

KJH, straight one-touch fitting with external hexagon head. Most common design used to straight pipe on female thread. KJH02-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

2

M3

2.13

KJH02-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

2

M5

1.75

KJH23-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M5

1.47

KJH23-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

R1/8

1.03

KJH04-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M3

2.27

KJH04-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M5

1.41

KJH04-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

4

R1/8

1.03

KJH06-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M5

1.47

KJH06-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/8

1.14

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

14

KJ series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Port

Price £

reference

1

KJS, straight one-touch fitting with internal hexagon head. The fitting can be fastened via the hexagon head opening in the body using an Allen key, an advantage where there is limited space. KJS02-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

2

M3

2.27

KJS23-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M3

1.98

KJS23-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M5

1.32

KJS04-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M3

1.98

KJS04-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M5

1.32

KJS04-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

4

R1/8

1.23

KJS06-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M5

1.32

KJS06-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/8

1.27

KJL, elbow connector, pivotable 360°.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

The most frequently used design to the pipe at a right angle to a female thread. KJL02-M3

Elbow connector

2

M3

2.79

KJL02-M5

Elbow connector

2

M5

1.89

KJL23-M3

Elbow connector

3.2

M3

2.88

KJL23-M5

Elbow connector

3.2

M5

2.08

KJL23-01S

Elbow connector

3.2

R1/8

1.65

KJL04-M3

Elbow connector

4

M3

2.88

KJL04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

2.08

KJL04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

1.65

KJL06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

2.17

KJL06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

1.75

KJW, elbow connector high, pivotable 360° Fundamentally used as an elbow connector. It is also used for variable pipes to avoid overlapping in the fittings. KJW02-M3

Elbow connector

2

M3

3.41

KJW02-M5

Elbow connector

2

M5

2.60

KJW23-M3

Elbow connector

3.2

M3

4.12

KJW23-M5

Elbow connector

3.2

M5

2.60

KJW23-01S

Elbow connector

3.2

R1/8

2.60

KJW04-M3

Elbow connector

4

M3

4.12

KJW04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

2.60

KJW04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

2.60

KJW06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

2.60

KJW06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

2.60

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KJ series

15

Fittings

Ordering Information Product

Description

reference

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KJT, T-fitting, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread at a 90° angle in each direction. KJT02-M3

T-fitting

2

M3

3.59

KJT02-M5

T-fitting

2

M5

3.54

KJT23-M3

T-fitting

3.2

M3

3.98

KJT23-M5

T-fitting

3.2

M5

3.12

KJT23-01S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/8

2.74

KJT04-M3

T-fitting

4

M3

3.98

KJT04-M5

T-fitting

4

M5

3.12

KJT04-01S

T-fitting

4

R1/8

2.74

KJT06-M5

T-fitting

6

M5

3.41

KJT06-01S

T-fitting

6

R1/8

2.84

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KJY, T-fitting, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in a straight direction and at 90°. KJY02-M3

T-fitting

2

M3

4.69

KJY02-M5

T-fitting

2

M5

4.69

KJY23-M3

T-fitting

3.2

M3

3.98

KJY23-M5

T-fitting

3.2

M5

3.12

KJY23-01S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/8

2.74

KJY04-M3

T-fitting

4

M3

3.98

KJY04-M5

T-fitting

4

M5

3.12

KJY04-01S

T-fitting

4

R1/8

2.74

KJY06-M5

T-fitting

6

M5

3.41

KJY06-01S

T-fitting

6

R1/8

2.84

KJU, Y-one touch fitting, 360° pivotable To branch tubing in the a straight direction. KJU23-M5

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

M5

3.65

KJU23-01S

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

R1/8

3.03

KJU04-M5

Y-one touch fitting

4

M5

3.41

KJU04-01S

Y-one touch fitting

4

R1/8

3.03

KJU06-M5

Y-one touch fitting

6

M5

3.45

KJU06-01S

Y-one touch fitting

6

R1/8

3.36

KJF, straight one-touch fitting with female thread To the pipe on a male thread. KJF23-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M3

1.89

KJF23-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M5

1.89

KJF04-M3

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M3

1.94

KJF04-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M5

1.94

KJF06-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M5

1.98

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

16

KJ series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Port

Price £

reference

1

KJH, straight one-touch fitting To connect tubing in a straight direction. KJH02-00

Straight one-touch fitting

2

–

2.60

KJH23-00

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

–

1.80

KJH04-00

Straight one-touch fitting

4

–

1.70

KJH06-00

Straight one-touch fitting

6

–

1.70

KJL, plug-in elbow To connect tubing at right angles to each other. KJL23-00

Plug-in elbow

3.2

–

1.98

KJL04-00

Plug-in elbow

4

–

2.08

KJL06-00

Plug-in elbow

6

–

2.08

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KJT, Union Tee To branch tubing into 2 directions each at 90° to the original one. KJT02-00

Union Tee

2

–

2.84

KJT23-00

Union Tee

3.2

–

2.74

KJT04-00

Union Tee

4

–

2.74

KJT06-00

Union Tee

6

–

2.74

KJU, Y-plug in branch To branch tubing in a straight direction. KJU02-00

Y-plug in branch

2

–

3.65

KJU23-00

Y-plug in branch

3.2

–

2.46

KJU04-00

Y-plug in branch

4

–

2.46

KJU06-00

Y-plug in branch

6

–

2.55

KJE, bulkhead union To connect tubing through a panel. KJE02-00

Bulkhead union

2

Ø 8 Note 1)

3.50

KJE23-00

Bulkhead union

3.2

Ø 9 Note 1)

3.12

KJE04-00

Bulkhead union

4

Ø 10

Note 1)

2.88

KJE06-00

Bulkhead union

6

Ø 12 Note 1)

3.03

Note 1) Mounting hole [mm]

KJL, plug in elbow To change the tubing direction from a one-touch fitting by 90°. KJL23-99

Plug-in elbow

3.2

3.2

2.03

KJL04-99

Plug-in elbow

4

4

1.75

KJL06-99

Plug-in elbow

6

6

1.75

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KJ series

17

Fittings

Ordering Information Product

Description

reference

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KJU, Y-plug in branch To branch tubing in a straight direction. KJU23-00

Y-plug in branch

3.2

3.2

2.46

KJU04-00

Y-plug in branch

4

4

2.46

KJT06-00

Y-plug in branch

6

6

2.74

KJP / KQ2P, port plug To plug unused one-touch fittings. Port Plug

–

2

0.61

KQ2P-23

Port Plug

–

3.2

1.65

KQ2P-04

Port Plug

–

4

0.73

KQ2P-06

Port Plug

–

6

0.73

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KJP-02

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

18

KJ series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference Description

1

Tubing

Tubing

O.D. a

O.D. b

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

KJL, plug in elbow To change the tubing direction from a one-touch fitting by 90° as well as to connect to tubing with a smaller diameter.

b

a

KJL23-04

Reducer elbow

3.2

4

2.03

KJL23-06

Reducer elbow

3.2

6

2.03

KJL04-06

Reducer elbow

4

6

2.08

b

KJX, Y-plug in branch To branch the line from a one-touch fitting into two tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction. a

KJX23-04

Y-plug in branch with reducer

3.2

4

2.93

KJX04-06

Y-plug in branch with reducer

4

6

2.55

KJR, straight plug in reducer Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To connect to a smaller one-touch fitting. a

KJR23-04

Straight plug in reducer

3.2

4

1.47

KJR23-06

Straight plug in reducer

3.2

6

1.47

KJR04-06

Straight plug in reducer

4

6

1.51

b

KJH, straight one-touch fitting with reducer To connect tubes with different diameters. b

a

KJH23-04

Straight one-touch fitting with reducer

3.2

4

2.74

KJH23-06

Straight one-touch fitting with reducer

3.2

6

2.60

KJH04-06

Straight one-touch fitting with reducer

4

6

2.60

KJU, Y-plug in branch with reducer b

a

To branch a tube with two tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction as the output tube. KJU23-04

Y-plug in branch with reducer

3.2

4

3.59

KJU04-06

Y-plug in branch with reducer

4

6

3.54

KJT, Different Diameter Tee To branch the tubing into two at a right angle and reduce the resulting branches in diameter at the same a

a

time. KJT23-04

Different Diameter Tee

3.2

4

3.03

KJT23-04

Different Diameter Tee

4

6

3.03

b

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

19

Fittings

One-touch fittings • Wide pressure range - from industry vacuum (-100 kPa / -1 bar) to overpressure of

1

(1 MPa / 10 bar) • Wide range of tubing systems (3.2 mm - 16 mm OD tubing) • Wide range of available configurations

Basic Specifications Colour

Body

KQ2 series

White

Release bush

Medium

Compressed air/water

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating vacuum

-100 MPa / -1 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60, with water: 0 to 40 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

In the case of conical pipe threads with Teflon coating

Light grey Note 1)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

In the case of M5 parallel thread with flat seal Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

3,2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 16

Note 1) Suitable for general industrial water. Consult SMC if using other fluids. Surge pressure must be under the max. operating pressure.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm) KQ2H, straight one-touch fitting with external hexagon head Most common design used to pipe on female thread. KQ2H23-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

M5

2.06

KQ2H23-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

R1/8

1.93

KQ2H23-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

R1/4

2.16

KQ2H04-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M5

2.02

KQ2H04-M6

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M6

2.20

KQ2H04-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

4

G1/8

1.70

KQ2H04-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

4

G1/4

1.93

KQ2H04-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

4

R1/8

1.56

KQ2H04-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

4

R1/4

1.83

KQ2H06-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M5

2.06

KQ2H06-M6

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M6

2.94

KQ2H06-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

6

G1/8

1.83

KQ2H06-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

6

G1/4

1.93

KQ2H06-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

6

G3/8

2.39

KQ2H06-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/8

1.79

KQ2H06-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/4

1.83

KQ2H06-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R3/8

2.29

KQ2H08-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G1/8

2.06

KQ2H08-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G1/4

2.16

KQ2H08-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G3/8

2.43

KQ2H08-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R1/8

2.02

KQ2H08-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R1/4

2.06

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

20

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1 KQ2H08-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R3/8

2.39

KQ2H10-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/8

3.31

KQ2H10-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/4

3.40

KQ2H10-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G3/8

3.54

KQ2H10-U04

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/2

4.00

KQ2H10-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/8

3.40

KQ2H10-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/4

3.31

KQ2H10-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R3/8

3.40

KQ2H10-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/2

3.90

KQ2H12-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G1/4

4.36

KQ2H12-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G3/8

4.36

KQ2H12-U04

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G1/2

5.10

KQ2H12-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R1/4

4.27

KQ2H12-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R3/8

4.27

KQ2H12-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R1/2

5.01

KQ2H16-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

16

G3/8

8.46

KQ2H16-U04

Straight one-touch fitting

16

G1/2

8.69

KQ2H16-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

16

R3/8

8.27

KQ2H16-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

16

R1/2

8.46

KQ2L, elbow connector 90° with external hexagon head, pivotable 360°. The most frequently used design to the pipe at a right angle to a female thread. KQ2L23-M5

Elbow connector 90°

3.2

M5

2.94

KQ2L23-01S

Elbow connector 90°

3.2

R1/8

2.52

KQ2L23-02S

Elbow connector 90°

3.2

R1/4

2.89

KQ2L04-M5

Elbow connector 90°

4

M5

3.12

KQ2L04-M6

Elbow connector 90°

4

M6

2.94

KQ2L04-U01

Elbow connector 90°

4

G1/8

2.57

KQ2L04-U02

Elbow connector 90°

4

G1/4

2.94

KQ2L04-01S

Elbow connector 90°

4

R1/8

2.66

KQ2L04-02S

Elbow connector 90°

4

R1/4

3.03

KQ2L06-M5

Elbow connector 90°

6

M5

3.17

KQ2L06-M6

Elbow connector 90°

6

M6

2.94

KQ2L06-U01

Elbow connector 90°

6

G1/8

2.75

KQ2L06-U02

Elbow connector 90°

6

G1/4

2.89

KQ2L06-U03

Elbow connector 90°

6

G3/8

3.17

KQ2L06-01S

Elbow connector 90°

6

R1/8

2.75

KQ2L06-02S

Elbow connector 90°

6

R1/4

2.89

KQ2L06-03S

Elbow connector 90°

6

R3/8

3.26

KQ2L08-U01

Elbow connector 90°

8

G1/8

3.03

KQ2L08-U02

Elbow connector 90°

8

G1/4

3.26

KQ2L08-U03

Elbow connector 90°

8

G3/8

3.40

KQ2L08-01S

Elbow connector 90°

8

R1/8

3.17

KQ2L08-02S

Elbow connector 90°

8

R1/4

3.31

KQ2L08-03S

Elbow connector 90°

8

R3/8

3.49

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

21

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(mm)

1

KQ2L10-U01

Elbow connector 90°

10

G1/8

4.73

KQ2L10-U02

Elbow connector 90°

10

G1/4

4.73

KQ2L10-U03

Elbow connector 90°

10

G3/8

4.73

KQ2L10-U04

Elbow connector 90°

10

G1/2

5.24

KQ2L10-01S

Elbow connector 90°

10

R1/8

4.59

KQ2L10-02S

Elbow connector 90°

10

R1/4

4.59

KQ2L10-03S

Elbow connector 90°

10

R3/8

4.64

KQ2L10-04S

Elbow connector 90°

10

R1/2

5.10

KQ2L12-U02

Elbow connector 90°

12

G1/4

5.88

KQ2L12-U03

Elbow connector 90°

12

G3/8

5.88

KQ2L12-U04

Elbow connector 90°

12

G1/2

6.43

KQ2L12-02S

Elbow connector 90°

12

R1/4

5.74

KQ2L12-03S

Elbow connector 90°

12

R3/8

5.74

KQ2L12-04S

Elbow connector 90°

12

R1/2

6.25

KQ2L16-U03

Elbow connector 90°

16

G3/8

9.05

KQ2L16-U04

Elbow connector 90°

16

G1/2

9.28

KQ2L16-03S

Elbow connector 90°

16

R3/8

9.01

KQ2L16-04S

Elbow connector 90°

16

R1/2

9.15

KQ2K, elbow connector 45° with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To pipe at a 45° angle to a female thread. KQ2K04-M5

Elbow connector 45°

4

M5

4.78

KQ2K04-M6

Elbow connector 45°

4

M6

4.73

KQ2K04-01S

Elbow connector 45°

4

R1/8

4.00

KQ2K04-02S

Elbow connector 45°

4

R1/4

4.59

KQ2K06-M5

Elbow connector 45°

6

M5

4.78

KQ2K06-M6

Elbow connector 45°

6

M6

4.78

KQ2K06-01S

Elbow connector 45°

6

R1/8

4.23

KQ2K06-02S

Elbow connector 45°

6

R1/4

4.41

KQ2K06-03S

Elbow connector 45°

6

R3/8

4.96

KQ2K08-01S

Elbow connector 45°

8

R1/8

4.78

KQ2K08-02S

Elbow connector 45°

8

R1/4

5.01

KQ2K08-03S

Elbow connector 45°

8

R3/8

5.33

KQ2K10-01S

Elbow connector 45°

10

R1/8

6.57

KQ2K10-02S

Elbow connector 45°

10

R1/4

6.57

KQ2K10-03S

Elbow connector 45°

10

R3/8

6.62

KQ2K10-04S

Elbow connector 45°

10

R1/2

7.31

KQ2K12-02S

Elbow connector 45°

12

R1/4

8.27

KQ2K12-03S

Elbow connector 45°

12

R3/8

8.27

KQ2K12-04S

Elbow connector 45°

12

R1/2

9.01

KQ2K16-03S

Elbow connector 45°

16

R3/8

10.66

KQ2K16-04S

Elbow connector 45°

16

R1/2

10.89

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

22

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2W, elbow connector 90° high with external hexagon head, pivotable 360° Fundamentally used as an elbow connector. It is also used for variable pipes to avoid overlapping in the

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

fittings. KQ2W23-M5

Elbow connector 90° high

3.2

M5

3.63

KQ2W23-01S

Elbow connector 90° high

3.2

R1/8

4.41

KQ2W23-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

3.2

R1/4

5.15

KQ2W04-M5

Elbow connector 90° high

4

M5

3.63

KQ2W04-U01

Elbow connector 90° high

4

G1/8

3.90

KQ2W04-U02

Elbow connector 90° high

4

G1/4

4.27

KQ2W04-01S

Elbow connector 90° high

4

R1/8

3.86

KQ2W04-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

4

R1/4

4.23

KQ2W06-M5

Elbow connector 90° high

6

M5

3.63

KQ2W06-U01

Elbow connector 90° high

6

G1/8

3.90

KQ2W06-U02

Elbow connector 90° high

6

G1/4

4.27

KQ2W06-U03

Elbow connector 90° high

6

G3/8

6.20

KQ2W06-01S

Elbow connector 90° high

6

R1/8

3.86

KQ2W06-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

6

R1/4

4.23

KQ2W06-03S

Elbow connector 90° high

6

R3/8

6.06

KQ2W08-U01

Elbow connector 90° high

8

G1/8

4.73

KQ2W08-U02

Elbow connector 90° high

8

G1/4

4.96

KQ2W08-U03

Elbow connector 90° high

8

G3/8

6.48

KQ2W08-01S

Elbow connector 90° high

8

R1/8

4.59

KQ2W08-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

8

R1/4

4.78

KQ2W08-03S

Elbow connector 90° high

8

R3/8

6.34

KQ2W10-U02

Elbow connector 90° high

10

G1/4

6.85

KQ2W10-U03

Elbow connector 90° high

10

G3/8

7.08

KQ2W10-U04

Elbow connector 90° high

10

G1/2

8.92

KQ2W10-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

10

R1/4

6.80

KQ2W10-03S

Elbow connector 90° high

10

R3/8

6.94

KQ2W10-04S

Elbow connector 90° high

10

R1/2

8.69

KQ2W12-U02

Elbow connector 90° high

12

G1/4

7.31

KQ2W12-U03

Elbow connector 90° high

12

G3/8

7.35

KQ2W12-U04

Elbow connector 90° high

12

G1/2

9.05

KQ2W12-02S

Elbow connector 90° high

12

R1/4

7.08

KQ2W12-03S

Elbow connector 90° high

12

R3/8

7.21

KQ2W12-04S

Elbow connector 90° high

12

R1/2

8.82

KQ2W16-U04

Elbow connector 90° high

16

G1/2

10.39

KQ2W16-03S

Elbow connector 90° high

16

R3/8

10.39

KQ2W16-04S

Elbow connector 90° high

16

R1/2

10.98

KQ2S, straight one-touch fitting with internal hexagon head, 360° pivotable Mounted using an Allen key which is an advantage in areas with restricted space. KQ2S04-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M5

2.02

KQ2S04-M6

Straight one-touch fitting

4

M6

2.02

KQ2S04-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

4

G1/8

2.06

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

23

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(mm)

1

KQ2S04-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

4

R1/8

2.06

KQ2S06-M5

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M5

2.02

KQ2S06-M6

Straight one-touch fitting

6

M6

2.02

KQ2S06-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

6

G1/8

2.16

KQ2S06-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

6

G1/4

2.29

KQ2S06-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/8

2.16

KQ2S06-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

6

R1/4

2.29

KQ2S08-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G1/8

2.39

KQ2S08-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G1/4

2.43

KQ2S08-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

8

G3/8

2.80

KQ2S08-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R1/8

2.39

KQ2S08-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R1/4

2.43

KQ2S08-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

8

R3/8

2.80

KQ2S10-U01

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/8

3.54

KQ2S10-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/4

3.40

KQ2S10-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G3/8

3.54

KQ2S10-U04

Straight one-touch fitting

10

G1/2

4.36

KQ2S10-01S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/8

3.49

KQ2S10-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/4

3.31

KQ2S10-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R3/8

3.49

KQ2S10-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

10

R1/2

4.27

KQ2S12-U02

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G1/4

4.23

KQ2S12-U03

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G3/8

4.27

KQ2S12-U04

Straight one-touch fitting

12

G1/2

4.73

KQ2S12-02S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R1/4

4.13

KQ2S12-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R3/8

4.23

KQ2S12-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

12

R1/2

4.59

KQ2S16-03S

Straight one-touch fitting

16

R3/8

5.37

KQ2S16-04S

Straight one-touch fitting

16

R1/2

5.24

KQ2VS, elbow connector with internal hexagon head, 360° pivotable The body can be fastened using an Allen key via the internal hexagon head opening at the top, an advantage in areas with restricted space. KQ2VS04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

3.31

KQ2VS04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

3.63

KQ2VS06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

3.40

KQ2VS06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

3.63

KQ2VS06-02S

Elbow connector

6

R1/4

4.00

KQ2VS08-01S

Elbow connector

8

R1/8

4.00

KQ2VS08-02S

Elbow connector

8

R1/4

4.27

KQ2VS08-03S

Elbow connector

8

R3/8

5.70

KQ2VS10-02S

Elbow connector

10

R1/4

6.43

KQ2VS10-03S

Elbow connector

10

R3/8

6.62

KQ2VS12-03S

Elbow connector

12

R3/8

8.69

KQ2VS12-04S

Elbow connector

12

R1/2

9.93

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

24

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2V, elbow connector with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable Using the hexagon head the body can be tightened with a socket spanner in the case of restricted

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

installation space. KQ2V04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

3.12

KQ2V04-U01

Elbow connector

4

G1/8

2.94

KQ2V04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

2.89

KQ2V06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

3.26

KQ2V06-U01

Elbow connector

6

G1/8

3.12

KQ2V06-U02

Elbow connector

6

G1/4

3.54

KQ2V06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

3.03

KQ2V06-02S

Elbow connector

6

R1/4

3.49

KQ2V08-U01

Elbow connector

8

G1/8

3.86

KQ2V08-U02

Elbow connector

8

G1/4

4.04

KQ2V08-U03

Elbow connector

8

G3/8

4.64

KQ2V08-01S

Elbow connector

8

R1/8

3.77

KQ2V08-02S

Elbow connector

8

R1/4

4.00

KQ2V08-03S

Elbow connector

8

R3/8

4.50

KQ2V10-U02

Elbow connector

10

G1/4

6.57

KQ2V10-U03

Elbow connector

10

G3/8

6.85

KQ2V10-02S

Elbow connector

10

R1/4

6.43

KQ2V10-03S

Elbow connector

10

R3/8

6.62

KQ2V12-U03

Elbow connector

12

G3/8

8.92

KQ2V12-U04

Elbow connector

12

G1/2

9.05

KQ2V12-03S

Elbow connector

12

R3/8

8.69

KQ2V12-04S

Elbow connector

12

R1/2

8.82

KQ2V16-03S

Elbow connector

16

R3/8

18.71

KQ2V16-04S

Elbow connector

16

R1/2

19.12

KQ2T, T-fitting with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread at a 90° angle in each direction. KQ2T23-M5

T-fitting

3.2

M5

4.59

KQ2T23-01S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/8

4.04

KQ2T23-02S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/4

4.23

KQ2T04-M5

T-fitting

4

M5

4.36

KQ2T04-M6

T-fitting

4

M6

4.41

KQ2T04-U01

T-fitting

4

G1/8

4.13

KQ2T04-U02

T-fitting

4

G1/4

4.36

KQ2T04-01S

T-fitting

4

R1/8

4.04

KQ2T04-02S

T-fitting

4

R1/4

4.23

KQ2T06-M5

T-fitting

6

M5

4.78

KQ2T06-M6

T-fitting

6

M6

4.64

KQ2T06-U01

T-fitting

6

G1/8

4.36

KQ2T06-U02

T-fitting

6

G1/4

4.64

KQ2T06-U03

T-fitting

6

G3/8

4.96

KQ2T06-01S

T-fitting

6

R1/8

4.23

KQ2T06-02S

T-fitting

6

R1/4

4.50

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

25

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(mm)

1

KQ2T06-03S

T-fitting

6

R3/8

4.78

KQ2T08-U01

T-fitting

8

G1/8

4.87

KQ2T08-U02

T-fitting

8

G1/4

5.01

KQ2T08-U03

T-fitting

8

G3/8

5.37

KQ2T08-01S

T-fitting

8

R1/8

4.78

KQ2T08-02S

T-fitting

8

R1/4

4.96

KQ2T08-03S

T-fitting

8

R3/8

5.24

KQ2T10-U01

T-fitting

10

G1/8

8.27

KQ2T10-U02

T-fitting

10

G1/4

8.27

KQ2T10-U03

T-fitting

10

G3/8

8.78

KQ2T10-U04

T-fitting

10

G1/2

9.42

KQ2T10-01S

T-fitting

10

R1/8

8.09

KQ2T10-02S

T-fitting

10

R1/4

8.09

KQ2T10-03S

T-fitting

10

R3/8

8.55

KQ2T10-04S

T-fitting

10

R1/2

9.19

KQ2T12-U02

T-fitting

12

G1/4

10.30

KQ2T12-U03

T-fitting

12

G3/8

10.30

KQ2T12-U04

T-fitting

12

G1/2

10.30

KQ2T12-02S

T-fitting

12

R1/4

10.16

KQ2T12-03S

T-fitting

12

R3/8

10.16

KQ2T12-04S

T-fitting

12

R1/2

10.16

KQ2T16-U03

T-fitting

16

G3/8

17.61

KQ2T16-U04

T-fitting

16

G1/2

17.84

KQ2T16-03S

T-fitting

16

R3/8

17.24

KQ2T16-04S

T-fitting

16

R1/2

17.47

KQ2Y, T-fitting with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in a straight direction and at 90°. KQ2Y23-M5

T-fitting

3.2

M5

4.50

KQ2Y23-01S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/8

4.04

KQ2Y23-02S

T-fitting

3.2

R1/4

4.23

KQ2Y04-M5

T-fitting

4

M5

4.36

KQ2Y04-M6

T-fitting

4

M6

4.41

KQ2Y04-U01

T-fitting

4

G1/8

4.13

KQ2Y04-U02

T-fitting

4

G1/4

4.36

KQ2Y04-01S

T-fitting

4

R1/8

4.04

KQ2Y04-02S

T-fitting

4

R1/4

4.23

KQ2Y06-M5

T-fitting

6

M5

4.78

KQ2Y06-M6

T-fitting

6

M6

4.78

KQ2Y06-U01

T-fitting

6

G1/8

4.36

KQ2Y06-U02

T-fitting

6

G1/4

4.64

KQ2Y06-U03

T-fitting

6

G3/8

4.96

KQ2Y06-01S

T-fitting

6

R1/8

4.23

KQ2Y06-02S

T-fitting

6

R1/4

4.50

KQ2Y06-03S

T-fitting

6

R3/8

4.78

KQ2Y08-U01

T-fitting

8

G1/8

4.87

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

26

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1 KQ2Y08-U02

T-fitting

8

G1/4

5.01

KQ2Y08-U03

T-fitting

8

G3/8

5.37

KQ2Y08-01S

T-fitting

8

R1/8

4.78

KQ2Y08-02S

T-fitting

8

R1/4

4.96

KQ2Y08-03S

T-fitting

8

R3/8

5.24

KQ2Y10-U01

T-fitting

10

G1/8

6.11

KQ2Y10-U02

T-fitting

10

G1/4

7.17

KQ2Y10-U03

T-fitting

10

G3/8

7.58

KQ2Y10-U04

T-fitting

10

G1/2

8.18

KQ2Y10-01S

T-fitting

10

R1/8

6.98

KQ2Y10-02S

T-fitting

10

R1/4

6.98

KQ2Y10-03S

T-fitting

10

R3/8

7.35

KQ2Y10-04S

T-fitting

10

R1/2

7.95

KQ2Y12-U02

T-fitting

12

G1/4

8.92

KQ2Y12-U03

T-fitting

12

G3/8

8.92

KQ2Y12-U04

T-fitting

12

G1/2

8.92

KQ2Y12-02S

T-fitting

12

R1/4

8.78

KQ2Y12-03S

T-fitting

12

R3/8

8.78

KQ2Y12-04S

T-fitting

12

R1/2

8.78

KQ2Y16-U03

T-fitting

16

G3/8

15.17

KQ2Y16-U04

T-fitting

16

G1/2

15.40

KQ2Y16-03S

T-fitting

16

R3/8

14.89

KQ2Y16-04S

T-fitting

16

R1/2

15.08

KQ2U, Y-one touch fitting with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe in the same direction. KQ2U23-M5

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

M5

5.10

KQ2U23-01S

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

R1/8

6.94

KQ2U23-02S

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

R1/4

7.21

KQ2U04-M5

Y-one touch fitting

4

M5

4.78

KQ2U04-M6

Y-one touch fitting

4

M6

4.78

KQ2U04-01S

Y-one touch fitting

4

R1/8

4.50

KQ2U04-02S

Y-one touch fitting

4

R1/4

4.73

KQ2U06-M5

Y-one touch fitting

6

M5

4.87

KQ2U06-M6

Y-one touch fitting

6

M6

5.10

KQ2U06-01S

Y-one touch fitting

6

R1/8

4.96

KQ2U06-02S

Y-one touch fitting

6

R1/4

5.15

KQ2U06-03S

Y-one touch fitting

6

R3/8

5.74

KQ2U08-01S

Y-one touch fitting

8

R1/8

7.72

KQ2U08-02S

Y-one touch fitting

8

R1/4

7.90

KQ2U08-03S

Y-one touch fitting

8

R3/8

7.95

KQ2U10-02S

Y-one touch fitting

10

R1/4

8.41

KQ2U10-03S

Y-one touch fitting

10

R3/8

8.41

KQ2U10-04S

Y-one touch fitting

10

R1/2

9.65

KQ2U12-02S

Y-one touch fitting

12

R1/4

10.66

KQ2U12-03S

Y-one touch fitting

12

R3/8

10.66

KQ2U12-04S

Y-one touch fitting

12

R1/2

11.03

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

27

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2U16-03S

Y-one touch fitting

16

R3/8

14.20

KQ2U16-04S

Y-one touch fitting

16

R1/2

14.66

KQ2VD,elbow connector with double branch external hexagonal head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in two outlets at a right angle. Two freely pivotable one-touch

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

fittings KQ2VD04-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R1/8

8.46

KQ2VD04-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R1/4

8.78

KQ2VD04-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R3/8

9.42

KQ2VD06-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/8

9.01

KQ2VD06-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/4

9.28

KQ2VD06-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R3/8

10.02

KQ2VD08-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/8

9.93

KQ2VD08-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/4

10.25

KQ2VD08-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R3/8

10.48

KQ2VD08-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/2

10.89

KQ2VD10-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R1/4

11.12

KQ2VD10-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R3/8

11.21

KQ2VD10-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R1/2

11.40

KQ2VD12-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R1/4

11.49

KQ2VD12-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R3/8

11.58

KQ2VD12-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R1/2

12.36

KQ2VT,elbow with triple branch external hexagonal head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in three outlets at a right angle respectively. Three freely pivotable one-touch fittings KQ2VT04-01S

Elbow with triple branch

4

R1/8

12.00

KQ2VT04-02S

Elbow with triple branch

4

R1/4

12.23

KQ2VT04-03S

Elbow with triple branch

4

R3/8

13.05

KQ2VT06-01S

Elbow with triple branch

6

R1/8

12.13

KQ2VT06-02S

Elbow with triple branch

6

R1/4

12.46

KQ2VT06-03S

Elbow with triple branch

6

R3/8

13.33

KQ2VT08-01S

Elbow with triple branch

8

R1/8

13.97

KQ2VT08-02S

Elbow with triple branch

8

R1/4

14.16

KQ2VT08-03S

Elbow with triple branch

8

R3/8

14.30

KQ2VT08-04S

Elbow with triple branch

8

R1/2

15.54

KQ2VT10-02S

Elbow with triple branch

10

R1/4

16.18

KQ2VT10-03S

Elbow with triple branch

10

R3/8

16.64

KQ2VT10-04S

Elbow with triple branch

10

R1/2

17.15

KQ2VT12-02S

Elbow with triple branch

12

R1/4

17.74

KQ2VT12-03S

Elbow with triple branch

12

R3/8

17.84

KQ2VT12-04S

Elbow with triple branch

12

R1/2

19.58

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

28

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2Z,elbow connector, with double branch extrenal hexagon head, 360° pivotable Using the hexagon head the body can be tightened with a socket spanner

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To branch the pipe at a right angle. KQ2Z04-M5

Elbow connector with double branch

4

M5

6.11

KQ2Z04-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R1/8

6.20

KQ2Z06-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/8

6.20

KQ2Z06-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/4

7.95

KQ2Z06-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R3/8

10.66

KQ2Z08-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/8

7.44

KQ2Z08-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/4

7.95

KQ2Z08-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R3/8

10.66

KQ2Z10-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R1/4

7.90

KQ2Z10-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R3/8

9.15

KQ2Z12-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R3/8

9.93

KQ2Z12-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R1/2

11.49

KQ2UD, Y-one touch fitting with quadruple branch hexagonal head To branch the line from the female thread into 4 tubes in a straight direction. KQ2UD04-01S

Delta Branch

4

R1/8

6.62

KQ2UD04-02S

Delta Branch

4

R1/4

6.85

KQ2UD06-01S

Delta Branch

6

R1/8

8.78

KQ2UD06-02S

Delta Branch

6

R1/4

8.78

KQ2LU, elbow connector, with double branch external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe at a right angle. KQ2LU04-M5

Elbow connector with double branch

4

M5

4.50

KQ2LU04-M6

Elbow connector with double branch

4

M6

4.73

KQ2LU04-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R1/8

4.27

KQ2LU04-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

4

R1/4

4.41

KQ2LU06-M5

Elbow connector with double branch

6

M5

4.96

KQ2LU06-M6

Elbow connector with double branch

6

M6

5.33

KQ2LU06-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/8

4.64

KQ2LU06-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R1/4

4.78

KQ2LU06-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

6

R3/8

5.51

KQ2LU08-01S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/8

5.10

KQ2LU08-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R1/4

5.33

KQ2LU08-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

8

R3/8

5.60

KQ2LU10-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R1/4

6.62

KQ2LU10-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R3/8

6.94

KQ2LU10-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

10

R1/2

7.58

KQ2LU12-02S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R1/4

7.58

KQ2LU12-03S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R3/8

7.81

KQ2LU12-04S

Elbow connector with double branch

12

R1/2

8.18

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

29

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2ZD, elbow connector, with quadruple external hexagon head, 360° pivotable. To branch the line from the female thread into 4 tubes at right angles respectively.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Two freely pivotable one-touch fitting pairs. KQ2ZD04-01S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

4

R1/8

10.48

KQ2ZD04-02S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

4

R1/4

10.62

KQ2ZD04-03S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

4

R3/8

11.40

KQ2ZD06-01S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

6

R1/8

10.66

KQ2ZD06-02S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

6

R1/4

10.98

KQ2ZD06-03S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

6

R3/8

11.77

KQ2ZD08-01S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

8

R1/8

12.23

KQ2ZD08-02S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

8

R1/4

12.50

KQ2ZD08-03S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

8

R3/8

12.46

KQ2ZD08-04S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

8

R1/2

13.33

KQ2ZD10-02S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

10

R1/4

13.79

KQ2ZD10-03S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

10

R3/8

14.16

KQ2ZD10-04S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

10

R1/2

14.34

KQ2ZD12-02S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

12

R1/4

14.89

KQ2ZD12-03S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

12

R3/8

14.89

KQ2ZD12-04S

Elbow connector with quadruple branch

12

R1/2

15.67

KQ2ZT, elbow connector, with six branch external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in six tubes at a right angle respectively. Three freely pivotable one-touch fitting pairs. KQ2ZT04-01S

Elbow connector with six branch

4

R1/8

13.10

KQ2ZT04-02S

Elbow connector with six branch

4

R1/4

13.42

KQ2ZT04-03S

Elbow connector with six branch

4

R3/8

14.30

KQ2ZT06-01S

Elbow connector with six branch

6

R1/8

13.61

KQ2ZT06-02S

Elbow connector with six branch

6

R1/4

13.97

KQ2ZT06-03S

Elbow connector with six branch

6

R3/8

14.71

KQ2ZT08-01S

Elbow connector with six branch

8

R1/8

15.67

KQ2ZT08-02S

Elbow connector with six branch

8

R1/4

15.81

KQ2ZT08-03S

Elbow connector with six branch

8

R3/8

15.67

KQ2ZT08-04S

Elbow connector with six branch

8

R1/2

18.99

KQ2ZT10-02S

Elbow connector with six branch

10

R1/4

20.32

KQ2ZT10-03S

Elbow connector with six branch

10

R3/8

20.46

KQ2ZT10-04S

Elbow connector with six branch

10

R1/2

20.92

KQ2ZT12-02S

Elbow connector with six branch

12

R1/4

22.62

KQ2ZT12-03S

Elbow connector with six branch

12

R3/8

22.66

KQ2ZT12-04S

Elbow connector with six branch

12

R1/2

24.87

KQ2D, delta union with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable To branch the pipe from the female thread in two directions at a right angle respectively. KQ2D04-M5

Delta Union

4

M5

6.06

KQ2D04-M6

Delta Union

4

M6

6.20

KQ2D04-01S

Delta Union

4

R1/8

5.74

KQ2D04-02S

Delta Union

4

R1/4

6.06

KQ2D06-M5

Delta Union

6

M5

6.71

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

30

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1 KQ2D06-M6

Delta Union

6

M6

6.98

KQ2D06-01S

Delta Union

6

R1/8

6.25

KQ2D06-02S

Delta Union

6

R1/4

6.57

KQ2D06-03S

Delta Union

6

R3/8

7.44

KQ2D08-01S

Delta Union

8

R1/8

6.94

KQ2D08-02S

Delta Union

8

R1/4

7.17

KQ2D08-03S

Delta Union

8

R3/8

7.58

KQ2D10-02S

Delta Union

10

R1/4

8.82

KQ2D10-03S

Delta Union

10

R3/8

9.19

KQ2D10-04S

Delta Union

10

R1/2

10.16

KQ2D12-02S

Delta Union

12

R1/4

10.16

KQ2D12-03S

Delta Union

12

R3/8

10.39

KQ2D12-04S

Delta Union

12

R1/2

10.89

KQ2H, straight one-touch fitting To connecting tubing in the same direction. KQ2H23-00

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

–

3.26

KQ2H04-00

Straight one-touch fitting

4

–

2.57

KQ2H06-00

Straight one-touch fitting

6

–

2.57

KQ2H08-00

Straight one-touch fitting

8

–

3.12

KQ2H10-00

Straight one-touch fitting

10

–

3.86

KQ2H12-00

Straight one-touch fitting

12

–

4.27

KQ2H16-00

Straight one-touch fitting

16

–

5.60

KQ2LE, elbow bulkhead union with hexagon nut, 360° pivotable To connect tubes through a panel and change the tubing entry direction at the same time by 90°. KQ2LE04-00

Elbow bulkhead union

4

Ø 13 Note 1)

6.06

KQ2LE06-00

Elbow bulkhead union

6

Ø 15 Note 1)

6.62

KQ2LE08-00

Elbow bulkhead union

KQ2LE10-00

Elbow bulkhead union

KQ2LE12-00

Elbow bulkhead union

8

Ø 17

Note 1)

8.04

10

Ø 21 Note 1)

10.25

12

Ø 23 Note 1)

12.69

KQ2E, bulkhead union with hexagon nut To connect tubing through a panel. KQ2E23-00

Bulkhead union

3.2

Ø 13 Note 1)

5.74

KQ2E04-00

Bulkhead union

4

Ø 13

Note 1)

4.04

KQ2E06-00

Bulkhead union

6

Ø 15 Note 1)

4.27

KQ2E08-00

Bulkhead union

8

Ø 17

Note 1)

5.15

KQ2E10-00

Bulkhead union

10

Ø 21 Note 1)

8.18

KQ2E12-00

Bulkhead union

KQ2E16-00

Bulkhead union

12

Ø 23

Note 1)

9.38

16

Ø 29 Note 1)

25.38

Note 1) Mounting hole [mm]

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

31

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. a

Tubing O.D. b

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

1

KQ2T, Union Tee To branch tubing in 2 directions each at 90° to the original one. KQ2T23-00

Union Tee

3.2

–

4.00

KQ2T04-00

Union Tee

4

–

3.86

KQ2T06-00

Union Tee

6

–

3.86

KQ2T08-00

Union Tee

8

–

4.36

KQ2T10-00

Union Tee

10

–

5.01

KQ2T12-00

Union Tee

12

–

6.98

KQ2T16-00

Union Tee

16

–

10.89

KQ2L, plug in elbow

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To connect tubing at right angles to each other. KQ2L23-00

Plug-in elbow

3.2

–

3.03

KQ2L04-00

Plug-in elbow

4

–

2.89

KQ2L06-00

Plug-in elbow

6

–

2.89

KQ2L08-00

Plug-in elbow

8

–

3.49

KQ2L10-00

Plug-in elbow

10

–

5.33

KQ2L12-00

Plug-in elbow

12

–

5.88

KQ2L16-00

Plug-in elbow

16

–

10.30

KQ2U, Y-plug in branch To branch tubing in the same direction. KQ2U23-00

Y-plug in branch

3.2

–

4.23

KQ2U04-00

Y-plug in branch

4

–

3.63

KQ2U06-00

Y-plug in branch

6

–

3.77

KQ2U08-00

Y-plug in branch

8

–

4.41

KQ2U10-00

Y-plug in branch

10

–

7.72

KQ2U12-00

Y-plug in branch

12

–

9.56

KQ2U16-00

Y-plug in branch

16

–

15.08

KQ2H, straight one-touch fitting with reducer To connect tubes with different diameters.

b

a

KQ2H23-04

One-touch fitting with reducer

3.2

4

3.86

KQ2H04-06

One-touch fitting with reducer

4

6

3.63

KQ2H06-08

One-touch fitting with reducer

6

8

3.63

KQ2H08-10

One-touch fitting with reducer

8

10

4.64

KQ2H10-12

One-touch fitting with reducer

10

12

4.36

KQ2H12-16

One-touch fitting with reducer

12

16

8.69

KQ2T, Different Diameter Tee To branch the tubing in two at a right angle and reduce the resulting branches in diameter at the same time.

b

a

a

KQ2T23-04

Different Diameter Tee

3.2

4

4.23

KQ2T04-06

Different Diameter Tee

4

6

3.90

KQ2T06-08

Different Diameter Tee

6

8

3.90

KQ2T08-10

Different Diameter Tee

8

10

4.41

KQ2T10-12

Different Diameter Tee

10

12

6.71

KQ2T12-16

Different Diameter Tee

12

16

13.33

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

32

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

1

Tubing O.D. a

Tubing O.D. b

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

KQ2LU, plug in elbow, two times To branch a tube at a right angle into two outlets.

b

KQ2LU04-00

Plug in elbow, 2 times

4

5.37

KQ2LU06-00

Plug in elbow, 2 times

6

5.70

KQ2LU08-00

Plug in elbow, 2 times

8

6.43

KQ2LU10-00

Plug in elbow, 2 times

10

7.21

KQ2LU12-00

Plug in elbow, 2 times

12

10.30

KQ2T, Different Diameter Tee To connect tubes in the same direction with a 90° branch in one tube with a smaller diameter.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

a

a

KQ2T06-04

Different Diameter Tee

6

4

3.77

KQ2T08-06

Different Diameter Tee

8

6

4.04

KQ2T10-08

Different Diameter Tee

10

8

6.57

KQ2T12-10

Different Diameter Tee

12

10

8.46

KQ2D, Delta Union To connect three tubes at right angles to each other.

a

KQ2D04-00

Delta Union

4

5.37

KQ2D06-00

Delta Union

6

5.70

KQ2D08-00

Delta Union

8

6.43

KQ2D10-00

Delta Union

10

7.21

KQ2D12-00

Delta Union

12

10.30

a

KQ2U, Y-one touch fitting with reducer To branch a tube with two tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction.

b

KQ2U23-04

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

3.2

4

5.47

KQ2U04-06

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

4

6

5.01

KQ2U06-08

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

6

8

5.24

KQ2U08-10

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

8

10

6.25

KQ2U10-12

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

10

14

7.44

KQ2U12-16

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

12

16

14.57

KQ2TW, cross fitting To branch tubes in four directions.

a

KQ2TW04-00

Cross fitting

4

6.57

KQ2TW06-00

Cross fitting

6

6.57

KQ2TW08-00

Cross fitting

8

6.57

KQ2TW10-00

Cross fitting

10

7.95

KQ2TW12-00

Cross fitting

12

9.93

KQ2UD, Y-one touch fitting, quadruple branch with reducer To branch a tube with four smaller tubes in the same direction. KQ2UD04-06 b

Y-one touch fitting quadruple

4

branch with reducer

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

8.04

KQ2 series

33

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

KQ2UD06-08

Description

Y-one touch fitting quadruple

Tubing O.D. a

Tubing O.D. b

(mm)

(mm)

6

8

Price £

1 10.89

branch with reducer

a

KQ2TX, cross fitting with reducer b

b

Connection of four tubes crosswise, whereby the tubes on the opposite have the same diameter respectively.

a

KQ2TX06-08

Cross fitting

6

8

8.69

KQ2TX08-10

Cross fitting

8

10

9.93

KQ2TX10-12

Cross fitting

10

12

12.46

8.69

KQ2TY, cross fitting with reducer

a

To branch a tube with three tube with a smaller diameter in three directions.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

b

a

KQ2TY06-08

Cross fitting

6

8

KQ2TY08-10

Cross fitting

8

10

9.93

KQ2TY10-12

Cross fitting

10

12

12.46

a

KQ2L, plug in elbow To change the tubing direction from a one-touch fitting by 90°. KQ2L23-99

Plug-in elbow

3.2

3.2

3.03

KQ2L04-99

Plug-in elbow

4

4

2.43

KQ2L06-99

Plug-in elbow

6

6

2.43

KQ2L08-99

Plug-in elbow

8

8

2.57

KQ2L10-99

Plug-in elbow

10

10

4.13

KQ2L12-99

Plug-in elbow

12

12

4.59

KQ2L16-99

Plug-in elbow

16

16

8.69

KQ2U, Y-one touch fitting To connect the pipe from a one-touch fitting in the same direction. KQ2U23-99

Y-one touch fitting

3.2

3.2

4.64

KQ2U04-99

Y-one touch fitting

4

4

4.00

KQ2U06-99

Y-one touch fitting

6

6

4.04

KQ2U08-99

Y-one touch fitting

8

8

5.74

KQ2U10-99

Y-one touch fitting

10

10

10.02

KQ2U12-99

Y-one touch fitting

12

12

11.95

KQ2U16-99

Y-one touch fitting

16

16

15.45

KQ2W, plug in elbow, long To change the tubing direction from a one-touch fitting by 90°. To prevent connection overlapping. KQ2W23-99

Plug in elbow, long

3.2

3.2

4.36

KQ2W04-99

Plug in elbow, long

4

4

3.90

KQ2W06-99

Plug in elbow, long

6

6

4.41

KQ2W08-99

Plug in elbow, long

8

8

4.96

KQ2W10-99

Plug in elbow, long

10

10

5.70

KQ2W12-99

Plug in elbow, long

12

12

6.62

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

34

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

1 a

Tubing O.D. a

Port B

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

KQ2L, plug in elbow with reducer To change the tubing direction from a one-touch fitting by 90° as well as to connect to tubing with a small diameter.

b

KQ2L23-04

Plug-in elbow

3.2

4

2.94

KQ2L04-06

Plug-in elbow

4

6

2.94

KQ2L04-08

Plug-in elbow

4

8

2.94

KQ2L06-08

Plug-in elbow

6

8

3.03

KQ2L06-10

Plug-in elbow

6

10

3.17

KQ2L08-10

Plug-in elbow

8

10

3.31

KQ2L08-12

Plug-in elbow

8

12

4.00

KQ2L10-12

Plug-in elbow

10

12

5.51

KQ2L12-16

Plug-in elbow

12

16

6.71

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KQ2R, Straight one-touch fitting with reducer To connect to a smaller one-touch fitting.

a

b

KQ2R23-04

Straight one-touch fitting

3.2

4

2.29

KQ2R04-06

Straight one-touch fitting

4

6

2.29

KQ2R04-08

Straight one-touch fitting

4

8

2.39

KQ2R04-10

Straight one-touch fitting

4

10

2.39

KQ2R06-04

Straight one-touch fitting

6

4

2.39

KQ2R06-08

Straight one-touch fitting

6

8

2.39

KQ2R06-10

Straight one-touch fitting

6

10

2.52

KQ2R06-12

Straight one-touch fitting

6

12

2.52

KQ2R08-10

Straight one-touch fitting

8

10

2.80

KQ2R08-12

Straight one-touch fitting

8

12

2.94

KQ2R10-12

Straight one-touch fitting

10

12

5.51

KQ2R10-16

Straight one-touch fitting

10

16

5.60

KQ2R12-16

Straight one-touch fitting

12

16

5.74

a

KQ2X, Y-plug in branch with reducer To branch the pipe from a one-touch fitting with two tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction.

b

KQ2X04-06

Y-plug in branch

4

6

4.59

KQ2X06-08

Y-plug in branch

6

8

5.10

KQ2X08-10

Y-plug in branch

8

10

5.97

KQ2X10-12

Y-plug in branch

10

12

10.11

a

KQ2XD, Yplug in, quadruple branch To branch the pipe from a one-touch fitting with four tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction.

b

KQ2XD04-06

Y-plug in quadruple branch

4

6

7.44

KQ2XD06-08

Y-plug in quadruple branch

6

8

9.15

KQ2F, straight fitting with parallel female thread and external hexagon head To the pipe on a male thread.

b

a

KQ2F04-01

Fitting

4

G1/8

2.94

KQ2F04-02

Fitting

4

G1/4

3.12

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

35

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

b

a

1

KQ2F06-01

Fitting

6

G1/8

3.03

KQ2F06-02

Fitting

6

G1/4

3.17

KQ2F06-03

Fitting

6

G3/8

3.49

KQ2F08-01

Fitting

8

G1/8

3.12

KQ2F08-02

Fitting

8

G1/4

3.17

KQ2F08-03

Fitting

8

G3/8

3.77

KQ2F10-02

Fitting

10

G1/4

6.80

KQ2F10-03

Fitting

10

G3/8

7.35

KQ2F12-02

Fitting

12

G1/4

7.95

KQ2F12-03

Fitting

12

G3/8

8.18

KQ2F12-04

Fitting

12

G1/2

9.65

KQ2F16-03

Fitting

16

G3/8

10.02

KQ2F16-04

Fitting

16

G1/2

10.52

KQ2E, straight bulkhead union with parallel female thread To connect a tube and a male thread using a panel. KQ2E04-01

Bulkhead union

4

G1/8

4.23

KQ2E04-02

Bulkhead union

4

G1/4

4.23

KQ2E06-01

Bulkhead union

6

G1/8

3.86

KQ2E06-02

Bulkhead union

6

G1/4

3.86

KQ2E06-03

Bulkhead union

6

G3/8

4.50

KQ2E08-01

Bulkhead union

8

G1/8

4.50

KQ2E08-02

Bulkhead union

8

G1/4

4.87

KQ2E08-03

Bulkhead union

8

G3/8

4.73

KQ2E10-02

Bulkhead union

10

G1/4

8.09

KQ2E10-03

Bulkhead union

10

G3/8

8.18

KQ2E12-03

Bulkhead union

12

G3/8

9.79

KQ2E12-04

Bulkhead union

12

G1/2

10.25

KQ2E16-03

Bulkhead union

16

G3/8

23.91

KQ2E16-04

Bulkhead union

16

G1/2

23.91

KQ2VF, elbow connector with male and female thread, 360° pivotable To the pipe on a male and female thread in a straight direction with an outlet as fitting at a right angle. KQ2VF04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

4.13

KQ2VF04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R/Rc1/8

5.10

KQ2VF06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

4.36

KQ2VF06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R/Rc1/8

5.33

KQ2VF06-02S

Elbow connector

6

R/Rc1/4

5.83

KQ2VF08-01S

Elbow connector

8

R/Rc1/8

5.47

KQ2VF08-02S

Elbow connector

8

R/Rc1/4

6.06

KQ2VF08-03S

Elbow connector

8

R/Rc3/8

8.55

KQ2VF10-02S

Elbow connector

10

R/Rc1/4

6.85

KQ2VF10-03S

Elbow connector

10

R/Rc3/8

9.38

KQ2VF12-03S

Elbow connector

12

R/Rc3/8

9.51

KQ2VF12-04S

Elbow connector

12

R/Rc1/2

10.66

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

36

KQ2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQ2ZF, elbow connector branch with male and female thread two times. 360° pivotable To the pipe on a male and female thread in a straight direction with two outlets as one-touch fittings at a

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

right angle. Multiple connections are possible. KQ2ZF04-M5

Elbow connector branch

4

M5

4.50

KQ2ZF04-01S

Elbow connector branch

4

R/Rc1/8

5.24

KQ2ZF06-01S

Elbow connector branch

6

R/Rc1/8

5.24

KQ2ZF06-02S

Elbow connector branch

6

R/Rc1/4

6.48

KQ2ZF08-01S

Elbow connector branch

8

R/Rc1/8

5.24

KQ2ZF08-02S

Elbow connector branch

8

R/Rc1/4

6.48

KQ2ZF10-02S

Elbow connector branch

10

R/Rc1/4

8.27

KQ2ZF10-03S

Elbow connector branch

10

R/Rc3/8

8.46

KQ2ZF12-03S

Elbow connector branch

12

R/Rc3/8

10.02

KQ2ZF12-04S

Elbow connector branch

12

R/Rc1/2

10.30

Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

KQ2P, port plug To plug unused fittings. KQ2P-23

Port Plug

–

3.2

1.65

KQ2P-04

Port Plug

–

4

0.73

KQ2P-06

Port Plug

–

6

0.73

KQ2P-08

Port Plug

–

8

0.73

KQ2P-10

Port Plug

–

10

1.10

KQ2P-12

Port Plug

–

12

1.19

KQ2P-16

Port Plug

–

16

1.19

KQ2C, plug cap To plug unused tubes. KQ2C04-00

Plug cap

4

–

1.28

KQ2C06-00

Plug cap

6

–

1.47

KQ2C08-00

Plug cap

8

–

1.65

KQ2C10-00

Plug cap

10

–

1.79

KQ2C12-00

Plug cap

12

–

2.02

KQ2C16-00

Plug cap

16

–

2.20

KQ2N, adaptor To connect two one-touch fittings. KQ2N04-99

Adaptor

–

4

1.19

KQ2N06-99

Adaptor

–

6

1.28

KQ2N08-99

Adaptor

–

8

1.42

KQ2N10-99

Adaptor

–

10

1.56

KQ2N12-99

Adaptor

–

12

2.02

KQ2N16-99

Adaptor

–

16

2.57

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQ2 series

37

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Tubing O.D. b

O.D. a

(mm)

Price £

1

(mm) KQ2N, adaptor with reducer To connect one-touch fittings of different sizes. KQ2N04-06

Adaptor with reducer

4

6

2.02

KQ2N06-08

Adaptor with reducer

6

8

2.20

KQ2N08-10

Adaptor with reducer

8

10

2.39

KQ2N10-12

Adaptor with reducer

10

12

2.66

KQ2N12-16

Adaptor with reducer

12

16

3.03

Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

(mm)

size

Price £

KQ2N, adaptor Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To connect a one-touch fitting to a female thread. KQ2N04-M5

Adaptor

4

M5

4.00

KQ2N04-01S

Adaptor

4

R1/8

4.27

KQ2N06-M5

Adaptor

6

M5

4.13

KQ2N06-01S

Adaptor

6

R1/8

4.27

KQ2N06-02S

Adaptor

6

R1/4

5.15

KQ2N08-02S

Adaptor

8

R1/4

4.78

KQ2N08-03S

Adaptor

8

R3/8

5.51

KQ2N10-03S

Adaptor

10

R3/8

5.33

KQ2C, coloured insertion sleeves For the coloured identification of connections. Product reference

Tubing

Application

Price £

O.D. (mm)

BU

R

Y

G

KQ2C-01

3.2

–

0.45

KQ2C-01A-

3.2

KQ2H23-M5

0.45

KQ2C-01B-

3.2

KQ2L23-M5, KQ2T23-M5, KQ2Y23-M5

0.45

KQ2C-04

4

–

0.45

KQ2C-04A-

4

KQ2H04-M5,M6, KQ2S04-M5,M6

0.45

KQ2C-04B-

4

KQ2L04-M5,M6, KQ2T04-M5,M6, KQ2Y04-M5,M6

0.45

KQ2C-06

6

–

0.45

KQ2C-06A-

6

KQ2H06-M5,M6, KQ2S06-M5,M6

0.45

KQ2C-06B-

6

KQ2L06-M5, M6, KQ2T06-M5,M6, KQ2Y06-M5,M6

0.45

KQ2C-08

8

–

0.45

KQ2C-10

10

–

0.45

KQ2C-12

12

–

0.45

KQ2C-16

16

–

0.45

Colour code:  --> BU (blue), R (red), Y (yellow), G, (green)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

38

KG series

Fittings

Corrosion-free one-touch fitting (corrosion resistant) • Stainless steel design (metal parts are made of stainless steel)

1

• Suitable for the chemical industry • Food industry • Salt and fresh water plants • Ship and maritime engineering • Intensifier pipe production (copper free)

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air/water Note 1)

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating vacuum

-100 MPa / -1 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60, with water: 0 to 40 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

Teflon coating for conical pipe thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With flat seal for M5 thread Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 16

Note 1) Suitable for general industrial water. Consult SMC if using other fluids. Surge pressure must be under the max. operating pressure.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Port

Price £

KGH, straight fitting with external hexagon head Most common design used to straight pipe on female thread. KGH04-M5

Fitting

4

M5

7.62

KGH04-01S

Fitting

4

R1/8

7.71

KGH04-02S

Fitting

4

R1/4

8.52

KGH06-M5

Fitting

6

M5

8.28

KGH06-01S

Fitting

6

R1/8

8.43

KGH06-02S

Fitting

6

R1/4

8.43

KGH06-03S

Fitting

6

R3/8

9.18

KGH08-01S

Fitting

8

R1/8

9.04

KGH08-02S

Fitting

8

R1/4

9.04

KGH08-03S

Fitting

8

R3/8

9.33

KGH10-01S

Fitting

10

R1/8

12.26

KGH10-02S

Fitting

10

R1/4

12.26

KGH10-03S

Fitting

10

R3/8

12.26

KGH10-04S

Fitting

10

R1/2

12.26

KGH12-02S

Fitting

12

R1/4

13.16

KGH12-03S

Fitting

12

R3/8

13.16

KGH12-04S

Fitting

12

R1/2

13.16

KGH16-03S

Fitting

16

R3/8

14.82

KGH16-04S

Fitting

16

R1/2

14.82

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KG series

39

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Port

Price £

1 KGL, elbow connector 90° with external hexagon head.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

The most frequently used design to the pipe at a right angle to a female thread. KGL04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

7.43

KGL04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

7.53

KGL04-02S

Elbow connector

4

R1/4

8.28

KGL06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

8.05

KGL06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

8.14

KGL06-02S

Elbow connector

6

R1/4

8.57

KGL06-03S

Elbow connector

6

R3/8

8.99

KGL08-01S

Elbow connector

8

R1/8

8.81

KGL08-02S

Elbow connector

8

R1/4

8.81

KGL08-03S

Elbow connector

8

R3/8

9.23

KGL10-01S

Elbow connector

10

R1/8

11.74

KGL10-02S

Elbow connector

10

R1/4

11.74

KGL10-03S

Elbow connector

10

R3/8

11.74

KGL10-04S

Elbow connector

10

R1/2

12.12

KGL12-02S

Elbow connector

12

R1/4

12.88

KGL12-03S

Elbow connector

12

R3/8

12.88

KGL12-04S

Elbow connector

12

R1/2

12.88

KGL16-03S

Elbow connector

16

R3/8

14.53

KGL16-04S

Elbow connector

16

R1/2

14.53

KGS, straight fitting with internal hexagon head. The fitting can be screwed in via the hexagon head opening in the body using an Allen key, an advantage where there is limited space. KGS04-M5

Fitting

4

M5

10.65

KGS04-01S

Fitting

4

R1/8

10.75

KGS06-M5

Fitting

6

M5

11.65

KGS06-01S

Fitting

6

R1/8

11.74

KGS06-02S

Fitting

6

R1/4

11.74

KGS08-01S

Fitting

8

R1/8

12.64

KGS08-02S

Fitting

8

R1/4

12.64

KGS08-03S

Fitting

8

R3/8

13.12

KGS10-01S

Fitting

10

R1/8

17.09

KGS10-02S

Fitting

10

R1/4

17.09

KGS10-03S

Fitting

10

R3/8

17.09

KGS10-04S

Fitting

10

R1/2

17.09

KGS12-02S

Fitting

12

R1/4

18.42

KGS12-03S

Fitting

12

R3/8

18.42

KGS12-04S

Fitting

12

R1/2

18.42

KGT, T-fitting with external hexagon head To branch the pipe from the female thread at a 90° angle in each direction. KGT04-M5

T-fitting

4

M5

8.99

KGT04-01S

T-fitting

4

R1/8

9.14

KGT04-02S

T-fitting

4

R1/4

9.84

KGT06-M5

T-fitting

6

M5

KGT06-01S

T-fitting

6

R1/8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9.89 10.04

40

KG series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1 KGT06-02S

T-fitting

6

R1/4

10.32

KGT06-03S

T-fitting

6

R3/8

10.75

KGT08-01S

T-fitting

8

R1/8

10.84

KGT08-02S

T-fitting

8

R1/4

10.84

KGT08-03S

T-fitting

8

R3/8

11.36

KGT10-01S

T-fitting

10

R1/8

14.58

KGT10-02S

T-fitting

10

R1/4

14.53

KGT10-03S

T-fitting

10

R3/8

14.53

KGT10-04S

T-fitting

10

R1/2

14.96

KGT12-02S

T-fitting

12

R1/4

15.90

KGT12-03S

T-fitting

12

R3/8

15.90

KGT12-04S

T-fitting

12

R1/2

15.90

KGT16-03S

T-fitting

16

R3/8

18.70

KGT16-04S

T-fitting

16

R1/2

18.75

KGH, straight one-touch fitting To connecting tubing in the same direction. KGH04-00

Straight one-touch fitting

4

–

7.57

KGH06-00

Straight one-touch fitting

6

–

8.05

KGH08-00

Straight one-touch fitting

8

–

8.57

KGH10-00

Straight one-touch fitting

10

–

10.84

KGH12-00

Straight one-touch fitting

12

–

12.78

KGE, bulkhead union To connect tubing through a panel. KGE04-00

Bulkhead union

4

Ø 13 Note 1)

15.06

KGE06-00

Bulkhead union

6

Ø 15

Note 1)

16.01

KGE08-00

Bulkhead union

8

Ø 17 Note 1)

17.09

KGE10-00

Bulkhead union

10

Ø 21 Note 1)

21.64

KGE12-00

Bulkhead union

12

Ø 23

Note 1)

25.48

KGE16-00

Bulkhead union

16

Ø 29 Note 1)

31.78

Note 1) mounting hole [mm]

KGL, plug-in elbow To connect tubing at right angles to each other. KGL04-00

Plug-in elbow

4

–

7.57

KGL06-00

Plug-in elbow

6

–

8.05

KGL08-00

Plug-in elbow

8

–

8.57

KGL10-00

Plug-in elbow

10

–

10.84

KGL12-00

Plug-in elbow

12

–

12.78

KGL16-00

Plug-in elbow

16

–

15.29

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KG series

41

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm)

1

KGT, Union Tee To branch tubing in 2 directions each at 90° to the original one. KGT04-00

Union Tee

4

–

8.76

KGT06-00

Union Tee

6

–

9.61

KGT08-00

Union Tee

8

–

12.83

KGT10-00

Union Tee

10

–

14.01

KGT12-00

Union Tee

12

–

15.53

KGT16-00

Union Tee

16

–

15.29

8.76

KGU, Y-plug in branch

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To branch tubing in the same direction. KGU04-00

Y-plug in branch

4

–

KGU06-00

Y-plug in branch

6

–

9.61

KGU08-00

Y-plug in branch

8

–

12.83

KGU10-00

Y-plug in branch

10

–

14.01

KGU12-00

Y-plug in branch

12

–

15.53

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

42

KQG2 series

Fittings

One-touch fittings made of stainless steel 316 • Wide pressure range - from industry vacuum (-100 kPa / -1 bar) to overpressure

1

from (1 MPa / 10 bar) • Wide range of tubing systems (3.2 mm - 16 mm OD tubing) • Wide range of available configurations • Grease free, usable with steam • Wide temperature range (-5 °C to 150 °C) Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air/water/steam Note 2)

Operating pressure range Note 3)

-100 kPa / -1 bar to 1 MPa / 10 bar Note 4)

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C) Note 5)

-5 to 150 (no freezing) Note 4)

Lubricant

grease-free design

Thread sealing

Teflon coating for conical pipe thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

For M5 thread with flat seal Tubing material

FEP, PFA, Nylon, soft nylon Note 1), polyurethane, Polyolefin

Tubing O.D. (mm)

3,2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 16 Note 6)

Note 1) For soft nylon tubing, water cannot be used. Note 2) Please consult SMC regarding applicable tubing separately. Note 3) Please avoid using in a vacuum holding application such as a leak tester, since there is leakage. Note 4) Check the operating pressure range and the operating temperature range of the tube. Note 5) It is recommended to use an inner sleeve from the TJG series according to the following conditions (O.D. 3.2): • For use at large media temperature fluctuations. • For use at high temperatures. Note 6) Diameter 3.2 upon request

Ordering Information Product reference Description

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm) KQG2H, straight fitting with external hexagon head Most common design used to straight pipe on female thread. KQG2H04-M5

Stainless steel fitting

4

M5

8.81

KQG2H04-01S

Stainless steel fitting

4

R1/8

9.36

KQG2H06-M5

Stainless steel fitting

6

M5

9.22

KQG2H06-01S

Stainless steel fitting

6

R1/8

9.62

KQG2H06-02S

Stainless steel fitting

6

R1/4

10.93

KQG2H08-01S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R1/8

12.14

KQG2H08-02S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R1/4

12.55

KQG2H08-03S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R3/8

12.55

KQG2H10-02S

Stainless steel fitting

10

R1/4

17.18

KQG2H10-03S

Stainless steel fitting

10

R3/8

19.39

KQG2H12-03S

Stainless steel fitting

12

R3/8

25.69

KQG2H12-04S

Stainless steel fitting

12

R1/2

27.22

KQG2H16-03S

Stainless steel fitting

16

R3/8

34.36

KQG2H16-04S

Stainless steel fitting

16

R1/2

34.50

M5

15.66

KQG2L, elbow connector 90° with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable. Most common design used to pipe at a right angle to a female thread. KQG2L04-M5

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

4

KQG2L04-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

4

R1/8

16.06

KQG2L06-M5

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

M5

18.18

KQG2L06-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

R1/8

18.44

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQG2 series

43

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQG2L06-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

R1/4

20.96

KQG2L08-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R1/8

22.63

KQG2L08-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R1/4

24.70

KQG2L08-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R3/8

24.70

KQG2L10-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

10

R1/4

32.39

KQG2L10-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

10

R3/8

33.78

KQG2L12-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

12

R3/8

48.86

KQG2L12-04S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

12

R1/2

54.44

KQG2L16-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

16

R3/8

73.42

KQG2L16-04S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

16

R1/2

79.74

KQG2W, elbow connector 90° high with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable. Basically used in the same way as an elbow connector. Also used for variable pipe connections to avoid overlapping of the fittings. Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KQG2W04-M5

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

4

M5

17.69

KQG2W04-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

4

R1/8

24.46

KQG2W06-M5

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

M5

19.42

KQG2W06-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

R1/8

24.46

KQG2W06-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

6

R1/4

30.53

KQG2W08-01S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R1/8

32.26

KQG2W08-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R1/4

35.20

KQG2W08-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

8

R3/8

39.54

KQG2W10-02S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

10

R1/4

40.75

KQG2W10-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

10

R3/8

44.54

KQG2W12-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

12

R3/8

45.43

KQG2W12-04S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

12

R1/2

54.77

KQG2W16-03S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

16

R3/8

75.07

KQG2W16-04S

Stainless steel elbow connector 90°

16

R1/2

83.90

KQG2S, straight fitting with internal hexagon head The fitting can be fastened via the hexagon head opening in the body using an Allen key, an advantage where there is limited space. KQG2S04-M5

Stainless steel fitting

4

M5

9.86

KQG2S04-01S

Stainless steel fitting

4

R1/8

10.12

KQG2S06-M5

Stainless steel fitting

6

M5

10.43

KQG2S06-01S

Stainless steel fitting

6

R1/8

10.39

KQG2S06-02S

Stainless steel fitting

6

R1/4

13.36

KQG2S08-01S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R1/8

14.66

KQG2S08-02S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R1/4

14.66

KQG2S08-03S

Stainless steel fitting

8

R3/8

25.15

KQG2S10-02S

Stainless steel fitting

10

R1/4

22.44

KQG2S10-03S

Stainless steel fitting

10

R3/8

26.36

KQG2S12-03S

Stainless steel fitting

12

R3/8

34.68

KQG2S12-04S

Stainless steel fitting

12

R1/2

41.43

KQG2S16-03S

Stainless steel fitting

16

R3/8

50.70

KQG2S16-04S

Stainless steel fitting

16

R1/2

62.54

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

44

KQG2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KQG2T, Male Branch Tee with external hexagon head, 360° pivotable. To branch the pipe from the female thread at 90° in each direction.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KQG2T04-M5

Stainless steel T-fitting

4

M5

27.03

KQG2T04-01S

Stainless steel T-fitting

4

R1/8

26.00

KQG2T06-M5

Stainless steel T-fitting

6

M5

29.83

KQG2T06-01S

Stainless steel T-fitting

6

R1/8

28.76

KQG2T06-02S

Stainless steel T-fitting

6

R1/4

29.13

KQG2T08-01S

Stainless steel T-fitting

8

R1/8

33.98

KQG2T08-02S

Stainless steel T-fitting

8

R1/4

34.17

KQG2T08-03S

Stainless steel T-fitting

8

R3/8

39.87

KQG2T10-02S

Stainless steel T-fitting

10

R1/4

44.73

KQG2T10-03S

Stainless steel T-fitting

10

R3/8

45.24

KQG2T12-03S

Stainless steel T-fitting

12

R3/8

61.39

KQG2T12-04S

Stainless steel T-fitting

12

R1/2

62.42

KQG2T16-03S

Stainless steel T-fitting

16

R3/8

84.97

KQG2T16-04S

Stainless steel T-fitting

16

R1/2

84.97

KQG2H straight one-touch fitting To connect tubing in the same direction. KQG2H04-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

4

–

14.12

KQG2H06-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

6

–

15.47

KQG2H08-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

8

–

18.04

KQG2H10-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

10

–

26.09

KQG2H12-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

12

–

34.33

KQG2H16-00

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting

16

–

45.83

KQG2E, bulkhead union with hexagon head To connect tubing through a panel. KQG2E04-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

4

–

19.52

KQG2E06-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

6

–

23.17

KQG2E08-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

8

–

27.17

KQG2E10-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

10

–

41.03

KQG2E12-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

12

–

52.46

KQG2E16-00

Stainless steel bulkhead union

16

–

69.88

4

–

25.60

KQG2T, T-fitting To branch tubing in 2 directions each at 90° to the original one. KQG2T04-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

KQG2T06-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

6

–

27.58

KQG2T08-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

8

–

34.55

KQG2T10-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

10

–

45.08

KQG2T12-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

12

–

73.96

KQG2T16-00

Stainless steel T-fitting

16

–

107.90

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KQG2 series

45

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

(mm)

(mm)

4

–

Price £

1

KQG2L, plug in elbow To connect tubing at a right angle. KQG2L04-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

17.90

KQG2L06-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

6

–

19.11

KQG2L08-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

8

–

22.85

KQG2L10-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

10

–

31.90

KQG2L12-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

12

–

46.38

KQG2L16-00

Stainless steel plug in elbow

16

–

56.17

–

25.60

KQG2U, Y-plug in branch To branch a tube with two tubes with the same diameter in the same direction.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KQG2U04-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

4

KQG2U06-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

6

–

27.58

KQG2U08-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

8

–

34.55

KQG2U10-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

10

–

45.08

KQG2U12-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

12

–

73.96

KQG2U16-00

Stainless steel Y-plug in branch

16

–

98.98

KQG2U Y-plug in branch with reducer To branch a tube with two tubes with a smaller diameter in the same direction.

a

a

b

KQG2U04-06

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

4

6

23.24

KQG2U06-08

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

6

8

32.26

KQG2U08-10

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

8

10

52.89

KQG2U10-12

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

10

12

74.19

KQG2U12-16

Y-one touch fitting with reducer

12

16

97.77

4

6

9.71

6

8

11.44

8

10

14.89

10

12

20.26

12

16

30.16

KQG2R, straight fitting with reducer To connect to a smaller one-touch fitting. KQG2R04-06

b

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting with reducer

KQG2R06-08

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting with reducer

KQG2R08-10

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting with reducer

a

KQG2R10-12

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting with reducer

KQG2R12-16

Stainless steel straight one-touch fitting with reducer

KQG2F, straight fitting with internal and external hexagon head From pipe to an external thread. b

a

KQG2F04-01

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread

4

R1/8

18.53

KQG2F06-01

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread

6

R1/8

19.60

KQG2F08-01

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread

8

R1/8

23.24

KQG2F08-02

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread

8

R1/4

27.22

KQG2F10-02

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread

10

R1/4

27.22

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

46

KQG2 series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1 KQG2F10-03

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread 10

R3/8

31.19

KQG2F12-03

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread 12

R3/8

31.74

KQG2F12-04

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread 12

R1/2

38.33

KQG2F16-03

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread 16

R3/8

44.73

KQG2F16-04

Stainless steel one-touch fitting with female thread 16

R1/2

44.73

KQG2P, port plug To plug unused fittings. KQG2P-04

Stainless steel port plug

4

–

3.64

KQG2P-06

Stainless steel port plug

6

–

4.15

KQG2P-08

Stainless steel port plug

8

–

4.85

Stainless steel port plug

10

–

5.88

Stainless steel port plug

12

–

6.95

KQG2P-16

Stainless steel port plug

16

–

11.25

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KQG2P-10 KQG2P-12

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KS series

47

Fittings

Rotating one-touch fitting • Rotating fittings for low torques

1

• Applicable to oscillating sections of robots etc. • For applications requiring copper-free material (nickel plated chemically) • Thread with Teflon as standard

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating vacuum

-100 MPa / -1 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

Teflon coating for conical pipe thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With flat seal for M5/M6 thread Tubing material Note 1)

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12

Note1) Take precautions regarding the maximum operating pressure with soft nylon and polyurethane.

Torque, permitted speed Range of application Tubing O.D. Torque [Nm]

Note 1)

KS series

Permitted revolutions S–1 Note 2)

4

6

8

10

12

0.006

0.012

0.014

0.02

0.022

8.4

8.4

6.7

5

4.2

Note 1) Rotating torque at a pressure of 0.5 MPa. Note 2) In the case of requirements for higher revolutions please consult prices and delivery time for the KX series separately.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm) KSH, rotating fitting Most common design used to pipe on female thread. KSH04-M5

Rotating fitting

4

M5

11.36

KSH04-M6

Rotating fitting

4

M6

11.36

KSH04-01S

Rotating fitting

4

R1/8

11.36

KSH06-M5

Rotating fitting

6

M5

11.93

KSH06-M6

Rotating fitting

6

M6

11.93

KSH06-01S

Rotating fitting

6

R1/8

11.93

KSH06-02S

Rotating fitting

6

R1/4

11.93

KSH08-01S

Rotating fitting

8

R1/8

14.44

KSH08-02S

Rotating fitting

8

R1/4

14.44

KSH08-03S

Rotating fitting

8

R3/8

14.44

KSH10-02S

Rotating fitting

10

R1/4

20.97

KSH10-03S

Rotating fitting

10

R3/8

20.97

KSH10-04S

Rotating fitting

10

R1/2

21.03

KSH12-03S

Rotating fitting

12

R3/8

27.42

KSH12-04S

Rotating fitting

12

R1/2

27.42

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

48

KS series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1 KSL, rotating fitting.

The most frequently used design to the pipe at a right angle to a female thread.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KSL04-M5

Rotating fitting

4

M5

11.41

KSL04-M6

Rotating fitting

4

M6

11.41

KSL04-01S

Rotating fitting

4

R1/8

11.41

KSL06-M5

Rotating fitting

6

M5

11.93

KSL06-M6

Rotating fitting

6

M6

11.93

KSL06-01S

Rotating fitting

6

R1/8

12.22

KSL06-02S

Rotating fitting

6

R1/4

12.22

KSL08-01S

Rotating fitting

8

R1/8

14.53

KSL08-02S

Rotating fitting

8

R1/4

14.53

KSL08-03S

Rotating fitting

8

R3/8

14.53

KSL10-02S

Rotating fitting

10

R1/4

21.74

KSL10-03S

Rotating fitting

10

R3/8

21.74

KSL10-04S

Rotating fitting

10

R1/2

21.83

KSL12-03S

Rotating fitting

12

R3/8

27.56

KSL12-04S

Rotating fitting

12

R1/2

27.56

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KC series

49

Fittings

Self-seal fitting • Fitting with built-in check valve to prevent an escape of compressed air when removing the tube

1

• Chemically nickel-plated parts for using the product in copper-free applications

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

Standard with Teflon coating

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With flat seal for M5 thread Copper-free design (Standard)

All brass parts are chemically nickel plated

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Port

Price £

O.D. (mm) KCH, straight fitting with check valve To pipe connection on a female thread in the same direction. KCH04-M5

Straight fitting

KCH04-01S

Straight fitting

KCH06-M5

Straight fitting

4

M5

5.49

4

R1/8

5.15

6

M5

5.68

KCH06-01S

Straight fitting

6

R1/8

6.01

KCH06-02S

Straight fitting

6

R1/4

6.34

KCH08-01S

Straight fitting

8

R1/8

6.53

KCH08-02S

Straight fitting

8

R1/4

6.53

KCH08-03S

Straight fitting

8

R3/8

6.53

KCH10-02S

Straight fitting

10

R1/4

8.52

KCH10-03S

Straight fitting

10

R3/8

8.52

KCH12-03S

Straight fitting

12

R3/8

9.18

KCH12-04S

Straight fitting

12

R1/2

9.18

KCL, elbow connector with check valve To pipe connection on a female thread at a right angle. KCL04-M5

Elbow connector

4

M5

7.20

KCL04-01S

Elbow connector

4

R1/8

7.00

KCL06-M5

Elbow connector

6

M5

7.29

KCL06-01S

Elbow connector

6

R1/8

7.20

KCL06-02S

Elbow connector

6

R1/4

7.53

KCL08-01S

Elbow connector

8

R1/8

7.81

KCL08-02S

Elbow connector

8

R1/4

7.81

KCL08-03S

Elbow connector

8

R3/8

7.81

KCL10-02S

Elbow connector

10

R1/4

8.52

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

50

KC series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

1

Tubing

Port

O.D. (mm)

(mm)

Price £

KCL10-03S

Elbow connector

10

R3/8

8.52

KCL12-03S

Elbow connector

12

R3/8

11.45

KCL12-04S

Elbow connector

12

R1/2

11.45

KCH, straight fitting with check valve To connect tubes in the same direction, (one of the two connections is fitted with a check valve). KCH04-00

Straight one-touch fitting

4

–

6.67

KCH06-00

Straight one-touch fitting

6

–

6.67

KCH08-00

Straight one-touch fitting

8

–

7.29

KCH10-00

Straight one-touch fitting

10

–

8.66

KCH12-00

Straight one-touch fitting

12

–

9.99

KCE, bulkhead union with check valve

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To connect tubes using a panel (one of the two connections is fitted with a check valve). KCE04-00

Bulkhead union

4

Ø 13 Note 1)

10.79

KCE06-00

Bulkhead union

6

Ø 15

Note 1)

10.79

KCE08-00

Bulkhead union

8

Ø 13 Note 1)

12.83

KCE10-00

Bulkhead union

10

Ø 21

Note 1)

18.23

KCE12-00

Bulkhead union

12

Ø 23 Note 1)

21.59

Note 1) mounting hole [mm]

KCT, T-fitting with check valve To branch tubing in 2 directions each at 90° to the original one. KCT04-00

T-fitting

4

–

12.31

KCT06-00

T-fitting

6

–

12.31

KCT08-00

T-fitting

8

–

12.45

KCT10-00

T-fitting

10

–

16.62

KCT12-00

T-fitting

12

–

16.62

KCU, Y-plug in branch with check valve To branch tubing in the same direction. Only the branches have check valves. KCU04-00

Y-plug in branch

4

–

11.65

KCU06-00

Y-plug in branch

6

–

11.65

KCU08-00

Y-plug in branch

8

–

11.93

KCU10-00

Y-plug in branch

10

–

14.96

KCU12-00

Y-plug in branch

12

–

14.96

KCJ, adaptor with check valve To be connected to a one-touch fitting from the KQ series to provide tube coupler function. KCJ04-99

Adaptor

4

4

5.87

KCJ06-99

Adaptor

6

6

5.87 6.53

KCJ08-99

Adaptor

8

8

KCJ10-99

Adaptor

10

10

8.19

KCJ12-99

Adaptor

12

12

9.66

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KC series

51

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

KCH, straight one-touch fitting without tube coupler function To save tube cutting labour in cases where tubing is frequently connected and removed. To connect tubing in the same direction as the fitting with check valve (e.g. KCJ or KCE). KCH04-99

One-touch fitting

4

4

5.15

KCH06-99

One-touch fitting

6

6

5.15

KCH08-99

One-touch fitting

8

8

5.87

KCH10-99

One-touch fitting

10

10

7.20

KCH12-99

One-touch fitting

12

12

8.19

KCE, bulkhead union with tube coupler function

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

To connect a tube and a male thread using a panel. KCE04-02

Bulkhead union

4

Rc1/4 (Ø 13 Note 1))

10.79

KCE06-02

Bulkhead union

6

Rc1/4 (Ø 15 Note 1))

10.79

KCE08-03

Bulkhead union

8

Rc3/8 (Ø 17

)

12.31

KCE10-03

Bulkhead union

10

Rc3/8 (Ø 21 Note 1))

15.81

KCE12-03

Bulkhead union

12

Rc3/8 (Ø 23

)

19.93

Note 1)

Note 1)

Note 1) assembly hole [mm]

KCL, plug in elbow without tube coupler function To save tube cutting labour in cases where tubing is frequently connected and removed. To connect tubing at a right angle to the one-touch fitting with check valve (e.g. KCJ or KCE). KCL04-99

Plug-in elbow

4

4

6.20

KCL06-99

Plug-in elbow

6

6

6.20

KCL08-99

Plug-in elbow

8

8

6.67

KCL10-99

Plug-in elbow

10

10

7.53

KCL12-99

Plug-in elbow

12

12

8.33

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

52

KM series

Fittings

Manifold fitting • Compact and lightweight

1

• Available with centralised male threads on request • Several variants available • 3, 6 or 10 times connector strip

Basic Specifications Model

KM11

KM13

Medium

Air, Water

Operating pressure range

-100 kPa to 1.0 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60, with water: 0 to 40 (no freezing)

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12

Note 1)

Note 1) Suitable for general industrial water Consult SMC if using any other fluids.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Surge pressure must be under the maximum operating temperature.

Model Model

Number of connections (a)

Tube diameter connection b

Tube diameter connection a [mm]

(mm)

4 •

KM11

6, 10

8

KM11

6, 10

10

6

8

•

KM11

6, 10

12

KM13

3

6

•

•

KM13

3

8

•

KM13

3

10

• •

•

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Number

Tube diameter

Tube diameter

Connections (a)

connection a

connection b

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

Price £

a

KM11, Manifold fitting

a b

a

KM11-04-08-6

Manifold

6

4

8

11.93

KM11-04-08-10

Manifold

10

4

8

16.85

KM11-06-10-6

Manifold

6

6

10

11.93

KM11-06-10-10

Manifold

10

6

10

16.85

KM11-08-12-6

Manifold

6

8

12

14.53

KM11-08-12-10

Manifold

10

8

12

19.93

KM13-04-06-3

Manifold

3

4

6

5.39

KM13-04-08-3

Manifold

3

4

8

6.16

KM13-06-08-3

Manifold

3

6

8

7.66

KM13-06-10-3

Manifold

3

6

10

8.47

KM13-08-10-3

Manifold

3

8

10

9.18

KM13, Manifold fitting

b

b

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KB series

53

Fittings

Manifold module • One-touch installation and removal with no need of tools

1

• Compressed air inlet adjustable at a 360°-angle • Enables centralisation and distribution of piping suitable for each application. • Centralised piping from main line.

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating vacuum

-100 MPa / -1 bar

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Thread sealing

Teflon coating for conical pipe thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With flat seal for M5 thread Copper-free design (Standard)

All brass parts are chemically nickel plated

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Tubing O.D.

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 16

Usable female thread size

R1/8, R1/4, R3/8, R1/2

Usable male thread size

M5 x 0.8, M6 x 1, Rc1/8, Rc1/4, Rc3/8, Rc1/2

Compressed air outlet KBX

Port types KBN, KBD, KBR

Connector / cap KBP

Mounting bracket KBX

Compressed air port KBE, KBH

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

54

KB series

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Size

Price £

(mm)

1 KBV, elbow module KBV1-04

Elbow module

4

1

4.16

KBV1-06

Elbow module

6

1

4.02

KBV2-06

Elbow module

6

2

4.59

KBV2-08

Elbow module

8

2

4.21

KBV3-08

Elbow module

8

3

5.11

KBV3-10

Elbow module

10

3

5.59

KBV3-12

Elbow module

12

3

5.39

KBV4-12

Elbow module

12

4

6.01

KBV4-16

Elbow module

16

4

6.58

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KBZ, branch elbow module KBZ1-04

Branch elbow module

4

1

5.87

KBZ1-06

Branch elbow module

6

1

5.82

KBZ2-08

Branch elbow module

8

2

6.01

KBZ3-10

Branch elbow module

10

3

7.20

KBZ3-12

Branch elbow module

12

3

7.95

KBZ4-12

Branch elbow module

12

4

7.71

KBH, straight connection sleeve with male thread KBH1-R1S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/8

1

2.70

KBH2-R1S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/8

2

3.31

KBH2-R2S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/4

2

3.08

KBH2-R3S

Straight connection sleeve

R3/8

2

2.97

KBH3-R2S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/4

3

3.92

KBH3-R3S

Straight connection sleeve

R3/8

3

3.65

KBH3-R4S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/2

3

4.35

KBH4-R3S

Straight connection sleeve

R3/8

4

6.49

KBH4-R4S

Straight connection sleeve

R1/2

4

6.53

KBN1

Adaptor

–

1

2.93

KBN2

Adaptor

–

2

3.08

KBN3

Adaptor

–

3

3.41

KBN4

Adaptor

–

4

3.54

KBP1

Port Plug

–

1

3.50

KBP2

Port Plug

–

2

3.45

KBP3

Port Plug

–

3

4.12

KBP4

Port Plug

–

4

5.30

KBN, adaptor

KBP, port plug

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KB series

55

Fittings

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Size

Size

Price £

Branch module

1

KBD, branch module with reducer KBD2-1

KBD, branch module with reducer

1

2

7.71

KBD3-2

KBD, branch module with reducer

2

3

8.61

KBD4-3

KBD, branch module with reducer

3

4

9.89

Product reference

Description

Size reducer

Size

KBR2-1

Straight reducer

1

2

2.08

KBR3-2

Straight reducer

2

3

2.27

KBR4-3

Straight reducer

3

4

2.51

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KJR straight reducer

Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Male thread

Size

Price £

(mm) KBE, straight bulkhead union KBE1-04

Bulkhead union

4

M12 X 1

1

6.58

KBE1-06

Bulkhead union

6

M14 x 1

1

7.09

KBE2-06

Bulkhead union

6

M14 x 1

2

7.24

KBE2-08

Bulkhead union

8

M16 x 1

2

7.48

KBE2-10

Bulkhead union

10

M20 X 1

2

9.14

KBE3-08

Bulkhead union

8

M16 x 1

3

9.80

KBE3-10

Bulkhead union

10

M20 X 1

3

10.37

KBE3-12

Bulkhead union

12

M22 x 1

3

11.36

KBE4-12

Bulkhead union

12

M22 x 1

4

10.61

Product reference

Suitable for article

Price £

KBX, bracket KBX6

KBP, KBC

2.13

KBX12

KBE1-04

2.55

KBX14

KBE1-06, KBE2-06

2.55

KBX16

KBE2-08, KBE3-08

2.55

KBX20

KBE2-10, KBE3-10

2.55

KBX22

KBE3-12, KBE4-12

2.55

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

56

KK series

S-coupler

Quick plug coupling (brass nickel plated) • Large effective areas

1

• Lightweight • With lock • Fluids: Compressed air and water • Flow from connector and socket side possible • One-touch connection Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air/water (General industrial water)

Operating pressure range

KK2: -100 kPa to 1 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar KK3: -90 kPa to 1 MPa / -0.9 bar to 10 bar

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KK4, 6: 0 to 1 MPa / 0 to 10 bar Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

Compressed air: -5 to 60, with water: 5 to 40 (no freezing)

Plating, sealant

Chemically nickel plated (for copper-free applications)

Features Plug and socket connection

One-touch installation and removal.

Check valve

Socket: built-in check valve (standard)

Lock mechanism

Locking manual type (standard)

Effective area Series

Connector

Socket

Effective area

Weight Note 2)

[mm2] Note 1)

[g]

KK2 series

KK2P-M5M

KK2S-M5M

3.8

6.1

KK3 series

KK3P-01MS

KK3S-01MS

20

20.1

KK4 series

KK4P-02MS

KK4S-02MS

39

44.1

KK6 series

KK6P-04MS

KK6S-04MS

82

90.1

Note 1) Values when plug and socket are connected Note 2) Values for socket only

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KK series

57

S-coupler

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Size

Port

Price £

1

size KK series, connector (P), straight design, with male thread KK2P-M5M

Connector with male thread

M5

M5

2.31

KK3P-01MS

Connector with male thread

1/8

R1/8

2.31

KK4P-02MS

Connector with male thread

1/4

R1/4

2.31

KK4P-03MS

Connector with male thread

1/4

R3/8

2.31

KK6P-04MS

Connector with male thread

1/2

R1/2

4.78

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KK series, socket (S), straight design, with male thread KK2S-M5M

Socket with male thread

M5

M5

8.90

KK3S-01MS

Socket with male thread

1/8

R1/8

8.33

KK4S-02MS

Socket with male thread

1/4

R1/4

8.61

KK4S-03MS

Socket with male thread

1/4

R1/4

8.61

KK6S-04MS

Socket with male thread

1/2

R1/2

16.95

Product reference

Description

Size

Tube

Price £

O.D. KK series, connector (P), straight design, with one-touch fitting KK2P-23H

Connector with one-touch fitting

M5

3.2

3.83

KK2P-04H

Connector with one-touch fitting

M5

4

3.83

KK3P-06H

Connector with one-touch fitting

1/8

6

3.83

KK4P-08H

Connector with one-touch fitting

1/4

8

4.31

KK4P-10H

Connector with one-touch fitting

1/4

10

4.87

KK6P-12H

Connector with one-touch fitting

1/2

12

6.72

9.71

KK series, socket (S), straight design, with one-touch fitting KK2S-23H

Socket with one-touch fitting

M5

3.2

KK2S-04H

Socket with one-touch fitting

M5

4

9.71

KK3S-06H

Socket with one-touch fitting

1/8

6

10.79

KK4S-08H

Socket with one-touch fitting

1/4

8

12.93

KK4S-10H

Socket with one-touch fitting

1/4

10

13.45

KK6S-12H

Socket with one-touch fitting

1/2

12

18.85

KK series, connector (P), elbow design, with one-touch fitting KK2P-23L

Connector with elbow fitting

M5

3.2

4.07

KK2P-04L

Connector with elbow fitting

M5

4

4.07

KK3P-06L

Connector with elbow fitting

1/8

6

4.31

KK4P-08L

Connector with elbow fitting

1/4

8

5.44

KK4P-10L

Connector with elbow fitting

1/4

10

6.76

KK6P-12L

Connector with elbow fitting

1/2

12

7.86

9.99

KK series, socket (S), elbow design, with one-touch fitting KK2S-23L

Socket with elbow fitting

M5

3.2

KK2S-04L

Socket with elbow fitting

M5

4

9.99

KK3S-06L

Socket with elbow fitting

1/8

6

13.45

KK4S-08L

Socket with elbow fitting

1/4

8

15.57

KK4S-10L

Socket with elbow fitting

1/4

10

16.62

KK6S-12L

Socket with elbow fitting

1/2

12

19.60

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

58

KK series

S-coupler

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Size

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Price £

1 KK series, connector (P), bulkhead design, with one-touch fitting KK2P-23E

Connector bulkhead design

M5

3.2

4.59

KK2P-04E

Connector bulkhead design

M5

4

4.59

KK3P-06E

Connector bulkhead design

1/8

6

6.25

KK4P-08E

Connector bulkhead design

1/4

8

6.76

KK4P-10E

Connector bulkhead design

1/4

10

8.38

KK6P-12E

Connector bulkhead design

1/2

12

10.79

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KK series, socket (S), bulkhead design, with one-touch fitting KK2S-23E

Socket bulkhead design

M5

3.2

10.79

KK2S-04E

Socket bulkhead design

M5

4

10.79

KK3S-06E

Socket bulkhead design

1/8

6

14.77

KK4S-08E

Socket bulkhead design

1/4

8

16.62

KK4S-10E

Socket bulkhead design

1/4

10

17.52

KK6S-12E

Socket bulkhead design

1/2

12

24.49

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KKA series

59

S-coupler

Quick plug coupling (stainless steel 304) • Lubrication-free design, easy to connect and remove due to the fluorinated coating

1

• Operating temperature range -5 °C to 150 °C • Available with or without check valve

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air/water

Operating pressure range Note 1)

KKA3: -100 kPa to 1.0 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar KKA4, KKA6: 0.02 to 1 MPa / 0.2 bar to 10 bar

Proof pressure

10 MPa / 100 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 100 (no freezing) / Note 1) Do not use with steam

Non-greased design

No lubrication grease Rubber- Fluorinated coating / metal sliding parts: Coating with fluororesin

Material

Metal part: Stainless steel 304, rubber Fluorinated rubber (FKM)

Sealant

With Teflon coated male thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Do not use the S-couplers with a leak tester or for vacuum retention because they are not guaranteed for zero leakage.

Designs Plug and socket connection

Easy one-touch fitting with unlocking

Check valve

Connector and socket available with and without check valve

KKA series cannot be connected to KK and KKH series.

Technical information with check valves on both sides Size

Residual dripping when uncoupling [cm3]

Residual dripping when uncoupling [cm3]

KKA3

0.02

0.1

KKA4

0.04

0.1

KKA6

0.06

0.2

Liquid dripping : Water leakage volume when disconnecting connector and socket Ventilation The amount of entrained outside air when disconnecting connector and socket

Effective Area Built-in check valve

Connector

Socket

Effective area [mm2]

Connector: With check valve

KKA3P-01F

KKA3S-01F

17.4

Socket: With check valve

KKA4P-02F

KKA4S-02F

26.4

KKA6P-04F

KKA6S-04F

54.2

Connector: Without check valve

KKA3P-01M-1

KKA3S-01M

18.5

Socket: With check valve

KKA4P-02M-1

KKA4S-02M

31.8

KKA6P-04M-1

KKA6S-04M

55.3

Connector: Without check valve

KKA3P-01M-1

KKA3S-01M-1

22.6

Socket: Without check valve

KKA4P-02M-1

KKA4S-02M-1

40.2

KKA6P-04M-1

KKA6S-04M-1

76.0

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

60

KKA series

S-coupler

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Size

Port

Price £

size

1 KKA series, connector (P), male thread type with check valve KKA3P-01M

Connector with check valve

1/8

R1/8

27.23

KKA3P-02M

Connector with check valve

1/8

R1/4

27.23

KKA3P-03M

Connector with check valve

1/8

R3/8

27.23

KKA4P-02M

Connector with check valve

1/4

R1/4

31.12

KKA4P-03M

Connector with check valve

1/4

R3/8

31.12

KKA4P-04M

Connector with check valve

1/4

R1/2

36.27

KKA6P-03M

Connector with check valve

1/2

R3/8

47.93

KKA6P-04M

Connector with check valve

1/2

R1/2

53.09

KKA6P-06M

Connector with check valve

1/2

R3/4

59.58

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KKA series, socket (S), male thread type with check valve KKA3S-01M

Socket with check valve

1/8

R1/8

46.65

KKA3S-02M

Socket with check valve

1/8

R1/4

46.65

KKA3S-03M

Socket with check valve

1/8

R3/8

46.65

KKA4S-02M

Socket with check valve

1/4

R1/4

56.97

KKA4S-03M

Socket with check valve

1/4

R3/8

56.97

KKA4S-04M

Socket with check valve

1/4

R1/2

58.25

KKA6S-03M

Socket with check valve

1/2

R3/8

100.97

KKA6S-04M

Socket with check valve

1/2

R1/2

103.57

KKA6S-06M

Socket with check valve

1/2

R3/4

106.18

KKA series, connector (P), female thread type with check valve KKA3P-01F

Connector with check valve

1/8

Rc1/8

27.23

KKA3P-02F

Connector with check valve

1/8

Rc1/4

27.23

KKA3P-03F

Connector with check valve

1/8

Rc3/8

27.23

KKA4P-02F

Connector with check valve

1/4

Rc1/4

31.12

KKA4P-03F

Connector with check valve

1/4

Rc3/8

31.12

KKA4P-04F

Connector with check valve

1/4

Rc1/2

37.55

KKA6P-03F

Connector with check valve

1/2

Rc3/8

47.93

KKA6P-04F

Connector with check valve

1/2

Rc1/2

53.09

KKA6P-06F

Connector with check valve

1/2

Rc3/4

59.58

KKA series, socket (S), female thread type with check valve KKA3S-01F

Socket with check valve

1/8

Rc1/8

46.65

KKA3S-02F

Socket with check valve

1/8

Rc1/4

46.65

KKA3S-03F

Socket with check valve

1/8

Rc3/8

46.65

KKA4S-02F

Socket with check valve

1/4

Rc1/4

55.69

KKA4S-03F

Socket with check valve

1/4

Rc3/8

55.69

KKA4S-04F

Socket with check valve

1/4

Rc1/2

56.97

KKA6S-03F

Socket with check valve

1/2

Rc3/8

97.14

KKA6S-04F

Socket with check valve

1/2

Rc1/2

99.69

KKA6S-06F

Socket with check valve

1/2

Rc3/4

102.30

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

KKA series

61

S-coupler

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Size

Port

Price £

size

1

KKA series, connector (P), male thread type without check valve KKA3P-01M-1

Connector

1/8

R1/8

14.25

KKA3P-02M-1

Connector

1/8

R1/4

14.25

KKA3P-03M-1

Connector

1/8

R3/8

14.25

KKA4P-02M-1

Connector

1/4

R1/4

15.57

KKA4P-03M-1

Connector

1/4

R3/8

15.57

KKA4P-04M-1

Connector

1/4

R1/2

20.79

KKA6P-03M-1

Connector

1/2

R3/8

29.83

KKA6P-04M-1

Connector

1/2

R1/2

35.00

KKA6P-06M-1

Connector

1/2

R3/4

41.43

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KKA series, socket (S), male thread type without check valve KKA3S-01M-1

Socket

1/8

R1/8

38.88

KKA3S-02M-1

Socket

1/8

R1/4

38.88

KKA3S-03M-1

Socket

1/8

R3/8

38.88

KKA4S-02M-1

Socket

1/4

R1/4

47.93

KKA4S-03M-1

Socket

1/4

R3/8

47.93

KKA4S-04M-1

Socket

1/4

R1/2

49.21

KKA6S-03M-1

Socket

1/2

R3/8

88.04

KKA6S-04M-1

Socket

1/2

R1/2

90.64

KKA6S-06M-1

Socket

1/2

R3/4

93.25

KKA series, connector (P), female thread type without check valve KKA3P-01F-1

Connector

1/8

Rc1/8

14.25

KKA3P-01F-1

Connector

1/8

Rc1/4

14.25

KKA3P-03F-1

Connector

1/8

Rc3/8

14.25

KKA4P-02F-1

Connector

1/4

Rc1/4

15.57

KKA4P-03F-1

Connector

1/4

Rc3/8

15.57

KKA4P-04F-1

Connector

1/4

Rc1/2

22.07

KKA6P-03F-1

Connector

1/2

Rc3/8

29.83

KKA6P-04F-1

Connector

1/2

Rc1/2

35.00

KKA6P-06F-1

Connector

1/2

Rc3/4

41.43

KKA series, socket (S), female thread type without check valve KKA3S-01F-1

Socket

1/8

Rc1/8

38.88

KKA3S-02F-1

Socket

1/8

Rc1/4

38.88

KKA3S-03F-1

Socket

1/8

Rc3/8

38.88

KKA4S-02F-1

Socket

1/4

Rc1/4

46.65

KKA4S-03F-1

Socket

1/4

Rc3/8

46.65

KKA4S-04F-1

Socket

1/4

Rc1/2

47.93

KKA6S-03F-1

Socket

1/2

Rc3/8

84.21

KKA6S-04F-1

Socket

1/2

Rc1/2

86.76

KKA6S-06F-1

Socket

1/2

Rc3/4

89.37

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

62

AS series

Flow control/check valves

Speed controller, elbow/universal type • Minimises installation time and cost

1

• Wide variety of sizes • Accepts nylon and polyurethane tubes • Housing pivotable by 360° • Speed may be accurately controlled even at low velocity • Meter-out control standard, supply air controlled speed controllers upon request

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle rotations

10 rotations (8 rotations

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Note 2)

)

Note 1)

Note 1) Valid for type AS1201F-M5 / AS1301F-M5 Note 2) Pay attention to the maximum operating pressure when soft nylon or polyurethane is used.

Model Port size

Applicable tubing O.D. (mm) 2

3.2

M3





M5



4

6

8

10





R1/8







R1/4













 

R3/8 R1/2

12

For cylinder diameter

Elbow type

Universal type

(mm)

Meter-out control

Meter-out control

2,5, 4, 6

AS1201F-M3

AS1301F-M3

6, 10, 16, 20

AS1201F-M5

AS1301F-M5

20, 25, 32

AS2201F-01

AS2301F-01

20, 25, 32, 40

AS2201F-02

AS2301F-02



40, 50, 63

AS3201F-03

AS3301F-03



63, 80, 100

AS4201F-04

AS4301F-04

 = the chemically nickel plated design is standard for the series

 = not chemically nickel plated  = made of stainless steel

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AS series

63

Flow control/check valves

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tube

Port

O.D. (mm)

size

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AS series, elbow type, meter-out control AS1201F-M3-02

Speed controller

2

M3

8.99

AS1201F-M5-02

Speed controller

2

M5

7.57

AS1201F-M3-23

Speed controller

3.2

M3

8.28

AS1201F-M5-04

Speed controller

4

M5

6.67

AS2201F-02-04S

Speed controller

4

R1/4

AS1201F-M5-06

Speed controller

6

M5

AS2201F-01-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/8

8.94

AS2201F-02-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/4

10.08

AS3201F-03-06S

Speed controller

6

R3/8

12.97

AS2201F-01-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/8

8.94

AS2201F-02-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/4

10.08

AS3201F-03-08S

Speed controller

8

R3/8

12.97

AS2201F-02-10S

Speed controller

10

R1/4

10.08

AS3201F-03-10S

Speed controller

10

R3/8

12.97

AS4201F-04-10S

Speed controller

10

R1/2

18.08

AS3201F-03-12S

Speed controller

12

R3/8

14.01

AS4201F-04-12S

Speed controller

12

R1/2

18.08

10.08 6.67

AS series, universal type, pivotable connection, meter-out control AS1301F-M3-23

Speed controller

3.2

M3

9.33

AS1301F-M5-04

Speed controller

4

M5

6.67

AS2301F-02-04S

Speed controller

4

R1/4

AS1301F-M5-06

Speed controller

6

M5

AS2301F-01-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/8

8.90

AS2301F-02-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/4

10.04

AS3301F-03-06S

Speed controller

6

R3/8

12.97

AS2301F-01-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/8

8.90

AS2301F-02-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/4

10.04

AS3301F-03-08S

Speed controller

8

R3/8

12.97

AS2301F-02-10S

Speed controller

10

R1/4

10.04

AS3301F-03-10S

Speed controller

10

R3/8

12.97

AS4301F-04-10S

Speed controller

10

R1/2

18.08

AS3301F-03-12S

Speed controller

12

R3/8

14.01

AS4301F-04-12S

Speed controller

12

R1/2

18.08

Supply air controlled speed controllers are available upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

10.04 6.67

1

64

AS series

Flow control/check valves

Speed controller with one-touch fittings, straight design • Reduced installation time and cost through 4 different assembly options

1

• Easier servicing through the clearly visible type plate surface • Space and weight saving through the optimised design • Wide variety of sizes • Accepts nylon and polyurethane tubes • Speed may be accurately controlled even at low velocity • Constant speed easily set

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar (1.05 MPa / 10.5 bar Note 1))

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar (0.7 MPa / 7 bar Note 1))

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle rotations

10 rotations (8 rotations

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Note 3)

)

Note 2)

Note 1) Valid for design AS1002F-02 Note 2) Valid for design AS1002F Note 3) Pay attention to the maximum operating pressure when soft nylon or polyurethane is used. Note 4) Brass parts are all chemically nickel plated.

Model Model

AS1002F AS2002F

Applicable tubing O.D. (mm)

For cylinder diameter

3.2

4

6









6 / 10 / 16 / 20 Note)





20 / 25 / 32



AS2052F

8

AS4002F

12

 

AS3002F

10

(mm)

2

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 



40 / 50 / 63





63 / 80 / 100

Note) The applicable piston diameters for AS1002F-02 [mm] are 2.5 / 4 / 6.  = the chemically nickel plated design is standard for the series

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AS series

65

Flow control/check valves

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tube

Price £

O.D. (mm)

1

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AS series, straight type AS1002F-02

Speed controller

2

8.10

AS1002F-23

Speed controller

3.2

8.10

AS1002F-04

Speed controller

4

7.90

AS2002F-04

Speed controller

4

10.28

AS1002F-06

Speed controller

6

7.90

AS2002F-06

Speed controller

6

10.28

AS2052F-06

Speed controller

6

11.45

AS2052F-08

Speed controller

8

11.45

AS3002F-08

Speed controller

8

14.49

AS3002F-10

Speed controller

10

14.49

AS3002F-12

Speed controller

12

15.34

AS4002F-10

Speed controller

10

20.41

AS4002F-12

Speed controller

12

20.41

Accessories Product reference

Description

Suitable for

Price £

speed controller Holder for speed controller

Holder for speed controller

TMH-23J

Holder

AS1002F-23

0.80

TMH-04J

Holder

AS1002F-04

0.80

TMH-04J

Holder

AS2002F-04

0.80

TMH-06J

Holder

AS1002F-06

0.80

TMH-06J

Holder

AS2002F-06

0.80

TMH-06

Holder

AS2052F-06

0.80

TMH-08

Holder

AS2052F-08

0.80

TMH-08

Holder

AS3002F-08

0.80

TMH-10

Holder

AS3002F-10

0.80

TMH-12

Holder

AS3002F-12

0.80

TMH-10

Holder

AS4002F-10

0.80

TMH-13

Holder

AS4002F-12

0.80

L-bracket (without threaded bolts)

L bracket

AS-12L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS1002F-02

1.22

AS-10L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS1002F

1.22

AS-20L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS2002F

1.22

AS-25L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS2052F

1.98

AS-30L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS3002F

1.81

AS-40L

L-bracket 1 piece

AS4002F

1.81

AS1002F

3.03

DIN rail attachment set (without threaded bolts) AS-10D

DIN Rail Mounting Bracket Assembly

DIN rail attachment set 1 piece

AS-20D

DIN rail attachment set 1 piece

AS2002F

3.03

AS-25D

DIN rail attachment set 1 piece

AS2052F

3.33

AS-30D

DIN rail attachment set 1 piece

AS3002F

3.03

AS-40D

DIN rail attachment set 1 piece

AS4002F

3.03

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

66

ASN2 series

Flow control/check valves

Metering valve with silencer • Noise reduction: Over 20 dB (A) at max. flow rate

1

• Cylinder speed easily set • The shape of the setting needle corresponds to the one on the speed controller • With arresting nut • Teflon thread

Basic Specifications Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

Operating pressure range

0 to 1 MPa

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle rotations

10 rotations (8 rotations for ASN2-M5)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model Model

Threaded connection

Equivalent area [mm2]

Weight [g]

ASN2-M5

M5

1.8

5

ASN2-01-S

1/8

3.6

17

ASN2-02-S

1/4

6.5

34

ASN2-03-S

3/8

16.6

55

ASN2-04-S

1/2

24.5

107

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Port

Price £

ASN2, Metering valve with silencer ASN2-M5

Exhaust silencer

M5

3.36

ASN2-01-S

Exhaust silencer

1/8

5.82

ASN2-02-S

Exhaust silencer

1/4

7.20

ASN2-03-S

Exhaust silencer

3/8

9.14

ASN2-04-S

Exhaust silencer

1/2

12.17

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ASP series

67

Flow control/check valves

Speed controller with lock up function • 360° pivotable

1

• Nickel plating is standard • Speed controller and pilot valve built into a housing

Basic Specifications Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 1 MPa / 1 to 10 bar

Pilot valve operating pressure

Min. 50% of the cylinder operating pressure

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle revolutions

10 rotations

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note) Use caution with soft nylon or polyurethane at maximum operating pressures of the tubes.

Model Model

Port

Port

Equivalent area

Adjustable volume flow [Nl/

Cylinder side

Pilot valve

[mm²]

min]

ASP330F-01-06S

R 1/8

M5

2.9

180

ASP330F-01-08S

R 1/8

M5

2.9

180

ASP430F-F02-08S

R 1/4

G1/8

5.4

350

ASP530F-F03-08S

R 3/8

G1/8

9.3

600

ASP530F-F03-10S

R 3/8

G1/8

11.6

750

ASP630F-F04-10S

R 1/2

G1/4

17

1100

ASP630F-F04-12S

R 1/2

G1/4

18.4

1190

Note) Flow rate values are at a pressure of 0.5MPa and temperature of 20°C.

Ordering Information Product reference

Tubing O.D. (mm)

For cylinder diameter [mm]

Price £

ASP, speed controller unlockable ASP330F-01-06S

6

20 / 25 / 32

31.01

ASP330F-01-08S

8

20 / 25 / 32

31.01

ASP430F-F02-08S

8

25 / 32 / 40

35.18

ASP530F-F03-08S

8

40 / 50 / 63

44.71

ASP530F-F03-10S

10

40 / 50 / 63

44.71

ASP630F-F04-10S

10

63 / 80 / 100

60.76

ASP630F-F04-12S

12

63 / 80 / 100

60.76

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

68

ASG series

Flow control/check valves

Corrosion-free speed controller, elbow design • Stainless steel 316

1

• FKM sealant

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle rotations

10 rotations (8 rotations

Applicable tubing material

FEP, PFA, Nylon, soft nylon Note 2), polyurethane, polyolefin

)

Note 1)

Note 1) Valid for design ASG22F-M5 Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 2) When polyurethane tubing is used, please use an inner sleeve.

Model Model

Port size

Applicable tubing O.D. (mm) 4

6

ASG220F-M5

M5





ASG320F-01

R1/8





ASG420F-02

R1/4

ASG520F-03

R3/8

ASG620F-04

R1/2

Applicable piston 8

10

diameter (mm)

12

6 / 10 / 16 / 20 



20 / 25 / 32









20 / 25 / 32 / 40 

40 / 50 / 63



63 / 80 / 100

Flow rate and equivalent area Model

ASG220F-M5

ASG320F-01

ASG420F-02

ASG520F-03

ASG620F-04

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4/6

4

6/8

6

8 / 10

8

10 / 12

12

100

180

230

390

460

790

920

1580

1.5

2.7

3.5

6

7

12

14

24

Max. flow rate Flow rate [l/min] Equivalent area [mm ] 2

The flow rate was measured at 0.5 MPa and 20°C.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ASG series

69

Flow control/check valves

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

ASG series (stainless steel 316)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Elbow design, meter-out control ASG220F-M5-04

Speed controller

4

M5

40.02

ASG320F-01-04S

Speed controller

4

R1/8

41.25

ASG220F-M5-06

Speed controller

6

M5

40.02

ASG320F-01-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/8

41.25

ASG420F-02-06S

Speed controller

6

R1/4

49.67

ASG320F-01-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/8

43.04

ASG420F-02-08S

Speed controller

8

R1/4

52.14

ASG520F-03-08S

Speed controller

8

R3/8

65.45

ASG420F-02-10S

Speed controller

10

R1/4

58.77

ASG520F-03-10S

Speed controller

10

R3/8

70.28

ASG520F-03-12S

Speed controller

12

R3/8

73.35

ASG620F-04-12S

Speed controller

12

R1/2

89.08

Supply air controlled speed controllers are available upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

70

ASV series

Flow control/check valves

Exhaust speed controller • Minimises installation time and cost

1

• Accepts nylon and polyurethane tubes • Wide variety of connection sizes M3 to 1/2“ • Built-in fitting 4 mm to 12 mm • Excellent control characteristics • Compact design • Integration of a quick exhaust valve and an exhaust restrictor. • Allows operation of pneumatic drives at high speeds

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Series

ASV120F

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Minimum operating pressure

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60

Number of needle rotations

10 rotations

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Note 1)

ASV220F

ASV310F, 410F

ASV510F

8 rotations

12 rotations

15 rotations

Note 1) Pay attention to the maximum operating pressure when soft nylon or polyurethane is used.

Model Model

Port

Applicable tubing O.D. (mm)

ASV120F-M3

M3



ASV220F-M5

M5



ASV310F-01

R1/8

 

4

6

8

10

12

  

ASV310F-02

R1/4

ASV410F-01

R1/8



ASV410F-02

R1/4



ASV410F-03

R3/8



ASV510F-03

R3/8

ASV510F-04

R1/2

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

 

ASV series

71

Flow control/check valves

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Port

Price £

(mm)

1

ASV series, elbow fitting ASV120F-M3-04

Quick exhaust valve

4

M3

24.82

ASV220F-M5-04

Quick exhaust valve

4

M5

17.95

ASV220F-M5-06

Quick exhaust valve

6

M5

17.95

ASV310F-01-06S

Quick exhaust valve

6

R1/8

17.95

ASV310F-02-06S

Quick exhaust valve

6

R1/4

17.95

ASV310F-01-08S

Quick exhaust valve

8

R1/8

17.95

ASV310F-02-08S

Quick exhaust valve

8

R1/4

17.95

ASV410F-01-08S

Quick exhaust valve

8

R1/8

20.02

ASV410F-02-08S

Quick exhaust valve

8

R1/4

20.02

ASV410F-03-08S

Quick exhaust valve

8

R3/8

20.02

ASV510F-03-10S

Quick exhaust valve

10

R3/8

21.45

ASV510F-04-12S

Quick exhaust valve

12

R1/2

22.11

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ASV series, T-type

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

72

AKH series

Flow control/check valves

Check Valve with one-touch fitting • One-touch fitting both sides

1

• Can be used for vacuum • Very low cracking pressure • Compact size and light weight

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

-100 kPa to 1 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar

breakaway pressure

0.005 MPa / 0.05 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Price £

AKH04-00

Check valve

4

6.49

AKH06-00

Check valve

6

6.72

AKH08-00

Check valve

8

10.37

AKH check valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AK series

73

Flow control/check valves

Check valve • High flow rate

1

• Low cracking pressure 0.02 MPa / 0.2 bar

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. Operating Pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar

Minimum operating pressure

0.02 MPa / 0.2 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model Model

Threaded connection

Equivalent area [mm2]

Weight (g)

AK2000-01

G1/8

25

105

AK2000-02

G1/4

27.5

100

AK4000-02

G1/4

47

155

AK4000-03

G3/8

85

150

AK4000-04

G1/2

95

140

AK6000-06

G3/4

200

345

AK6000-10

G1

230

315

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Threaded connection

Price £

AK2000-01

Check valve

G1/8

16.58

AK2000-02

Check valve

G1/4

16.58

AK4000-02

Check valve

G1/4

20.02

AK4000-03

Check valve

G3/8

20.02

AK4000-04

Check valve

G1/2

20.02

AK6000-06

Check valve

G3/4

41.34

AK6000-10

Check valve

G1

41.34

AK, check valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

74

ASR/ASQ series

Flow control/check valves

Compressed air saving valve • Up to 40 % reduced consumption of compressed air

1

• Easy installation • Several functions combined in the one product • Reduced response time for return stroke function

Basic Specifications Basic Specifications Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. Operating Pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pressure setting range

Variable

0.1 to 0.3 MPa / 1 to 3 bar

Fixed (optional)

0.2 MPa / 2 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Number of needle rotations

10

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D.

Threaded

Cross section

(mm)

connection

variable

Price £

[mm2] ASR series, pressure control valve ASR430F-02-06S

Pressure control valve

6

R1/4

5.9

25.81

ASR530F-02-08S

Pressure control valve

8

R1/4

11.8

29.98

ASR530F-03-10S

Pressure control valve

10

R3/8

13.3

29.98

ASR630F-03-12S

Pressure control valve

12

R3/8

19.1

43.94

ASR630F-04-10S

Pressure control valve

10

R1/2

17.8

43.94

ASR630F-04-12S

Pressure control valve

12

R1/2

19.1

43.94

ASQ series, flow control valve ASQ430F-02-06S

Flow control valve

6

R1/4

4.9

28.55

ASQ530F-02-08S

Flow control valve

8

R1/4

10.1

33.48

ASQ530F-03-10S

Flow control valve

10

R3/8

10.8

33.48

ASQ630F-03-12S

Flow control valve

12

R3/8

18.0

49.49

ASQ630F-04-10S

Flow control valve

10

R1/2

17.1

49.49

ASQ630F-04-12S

Flow control valve

12

R1/2

18.0

49.49

Reduces air consumption by up to 40% through a reduced pressure return stroke.

Working stroke

Return stroke

Pressure control valve

Flow control valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

75

Tubing

Standard tubing T series, nylon tubing

77

TU series, polyurethane tubing

79

Special tubing TUH series, hard polyurethane tubing

82

TCU series, polyurethane spiral tubing

84

TFU series, multiple polyurethane flat tubing

85

TRS series, flame-retardant soft nylon tubing

86

TRB series, flame-retardant double-wall nylon tubing

87

TRBU series, flame-retardant double-wall polyurethane tubing

88

TRTU series, three layer polyurethane tubing, flame-retardant

89

TH series, fluoropolymer tubing

91

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Tubing accessories TK series, tubing cutter

92

TBR/TB series, tubing stand and drum

93

TM series, clamping strip for tubing

94

TG series, tubing loosening tool

95

TKS series, tubing peeler for double-wall tubing

96

TUZ series: This wear-resistant polyurethane tubing was developed especially for use with energy chains. With 1/3 less wear, as opposed to standard tubing, the service life is significantly increased and breakdowns are avoided. (Further information upon request)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2

76

Flow with small pipe cross section

The flow of straight pneumatic lines up to an inner diameter of 9 mm can be ascertained using a diagram. The equivalent S cross section [mm2] can be calculated using the inner tubing diameter and the line length.

S in mm2 60

2

9

50 40

7.5

30 6

20

4

10 0 0.02

3 0.05

0.1

0.5

0.2

1

2

3 45 10 Piping length in m

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(Note) The bold numbers on the curves give an inner diameter for the tubing in question.

The equivalent S cross section [mm2] depicts the flow cross section of a component. In order to calculate the maximum tubing flow capacity the equivalent S cross section [mm2] must be multiplied by a factor. The factor depends on the corresponding operating pressure.

Operating pressure

Factor

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

22

0.2 MPa / 2 bar

33

0.3 MPa / 3 bar

44

0.4 MPa / 4 bar

55

0.5 MPa / 5 bar

66

0.6 MPa / 6 bar

77

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

88

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

99

0.9 MPa / 9 bar

111

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

122

Legend: The max. flow capacity of a 2 m long tube (TU0604B-20) is to be calculated. The operating pressure is 0.5 MPa / 5 bar. According to the information in the catalogue the inner diameter is 4 mm. According to the diagram an equivalent S cross section S [mm2] of 5 mm2 is selected. The value 5 mm2 is now multiplied by the factor 66 resulting in a flow of approximately 330 l/min.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

T series

77

Standard tubing

Nylon tubing • Tubing length 20 m and 100 m

Basic specifications Model

TIA01

Medium

Compressed air, water

T0425

Max. operating pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

T0604

T0806

T1075

T1209

T1613

2

(at 20 °C) Min. permitted bending radius

15

13

24

48

60

75

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

(mm)

[mm]

length)

100

(mm) Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to 60, (water: 0 to 40 no freezing)

Tubing material

PA 12

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Price £

(m) T series TIA01B-20

Black

3.2

2.2

20

18.19

T0425B-20

Black

4

2.5

20

12.96

T0425B-100

Black

4

2.5

100

61.66

T0604B-20

Black

6

4

20

20.78

T0604B-100

Black

6

4

100

99.18

T0806B-20

Black

8

6

20

28.92

T0806B-100

Black

8

6

100

136.79

T1075B-20

Black

10

7.5

20

44.51

T1075B-100

Black

10

7.5

100

210.36

T1209B-20

Black

12

9

20

60.14

T1209B-100

Black

12

9

100

285.50

T1613B-20

Black

16

13

20

126.22

T1613B-100

Black

16

13

100

601.03

T0425W-20

White

4

2.5

20

12.96

T0425W-100

White

4

2.5

100

61.66

T0604W-20

White

6

4

20

20.78

T0604W-100

White

6

4

100

99.18

T0806W-20

White

8

6

20

28.92

T0806W-100

White

8

6

100

136.79

T1075W-20

White

10

7.5

20

44.51

T1075W-100

White

10

7.5

100

210.36

T1209W-20

White

12

9

20

60.14

T1613W-100

White

16

13

100

601.03

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

78

T series

Standard tubing

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tube O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Price £

(m)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2

T0425R-20

Red

4

2.5

20

13.61

T0604R-20

Red

6

4

20

21.93

T0806R-20

Red

8

6

20

30.44

T1075R-20

Red

10

7.5

20

46.62

T1209R-20

Red

12

9

20

63.13

T0425BU-20

Blue

4

2.5

20

13.61

T0604BU-20

Blue

6

4

20

21.93

T0806BU-20

Blue

8

6

20

30.44

T1075BU-20

Blue

10

7.5

20

46.62

T1209BU-20

Blue

12

9

20

63.13

T0425Y-20

Yellow

4

2.5

20

13.61

T0604Y-20

Yellow

6

4

20

21.93

T0806Y-20

Yellow

8

6

20

30.44

T1075Y-20

Yellow

10

7.5

20

46.62

T1209Y-20

Yellow

12

9

20

63.13

T0425G-20

Green

4

2.5

20

13.61

T0604G-20

Green

6

4

20

21.93

T0806G-20

Green

8

6

20

30.44

T1075G-20

Green

10

7.5

20

46.62

T1209G-20

Green

12

9

20

63.13

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

TU series

79

Standard tubing

Polyurethane tubing • Flexible tubing • Generally for applications with compressed air and industrial water • Tubing length of 20 m and 100 m, (500 m upon request)

2

Basic specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

TU0212

TIUB01

TU0425

TU0604

TU0805

TU1065

TU1208

10

15

20

27

35

Medium

Compressed air, water

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

4

Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to 60, (water: 0 to 40 no freezing)

Tubing material

Polyurethane

10

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Price £

(m) TU series TU0212B-20

Black

2

1.2

20

14.57

TIUB01B-20

Black

3.2

2

20

14.30

TU0425B-20

Black

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425B-100

Black

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604B-20

Black

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604B-100

Black

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805B-20

Black

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805B-100

Black

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065B-20

Black

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065B-100

Black

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208B-20

Black

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208B-100

Black

12

8

100

327.20

TU0212W-20

White

2

1.2

20

14.57

TU0425W-20

White

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425W-100

White

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604W-20

White

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604W-100

White

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805W-20

White

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805W-100

White

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065W-20

White

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065W-100

White

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208W-20

White

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208W-100

White

12

8

100

327.20

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

80

TU series

Standard tubing

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tube O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Price £

4

2.5

20

7.40

(m)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2

TU0425R-20

Red

TU0425R-100

Red

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604R-20

Red

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604R-100

Red

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805R-20

Red

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805R-100

Red

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065R-20

Red

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065R-100

Red

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208R-20

Red

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208R-100

Red

12

8

100

327.20

TU0212BU-20

Blue

2

1.2

20

14.57

TU0425BU-20

Blue

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425BU-100

Blue

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604BU-20

Blue

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604BU-100

Blue

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805BU-20

Blue

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805BU-100

Blue

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065BU-20

Blue

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065BU-100

Blue

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208BU-20

Blue

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208BU-100

Blue

12

8

100

327.20

TU0212Y-20

Yellow

2

1.2

20

TU0425Y-20

Yellow

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425Y-100

Yellow

4

2.5

100

36.64

2.27

TU0604Y-20

Yellow

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604Y-100

Yellow

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805Y-20

Yellow

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805Y-100

Yellow

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065Y-20

Yellow

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065Y-100

Yellow

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208Y-20

Yellow

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208Y-100

Yellow

12

8

100

327.20

TU0212G-20

Green

2

1.2

20

14.57

TU0425G-20

Green

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425G-100

Green

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604G-20

Green

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604G-100

Green

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805G-20

Green

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805G-100

Green

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065G-20

Green

10

6.5

20

45.20

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

TU series

81

Standard tubing

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tube O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Green

10

6.5

100

Price £

(m)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TU1065G-100

225.77

TU1208G-20

Green

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208G-100

Green

12

8

100

327.20

TU0212C-20

Transparent

2

1.2

20

14.57

TU0425C-20

Transparent

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425C-100

Transparent

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604C-20

Transparent

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604C-100

Transparent

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805C-20

Transparent

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805C-100

Transparent

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065C-20

Transparent

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065C-100

Transparent

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208C-20

Transparent

12

8

20

65.47

TU1208C-100

Transparent

12

8

100

327.20

TU0425YR-20

Orange

4

2.5

20

7.40

TU0425YR-100

Orange

4

2.5

100

36.64

TU0604YR-20

Orange

6

4

20

16.09

TU0604YR-100

Orange

6

4

100

80.37

TU0805YR-20

Orange

8

5

20

28.92

TU0805YR-100

Orange

8

5

100

144.29

TU1065YR-20

Orange

10

6.5

20

45.20

TU1065YR-100

Orange

10

6.5

100

225.77

TU1208YR-20

Orange

12

8

20

65.47

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2

82

TUH series

Special tubing

Hard polyurethane tube • Maximum cross section enlarged by up to 44 % (Standard design) • Standard 20 m tubing rolls. 100 m tubing rolls are also available upon request

2

Basic Specifications, Standard design Model

TUH0428

Medium

Compressed air Note 1)

TUH0644

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

10

Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to 60 (no freezing)

Tubing material

Polyurethane

18

TUH0858

TUH1073

TUH1288

24

30

36

TUH0805

TUH1065

TUH1208

20

27

35

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications, High pressure design Model

TUH0425

TUH0604

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

10

Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to 60 (no freezing)

Tubing material

Polyurethane

Note 1)

15

Note 1) Contact SMC regarding other fluids. Water cannot be used as the result of hydrolysis arising.

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Price £

(m) TUH Series, Standard Design TUH0428B-20

Black

4

2.8

20

6.49

TUH0644B-20

Black

6

4.4

20

14.91

TUH0858B-20

Black

8

5.8

20

25.29

TUH1073B-20

Black

10

7.3

20

39.59

TUH1288B-20

Black

12

8.8

20

57.35

TUH0428W-20

White

4

2.8

20

6.49

TUH0644W-20

White

6

4.4

20

14.91

TUH0858W-20

White

8

5.8

20

25.29

TUH1073W-20

White

10

7.3

20

39.59

TUH1288W-20

White

12

8.8

20

57.35

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

TUH series

83

Special tubing

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tube O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

length)

Price £

(m) TUH0428BU-20

Blue

4

2.8

20

6.49

TUH0644BU-20

Blue

6

4.4

20

14.91

TUH0858BU-20

Blue

8

5.8

20

25.29

TUH1073BU-20

Blue

10

7.3

20

39.59

TUH1288BU-20

Blue

12

8.8

20

57.35

TUH0428N-20

Transparent

4

2.8

20

6.49

TUH0644N-20

Transparent

6

4.4

20

14.91

TUH0858N-20

Transparent

8

5.8

20

25.29

TUH1073N-20

Transparent

10

7.3

20

39.59

TUH1288N-20

Transparent

12

8.8

20

57.35

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TUH Series, High Pressure Design TUH0425B-20

Black

4

2.5

20

7.62

TUH0604B-20

Black

6

4

20

16.58

TUH0805B-20

Black

8

5

20

29.78

TUH1065B-20

Black

10

6.5

20

46.55

TUH1208B-20

Black

12

8

20

67.44

TUH0425W-20

White

4

2.5

20

7.62

TUH0604W-20

White

6

4

20

16.58

TUH0805W-20

White

8

5

20

29.78

TUH1065W-20

White

10

6.5

20

46.55

TUH1208W-20

White

12

8

20

67.44

TUH0425BU-20

Blue

4

2.5

20

7.62

TUH0604BU-20

Blue

6

4

20

16.58

TUH0805BU-20

Blue

8

5

20

29.78

TUH1065BU-20

Blue

10

6.5

20

46.55

TUH1208BU-20

Blue

12

8

20

67.44

TUH0425N-20

Transparent

4

2.5

20

7.62

TUH0604N-20

Transparent

6

4

20

16.58

TUH0805N-20

Transparent

8

5

20

29.78

TUH1065N-20

Transparent

10

6.5

20

46.55

TUH1208N-20

Transparent

12

8

20

67.44

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2

84

TCU series

Special tubing

Polyurethane spiral tubing • Available as single or multiple tubing • For flexible pipe application • For space-saving pipe connections

2

Basic Specifications Model

TCU

TCU

TCU

TCU

TCU

TCU

0425B-1

0425B-2

0425B-3

0604B-1

0604B-2

0604B-3

TCU 0805B-1

Number of rolls

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

Medium

Compressed air Note 1)

Max. operating pressure

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

(at 20 °C) Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to +60 (no freezing)

Tubing material

Polyurethane

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Contact SMC regarding other fluids.

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Number of

Max. tubing

[mm]

[mm]

rolls

length m

Price £

TCU series TCU0425B-1

Black

4

2.5

1

1.5

12.45

TCU0425B-2

Black

4

2.5

2

1.5

23.77

TCU0425B-3

Black

4

2.5

3

1.0

30.02

TCU0604B-1

Black

6

4

1

2.0

15.77

TCU0604B-2

Black

6

4

2

1.5

31.12

TCU0604B-3

Black

6

4

3

1.0

34.14

TCU0805B-1

Black

8

5

1

2.0

33.10

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

TFU series

85

Special tubing

Multiple polyurethane flat tubing • Compact tube laying • Standard length 10 m, tubing lengths 50 m and 100 m upon request

Basic Specifications Model

TFU0425B

Medium

Compressed air Note 1)

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

10

Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to +60 (no freezing)

Tubing material

Polyurethane

TFU0604B

TFU0805B

15

20

2

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Contact SMC regarding other fluids.

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D. Tubing I.D.

Number of

Tubing

[mm]

[mm]

rolls

length

Price £

TFU series TFU0425B-2

Black

4

2.5

2

10

22.73

TFU0425B-3

Black

4

2.5

3

10

33.10

TFU0604B-2

Black

6

4

2

10

39.30

TFU0604B-3

Black

6

4

3

10

57.91

TFU0805B-2

Black

8

5

2

10

74.40

TFU0805B-3

Black

8

5

3

10

109.54

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

86

TRS series

Special tubing

Flame-retardant soft nylon tubing • Welding spark resistant • Suitable for general applications with air and water • Use of flame-retardant plastic on the outer tubing layer

Basic Specifications

2

Model

TRS0603

Medium

Compressed air, water

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

17

Operating temperature [°C]

-20 to 60, (water: 0 to 60 no freezing)

Tubing material

PA 12, flame-retardant (UL-94 standard V-0)

Note 1)

TRS0805

TRS1065

TRS1208

19

27

32

Suitable for use with process water. Consult SMC with regard to the use of any other fluids. Nevertheless keep surge pressure under the max. operating pressure.

Note 2)

Value at a temperature of 20°C and an outer diameter tolerance of max. 10 %.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

[mm]

[mm]

Tubing length

Price £

TRS series TRS0603B-20

Black

6

3

20

TRS0805B-20

Black

8

5

20

73.17

TRS1065B-20

Black

10

6.5

20

106.61

TRS1208B-20

Black

12

8

20

147.86

Note 1)

Tubing peeler for detaching the outer layer, see Chapter Tubing Accessories.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

50.20

TRB series

87

Special tubing

Flame-retardant double-wall nylon tubing • Welding spark resistant • Suitable for general applications with air and water • Use of flame-retardant plastic on the outer tubing layer

2

Basic Specifications Model

TRB0604

Medium

Compressed air, water Note 1)

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

TRB1075

TRB1209

1.0 MPa / 10 bar 15

28

35

45

Outer layer thickness [mm]

1

1

1

1

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-20 to 60, (water: 0 to 60 no freezing)

Tubing material

Inner tubing

PA 11

Outer layer

PVC (corresponds to UL-94 Standard V-0)

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

Note 1) Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TRB0806

Note 2)

Suitable for use with process water. Consult SMC with regard to the use of any other fluids. Nevertheless keep surge pressure under the max. operating pressure.

Note 2) Value at a temperature of 20°C and an outer diameter tolerance of max. 10 %.

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

[mm]

[mm]

Tubing length

Price £

TRB series TRB0604B-20

Black

6

4

20

50.20

TRB0604B-100

Black

6

4

100

250.68

TRB0806B-20

Black

8

6

20

73.17

TRB0806B-100

Black

8

6

100

365.82

TRB1075B-20

Black

10

7.5

20

106.61

TRB1075B-100

Black

10

7.5

100

532.86

TRB1209B-20

Black

12

9

20

147.86

TRB1209B-100

Black

12

9

100

738.97

Note 1)

Tubing peeler for detaching the outer layer, see Chapter Tubing Accessories.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

88

TRBU series

Special tubing

Flame-retardant double-wall polyurethane tubing • Welding spark resistant • Suitable for general applications with air and water • Use of flame-retardant plastic for the outer tubing • Highly flexible design

2

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

TRBU0604

Medium

Compressed air, water Note 1)

Max. operating pressure (at 20 °C)

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

15

Outer layer thickness [mm]

1

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-20 to 60, (water: 0 to 40 no freezing)

Tubing material

Inner tubing

Polyurethane

Outer layer

Polyolefin (corresponds to UL-94 Standard V-0)

Note 1)

TRBU0805

TRBU1065

TRBU1208

20

27

35

1

1

1

Suitable for use with process water. Consult SMC with regard to the use of any other fluids. Nevertheless keep surge pressure under the max. operating pressure.

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colour

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

[mm]

[mm]

Tubing length

Price £

TRBU series TRBU0604B-20

Black

6

4

20

52.80

TRBU0805B-20

Black

8

5

20

92.12

TRBU1065B-20

Black

10

6.5

20

122.90

TRBU1208B-20

Black

12

8

20

168.23

Note 1)

Tubing peeler for detaching the outer layer, see Chapter Tubing Accessories.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

TRTU series

89

Special tubing

Three layer polyurethane tubing, flame-retardant • Welding spark resistance is double that of the flame-retardant double layer polyurethane tubing in the TRBU series • Improved welding spark resistance through an aluminium layer between the outer layer and inner tubing • Suitable for general applications with air and water which are exposed to welding sparks or similar

2 Model Model

TRTU0604

TRTU0805

TRTU1065

TRTU1208

Inner tubing O.D. [mm]

6

8

10

12

Inner tubing I.D. [mm]

4

5

6.5

8

1

1

1

1

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Outer layer thickness [mm]

Outer layer colour Note 3)

Black (B)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m (Standard) and 100 m are available upon request

Blue (BU)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m (Standard) and 100 m are available upon request

White (W)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m and 100 m are available upon request

Red (R)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m and 100 m are available upon request

Yellow (Y)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m and 100 m are available upon request

Green (G)

all tubing with lengths of 20 m and 100 m are available upon request

Basic Specifications Compressed air, water

Medium Note 1)

Flame-retardant one-touch fittings KR-W2 series:

applicable one-touch fittings

Max. operating pressure

Metal one-touch fittings: KQB2 series

at 20 °C

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

at 40 °C

0.65 MPa / 6.5 bar

at 60 °C

0.5 MPa / 5 bar Refer to burst pressure

Burst pressure Min. bending radius (mm)

50

Note 2)

Ambient and fluid temperature

Material

60

70

80

-20 bis +60 °C water: 0 to 40 °C (no freezing)

inner tubing

Polyurethane

middle layer

aluminium-coated film

outer tubing

Polyolefin (Equivalent to UL-94 Standard V-0)

Note 1)

Suitable for general industrial water. If any other fluid is to be used consult SMC. Surge pressure must be under the maximum operating pressure.

Note 2)

The minimum bending radius corresponds to the measured approximate value. Allow extra length when piping since the tubing may break off if bent

If the surge pressure exceeds the maximum operating pressure, damage to the fittings and tubing may occur. more than the min. bending radius. Note 3)

The colour of all inner tubing is black.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

90

TRTU series

Special tubing

Ordering information Product reference

Colour outer tubing Tubing O.D. Tubing I.D.

Tubing

layer

[mm]

[mm]

length

Black

6

4

20

Price £

TRTU series TRTU0604B-20

2

80.50

TRTU0805B-20

Black

8

5

20

108.06

TRTU1065B-20

Black

10

6.5

20

136.11

TRTU1208B-20

Black

12

8

20

175.92

TRTU0604BU-20

Blue

6

4

20

80.50

TRTU0805BU-20

Blue

8

5

20

108.06

TRTU1065BU-20

Blue

10

6.5

20

136.11

TRTU1208BU-20

Blue

12

8

20

175.92

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Accessories

Special tool

Product reference

Description

YS-100

Special tool for removing the outer layer

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Price £ 20.94

TH series

91

Special tubing

Fluoropolymer tubing • Heat-resistant up to 200 °C • Approved according to the applicable Food Hygiene Act

Basic Specifications Model

TH0402

Medium

Compressed air, water Note 1), inert gas

TH0425

Max. operating pressure

see chart entitled "Max. Operating Pressure" 20

35

TH0806

60

TH1075

TH1008

TH1209

TH1210

95

100

100

130

Min. permitted bending radius (mm)

15

Operating temperature [°C] Note 2)

Compressed air, inert gas: -20 to 200, with water: 0 to 100 (no freezing)

Tubing material

FEP (Fluorinated ethylene propylene)

Applicable one-touch fittings Note 3)

Series: KQ2, KJ, M, MS (KF, LQ)

3

Note 1) When using a fluid in liquid form, the surge pressure must not exceed the maximum operating pressure. Otherwise there could be breakage of the fittings, or rupture of the tubing. Moreover the tubing can burst as the result of an unusual temperature increase in TH0402

Max. Operating Pressure MPa

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TH0604

the tubing. Note 2) Consult SMC if using any other fluids.

2 TH0425

Note 3) Do not use under conditions where the FEP tubing will move.

TH0604

Always use the tubing in accordance with the maximum operating pressure for the tubing and fitting. In doing so, the respectively lower maximum value must be taken into account. After long-term use, or under high temperatures, some fitting leakage may occur due to material deterioration with age. Perform regular inspections and, if any leakage is detected,

1

replace with a new product immediately.

TH1008/TH1210 0.5

0 -20 0 20 40

60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

Operating temperature [°C]

Ordering information Product reference

Tubing colours

Tubing O.D.

Tubing I.D.

Tubing length

[mm]

[mm]

(m)

Price £

TH series TH0402N-20

Transparent

4

2

20

86.62

TH0425N-20

Transparent

4

2.5

20

72.08

TH0604N-20

Transparent

6

4

20

125.78

TH0806N-20

Transparent

8

6

20

176.37

TH1075N-20

Transparent

10

7.5

20

283.88

TH1008N-20

Transparent

10

8

20

233.35

TH1209N-20

Transparent

12

9

20

411.80

TH1210N-20

Transparent

12

10

20

282.27

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2

92

TK series

Tubing accessories

Tubing cutter • Cuts tubing up to Ø 18 mm • Safety lock

Basic Specifications (TK-2)

2

Model

TK-2

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane and

Tubing O.D. [mm]

max. 18

Weight [g]

140

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications (TK-3) Modell

TK-3

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane and other soft plastic tubing

Schlauchaussen-Ø [mm]

max. 12

Weight [g]

32

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Price £

TK series TK-2

Tubing cutter cuts tubing up to max. Ø 18 mm

TK-3

Tubing cutter (multi-purpose design) cuts tubing up to max. Ø 12 mm

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

22.64

7.15

TBR/TB series

93

Tubing accessories

Tubing stand and drum • Compact size requiring little space • For the installation the tubing drums must merely be pushed onto the stands • Easy tubing and roller change

2

Ordering information Product reference

Wide tubing drum

Applicable tubing size diameter

Price £

[mm]

[mm]

TBR-1

Tubing drum B: 84 mm

4/6

20.31

TBR-2

Tubing drum B: 134 mm

8

27.56

TBR-3

Tubing drum B: 184 mm

10

28.98

TBR-4

Tubing drum B: 234 mm

12

30.44

Product reference

Wide tubing stand

Applicable tubing diameter

[mm]

[mm]

Tubing stand B: 820 mm

4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TBR series, tubing drum

Price £

TB2 series, tubing stand TB-2

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

87.66

94

TM series

Tubing accessories

Clamping strip for tubing • Easy arrangement of the tubing • Easy use and firm hold of the tubing • Clamping strip can be individually cut to length • Use of flame-retardant tubing (V-0) • Delivery includes fixing screws

2

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

TM-04

Tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

TM-06

Tube O.D.

4

Ambient temperature [°C]

-20 to 60

Material

flame-retardant polypropylene (UL-94 Standard V-0)

Colour

Black

Number of tubes

4

6

4

TM-08

TM-10

TM-12

8

10

12

4

4

4

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Tubing O.D.

Max. number of tubes that can be

[mm]

mounted 6

8

Price £

12

TM series TM-04

Multiple tubing holder

4

TM-06

Multiple tubing holder

6

TM-08

Multiple tubing holder

8

TM-10

Multiple tubing holder

10

•

2.55

TM-12

Multiple tubing holder

12

•

3.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

•

•

1.84

•

1.84 1.84

TG series

95

Tubing accessories

Tubing loosening tool • To detach tubing in fittings which are mounted in a tight space on multiple port panels • Easy to operate with one hand • For two tubing sizes

2 Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Tubing O.D.

Colour

[mm]

Weight

Price £

[g]

Serie TG-1, Not in stock Applicable tube materials: nylon, soft nylon and polyurethane Tubing removal tool

4, 6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TG-1

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Blue

33

11.65

96

TKS series

Tubing accessories

Tubing peeler for double-wall tubing • This enables easily removing the outer layer of double-wall tubing • Peeling of the outer tubing layer without damaging the inner tubing • Setting of the knife and cutting length not required • Removal of the detached tubing is not required • Tool attachment possible

2 Ordering information Product

Colour

Applicable air

Dimension [mm]

Weight

reference

Adaptor

tubing

D1

D2

L

[g]

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TKS series, tubing peeler TKS-06

Orange

TRB0604 / TRBU0604

35

16

58

45

19.98

TKS-08

Yellow

TRB0806 / TRBU0805

35

18

58

45

19.98

TKS-10

Blue

TRB1075 / TRBU1065

35

20

62

50

19.98

TKS-12

Green

TRB1209 / TRBU1208

35

22

62

50

19.98

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

97

Blow gun

VMG series, blow gun

99

KN series, nozzles

100

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

3

Special valve design and construction saves energy Reduced pressure drop as a result of uniform fluid flow.

VMG valve design

Conventional design

PAT.PEND

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

98

Energy Saving

Become more competitive – discover the easy, but effective, saving options for increased productivity We are all being encouraged to save energy. On an almost daily basis the media shows us the need to reduce our CO2 emissions and to pay attention to environmental protection in our day-to-day lives. This is a problem which cannot simply be ignored. Nor can industry continue to close its eyes to this fact given that stricter legislation requires addressing this issue. Energy saving strategies therefore form an important part of every efficiency programme. Not only do they offer cost savings but they also help to constantly protect the environment and thus conserve it for future generations. What advantages are there for your company in saving energy?

3

High energy prices are noticeable all over the world. Governments, conscientious companies and consumers seek ways of saving money, reducing energy consumption and protecting the environment at the same time. Regardless of the sector you work in: You can save energy and money in your company by using energy more efficiently. For example, did you know that a company wastes 20% of its energy on Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

average? We at SMC, the worldwide market leader in the pneumatic sector, have, in conjunction with our experts, developed innovative energy saving product series and measures for compressed air systems which enable you not only to save money but to make your contribution to protecting the environment. Have we aroused your interest? We would be delighted to share our knowledge with you with regard to energy saving options and the relevant technologies!

Cooling tower

Filter Air dryer Reservoir Compressor Filter

Compressed air applications

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VMG series

99

Blow gun

Blow gun • Max. pressure loss 1 % • Effective area 30 mm2 • Special valve design and construction saves energy

Basic Specifications Medium

Compressed air

Operating pressure range

0 to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

- 5 to 60 (no freezing)

Effective area [mm ]

30 (without nozzle)

Port size:

G 3/8

Piping entry

Bottom

Nozzle port size

Rc 1/4

Weight [kg]

0.18

Operational force (when the valve is fully open) [N]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2

3 Top

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Price £

VMG, blow guns (without nozzles) VMG11W-F03

White, air port bottom

G 3/8

28.70

VMG12W-F03

White, air port top

G 3/8

28.70

VMG11BU-F03

Blue, air port bottom

G 3/8

28.70

VMG12BU-F03

Blue, air port top

G 3/8

28.70

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

100

KN series

Blow gun

Nozzles • Different designs • High blowing performance with low supply pressure

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Diameter of the

Price £

outlet opening [mm] KN, nozzles in different designs for blow gun

3

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KN

KNH

KNS

KNL

KN-R02-100

With male thread R 1/4

1.0

4.02

KN-R02-150

With male thread R 1/4

1.5

4.02

KN-R02-200

With male thread R 1/4

2.0

4.02

KN-R02-250

With male thread R 1/4

2.5

4.02

KNH-R02-100

High performing nozzle R 1/4

1.0

35.09

KNH-R02-150

High performing nozzle R 1/4

1.5

35.09

KNH-R02-200

High performing nozzle R 1/4

2.0

35.09

KNS-R02-075-4

Low noise with male thread R 1/4

0.75 x 4

6.58

KNS-R02-090-8

Low noise with male thread R 1/4

0.9 x 8

7.57

KNS-R02-100-4

Low noise with male thread R 1/4

1.0 x 4

6.58

KNS-R02-110-8

Low noise with male thread R 1/4

1.1 x 8

7.57

KNL3-06-150

With copper extension

Length 300 mm

1.5

7.77

KNL3-06-200

With copper extension

Length 300 mm

2.0

7.77

KNL6-06-150

With copper extension

Length 600 mm

1.5

12.78

KNL6-06-200

With copper extension

Length 600 mm

2.0

12.78

H06-02

Cutting ring union R 1/4 (to connect the nozzle to the copper extension)

H06

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1.23

101

Compressed air preparation

Main piping IDFA series, refrigerated air dryer

103

AFF series, main piping filter

109

Secondary piping AMG series, water separator

112

AM series, mist separator

114

AMD series, micro mist separator

116

AMH series, micro mist separator with pre-filter

118

IDG series, membrane air dryer

120

AME series, super mist separator

122

AMF series, odour removal filter

124

AD402 series, auto condensate discharge valve

126

ADH4000 series, heavy duty auto Condensate drain

127

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

FRL maintenance units, machine side AF series, modular air filter

129

AFM series, mist separator

132

AFD series, micro mist separator

134

AR series, regulator

136

AW series, filter regulator

139

AL series, air lubricator

143

VHS series, finger valve

145

IR series, precision pressure regulator

146

AV series, soft start-up valve

149

Accessories (spacer, piping adapter etc.)

151

ITV series, electro-pneumatic regulator

153

ARJ series, miniature regulator

155

AR425-925 series, pilot operated regulator

157

VBA series, booster regulator

159

Pressure gauge G/K series

Modular ports in the AM series. It is possible to connect maintenance units from different series using the same spacer. For Basic Specifications and Ordering Options see pages 112 to 124.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

162

4

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

water-cooled aftercooler

or

Air-cooled

Select from:

-

Not required if the given device is delivered with the  compressor.

Not required if the given device is delivered with the compressor.

Compressed air tank

-

AFF

Main piping filter

3 µmm

60 °C

IDFA

-23 °C

Inlet temperature 35 °C

50 °C

IDFA

200 to 11000

AFF

300 to 12000

Refrigerated air dryer

Main piping

Main piping filter

AMG

60 °C

AM

AM

AM

AM

AM

1 mg/m (ANR) [0.8 ppm] 3

0.3 µmm

AM

Mist separator

300 to 12000

Water droplet removal rate:

99%

AMG

Water separator

Clean gas filters and clean air filters are not featured in this catalogue. Available upon request

Screw compressor

Piston compressor

[Inlet pressure at 0.7 MPa]

Atmospheric pressure dew point

Outlet purity

Max. oil mist concentration outlet:

(Note 1)

(95% particle filtration)

Nominal filtration capacity

Max. compressed air inlet temperature

Flow l/min (ANR)

Model

Product designation

Air-cooled after-coolingr Compressed air tank Water-cooled Aftercooler

Pressure generation

4

0.01 µmm

AMH

AMH

AMH

AMH

AMH

AMD

AMD

AMD

AMD

0.1 ANR) [0.08 ppm]

0.01 µmm

mg/m3(

(0.3 mm with pre-filter)

AMD 200 to 12000 50 °C

IDG

AME

AME

AME

Max. 35 particles with min.0.3 mm diameter/ 10 l (ANR)

IDG

AME

3

AMF

AMF

0,004 mg/m (ANR) [0.0032 ppm]

0.01 µmm 0.01 mg/m (ANR) [0.008 ppm] 3

26 to 500

SFD

Clean air filter

SFA SFB SFC

Clean gas filter

Particles with min. 0.1 µm diameter 0 pc/6 l

0.01 µmm

(Value varies depending on model.)

80 °C, 120 °C, 45 °C

SFA, SFB, SFC, SFD

Clean gas filter clean air filter

AMF

Odour filter 200 to 12000

60 °C

200 to 12000

AME

Super mist separator

Atmospheric dew point -40 °C, -60 °C (0.7 MPa, at 25°C)

IDG

Membrane air dryer

-15 °C -20 °C -40 °C -60 °C

EInlet temperature 25°C

(Value varies depending on model.)

75 to 300 50 to 150

Inlet temperature 25°C

IDG 50 °C, 55 °C

10 to 1000

Membrane air dryer

Secondary piping Micro mist separator

60 °C

200 to 12000

AMH

Micro mist separator with pre-filter

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

Dry and clean air

Dry and clean air

Top quality paint Sequence control Measurement devices • instrumentation Drying and cleaning (precisionparts) Machine tools (Pneumatic bearings)

(for clean room)

Clean air with low dew point

Drying of electric and electronic devices Drying of a filling tank Powder transport Ozonator Controller in room at low temperature

Clean air with low dew point

• Blower process for semi-conductor parts in clean room

• • • • •

• Mixing procedures, transport, drying and packaging • Food industry (except for direct blower procedure in the case of food)

Deodorised air

• Ifthere is no refrigerated air dryer in the secondary piping • contained in the equipment (Machine tools, 3D-measurement devices, etc.)

• • • • •

devices • General paint

• General pneumatic

Dry air

• Used for the same purposes as featured under "A" and if there is a considerable pressure drop in the middle of the piping.

Dry air

Air without water droplets • Operation as air blower (easy removal of particles) • General pneumatic devices

102 Overview

IDFA series

103

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Refrigerant dryer IDFA3E to IDFA75E series • According to EU Directives (with CE marking) • Supply voltage: single-phase 230 V AC (50 Hz) • Heavy duty heat exchanger • Ozone-friendly refrigerant • It meets the strict requirements of ISO8573-1 • The compact design makes installation easier • Easy control system with easy-to-read dew point checker • The stainless steel heat exchanger offers a long service life and minor pressure drops

Refrigerated air dryer IDFA100F-40 to IDFA150F-40 series • Power supply voltage: three-phase 400 VAC (50 Hz) • Energy saving with secondary heat exchanger thereby reduction in heat loss by 25% • Ambient temperatures up to 45°C possible • Air inlet temperature up to 60°C possible • More compact than conventional devices Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

• Space saving, one device side can be directly installed against a wall

4

• Easy to service: replacement of the dust filter at the front • According to EU Directives (with CE marking)

Working principal Saturated compressed air is fed to the air/air heat exchanger where it is pre-cooled by cold air from the air dryer. The air is then fed to the evaporator where it is cooled to a dew point of 3°C. Whilst the air is cooling, the steam condenses to water which is then released via the auto Condensate drain. The dry compressed air is then returned to the air/air heat exchanger and reheated before leaving the air dryer.

Heat exchanger

Compressed air inlet Compressed air outlet

Dew point checker

Condensate drain

Condensate separator Capacity regulator

Capillary pipe Cooling compressor

Pressure switch

Steam condenser Fan motor

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

104

IDFA series

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Basic Specifications IDFA3E-15E Model standard type (air inlet temperature 35°C)

IDFA3E

IDFA4E

IDFA6E

IDFA8E

IDFA11E

IDFA15E

Operation range Medium

Compressed air

Air inlet temperature [°C]

5 to 50

Inlet pressure

0.15 to 1.0 MPa

Option K or L: 0.15 to 1.6 MPa

1.5 to 10 bar

1.5 to 16 bar

Ambient temperature [°C]

2 to 40 (Relative humidity max. 85%)

Nominal sizes for inlet pressure 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Flow

Standard conditions (ANR)

Dew point (3°C)

12

24

36

65

80

120

capacity

20°C, rel. humidity 65%

Dew point (7 °C)

15

31

46

83

101

152

Dew point (10 °C)

17

34

50

91

112

168

Air inlet temperature at the

Dew point (3°C)

13

25

37

68

83

125

[m³/h]

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

compressor 32°C (ANR)

Dew point (7 °C)

16

32

48

86

105

158

Dew point (10 °C)

18

35

52

95

116

175

Electric specifications Power supply voltage

Single-phase: 230 V AC / 50 Hz (± 10 %)

Power consumption [W]

180

180

180

208

385

470

Operating current [A]

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.4

2.7

3.0

Capacity of the circuit breaker [A] (Note 1)

5

5

5

5

5

10

Capacitor

Air cooled

Refrigerant

R134a (HFKW)

Auto condensate drain

Float controlled

Float controlled (normally open)

(normally closed) Port size:

Rc 3/8

Accessories

Hex nipple

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

Rc 3/4

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

22

23

27

28

46

Weight [kg]

18

Body colour

Body panel: white 1, base: grey 2

Standards

EU directive (with CE marking)

Note 1) Install a GFCI breaker with a sensitivity of 30 mA.

See catalogue for ordering options K

High pressure version up to 1.6 MPa / 16 bar (IDFA6E to 37E) delivered with special Condensate drain: Metal body and level display (standard dimensions)

L

High pressure version up to 1.6 MPa / 16 bar (IDFA4E to 75E) delivered with special heavy duty Condensate drain: Dimensions are at times greater than in the standard version

Other options upon request (no warehouse articles) A

with cold air outlet (IDFA3E to 11E), the flow capacity is less than in the standard version

C

with corrosion-resistant treatment (all models), for use in acidic atmospheres

R

with built-in circuit breaker (IDFA4E to 75E), this saves time spent on local wiring

T

with terminal strip on the body for power voltage supply and signals

V

with time-controlled solenoid valve for the Condensate drain (IDFA4E to 75E), opened 2x per minute for 0.5 seconds

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IDFA series

105

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Basic Specifications IDFA22E-75E Model standard type (air inlet temperature 35°C)

IDFA22E

IDFA37E

IDFA55E

IDFA75E

Operation range Medium

Compressed air

Air inlet temperature [°C]

5 to 50

Inlet pressure

0.15 bis 1.6 MPa / 1.5 bis 16 bar,

Ambient temperature [°C]

2 to 40 (Relative humidity max. 85%)

Option K or L: 1.6 MPa / 16 bar

Nominal sizes for inlet pressure 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Flow

Standard conditions (ANR)

Dew point (3°C)

182

273

390

660

capacity

20°C, rel. humidity 65%

Dew point (7 °C)

231

347

432

720

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[m³/h]

Dew point (10 °C)

254

382

510

822

Air inlet temperature at the

Dew point (3°C)

189

284

405

686

compressor 32°C (ANR)

Dew point (7 °C)

240

361

449

748

Dew point (10 °C)

264

397

530

854

4

Electric specifications Power supply voltage

Single-phase: 230 V AC / 50 Hz (± 10 %)

Power consumption [W]

760

760

1130

1700

Operating current [A]

4.3

4.3

5.4

7.9

Capacity of the circuit breaker [A] (Note 1)

10

10

10

20

Capacitor

Air cooled

Refrigerant

R407C (HFKW)

Auto condensate drain

Float controlled (normally open)

Port size:

R1

R 1 1/2

R2

R2

Accessories

–

–

–

–

62

100

116

Weight [kg]

54

Body colour

Body panel: white 1, base: grey 2

Standards

EU directive (with CE marking)

Note 1) Install a GFCI breaker with a sensitivity of 30 mA.

Other options upon request (no warehouse articles) A

with cold air outlet (IDFA3E to 11E), the flow capacity is less than in the standard version

C

with corrosion-resistant treatment (all models), for use in acidic atmospheres

R

with built-in circuit breaker (IDFA4E to 75E), this saves time spent on local wiring

T

with terminal strip on the body for power voltage supply and signals

V

with time-controlled solenoid valve for the Condensate drain (IDFA4E to 75E), opened 2x per minute for 0.5 seconds

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

106

IDFA series

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Basic Specifications IDFA100F-150F Model

IDFA100F-40

IDFA125F-40

IDFA150F-40

Operation range Note 3) Medium

Compressed air

Inlet temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Inlet pressure [MPa]

0.15 to 1.0 / option K or L: 0.15 to 1.6

Ambient temperature (humidity) [°C]

2 to 45 (Relative humidity max. 85%)

Nominal conditions Flow capacity [m³/h]

Standard condition

860

1100

1340

875

1119

1363

(ANR) Note 1) Condition at the

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

compressor inlet Note 2) Air pressure at the inlet [MPa]

0.7

Air inlet temperature [°C]

35

Ambient temperature [°C]

25

Pressure dew point at the outlet [°C]

3

Electric specifications Power supply voltage

Three-phase 400 V AC

Power consumption [kW]

2.5

2.7

3.0

Operating current [A]

4.5

5.3

5.9

Applicable circuit breaker

15 8

10

capacity [A] (Note 4) Cooling capacity (kW)

7

Refrigerant

R407C (HFC)

Auto condensate drain

With float (normally open) Option V has an electric solenoid valve with timer

Port size:

R2

R 2 1/2

DIN flange 80

Weight [kg]

245

270

350

Body colour

Body panel: white Base: grey 2

Standards

According to EU Directive (with CE marking)

Note 1) Flow capacity under standard conditions (ANR) [atmospheric pressure: 20°C, relative humidity: 65%] Note 2) Flow capacity for inlet condition on the compressor [atmospheric pressure: 32°C Note 3) The operation range does not guarantee use with normal flow capacity. If the operating conditions deviate from the nominal conditions please select the model taking into account the model selection procedure. Note 4) Install a GFCI breaker with a sensitivity of 30 mA.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IDFA series

107

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Flow capacity

Price £

[m³/h] (ANR) Note 1) IDFA, refrigerated air dryer IDFA3E-23

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 3/8

12

678.31

IDFA4E-23

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 1/2

24

843.98

IDFA6E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 3/4

36

997.43

IDFA8E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 3/4

65

1122.47

IDFA11E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 3/4

80

1165.09

IDFA15E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

Rc 1

120

1841.42

IDFA22E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

R1

182

2219.36

IDFA37E-23-K

Refrigerated air dryer

R 1 / 1/2

273

2361.45

IDFA55E-23-L

Refrigerated air dryer

R2

390

4283.86

IDFA75E-23-L

Refrigerated air dryer with

R2

660

5286.45

IDFA100F-40

Refrigerated air dryer with

R2

860

6547.27

R 2 1/2

1100

7774.88

DIN flange 80

1340

9002.49

heavy duty Condensate drain

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

heavy duty Condensate drain IDFA125F-40

Refrigerated air dryer with heavy duty Condensate drain

IDFA150F-40

Refrigerated air dryer with heavy duty Condensate drain

Note 1) Pressure dew point at the outlet: 3°C at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

108

IDFA series

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Ordering information Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Dust-protecting filter set IDF-FL201

IDFA3E

Dust-protecting filter set

12.22

IDF-FL202

IDFA4E

Dust-protecting filter set

12.22

IDF-FL203

IDFA6E

Dust-protecting filter set

15.72

IDF-FL204

IDFA8E

Dust-protecting filter set

18.04

IDF-FL205

IDFA11E

Dust-protecting filter set

18.61

IDF-FL206

IDFA15E

Dust-protecting filter set

20.93

IDF-FL207

IDFA22E

Dust-protecting filter set

38.97

IDF-FL208

IDFA37E

Dust-protecting filter set

45.99

IDF-FL213

IDFA55E

Dust-protecting filter set

53.94

IDF-FL214

IDFA75E

Dust-protecting filter set

62.71

IDF-FL219

IDFA100F, IDFA125F

Dust-protecting filter set

113.51

IDF-FL220

IDFA150F

Dust-protecting filter set

169.53

By-pass piping set up to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar (Rc, R thread) IDF-BP302

IDFA3E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

113.99

IDF-BP303

IDFA4E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

113.99

IDF-BP304

IDFA6E to 11E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

136.68

IDF-BP316

IDFA15E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

179.73

IDF-BP317

IDFA22E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

180.30

IDF-BP318

IDFA37E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

280.33

IDF-BP325

IDFA55E to 75E

By-pass piping set (Rc, R thread)

562.65

IDF-AB500

IDFA4E to 75E

Foundation bolt set (4 pcs.), M10, L = 50 mm

32.01

IDF-AB501

IDFA100F to 150F

Foundation bolt set (4 pcs.), M10, L = 70 mm

34.93

Spare part auto Condensate drain

24.72

Foundation bolts

Service set for auto Condensate drain AD38

IDFA3E to 4E

(up to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar) IDF-S0086 AD48-8-X2110 ADH-E400

IDFA6E to 15E

Spare part auto Condensate drain

(Option K)

(up to 1.6 MPa / 16 bar)

IDFA22E to 37E

Spare part auto Condensate drain

(Option K)

(up to 1.6 MPa / 16 bar)

IDFA55E to 75E

Spare part heavy duty auto Condensate drain

(Option L)

(to 1.6 MPa / 16 bar)

IDFA100F to 150F Service set for heavy duty Condensate drain (ADH-E400)

Body (the body of the heavy duty Condensate drain ADH4000 is not included in the order for the service set ADH-E400)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

107.90 71.75 212.41

AFF series

109

Compressed air preparation, main piping

Main piping filter • The AFF series is mounted on the main piping to remove impurities like oil, water and foreign matter in compressed air. • Filter rating 3 µm • Auto Condensate drain standard • Temperature range: 5 - 60°C • Minor pressure drop • Visual maintenance display for filter element • Modular port present

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

AFF2C

AFF4C

AFF8C

AFF11C

AFF22C

AFF37B

AFF75B

Connection thread flow

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4 / G1

G1

G 1 1/2 / G2

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

300

750

1500

2200

3700

6000

12000

Medium

Compressed air

Max. Operating Pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.15 MPa / 1.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60

Filter rating

3 µm (Filtration 99% particle filtration)

Element service life

2 years (1 year for type A) or until the pressure drop rises to 0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Weight [kg]

0.38

0.55

4

0.9

1.4

2.1

4.2

10.5

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Visual maintenance display for filter elements Increasing differential pressure shows the contamination degree of the filter element. The visual display is an easy and economic way of monitoring the contamination degree of the filter element. As soon as the differential pressure increases to 0.1 MPa / 1,0 bar the red piston in the viewing window is fully extended. It is now time to replace the filter element. Energy saving: The costs of generating compressed air which arise as the result of a saturated filter exceed the investment in a new filter element by much View with a differential

View with a differential

pressure value of

pressure value of

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar.

0.1 MPa / 1.0 bar. The red

The red piston can now

piston is clearly visible. Replace

hardly be seen.

the filter element.

more.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

110

AFF series

Compressed air preparation, main piping

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Rated flow

Condensate drain

Price £

[ln/min]

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AFF main piping filter AFF2C-F01D-T

Main piping filter

G1/8

300

Auto

90.31

AFF2C-F02D-T

Main piping filter

G1/4

300

Auto

90.22

AFF4C-F02D-T

Main piping filter

G1/4

750

Auto

107.27

AFF4C-F03D-T

Main piping filter

G3/8

750

Auto

107.27

AFF8C-F03D-T

Main piping filter

G3/8

1500

Auto

143.84

AFF8C-F04D-T

Main piping filter

G1/2

1500

Auto

143.84

AFF11C-F04D-T

Main piping filter

G1/2

2200

Auto

194.37

AFF11C-F06D-T

Main piping filter

G3/4

2200

Auto

194.37

AFF22C-F06D-T

Main piping filter

G3/4

3700

Auto

243.10

AFF22C-F10D-T

Main piping filter

G1

3700

Auto

243.10

AFF37B-F10D-T

Main piping filter

G1

6000

Auto

330.72

AFF37B-F14D-T

Main piping filter

G1 1/2

6000

Auto

330.72

AFF75B-F14D-T

Main piping filter

G1 1/2

12000

Auto

821.48

AFF75B-F20D-T

Main piping filter

G2

12000

Auto

821.48

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AFF2C

Bracket assembly

3.65

AM-BM102

AFF4C

Bracket assembly

5.06

AM-BM103

AFF8C

Bracket assembly

5.06

AM-BM104

AFF11C

Bracket assembly

8.00

AM-BM105

AFF22C

Bracket assembly

11.60

BM56

AFF37B

Bracket assembly

12.88

BM57

AFF75B

Bracket assembly

29.55

Y200

AFF2C

Spacer

1.94

Y300

AFF4C

Spacer

2.46

Y400

AFF8C

Spacer

2.84

Y500

AFF11C

Spacer

3.12

Y600

AFF22C

Spacer

3.50

Bracket assembly

With cap bolt and spring washer

Spacer for the modular port

Incl. O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AFF series

111

Compressed air preparation, main piping

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AFF-EL2B

AFF2C

Filter element

46.98

AFF-EL4B

AFF4C

Filter element

54.84

AFF-EL8B

AFF8C

Filter element

73.64

AFF-EL11B

AFF11C

Filter element

86.19

AFF-EL22B

AFF22C

Filter element

98.75

AFF-EL37B

AFF37B

Filter element

115.93

AFF-EL75B

AFF75B

Filter element

156.67

Filter element

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

incl. replacement sealant and O-ring

4

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

112

AMG series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Water separator • Water separation rate 99% (CONDENSATE!) • Minor pressure drop • Auto Condensate drain standard • Modular port present

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AMG150C

Medium

Compressed air

AMG250C

AMG350C

AMG450C

AMG550C

AMG650

AMG850

Port sizes

G1/8

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1

G1 1/2 / G 2

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

300

750

1500

2200

3700

6000

12000

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.1 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

1 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

2.1

4.2

10.5

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium

5 to 60

temperature (°C) Water separation rate

99%

Element service life

2 years, or when the pressure drop reaches 0.1 MPa.

Weight [kg]

0.38

0.55

0.9

1.4

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Connection

Max. flow rate

Condensate

size

[ln/min]

Drain

Price £

AMG, water separator AMG150C-F01C

Water separator

G1/8

300

Auto

93.77

AMG250C-F02D

Water separator

G1/4

750

Auto

114.67

AMG350C-F03D

Water separator

G3/8

1500

Auto

157.71

AMG450C-F04D

Water separator

G1/2

2200

Auto

222.36

AMG550C-F06D

Water separator

G3/4

3700

Auto

283.41

AMG550C-F10D

Water separator

G1

3700

Auto

283.41

AMG650-F10D

Water separator

G1

6000

Auto

396.36

AMG850-F14D

Water separator

G1 1/2

12000

Auto

989.85

AMG850-F20D

Water separator

G2

12000

Auto

989.81

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AMG series

113

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AMG150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AMG250C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM103

AMG350C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM104 AM-BM105

Bracket assembly

AMG450C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

8.00

AMG550C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

11.60

BM56

AMG650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

BM57

AMG850

Bracket assembly

29.55

Note 1)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Spacer for the modular port Y200

AMG150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AMG250C

Spacer Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AMG350C

Spacer

Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AMG450C

Spacer Note 2)

3.12

Y600

AMG550C

Spacer

3.50

AMG-EL150

AMG150C

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

AMG-EL250 AMG-EL350

Note 2)

Filter element 17.99

AMG250C

Filter element, plastic NBR

Note 3)

23.72

AMG350C

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

28.65

AMG-EL450

AMG450C

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

44.47

AMG-EL550

AMG550C

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

68.15

AMG-EL650

AMG650

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

102.34

AMG-EL850

AMG850

Filter element, plastic NBR Note 3)

228.80

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

114

AM series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Mist separator • Fine filtering of compressed air (Filter rating 0.3 µm, 99% particle filtration) • Temperature range from 5 to 60°C • Operating pressure to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Manual Condensate drain standard (auto drain upon request) • Solid construction with viewing window • Modular port present

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AM150C

Medium

Compressed air

AM250C

AM350C

AM450C

AM550C

AM650

AM850

Port sizes

G1/8

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

300

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1 1/2

G1 1/2 / G2

750

1500

2200

3700

6000

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

12000

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and using

5 to 60

2.1

4.2

10.5

Operating fluid temperature [°C] Filter rating

0.3 µm (99% particle filtration)

Oil separation rate

max. 1.0 mg/m3 (= 0.8 ppm) Note 2)

Element service life

2 years, or when the pressure drop reaches 0.1 MPa.

Weight [kg]

0.38

0.55

0.9

1.4

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Note 2) At an oil mist rate on the compressor of 30 mg/m3

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

max. flow

Condensate

[ln/min]

drain

Price £

AM, mist separator AM150C-F01

Mist separator

G1/8

300

Manual

40.73

AM250C-F02

Mist separator

G1/4

750

Manual

59.10

AM350C-F03

Mist separator

G3/8

1500

Manual

91.45

AM450C-F04

Mist separator

G1/2

2200

Manual

161.36

AM550C-F06

Mist separator

G3/4

3700

Manual

214.73

AM550C-F10

Mist separator

G1

3700

Manual

214.73

AM650-F10

Mist separator

G1

6000

Manual

313.53

AM850-F14

Mist separator

G1 1/2

12000

Manual

832.66

AM850-F20

Mist separator

G2

12000

Manual

832.66

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AM series

115

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AM150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AM250C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM103

AM350C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM104

AM450C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

8.00

AM-BM105 BM56 BM57

Bracket assembly

AM550C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

11.60

AM650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

AM850

Bracket assembly

29.55

Y200

AM150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AM250C

Spacer Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AM350C

Spacer Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AM450C

Spacer

Note 2)

3.41

Y600

AM550C

Spacer Note 2)

3.50

Note 1)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Spacer for the modular port

4 Filter element AM-EL150

AM150C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

10.28

AM-EL250

AM250C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

13.54

AM-EL350

AM350C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

16.43

AM-EL450

AM450C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

25.38

AM-EL550

AM550C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

38.88

AM-EL650

AM650

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

59.72

AM-EL850

AM850

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 3)

130.05

116

AMD series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Micro mist separator • Fine filtering of compressed air (Filter rating 0.01 µm, 99% particle filtration) • Oil mist removed • Operating pressure to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Manual drain standard (auto drain upon request) • Modular port present

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AMD150C

AMD250C

Medium

Compressed air

AMD350C

AMD450C

AMD550C

AMD650

AMD850

Port sizes

G1/8

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1

G1 1/2 / G2

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

200

500

1000

2000

3700

6000

12000

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C) 5 to 60 Filter rating

0.01 µm (99.9 % particle filtration)

Compressed air quality on the outlet

Less than 100 particles from max. 0.3 µm per ft3 (less than 35 particles per 10 standard litres)

Oil separation rate

max. 0.1 mg/m3 Note 2) (before being saturated with oil: 0.01 mg/m3, ≈0.008 ppm)

Service life of element

2 years, or when the pressure drop reaches 0.1 MPa.

Weight [kg]

0.38

0.55

0.9

1.4

2.1

4.2

10.5

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Note 2) At an oil mist rate on the compressor of 30 mg/mn3

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

max.

Condensate

flow

drain

Price £

[ln/min] AMD, micro mist separator AMD150C-F01

Micro mist separator

G1/8

200

Manual

32.96

AMD250C-F02

Micro mist separator

G1/4

500

Manual

41.30

AMD350C-F03

Micro mist separator

G3/8

1000

Manual

70.23

AMD450C-F04

Micro mist separator

G1/2

2000

Manual

259.58

AMD550C-F06

Micro mist separator

G3/4

3700

Manual

327.88

AMD550C-F10

Micro mist separator

G1

3700

Manual

327.88

AMD650-F10

Micro mist separator

G1

6000

Manual

389.64

AMD850-F14

Micro mist separator

G1 1/4

12000

Manual

844.45

AMD850-F20

Micro mist separator

G2

12000

Manual

844.45

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AMD series

117

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AMD150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AMD250C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

2.08

AM-BM103

AMD350C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM104 AM-BM105

Bracket assembly

AMD450C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

8.00

AMD550C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

11.60

BM56

AMD650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

BM57

AMD850

Bracket assembly

29.55

Note 1)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Spacer for the modular port Y200

AMD150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AMD250C

Spacer Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AMD350C

Spacer

Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AMD450C

Spacer Note 2)

3.12

Y600

AMD550C

Spacer Note 2)

3.50

AMD-EL150

AMD150C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

14.77

AMD-EL250

AMD250C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

19.65

AMD-EL350

AMD350C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

35.61

AMD-EL450 AMD-EL550

Filter element

AMD450C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

76.91

AMD550C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

106.28

AMD-EL650

AMD650

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

112.52

AMD-EL850

AMD850

Filter element, fibreglass

171.73

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 3)

4

118

AMH series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Micro mist separator with pre-filter • AM + AMD series in the one device thus requiring little space • It can remove carbon or dust particles over a size of 0.01 µm • Oil mist removed • It is used as a compressed air pre-filter for precision instruments or for compressed air in clean room applications • Operating pressure to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Manual Condensate drain standard (auto drain upon request) • Modular port present

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AMH150C

Medium

Compressed air

AMH250C

AMH350C

AMH450C

AMH550C

AMH650

AMH850

Port size:

G1/8

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

200

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1

G1 1/2 / G2

500

1000

2000

3700

6000

12000

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C) 5 to 60 Filter rating

0.01 µm (99.9% particle filtration)

Oil separation rate

max. 0.1 mg/mn3 Note 2) (At an oil saturation degree of the element under 0.01 mg/m3 {0.008 ppm})

Element service life

2 years, or when the pressure drop reaches 0.1 MPa.

Weight [kg]

0.38

0.55

0.9

1.4

2.1

4.2

10.5

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Note 2) At an oil mist rate on the compressor of 30 mg/mn3

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

max. flow

Condensate drain

Price £

[ln/min] AMH, micro mist separator with pre-filter AMH150C-F01

Micro mist separator

G1/8

200

Manual

AMH250C-F02

Micro mist separator

G1/4

500

Manual

86.95

AMH350C-F03

Micro mist separator

G3/8

1000

Manual

124.84

AMH450C-F04

Micro mist separator

G1/2

2000

Manual

331.77

AMH550C-F06

Micro mist separator

G3/4

3700

Manual

390.30

AMH550C-F10

Micro mist separator

G1

3700

Manual

390.30

AMH650-F10

Micro mist separator

G1

6000

Manual

442.31

AMH850-F14

Micro mist separator

G1 1/4

12000

Manual

932.78

AMH850-F20

Micro mist separator

G2

12000

Manual

932.78

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

60.81

AMH series

119

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AMH150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AMH250C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM103

AMH350C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM104

AMH450C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

8.00

AM-BM105 BM56 BM57

Bracket assembly

AMH550C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

11.60

AMH650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

AMH850

Bracket assembly

1.47

Note 1)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Spacer for the modular port Y200

AMH150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AMH250C

Spacer

Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AMH350C

Spacer Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AMH450C

Spacer

Note 2)

3.12

Y600

AMH550C

Spacer Note 2)

3.50

4 Filter element AMH-EL150

AMH150C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

28.46

AMH-EL250

AMH250C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

35.75

AMH-EL350 AMH-EL450

AMH350C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

60.24

AMH450C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

121.57

AMH-EL550

AMH550C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

162.83

AMH-EL650

AMH650

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

178.41

AMH-EL850

AMH850

Filter element, fibreglass

268.72

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 3)

120

IDG series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Membrane air dryer • Compact, lightweight, space saving • Suitable for atmospheric dew points of -20°C (other dew points upon request) • Power supply not required • Environmentally friendly: FREON-free operation • No vibrations or heat loss (no moving parts) • The standard existing dew point checker (except for IDG1) can be used to monitor the condition of the membrane • The sizes IDG30A/50A save up to 31% compressed air energy and are more compact

Basic Specifications Model Suitable modular devices

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

IDG

1

3

5

10

20

30A

50A

60

75

100

AFM

AFM

AFM

AFM

AFM

AFM

AFM

–

–

–

20

20

20

30

30

40

40

AFD

AFD

AFD

AFD

AFD

AFD

AFD

–

–

–

20

20

20

30

30

40

40

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

AMH

AMH

AMH

350C

450H

450H

Note 1

Mist separator

4

IDG

Micro mist separator Micro mist separator with pre-filter Modular spacers

–

page 151

Operating Conditions Medium

Compressed air

Inlet pressure [MPa]

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.3 to

0.85

0.85

0.85

0.85

0.85

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

Inlet temperature [°C] Note 2)

-5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50

Ambient temperature [°C] Note 2)

-5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 55 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50 -5 to 50

Ideal operating conditions Max. atmospheric

-20

dew point [°C] Note 3) Inlet pressure [MPa]

0.7

Inlet temperature [°C]

25

Inlet saturation temperature [°C]

25

Ambient temperature [°C]

25 –

–

1 ln/min (at inlet pressure 0.7 MPa)

Weight [kg]

0.11

0.25

0.25

0.43

0.66

0.78

0.81

1.50

1.50

1.55

(With bracket)

–

( 0.31)

( 0.31)

( 0.51)

( 0.76)

( 0.91)

( 0.94)

( 1.65)

( 1.65)

( 1.70)

Air outlet via the dew point checker

Note 4)

Note 1) It is absolutely necessary that completely clean and oil-free (< 0,01 mg/m3) compressed air is used. The membranes are otherwise damaged. This is guaranteed by using a mist separator and micro mist separator. Note 2) No freezing Note 3) The max. achievable atmospheric dew point is -20 °C lower than at the outlet. Example: atmosph. dew point at the inlet 25 °C -> max. atmosph.dew point at the outlet: 5 °C. At high inlet pressure a higher dew point is reached. Moreover, the dew point is not reached until after an operating time of approx. 10 min. Note 4) If the dew point checker turns blue: correct operation; pink: high dew point temperature at the outlet; to brown: membranes are severely contaminated with oil. The membranes and the dew point checker must be replaced. It takes approximately one hour to notice a change in colour.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IDG series

121

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Ordering information Product

Description

Port size

reference

Input

Output rated Exhaust

Atmospheric

rated flow

flow

air

pressure dew

[ln/min]

[ln/min]

[ln/min]

point [°C]

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

IDG, membrane air dryer, dew point -20 °C IDG1-F02

Membrane air dryer

G 1/4

12.5

10

2.5

-20

IDG3-F02-S

Membrane air dryer

G 1/4

31

25

6

-20

148.66 259.30

IDG5-F02-S

Membrane air dryer

G 1/4

62

50

12

-20

411.23

IDG10-F02

Membrane air dryer

G 1/4

125

100

25

-20

596.14

IDG20-F02

Membrane air dryer

G 1/4

250

200

50

-20

693.56

IDG30A-F03

Membrane air dryer

G 3/8

360

300

60

-20

809.17

IDG50A-F03

Membrane air dryer

G 3/8

586

500

86

-20

941.21

IDG60-F04

Membrane air dryer

G 1/2

725

600

125

-20

1439.88

IDG75-F04

Membrane air dryer

G 1/2

900

750

150

-20

1629.81

IDG100-F04

Membrane air dryer

G 1/2

1190

1000

190

-20

1940.26

4

Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

BM59

IDG3, 5

Bracket assembly

11.69

BM61

IDG10

Bracket assembly

11.36

BM63

IDG20

Bracket assembly

12.22

BM64

IDG30, 50

Bracket assembly

13.68

BM65

IDG60, 75, 100

Bracket assembly

25.48

IDG3 to IDG100

Dew point checker set

29.36

IDG-EL3

IDG3

Membrane module set

194.27

IDG-EL5

IDG5

Membrane module set

292.97

IDG-EL10

IDG10

Membrane module set

425.54

IDG-EL20

IDG20

Membrane module set

536.51

IDG-EL30A

IDG30A

Membrane module set

678.31

IDG-EL50A

IDG50A

Membrane module set

810.92

IDG-EL60

IDG60

Membrane module set

1060.66

IDG-EL75

IDG75

Membrane module set

1321.19

IDG-EL100

IDG100

Membrane module set

1609.48

Bracket assembly

With cap bolt and spring washer

Dew point checker (Option: IDG-DP01

Membrane module

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

122

AME series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Super mist separator • Fine filtering of compressed air (Filter rating 0.01 µm, 99% particle filtration) • Removal of the finest oil mist - filter element with colour indicator • It is used as a compressed air pre-filter for precision instruments or for compressed air in clean room applications • Operating pressure to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Modular port present

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AME150C

Medium

Compressed air

AME250C

AME350C

AME450C

AME550C

AME650

AME850

Port sizes [G]

G1/8

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1

G1 1/2 / G2

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

200

500

1000

2000

3700

6000

12000

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60

Filter rating

0.01 µm (99.9 % particle filtration)

Compressed air quality at the outlet

Less than 100 particles from max. 0.3 µm per ft3 (less than 35 particles per 10 standard litres)

Oil separation rate

max. 0.01 mg/m3 (≈0.008 ppm) Note 2)

Element service life

Element colour checker (if the filter element is saturated with oil its colour changes from white to red).

Weight [kg]

0.3

0.48

0.8

1.4

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar Note 2) This information is only applicable if the filter element is not yet saturated with oil.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.0

4.2

10, 5

AME series

123

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

max. flow

Price £

[ln/min]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AME, Super mist separator AME150C-F01

Super mist separator

G1/8

200

44.61

AME250C-F02

Super mist separator

G1/4

500

47.40

AME350C-F03

Super mist separator

G3/8

1000

71.37

AME450C-F04

Super mist separator

G1/2

2000

260.24

AME550C-F06

Super mist separator

G3/4

3700

338.29

AME550C-F10

Super mist separator

G1

3700

338.29

AME650-F10

Super mist separator

G1

6000

429.38

AME850-F14

Super mist separator

G1 1/4

12000

923.64

AME850-F20

Super mist separator

G2

12000

923.64

4 Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AM-BM101

AME150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AME250C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM103

AME350C

Bracket assembly

5.06

AM-BM104

AME450C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

8.00

AM-BM105

AME550C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

11.60

BM56

AME650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

BM57

AME850

Bracket assembly Note 1)

29.55

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

Spacer for the modular port Y200

AME150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AME250C

Spacer

Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AME350C

Spacer Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AME450C

Spacer

Note 2)

3.12

Y600

AME550C

Spacer Note 2)

3.50

AME-EL150

AME150C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

22.35

AME-EL250

AME250C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

29.03

AME-EL350

AME350C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

50.24

AME-EL450

AME450C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

61.37

AME-EL550 AME-EL650 AME-EL850

Filter element

AME550C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

89.27

AME650

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

133.79

AME850

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

234.20

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

124

AMF series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Odour removal filter • Activated carbon filter to remove odour in the compressed air • Very high oil separation rate • Operating pressure up to 1.0 MPa / 1 bar • Temperature range 5 - 60°C • Modular port present

Basic Specifications Model

AMF150C

Medium

Compressed

AMF250C

AMF350C

AMF450C

AMF550C

AMF650

AMF850

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

air Port sizes

G1/8

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4 / G1

G1

G1 1/2 / G2

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

200

500

1000

2000

3700

6000

12000

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60

Filter rating

0.01 µm (95% particle filtration)

Oil separation rate

max. 0.004 mg/m3 (≈0.0032 ppm) 4.2

10.5

(a super mist separation from the AME series must be upstream). Weight [kg]

0.3

0.48

0.8

1.3

Note 1) Max. flow at 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.0

AMF series

125

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Connection

Max. flow rate

size

[ln/min]

Price £

AMF, odour removal filter

AMF150CF01 to AMF550C-F10

AMF150C-F01

Odour removal filter

G1/8

200

48.63

AMF250C-F02

Odour removal filter

G1/4

500

62.94

AMF350C-F03

Odour removal filter

G3/8

1000

73.59

AMF350C-F04

Odour removal filter

G1/2

1000

73.59

AMF450C-F04

Odour removal filter

G1/2

2000

182.24

AMF550C-F06

Odour removal filter

G3/4

3700

241.07

AMF550C-F10

Odour removal filter

G1

3700

241.07

AMF650-F10

Odour removal filter

G1

6000

298.28

AMF850-F14

Odour removal filter

G1 1/2

12000

547.50

AMF850-F20

Odour removal filter

G2

12000

547.50

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AMF650-F10 to AMF850-F20

4 Accessories and spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

Bracket assembly, filter element AM-BM101

AMF150C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

3.65

AM-BM102

AMF250C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM103

AMF350C

Bracket assembly

Note 1)

5.06

AM-BM104

AMF450C

Bracket assembly Note 1)

8.00

Note 1)

11.60

AM-BM105

AMF550C

Bracket assembly

BM56

AMF650

Bracket assembly Note 1)

12.88

BM57

AMF850

Bracket assembly

29.55

Note 1)

Spacer for the modular port Y200

AMF150C

Spacer Note 2)

1.94

Y300

AMF250C

Spacer

Note 2)

2.46

Y400

AMF350C

Spacer Note 2)

2.84

Y500

AMF450C

Spacer

Note 2)

3.12

Y600

AMF550C

Spacer Note 2)

3.50

AMF-EL150

AMF150C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

32.73

AMF-EL250

AMF250C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

43.37

AMF-EL350

AMF350C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

52.80

AMF-EL450

AMF450C

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

90.84

AMF-EL550 AMF-EL650 AMF-EL850

Filter element

AMF550C

Filter element, fibreglass

Note 3)

135.36

AMF650

Filter element, fibreglass Note 3)

165.57

AMF850

Filter element, fibreglass

179.92

Note 1) With cap bolt and spring washer Note 2) Incl. O-ring Note 3) Incl. sealant and O-ring

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 3)

126

AD series

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Auto condensate discharge valve • Reliable, automatic condensate draining • Bowl made of nylon • Installation position: vertical at the deepest point of the system to be emptied • Temperature range: 5 to 60°C

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AD402

Connection thread

G1/4 / G3/8 / G1/2

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 1.0 MPa / 1 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Port size Condensate drain

G3/8

Weight [g]

620

Ordering information Product reference Description

Thread at the

Thread at the

Max. operating

inlet

discharge

pressure

Price £

Condensate drain AD, auto condensate discharge valve AD402-F02

Condensate

G1/4

G3/8

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

48.30

G3/8

G3/8

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

48.30

G1/2

G3/8

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

48.30

discharge valve AD402-F03

Condensate discharge valve

AD402-F04

Condensate discharge valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ADH series

127

Compressed air preparation, secondary piping

Heavy duty auto Condensate drain • Insensitive to impurities • Installation position: vertical • Temperature range: 5 to 60°C • No power connection required, no loss of compressed air • Easy maintenance • Condensate volume up to 400 cm3/min • Ideal for removing condensate in a compressed air tank

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ADH4000

Medium

Compressed air

Condensate drain

Floating type

Condensate discharge valve

N.O. (normally open: open in a pressureless condition)

Proof pressure

2.5 MPa / 25 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.6 MPa / 16 bar

Operating pressure range Note 1)

0.05 to 1.6 MPa / 0.5 to 16 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60 (no condensation)

4

(not suitable for corroding or inflammable gases and organic solvents) Max. Condensate drain discharge

400 cm3/min (0.7 MPa pressure, in water)

Weight [kg]

1.2 (with holder: 1.3)

Colour

White

Note 1) When using a compressor with a flow rate over 50 l/min

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Connection

Port size

Condensate

thread

discharge

volume

G1/2

400 cm3/min

Price £

ADH, heavy duty auto Condensate drain ADH4000-04

Heavy duty Condensate Rc1/2 drain

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

176.32

128

ADH series

Compressed air preparation, main and secondary piping

Accessories for bracket kit and port with ball valve Product reference

Model

Description

ADH4000

Bracket, 1 pc.

Price £

Bracket and ports BM58

13.68

M6 x 10 (hexagon bolts), 2 pcs. ADH-C400

ADH4000

Ball valve / 1/2, 1 pc. Pipe nipple / 1/2, 2 pcs. Bracket / 1/2, 1 pc.

Accessories (optional) are delivered unassembled but packed in the same box.

With ball valve port

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With bracket

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

24.43

AF series

129

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Modular air filter • Filter rating 5 µm • Condensate separation through cyclon • Condensate separation rate 96 % • Condensate drain available as automatic or manual • Quick replacement of the filter cartridges (as from size 30) • AF-X425 series for high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar

Basic Specifications AF series

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

AF10

AF20

AF30

AF40

AF40-06

Port sizes

M5

G1/8 / G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

200

1500

3500

5700

6000

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure for auto drain

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

(1.0 bar)

(1.0 bar)

(1.5 bar)

(1.5 bar)

(1.5 bar)

4

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Nominal filter rating

5 µm

Bowl material

Polycarbonate

Bowl protection

–

Optional

Standard

Standard

Standard

Weight [kg]

0.06

0.18

0.22

0.45

0.49

AF-X425 series Model

AF20-X425

AF30-X425

AF40-X425

AF40-F06-X425

Port sizes

G1/8 / G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

1200

2500

4400

5000

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Max. operating pressure

2.0 MPa / 20 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Note 1) For an inlet pressure of 0.7 MPa / 7 bar and 0.1 MPa / 1 bar pressure drop

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

130

AF series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Bowl

Condensate drain

Price £

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AF, modular air filter AF10-M5

Air filter

M5

–

Manual

12.64

AF10-M5C

Air filter

M5

–

Auto

24.25

AF20-F01

Air filter

G1/8

–

Manual

16.14

AF20-F01C

Air filter

G1/8

–

Auto

29.78

AF20-F02

Air filter

G1/4

–

Manual

16.14

AF20-F02C

Air filter

G1/4

–

Auto

29.78

AF30-F03

Air filter

G3/8

–

Manual

19.36 41.48

AF30-F03D

Air filter

G3/8

–

Auto

AF40-F04

Air filter

G1/2

–

Manual

6.20

AF40-F04D

Air filter

G1/2

–

Auto

53.94

AF40-F06

Air filter

G3/4

–

Manual

32.68

AF40-F06D

Air filter

G3/4

–

Auto

58.82

Manual

21.78

AF, modular air filter, high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar AF20-F01-2-X425

Air filter

G1/8

Metal bowl

AF20-F02-2-X425

Air filter

G1/4

Metal bowl

Manual

21.78

AF30-F03-8-X425

Air filter

G3/8

Metal bowl with

Manual

35.75

Manual

47.93

Manual

52.90

visual display AF40-F04-8-X425

Air filter

G1/2

Metal bowl with visual display

AF40-F06-8-X425

Air filter

G3/4

Metal bowl with visual display

Sizes 50 (12'000 l/min) and 60 (13'500 l/min) available upon request

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

AF20

Bracket

Price £

Bracket AF20P-050AS

2.22

AF30P-050AS

AF30

Bracket

2.93

AF40P-050AS

AF40

Bracket

3.98

AF40P-070AS

AF40-06

Bracket

3.98

Incl. 2 mounting bolts

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AF series

131

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Spare parts Product reference Model

Description

Material

Price £

Spare parts for air filter in the AF series AF10P-060S

AF10

Filter element

Non-woven

0.80

material AF20P-060S Filter element

AF20

Filter element

Non-woven

1.94

material AF30P-060S

AF30

Filter element

Non-woven

2.93

material AF40P-060S

AF40

Filter element

Non-woven

4.12

material Bowl, O-ring

C1SFP-260S

AF10

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C2SFP-260S

AF20

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C3SFP-260S

AF30

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.28

C4SFP-260S

AF40

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.37

C1SF

AF10

Bowl condensate drain manual Note 1)

PC

3.03

C2SF

AF20

Bowl condensate drain manual Note 1)

PC

3.26

Condensate drain

C3SF

AF30

Bowl condensate drain manual

Note 2)

PC

8.66

manual

C4SF

AF40

Bowl condensate drain manual Note 2)

PC

9.71

AD17

AF10

Bowl auto condensate drain Note 1)

PC

12.36

AD27

AF20

Bowl auto condensate drain Note 1)

PC

14.53

AD38

AF30

Bowl auto condensate drain

Note 2)

PC

24.72

AD48

AF40

Bowl auto condensate drain Note 2)

PC

25.81

AF10P-040S

AF10

Disconnecting cap

POM

0.28

AF20P-040S

AF20

Disconnecting cap

PBT

0.28

AF30P-040S

AF30

Disconnecting cap

PBT

0.61

AF40P-040S

AF40

Disconnecting cap

PBT

0.66

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Bowl

Bowl auto Condensate drain

CAUTION! Under no circumstances are the bowls to be used for the AF-X425 for high pressure. Note 1) Incl. bowl O-ring Note 2) Incl. bowl O-Ring and bowl protection (strip steel)

Disconnecting cap

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

132

AFM series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Mist separator • Fine filtering of compressed air (Filter rating 0.3 µm, 99% particle filtration) • Temperature range from 5 to 60°C • Operating pressure to 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Manual Condensate drain standard (auto drain upon request) • Solid construction with viewing window • Modular port present

Basic Specifications Model

AFM20

AFM30

AFM40

AFM40-06

Port sizes

G1/8 / G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

200

450

1100

1100

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Flow Q [ln/min]

Note 1)

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Min. operating pressure for auto drain

0.1 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

(1.0 bar)

(1.5 bar)

(1.5 bar)

(1.5 bar)

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Filter rating

0.3 µm (99% particle filtration)

Residual oil content on secondary side

max. 1.0 mg/m3 (approx. 0.8 ppm) Note 2)

Bowl material

Polycarbonate

Bowl protection

Optional

Standard

Standard

Standard

Bowl volume [cm ]

8

25

45

45

Weight [kg]

0.18

0.22

0.44

0.49

3

Note 1) For an inlet pressure of 0.7 MPa and 0.035 MPa / 0.35 bar pressure drop Note 2) At a compressor oil mist rate of 30 mg/mn3

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Condensate drain

Price £

AFM20-F01

Mist separator

G1/8

Manual

37.75

AFM20-F01C

Mist separator

G1/8

Auto

40.02

AFM20-F02

Mist separator

G1/4

Manual

37.75

AFM20-F02C

Mist separator

G1/4

Auto

40.02

AFM30-F03

Mist separator

G3/8

Manual

47.60

AFM30-F03D

Mist separator

G3/8

Auto

57.45

AFM40-F04

Mist separator

G1/2

Manual

57.45

AFM40-F04D

Mist separator

G1/2

Auto

77.34

AFM40-F06

Mist separator

G3/4

Manual

64.60

AFM40-F06D

Mist separator

G3/4

Auto

82.93

AFM, mist separator

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AFM series

133

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Spare parts Product reference Model

Description

Material

Price £

Spare parts for air filter in the AFM series AFM20P-060AS

AFM20

Filter element

Non-woven

11.08

material AFM30P-060AS

AFM30

Filter element

Non-woven

12.17

material Filter element

AFM40P-060AS

AFM40

Filter element

Non-woven

13.26

material AFM40P-060AS Bowl, O-ring

Bowl Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Condensate drain manual

AFM40-06

Filter element

Non-woven

13.26

material C2SFP-260S

AFM20

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C3SFP-260S

AFM30

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.28

C4SFP-260S

AFM40

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.37

C2SF

AFM20

Bowl Note 1)

PC

3.26

C3SF

AFM30

Bowl Note 2)

PC

8.66

C4SF

AFM40

Bowl Note 2)

PC

9.71

Note 3)

AD27

AFM20

Condensate drain

PC

14.53

AD38

AFM30

Condensate drain Note 3)

PC

24.72

AD48

AFM40

Condensate drain Note 3)

PC

25.81

AD48

AFM40-06

Condensate drain Note 3)

PC

25.81

Note 1) Incl. bowl O-ring Note 2) Incl. bowl O-Ring and bowl protection (strip steel) Note 3) Incl. 2 mounting bolts Bowl auto Condensate drain

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

Bracket

Bracket

AF20P-050AS

AFM20

Bracket

2.22

AF30P-050AS

AFM30

Bracket

2.93

AF40P-050AS

AFM40

Bracket

3.98

AF40P-070AS

AFM40-06

Bracket

3.98

Incl. 2 mounting bolts

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

134

AFD series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Micro mist separator • Filter rating 0.01 µm • Oil separation rate of 99.99% • Quick change of filter cartridge • Condensate drain available as automatic or manual • Quick replacement of the filter cartridges (as from size 30)

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AFD20

AFD30

AFD40

AFD40-06

Port sizes

G1/8 / G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

Flow Q [ln/min] Note 1)

120

240

600

600

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar

Min. operating pressure for

0.1 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

0.15 MPa

auto drain

1.0 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

1.5 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Filter rating

0.01 µm (99% particle filtration)

Residual oil content on secondary side

max. 0.1 mg/m3 (before saturation with oil: max. 0.01 mg/m3 (approx. 0.008 ppm) Note 2)

Bowl material

Polycarbonate

Bowl protection

Optional

Standard

Standard

Standard

Bowl volume [cm ]

8

25

45

45

Weight [kg]

0.18

0.22

0.44

0.49

3

Note 1) For an inlet pressure of 0.7 MPa and 0.035 MPa / 0.35 bar pressure drop Note 2) At a compressor oil mist rate of 30 mg/mn3

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Condensate

Price £

drain AFD, mirco mist separator AFD20-F01

Micro mist separator

G1/8

Manual

39.54

AFD20-F01C

Micro mist separator

G1/8

Auto

41.25

AFD20-F02

Micro mist separator

G1/4

Manual

39.54

AFD20-F02C

Micro mist separator

G1/4

Auto

41.25

AFD30-F03

Micro mist separator

G3/8

Manual

49.39

AFD30-F03D

Micro mist separator

G3/8

Auto

58.63

AFD40-F04

Micro mist separator

G1/2

Manual

59.29

AFD40-F04D

Micro mist separator

G1/2

Auto

78.81

AFD40-F06

Micro mist separator

G3/4

Manual

66.44

AFD40-F06D

Micro mist separator

G3/4

Auto

85.38

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AFD series

135

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Material

Price £

Spare parts for mist separator in the AFD series AFD20P-060AS

AFD20

Filter element

Metal, non-woven

11.08

material AFD30P-060AS

AFD30

Filter element

Metal, non-woven

12.17

material Filter element

AFD40P-060AS

AFD40

Filter element

Metal, non-woven

13.26

material C2SFP-260S

AFD20

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C3SFP-260S

AFD30

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.28

C4SFP-260S

AFD40

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.37

C2SF

AFD20

Bowl condensate drain manual

Note 1)

PC

3.26

C3SF

AFD30

Bowl condensate drain manual Note 2)

PC

8.66

C4SF

AFD40

Bowl condensate drain manual

PC

9.71

Bowl

AD27

AFD20

Bowl auto Condensate drain Note 1)

PC

14.53

Condensate drain

AD38

AFD30

Bowl auto Condensate drain Note 2)

PC

24.72

AD48

AFD40

Bowl auto Condensate drain

PC

25.81

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Bowl, O-ring

manual

Note 2)

Note 2)

Note 1) Incl. bowl O-ring Note 2) Incl. bowl O-Ring and bowl protection (strip steel)

Bowl auto Condensate drain

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

AF20P-050AS

AFD20

Bracket

2.22

AF30P-050AS

AFD30

Bracket

2.93

AF40P-050AS

AFD40

Bracket

3.98

AF40P-070AS

AFD40-06

Bracket

3.98

Bracket

Bracket

Incl. 2 mounting bolts

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

136

AR series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Regulator • Available with built-in pressure gauge • Piston regulator (AR10) or diaphragm regulator (AR20-40) with secondary exhaust • AR-X425 series for high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar

Basic Specifications AR series Model

AR10

AR20

AR30

AR40

AR40-06

Port sizes

M5

G 1/8 / G 1/4

G 1/4 / G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

Flow Q [ln/min]

150

800

1500

3000

5000

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pressure setting range Pressure gauge port threads

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar to 0.85 MPa / 8.5 bar Note 1)

Weight [kg]

Rc 1/16

G 1/8

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

0.06

0.26

0.29

0.44

0.47

Note 1) For regulator with embedded square pressure gauge (AR20 to AR40) no pressure gauge port threads are required

AR-X425 series Model

AR20-X425

AR30-X425

AR40-X425

AR40-F06-X425

Port sizes

G 1/8 / G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

Flow Q [ln/min]

800

1500

2000

5000

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Max. operating pressure

2.0 MPa / 20 bar

Pressure setting range

0.1 to 1.6 MPa / 1 to 16 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Pressure gauge port threads

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AR series

137

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Pressure gauge

Price £

AR10-M5

Regulator

M5

without (pressure gauge port Rc1/16)

16.58

AR20-F01E

Regulator

G1/8

With pressure gauge

27.70

AR20-F01

Regulator

G1/8

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

18.70

AR20-F02E

Regulator

G1/4

With pressure gauge

27.80

AR20-F02

Regulator

G1/4

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

18.70

AR30-F02E

Regulator

G1/4

With pressure gauge

30.44

AR30-F02

Regulator

G1/4

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

22.31

AR30-F03E

Regulator

G3/8

With pressure gauge

30.44

AR30-F03

Regulator

G3/8

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

22.31

AR40-F04E

Regulator

G1/2

With pressure gauge

38.55

AR40-F04

Regulator

G1/2

Without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

30.40

AR40-F06E

Regulator

G3/4

With pressure gauge

49.30

AR40-F06

Regulator

G3/4

Without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

40.63

AR, regulator

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Sizes 50, 60 upon request

4

AR, regulator, high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar AR20-F01-X425

Regulator

G1/8

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

77.38

AR20-F02-X425

Regulator

G1/4

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

77.34

AR30-F03-X425

Regulator

G3/8

Without (pressure gauge port G1/8)

74.87

AR40-F04-X425

Regulator

G1/2

Without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

83.16

AR40-F06-X425

Regulator

G3/4

Without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

96.61

Spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Material

Price £

Different spare parts for regulators in the AR series

AR10P-090AS

AR20P-150AS

AR20P-050AS

AR10P-090S

AR10

Valve assembly

Stainless steel, brass, HNBR

1.03

AR20P-090AS

AR20

Valve assembly

Stainless steel, brass, HNBR

1.89

AR30P-090AS

AR30

Valve assembly

Stainless steel, brass, HNBR

2.79

AR40P-090AS

AR40

Valve assembly

Stainless steel, brass, HNBR

3.78

AR10P-150AS

AR10

Membrane

HNBR

1.60

AR20P-150AS

AR20

Membrane

HNBR

3.08

AR30P-150AS

AR30

Membrane

HNBR

3.78

AR40P-150AS

AR40

Membrane

HNBR

4.02

131329

AR10

Valve guide

POM

0.28

AR20P-050AS

AR20

Valve guide

POM

1.03

AR30P-050AS

AR30

Valve guide

POM

1.89

AR40P-050AS

AR40

Valve guide

POM

2.13

These spare parts must not be used for the regulator with high pressure (-X425).

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

138

AR series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Port size

Price £

Accessories for regulators in the AR series

Bracket with panel nut

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pressure gauge G27

Pressure gauge 4K8-10

AR10P-270AS

AR10

Bracket Note 1)

—

1.70

AR20P-270AS

AR20

Bracket Note 1)

—

2.74

AR30P-270AS

AR30

Bracket

Note 1)

—

2.22

AR40P-270AS

AR40

Bracket Note 1)

—

2.37

AR10P-260S

AR10

Panel nut

—

1.70

AR20P-260S

AR20

Panel nut

—

1.03

AR30P-260S

AR30

Panel nut

—

1.32

AR40P-260S

AR40

Panel nut

—

1.89

G27-10-R1

AR10

Pressure gauge 10 bar Note 4)

Rc1/16

8.76

4K8-10

AR20

Pressure gauge 10 bar

Note 2)

Rc 1/8

11.56

4K8-10

AR30

Pressure gauge 10 bar Note 2)

Rc 1/8

11.56 6.70

AR40

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar

AR20-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2) G 1/8

10.09

G46-20-01

AR30-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2) G 1/8

10.09

G46-20-02

AR40-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2) G 1/4

11.69

GC3-10AS

AR20

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar

—

9.27

GC3-10AS

AR30

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar Note 3)

—

9.27

GC3-10AS

AR40

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar

—

9.27

Note 1) Incl. panel nut Note 2) Accuracy ± 2.5% of the full span, display in PSi und bar Note 3) Includes O-ring and 2 mounting screws. Pressure gauge GC3

Rc 1/4

5K4-10 G46-20-01

Note 2)

Note 4) Display in MPa.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 3)

Note 3)

AW series

139

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Filter regulator • Filter rating 5 µm • Available with built-in pressure gauge • Piston regulator (AR10) or membrane regulator (AR20-40) with secondary exhaust • Quick change of filter cartridges • AW-X425 series for high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar • Extendable using modules

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AW series Model

AW10

AW20

AW30

AW40-04

AW40-06

Port sizes

M5

G 1/8 / G 1/4

G 1/4 / G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

Flow Q [ln/min]

150

800

1500

3000

4000

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Pressure setting range

0.05 to 0.7 MPa

0.05 MPa to 0.85 MPa

0.5 to 7 bar

0.5 to 8.5 bar

Rc 1/16

G 1/8

Pressure gauge port threads

Note 1)

4

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

8

25

45

45

Optional

Standard

Standard

Standard

0.75

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Exhaust pressure

Setting pressure +0.05 MPa Note 2) (with a rated exhaust flow of 0.1 ln/min)

Filter rating

5 µm

Bowl volume [cm ]

2.5

Bowl material

Polycarbonate

Bowl protection

–

Construction

with secondary exhaust

Weight [kg]

0.09

0.32

0.4

0.72

Model

AW20-X425

AW30-X425

AW40-X425

AW40-06-X426

Port sizes

G 1/8, G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

Flow Q [ln/min]

800

1500

3000

3000

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa / 30 bar

Max. operating pressure

2.0 MPa / 20 bar

Pressure setting range

0.1 to 1.6 MPa / 1 to 16 bar

Bowl material

Metal

Metal with

Metal with

Metal with

visual display

visual display

visual display

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

3

AW-X425 series

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Pressure gauge port threads

G 1/8

Note 1) For regulator with embedded square pressure gauge (AW20 to AW40) no pressure gauge port threads are required Note 2) Not applicable to AW10.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

140

AW series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Pressure gauge

Condensate drain

Price £

M5

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

29.36

Manual

18.61

AW, filter regulator AW10 to 40 AW10-M5C

Filter regulator

Rc1/16) AW10-M5

Filter regulator

M5

without (pressure gauge port Rc1/16)

AW20-F01CE

Filter regulator

G1/8

with pressure gauge

Auto

45.75

AW20-F01C

Filter regulator

G1/8

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

37.69

AW20-F01E

Filter regulator

G1/8

with pressure gauge

Manual

33.19

AW20-F01

Filter regulator

G1/8

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

25.15

G1/8)

G1/8) AW20-F02CE

Filter regulator

G1/4

with pressure gauge

Auto

45.75

AW20-F02C

Filter regulator

G1/4

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

37.69

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

G1/8) AW20-F02E

Filter regulator

G1/4

with pressure gauge

Manual

33.19

AW20-F02

Filter regulator

G1/4

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

25.15

G1/8) AW30-F02DE

Filter regulator

G1/4

with pressure gauge

Auto

64.83

AW30-F02D

Filter regulator

G1/4

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

56.69

AW30-F02E

Filter regulator

G1/4

with pressure gauge

Manual

43.43

AW30-F02

Filter regulator

G1/4

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

35.33

with pressure gauge

Auto

64.83

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

56.69

G1/8)

G1/8) AW30-F03DE

Filter regulator

G3/8

AW30-F03D

Filter regulator

G3/8

G1/8) AW30-F03E

Filter regulator

G3/8

with pressure gauge

Manual

43.43

AW30-F03

Filter regulator

G3/8

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

35.33

G1/8) AW40-F04DE

Filter regulator

G1/2

with pressure gauge

Auto

88.66

AW40-F04D

Filter regulator

G1/2

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

79.94

AW40-F04E

Filter regulator

G1/2

with pressure gauge

Manual

66.35

AW40-F04

Filter regulator

G1/2

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

57.64

G1/4)

G1/4) AW40-F06DE

Filter regulator

G3/4

with pressure gauge

Auto

92.40

AW40-F06D

Filter regulator

G3/4

without (pressure gauge port

Auto

83.68

G1/4) AW40-F06E

Filter regulator

G3/4

with pressure gauge

Manual

69.52

AW40-F06

Filter regulator

G3/4

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

61.37

G1/4)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AW series

141

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Pressure gauge

Condensate

Price £

drain

AW, filter regulator, high pressure up to 2 MPa / 20 bar AW20-F01-2-X425 Filter regulator

G1/8

without (pressure gauge port

Manual

91.97

Manual

92.12

Manual

112.91

Manual

136.59

Manual

140.32

G1/4) AW20-F02-2-X425 Filter regulator

G1/4

without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

AW30-F03-8-X425 Filter regulator

G3/8

without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

AW40-F04-8-X425 Filter regulator

G1/2

without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

AW40-F06-8-X425 Filter regulator

G3/4

without (pressure gauge port G1/4)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Sizes 60 (10'000 ln/min) available upon request

4 Spare parts Product

Model

Description

Material

Price £

reference Spare parts for filter regulator in the AW series AF10P-060S

AW10

Filter element

Non-woven

0.80

material AF20P-060S

AW20

Filter element

Non-woven

Filter element

1.94

material AF30P-060S

AW30

Filter element

Non-woven

2.93

material AF40P-060S

AW40

Filter element

Non-woven

Bowl Condensate drain manual

C1SFP-260S

AW10

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C2SFP-260S

AW20

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C3SFP-260S

AW30

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.28

C4SFP-260S

AW40

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.37

C1SF

AW10

Bowl with manual condensate drain Note 1)

PC

3.03

C2SF

AW20

Bowl with manual condensate drain Note 1)

PC

3.26

C3SF

AW30

Bowl with manual condensate drain Note 2)

PC

8.66

C4SF

AW40

Bowl with manual condensate drain Note 2)

PC

9.71

AD17

AW10

Bowl with auto Condensate drain

Note 1)

PC

12.36

AD27

AW20

Bowl with auto Condensate drain Note 1)

PC

14.53

AD38

AW30

Bowl with auto Condensate drain

Note 2)

PC

24.72

AD48

AW40

Bowl with auto Condensate drain Note 2)

PC

25.81

CAUTION! Under no circumstances are the bowls to be used for the AW-X425 for high pressure. Note 1) Incl. bowl O-ring Bowl

4.12

material

Bowl, O-ring

Note 2) Incl. bowl O-Ring and bowl protection (strip steel)

auto Condensate drain

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

142

AW series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Connection

Price £

size Accessories for filter regulator in the AW series

Bracket with panel nut

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pressure gauge G27

Pressure gauge K8/K4

AR10P-270AS

AW10

Bracket Note 1)

—

1.70

AW20P-270AS

AW20

Bracket Note 1)

—

1.27

AR30P-270AS

AW30

Bracket

Note 1)

—

2.22

AR40P-270AS

AW40

Bracket Note 1)

—

2.37

AR10P-260S

AW10

Panel nut (spare part)

—

1.70

AR20P-260S

AW20

Panel nut (spare part)

—

1.03

AR30P-260S

AW30

Panel nut (spare part)

—

1.32

AR40P-260S

AW40

Panel nut (spare part)

—

1.89

G27-10-R1

AW10

Pressure gauge 10 bar Note 4)

Rc1/16

8.76

4K8-10

AW20

Pressure gauge 10 bar

Note 2)

Rc 1/8

11.56

4K8-10

AW30

Pressure gauge 10 bar Note 2)

Rc 1/8

11.56

5K4-10

AW40

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 10 bar

Rc 1/4

6.70

G46-20-01

AW20-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2)

G 1/8

10.09

G46-20-01

AW30-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2)

G 1/8

10.09

G46-20-02

AW40-X425

Pressure gauge 2.0 MPa / 16 bar Note 2)

G 1/4

11.69

GC3-10AS

AW20

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar

Note 3)

—

9.27

GC3-10AS

AW30

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar Note 3)

—

9.27

GC3-10AS

AW40

Pressure gauge 1 MPa / 10 bar

—

9.27

Note 1) Incl. panel nut Note 2) Accuracy ± 2.5% of the full span, display in PSi und bar Pressure gauge GC3

Note 3) Includes O-ring and 2 mounting screws. Note 4) Display in MPa.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Note 2)

Note 3)

AL series

143

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Compressed air lubricator • Precise oil volume setting with scale • Pressurised refilling as from size 30 • Rotating sight dome for more clearly visible oil drops and direct regulation of the oil volume • Extendable using modules

Basic Specifications Model

AL10

AL20

AL30

AL40-04

AL40-06

Port sizes

M5

G1/8 / G1/4

G1/4 / G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

Flow Q [ln/min]

170

3700

6000

8000

8000

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

4

15

1/4:30, 3/8:40

50

50

Bowl volume [cm3]

7

25

55

135

135

Recommended oil

Turbine oil class 1 (ISO VG32)

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Bowl material

Polycarbonate

Bowl protection

–

optional

Standard

Standard

Standard

Weight [kg]

0.07

0.20

0.24

0.47

0.52

Min. flow [l/min] Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Note 1)

4

Note 1) For an inlet pressure of 0.7 MPa / 7 bar and a pressure drop of 0.1 MPa / 1 bar Note 2) The recommended drip rate is 2 to 5 drops per 1000 l/min

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Flow Q [ln/min]

Price £

Compressed air

M5

170

18.13

G1/8

3700

24.62

G1/4

3700

24.62

G1/4

6000

31.68

G3/8

6000

31.68

G1/2

8000

36.23

G3/4

8000

42.91

AL, compressed air lubricator AL10-M5

lubricator AL20-F01

Compressed air lubricator

AL20-F02

Compressed air lubricator

AL30-F02

Compressed air lubricator

AL30-F03

Compressed air lubricator

AL40-F04

Compressed air lubricator

AL40-F06

Compressed air lubricator

Sizes 50 (13'000 ln/min) and 60 (15'000 ln/min) available upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

144

AL series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Material

Price £

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Spare parts for compressed air regulator in the AL series AL10P-080AS

AL10

Sight dome

PC

0.47

AL20P-080AS

AL20

Sight dome

PC

0.37

AL20P-080AS

AL30

Sight dome

PC

0.37

AL20P-080AS

AL40

Sight dome

PC

0.37

C1SFP-260S

AL10

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C2SFP-260S

AL20

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.23

C3SFP-260S

AL30

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.28

C4SFP-260S

AL40

Bowl, O-ring

NBR:

0.37

C1SL

AL10

Bowl

Note 1)

PC

1.84

C2SL

AL20

Bowl Note 1)

PC

1.98

C3SL

AL30

Bowl

Note 2)

PC

5.30

C4SL

AL40

Bowl Note 2)

PC

6.06

AL20P-060AS

AL20

Oil filling screw

Plastic

0.70

AL30P-060AS

AL30

Oil filling screw

Plastic

1.27

AL40P-060AS

AL40

Oil filling screw

Plastic

1.56

AL20P-030AS

AL20

Differential pressure flap retainer

–

0.23

AL30P-030AS

AL30

Differential pressure flap retainer

–

2.13

AL40P-030AS

AL40

Differential pressure flap retainer

–

5.35

AL20P-040S

AL20

Differential pressure flap

Plastic

2.60

AL30P-040S

AL30

Differential pressure flap

Plastic

2.55

AL40P-040S

AL40

Differential pressure flap

Plastic

2.55

Note 1) Incl. bowl O-ring Note 2) Incl. bowl O-Ring and bowl protection (strip steel)

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

Bracket for compressed air regulator in the AL series AF20P-050AS

AL20

Bracket

2.22

AF30P-050AS

AL30

Bracket

2.93

AF40P-050AS

AL40

Bracket

3.98

AF40P-070AS

AL40-06

Bracket

3.98

Incl. mounting bolts

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VHS series

145

FRL maintenance units, machine side

3-port manual finger valve for releasing residual pressure • Lockable with padlock • Used for the exhaust of the entire compressed air network • Rotary button in painted signal colour (red) • Extendable using modules

Basic Specifications Model

VHS20-F01

VHS20-F02

VHS30-F02

VHS30-F03

VHS40-F04

VHS40-F06

Port size P, A

G1/8

G1/4

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

G3/4

Port size EXH (exhaust)

G1/8

G1/8

G1/4

G1/4

G3/8

G1/2

Flow Q [ln/min]

544

762

871

1633

2940

4083

Effective area [mm2]

10

14

16

30

55

77

11

16

14

29

42

49

IN to OUT

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Effective area [mm2] OUT to EXH (exhaust)

4

Use a silencer as operational protection on the exhaust side.

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Combinable sizes

Price £

VHS20-F01

Finger Valve

G1/8

20

21.17

VHS20-F02

Finger Valve

G1/4

20

21.17

VHS30-F03

Finger Valve

G3/8

30

21.12

VHS40-F04

Finger Valve

G1/2

40

31.96

VHS40-F06

Finger Valve

G3/4

40-06

40.68

Model

Description

VHS20

Silencer

VHS, manual finger valve

Accessories Product reference

Price £

Silencer ANA1-01

5.82

ANA1-02

VHS30

Silencer

7.66

ANA1-03

VHS40

Silencer

8.24

ANA1-04

VHS40-F06

Silencer

11.84

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

146

IR series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

High precision pressure regulator • Bracket and pressure gauge can be attached at the front or rear • IR1000 with only 35 mm body width and 140 g in weight • Extended outlet pressure range (up to max. 0.8 MPa) • Modern design • Large exhaust capacity • Extendable using modules • Quick regulation behaviour

Basic Specifications Model (Standard design)

IR100

IR200

IR300

Flow Q [ln/min]

IR1000: 230 Note 1)

IR2000: 600 Note 1)

IR3000: 3000 Note 1)

IR1010: 300 Note 2)

IR2010: 800 Note 2)

IR3010: 4000 Note 2)

IR1020: 400 Note 3)

IR2020: 1000 Note 3)

IR3020: 5000 Note 3)

Medium

oil-free compressed air

Note 4)

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Max. inlet pressure Min. inlet pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar Outlet pressure

Note 5)

Outlet pressure

+0.05 MPa / +0.5 bar Outlet pressure range

IR1000: 0.005 to 0.2 MPa

+0.1 MPa / +1 bar IR2000: 0.005 to 0.2 MPa

IR3000: 0.01 to 0.2 MPa

IR1010: 0.01 to 0.4 MPa

IR2010: 0.01 to 0.4 MPa

IR3010: 0.01 to 0.4 MPa

IR1020: 0.01 to 0.8 MPa

IR2020: 0.01 to 0.8 MPa

IR3020: 0.01 to 0.8 MPa

Response threshold

0.2 % F.S.

Reproducibility

0.5 % F.S.

Air consumption [l/min] Note 6)

max. 4.4

max. 4.4

max. 11.5

G 1/4

G 3/8, G 1/2

0.30

0.64

Port size:

G 1/8

Pressure gauge port

G 1/8 (2 sides)

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Weight [kg]

0.14

Note 1) At an outlet pressure of 0.2 MPa / 2 bar Note 2) At an outlet pressure of 0.3 MPa / 3 bar Note 3) At an outlet pressure of 0.6 MPa / 6 bar Note 4) Required air quality is 5 µm, max. oil content 1 mg/m3. We recommend using a pre-filter from the AF series and a mist separator from the AFM series. Note 5) Applicable for the case where there is no flow on the outlet side. Note 6) Whilst the device is in operation, a small volume of air flows constantly into the atmosphere. This is conditioned by construction and does not indicate any error.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IR series

147

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Regulation range

Price £

[MPa]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

IR, high precision pressure regulator IR 1000/2000/3000 IR1000-F01

High precision pressure regulator

G1/8

0.005 to 0.2

63.13

IR1010-F01

High precision pressure regulator

G1/8

0.01 to 0.4

63.13

IR1020-F01

High precision pressure regulator

G1/8

0.01 to 0.8

63.13

IR2000-F02

High precision pressure regulator

G1/4

0.005 to 0.2

88.84

IR2010-F02

High precision pressure regulator

G1/4

0.01 to 0.4

88.84

IR2020-F02

High precision pressure regulator

G1/4

0.01 to 0.8

88.84

IR3000-F03

High precision pressure regulator

G3/8

0.01 to 0.2

123.61

IR3000-F04

High precision pressure regulator

G1/2

0.01 to 0.2

123.61

IR3010-F03

High precision pressure regulator

G3/8

0.01 to 0.4

123.61

IR3010-F04

High precision pressure regulator

G1/2

0.01 to 0.4

123.61

IR3020-F03

High precision pressure regulator

G3/8

0.01 to 0.8

123.61

IR3020-F04

High precision pressure regulator

G1/2

0.01 to 0.8

123.61

4

Service set Product reference

Model

Price £

Set for IR series KT-IR1000

IR1000

18.94

KT-IR1010

IR1010

18.94

KT-IR1010

IR1020

18.94

KT-IR2000

IR2000

27.56

KT-IR2000

IR2010

27.56

KT-IR2000

IR2020

27.56

KT-IR3000

IR3000

32.25

KT-IR3000

IR3010

32.25

KT-IR3000

IR3020

32.25

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

148

IR series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Accessories Product reference Model

Description

Regulation range

Price £

Bracket for IR series P36201023

IR1000

Bracket

–

1.47

P36201023

IR1010

Bracket

–

1.47

P36201023

IR1020

Bracket

–

1.47

P36202028

IR2000

Bracket

–

1.94

P36202028

IR2010

Bracket

–

1.94

P36202028

IR2020

Bracket

–

1.94

P36203018

IR3000

Bracket

–

2.70

P36203018

IR3010

Bracket

–

2.70

P36203018

IR3020

Bracket

–

2.70

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pressure gauge for IR series 0 to 2.5 bar

12.31

4K8-2.5

IR1000

Pressure gauge Note 1)

4K8-4

IR1010

Pressure gauge

0 to 4 bar

6.07

4K8-10

IR1020

Pressure gauge Note 1)

0 to 10 bar

11.56

4K8-2.5

IR2000

Pressure gauge Note 1)

0 to 2.5 bar

12.31

4K8-4

IR2010

Pressure gauge

0 to 4 bar

6.07

4K8-10

IR2020

Pressure gauge Note 1)

0 to 10 bar

11.56

4K8-2.5

IR3000

Pressure gauge Note 1)

0 to 2.5 bar

12.31

4K8-4

IR3010

Pressure gauge Note 1)

0 to 4 bar

6.07

4K8-10

IR3020

Pressure gauge

0 to 10 bar

11.56

Note 1)

Note 1)

Note 1)

Accuracy ±5% of the full span, display in PSi and bar

Modular bracket element Y20

IR100

Combinable with size 20

–

1.94

Y30

IR200

Combinable with size 30

–

2.46

Y40

IR300

Combinable with size 40

–

2.84

Y20L

IR100

Combinable with size 20

–

2.79

Y30L

IR200

Combinable with size 30

–

4.45

Y40L

IR300

Combinable with size 40

–

5.02

Modular bracket L

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AV series

149

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Soft start-up valve • Supply/drain with manual override • Low power consumption • Combinable with maintenance unit air filter + regulator + lubricator • High flow rate • Large exhaust capacity • Extendable using modules

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

AV2000

AV3000

AV4000

Rc3/8

Rc1/2

Port size:

Rc1/4

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.2 to 1 MPa / 2 to 10 bar

Pressure gauge port

G1/8

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

0 to 60

Flow Q [ln/min]

1169

2161

3537

Effective area [mm2]

20

37

61

24

49

76 0.74

4

IN to OUT Effective area [mm2] A exhaust Weight [kg]

0.27

0.48

Electric specifications

Operating voltage

24 VDC

permitted voltage fluctuation

-15% bis +10% of the operating voltage

Coil insulation class

according to B (130 °C)

Power consumption DC

1.8 W

Electrical entry

DIN Connector

Options

Light/surge voltage suppressor

Pilot valve manual override

Non-lock

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Connection

Electrical entry

Price £

thread AV, Soft start-up valve AV2000-02-5DZ-Q

Soft start-up valve

G1/4

DZ (with DIN socket)

121.57

AV3000-03-5DZ-Q

Soft start-up valve

G3/8

DZ (with DIN socket)

124.94

AV4000-04-5DZ-Q

Soft start-up valve

G1/2

DZ (with DIN socket)

132.80

Size 5000 upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

150

AV series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Accessories Product

Description

Valve

Price £

reference Pressure gauge 4K8-10

Pressure gauge 10 bar

AV2000/3000/4000

11.56

Heavy duty silencer Silencer

AV2000

7.66

ANA1-03

Silencer

AV3000

8.24

ANA1-04

Silencer

AV4000

11.84

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

4

ANA1-02

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Accessories attachments

151

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Size

Connection thread

Price £

Y100

Spacer

10

–

1.65

Y200

Spacer

20

–

1.94

Y300

Spacer

30

–

2.46

Y400

Spacer

40

–

2.84

Y500

Spacer

40-06

–

3.12

Spacer

Not compatible with series IR and ITV

Technische und massliche Änderungen vorbehalten | Empfohlene Wiederverkaufspreise

Spacer with bracket Y100T

Spacer with bracket

10

–

2.74

Y200T

Spacer with bracket

20

–

3.12

Y300T

Spacer with bracket

30

–

4.73

Y400T

Spacer with bracket

40

–

4.02

Y500T

Spacer with bracket

40-06

–

4.35

Not compatible with series IR and ITV

4 T type interface Y110-M5

T type interface

10

M5

4.45

Y210-F01

T type interface

20

G1/8

6.10

Y210-F02

T type interface

20

G1/4

6.10

Y310-F02

T type interface

30

G1/4

7.20

Y410-F03

T type interface

40

G3/8

7.71

Y510-F03

T type interface

40-06

G3/8

9.47

E100-M5

Piping adapter

10

M5

2.17

E200-F01

Piping adapter

20

G1/8

2.46

E200-F02

Piping adapter

20

G1/4

2.46

E300-F03

Piping adapter

30

G3/8

3.36

E400-F04

Piping adapter

40

G1/2

3.98

E400-F06

Piping adapter

40

G3/4

4.31

E500-F06

Piping adapter

40-06

G3/4

5.15

Piping adapter

Modular piping adapter to easily connect to threaded products

E210-U02

E210-U01

Modular piping adapter

20

G1/8, G1/8, NPT1/8

2.31

E210-U02

Modular piping adapter

20

G1/4, G1/4, NPT1/4

2.31

E310-U02

Modular piping adapter

30

G1/4, G1/4, NPT1/4

2.31

E310-U03

Modular piping adapter

30

G3/8, G3/8, NPT3/8

2.31

E410-U02

Modular piping adapter

40

G1/4, G1/4, NPT1/4

2.64

E410-U03

Modular piping adapter

40

G3/8, G3/8, NPT3/8

2.64

E410-U04

Modular piping adapter

40

G1/2, G1/2, NPT1/2

2.64

The connection thread is compatible with all inch thread types (parallel, conical and NPT)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

152

Accessories attachments

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Size

Connection thread

Price £

Pressure switch, setting range 0.1 to 0.6 MPa / 1 to 6 bar, cable length 3 m IS10M-20-6L

Pressure switch for intermediate

20

–

73.93

30

–

73.79

40

–

73.88

40-06

–

74.12

mounting IS10M-30-6L

Pressure switch for intermediate mounting

IS10M-40-6L

Pressure switch for intermediate mounting

IS10M-50-6L

Pressure switch for intermediate mounting

Operating voltage AC/DC: max. 100 V, max. current: 50 mA at 24 V DC, N.O. (Contact),

4

Technische und massliche Änderungen vorbehalten | Empfohlene Wiederverkaufspreise

switching hysteresis: 0.08 MPa / 0.8 bar, max. operating pressure: 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Check valve with T type interface AKM2000-F01

Check valve with T type interface

20

G 1/8

17.14

AKM2000-F02

Check valve with T type interface

20

G 1/4

17.14

AKM3000-F02

Check valve with T type interface

30

G 1/4

19.84

AKM4000-F03

Check valve with T type interface

40

G 3/8

22.07

Y14-M5

Cross interface

10

M5

Y24-F02

Cross interface

20

G 1/4

8.99

Y34-F02

Cross interface

30

G 1/4

12.50

Y44-F03

Cross interface

40

G 3/8

14.34

Y54-F04

Cross interface

40-06

G 1/2

17.95

Cross interface 7.20

Spare parts Product reference

Model

Description

Material

Price £

Spare parts for spacer and spacer with bracket Y100P-060AS

Y100 / Y100T Note 1)

Sealant

NBR:

0.80

Y200P-060S

Y200 / Y200T

Sealant

HNBR

0.80

Y300P-060S

Y300 / Y300T

Sealant

HNBR

1.03

Y400P-060S

Y400 / Y400T

Sealant

HNBR

1.37

Y500P-060S

Y500 / Y500T

Sealant

HNBR

1.56

Note 1) Y100 / Y100T is delivered with two O-rings from NBR

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ITV series

153

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Electro-pneumatic regulator • For compressed air filtered 5 µm, oil-free • Infinitely variable pressure control through an electrical signal • Adjustable response time and sensitivity • Zero and measurement range setting possible without compressed air

Basic Specifications Model

ITV2010

Medium

Compressed air filtered 5 µm, oil-free Note 1)

Minimum supply pressure

Setting pressure 0.1 MPa / 1 bar

Max. inlet pressure

0.2 MPa / 2 bar

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Control pressure range

ITV2030

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

ITV2050

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

0.005 to 0.1 MPa

0.005 to 0.5 MPa

0.005 to 0.9 MPa

0.05 to 1 bar

0.05 to 5 bar

0.05 to 9 bar

Operating voltage

Voltage

24 VDC 10 %

Current Consumption

max. 0.12 A

Input signal

current controlled

4 to 20 mA

voltage controlled

0 to 10 V DC

Input resistance

current controlled

max. 250 

voltage controlled

approx. 6.5 

Output signal (Monitor output)

Analogue output

1 to 5 V DC (load resistance: min. 1 kV)

Linearity

1% (of full span)

Hysteresis

0.5 % (of full span)

Position Repeatability

0.5 % (of full span)

Sensitivity

0.2 % (of full span)

Thermal coefficient

0.12 % (of full span) /°C

Outlet pressure display

Accuracy

2 % (of full span)

min. display

MPa: 0.001 bar: 0.01

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

0 to 50 (no condensation)

Degree of protection

Device body: IEC Standard IP65, cable port IEC Standard IP67

Weight [g] ITV20

350 (without mounting plate)

Note 1) Required air quality is 5 µm, max. oil content 1mg/m3. We recommend using a pre-filter from the AF series and a mist separator from the AFM series.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

154

ITV series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Pressure Range

Input signal

Port size:

Price £

current controlled 4 to 20 mA

G 3/8

412.94

voltage controlled 0 to 10 V DC

G 3/8

412.94

current controlled 4 to 20 mA

G 3/8

412.94

voltage controlled 0 to 10 V DC

G 3/8

412.94

current controlled 4 to 20 mA

G 3/8

412.94

voltage controlled 0 to 10 V DC

G 3/8

412.94

ITV, electro-pneumatic regulator ITV2000 ITV2010-01F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.1 MPa 0.05 - 1 bar

ITV2010-31F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.1 MPa 0.05 - 1 bar

ITV2030-01F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.5 MPa 0.05 - 5 bar

ITV2030-31F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.5 MPa 0.05 - 5 bar

ITV2050-01F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.9 MPa 0.05 - 9 bar

ITV2050-31F3N-Q

Regulator

0.005 - 0.9 MPa 0.05 - 9 bar

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Delivery without connector and cable

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

P3020114

ITV20

Mounting plate

2.41

INI-398-0-6

ITV20

L-bracket

2.84

P398010-12

ITV20

Straight connector

31.16

P398010-13

ITV20

Angle connector

31.16

Mounting elements

Mounting plate

L mounting plate

Connector with 3 m cable

Due to EMC compatibility we recommend one of the above mentioned cables with ferrite core. Plug with straight or angle connector

Modular mounting element Y30

ITV20

Combinable with size 30

2.46

ITV20

Combinable with size 30

4.45

Mounting element Y30

Modular bracket L Y30L Mounting bracket Y30L

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ARJ series

155

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Miniature Regulator ARJ1020F series • Compact and lightweight (16 g) • Low cracking pressure: 0.02 MPa / 0.2 bar • As standard with return flow function ARJ210 series • Lightweight body (Aluminium), 60 g • Two styles of piping connections provided for the IN side: 1/8 (male thread), M5 (female thread) ARJ310 series • Outlet with female thread or one-touch fitting

Basic Specifications Model

ARJ1020F-M5-04

ARJ1020F-M5-06

ARJ210-M5

ARJ310-01

ARJ310F-01-04

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ARJ310F-01-06 Medium

Compressed air

Connection thread

M5 (male thread)

4 R1/8 (male thread),

R1/8 (male thread),

R1/8 (male thread),

M5 (female thread)

M5 (female thread)

M5 (female thread)

Ø6

M5 (female thread)

R1/8 (female thread) Ø4 / Ø6

IN side Connection thread

Ø4

OUT side (applicable tubing O.D.) Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Max. operating pressure

0.8 MPa / 8 bar

Pressure setting range

0.1 to 0.7 MPa

0.1 - 0.7 MPa

0.2 - 0.7 MPa

0.2 - 0.7 MPa

0.2 - 0.7 MPa

1 to 7 bar

1 - 7 bar

2 - 7 bar

2 - 7 bar

2 - 7 bar

with secondary

with secondary

–

–

–

exhaust

exhaust

60

65

65

Ambient and medium

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

temperature (°C) Construction

Response pressure (valve) 0.02 MPa / 0.2 bar Weight [g]

15

16

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

156

ARJ series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size (inlet)

Port size (outlet)

Price £

ARJ, miniature regulator

ARJ1020

ARJ210

ARJ1020F-M5-04

Miniature Regulator

M5

One-touch fitting Ø4

14.49

ARJ1020F-M5-06

Miniature Regulator

M5

One-touch fitting Ø6

14.49

ARJ210-M5

Miniature Regulator

R1/8, M5 Note 1)

M5

16.38

ARJ310-01

Miniature Regulator

R1/8, M5 Note 1)

R1/8

17.57

ARJ310F-01-04

Miniature Regulator

R1/8, M5

Note 1)

One-touch fitting Ø4

26.38

ARJ310F-01-06

Miniature Regulator

R1/8, M5 Note 1)

One-touch fitting Ø6

26.38

Note 1) M5 = female thread ARJ310

Accessories

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Article number

ARJM10-6

Description

Price £

Different accessories for miniature regulator in the ARJ series ARJM10-4

134856

Model

ARJ1020F-M5-04/06

Manifold base (4 stations)

11.65

ARJM10-6

ARJ1020F-M5-04/06

Manifold base (6 stations)

15.44

ARJM10-10

ARJ1020F-M5-04/06

Manifold base (10 stations)

19.27

134856

ARJ210

Bracket

134856

ARJ310

Bracket

1.32

G27-10-R1

ARJ210

Pressure gauge Note 1)

8.76

G15-10-01

ARJ310

Pressure gauge

8.99

134828A

ARJ210

Adapter to pressure gauge

3.75

Note 1) Adapter (134828A) is required in conjunction with the pressure gauge G27-10-R1 G27

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1.32

AR425 to AR935 series

157

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Pilot operated regulator • Pilot operated regulator with exhaust • Regulator for very large flow

Technische und massliche Änderungen vorbehalten | Empfohlene Wiederverkaufspreise

Basic Specifications Model

AR425

Medium

Compressed air

Connection thread

Flow Q [ln/min]

AR435

AR625

AR635

AR825

AR835

AR925

AR935

Rc1/4

Rc1/4

Rc3/4

Rc3/4

Rc1 1/4

Rc1 1/4

Rc2

Rc2

Rc3/8

Rc3/8

Rc1

Rc1

Rc1 1/2

Rc1 1/2

Rc1/2

Rc1/2

6500

6500

9700

10'000

16'000

14'000

17'000

17'000

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Pressure setting range

0.05 to

0.02 to

0.05 to

0.02 to

0.05 to

0.02 to

0.05 to

0.02 to

Note 1)

0.83 MPa

0.2 MPa

0.83 MPa

0.2 MPa

0.83 MPa

0.2 MPa

0.83 MPa

0.2 MPa

0.5 to

0.2 to

0.5 to

0.2 to

0.5 to

0.2 to

0.5 to

0.2 to

8.3 bar

2 bar

8.3 bar

2 bar

8.3 bar

2 bar

8.3 bar

2 bar

2.5

4.5

4.5

Air consumption Note 2)

5 ln/min at max. pressure

Connection thread

Rc1/4

pressure gauge Ambient and medium

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

temperature (°C) Construction

Design with inner pilot exhaust (the pilot air is always released)

Weight [kg]

0.7

0.7

1.1

1.1

2.5

Note 1) The inlet pressure should be min. 10% higher than the set outlet pressure. Note 2) The compressed air consumption varies depending on the setting pressure.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

158

AR425 to AR935 series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Pressure setting

Connection

range [MPa]

thread

Price £

4

Technische und massliche Änderungen vorbehalten | Empfohlene Wiederverkaufspreise

AR, pilot operated regulator AR425-02

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc1/4

115.03

AR425-03

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc3/8

115.03

AR425-04

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc1/2

115.03

AR435-03

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc3/8

115.03

AR435-04

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc1/2

115.03

AR625-06

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc3/4

122.71

AR625-10

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc1

122.71

AR635-06

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc3/4

122.71

AR635-10

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc1

122.71

AR825-12

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc1 1/4

295.58

AR825-14

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc1 1/2

295.58

AR835-12

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc1 1/4

295.58

AR835-14

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

G1 1/2

295.58

AR925-20

Pilot operated regulator

0.05 to 0.83

Rc2

416.78

AR935-20

Pilot operated regulator

0.02 to 0.2

Rc2

416.78

Accessories Product reference

Model

Description

Price £

B24P

AR45

Bracket

1.94

B25P

AR65

Bracket

2.60

AR425 - AR925

Round pressure gauge, display range

6.70

Bracket

Pressure gauge 5K4-10

0 to 10 bar Note 1) 5K4-2.5

AR435 - AR935

Round pressure gauge, display range 0 to 2.5 bar Note 1)

Note 1) Accuracy ±5% of the full span, display in PSi und bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

12.02

VBA series

159

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Booster regulator • This increases the inlet pressure by up to four times • Compact design • It protects downstream devices from pressure fluctuations when using a compressed air bowl • It increases the performance of the drive, smaller cylinders can be used • No electric input required • Optional booster regulator units incl. pressure bowl, safety valve etc. available • New: Service life doubled and reduced operational noise compared to predecessor models

Basic Specifications Model

VBA10A-

VBA11A-

VBA20A-

VBA40A-

VBA43A-

VBA22A-

VBA42A-

F02

F02

F03

F04

F04

F03

F04

Pressure setting mechanism Manually operated design

Compressed air operated

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

design Note 1) Medium

Compressed air, non-lube

Pressure boost

2 times

4 times

2 times

2 times

2 times

2 times

2 times

Proof pressure

3.0 MPa

3.0 MPa

1,5 MPa

1,5 MPa

2.4 MPa

1,5 MPa

1,5 MPa

30 bar

30 bar

15 bar

15 bar

24 bar

5 bar

5 bar

Adjustable pressure

0.2 - 2 MPa

0.2 - 2 MPa

0.2 - 1 MPa

0.2 - 1 MPa

0.2 -1.6 MPa

0.2 - 1 MPa

0.2 - 1 MPa

range Note 2)

2 - 20 bar

2 - 20 bar

2 - 10 bar

2 - 10 bar

2 - 16 bar

2 - 10 bar

2 - 10 bar

Max

1.0 MPa / 10 bar G 3/8

G 1/2

inlet pressure Connection thread

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 1/2

Pressure gauge port

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/8

Max. flow [ln/min] Note 3)

230

70

1000

1900

1600

1000

1900

Ambient and medium

2 to 50 (no freezing)

8.6

8.6

3.9

8.6

temperature (°C) Lubrication

not required / lifelong lubrication

Installation / assembly

Horizontal direction

Weight [g] Note 1)

0.84

0.89

3.9

For more details contact SMC with regard to the compressed air operated design (VBA22A-03, VB42A-04) and the compatible 1.6 MPa / 16 bar design (VBA43A-04).

Note 2)

If the outlet pressure on the regulator is higher than the setting pressure the overpressure is released via the regulator.

Note 3)

Flow rate IN = OUT = 0.5 MPa. The pressure depends on the operating conditions.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

160

VBA series

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Max. flow

Proof

Set pressure

Connection Port size

rate

pressure

range

thread

to 1:2

0,2 to 2,0 MPa

G 1/4

2 to 20 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 to 2,0 MPa

G 1/4

2 to 20 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 to 1,0 MPa

G 3/8

2 to 10 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 to 1,0 MPa

G 1/2

2 to 10 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 to 1,6 MPa

G 1/2

2 to 16 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 bis 1,0 MPa

G 3/8

2 bis 10 bar

(IN/OUT)

0,2 bis 1,0 MPa

G 1/2

2 bis 10 bar

(IN/OUT)

Price £

VBA, Booster, manually operated type VBA10A-F02 Booster

230 l/min

VBA11A-F02 Booster

70 l/min

VBA20A-F03 Booster

1000 l/min

VBA40A-F04 Booster

1900 l/min

VBA43A-F04 Booster

1600 l/min

to 1:4 to 1:2 to 1:2 to 1:2

Rc 1/8

282.46

Rc 1/8

297.32

Rc 1/8

542.85

Rc 1/8

847.77

Rc 1/8

862.64

Rc 1/8

542.85

Rc 1/8

847.77

VBA, Booster, air powered version

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VBA22A-F03 Booster Note 1) VBA42A-F04 Booster Note 1)

1000 l/min 1900 l/min

to 1:2 to 1:2

Note. 1) Not available from stock

Compressed air bowl, compatible with booster regulator Model

VBAT05AF-SV-Q

VBAT10AF-SV-Q

VBAT20AF-RV-Q

VBAT38AF-RV-Q

Capacity [l]

5

10

20

38

max. operating pressure (MPa)

2.0

2.0

1.0

1.0

Port size IN

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 3/4

Port size OUT

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 3/4

Ambient and medium

0 to 75

0 to 75

0 to 75

0 to 75

Weight [kg]

6.6

10.0

14.0

21.0

Material

Carbon steel

Colour

silver outside, corrosion-protection colour outside

temperature (°C)

Accessories Article number

Model

Description

Price £

Accessories for booster regulator in VBA series G27-20-01

G36-10-01 G27

G36

Round pressure gauge 2 MPa

10.65

VBA11A-F02

Round pressure gauge 2 MPa

10.65

VBA20A-F03

Round pressure gauge 1 MPa

9.27

VBA40A-F04

Round pressure gauge 1 MPa

9.27

VBA42A-F04

Round pressure gauge 1 MPa

9.27

KT-VBA22A-7

VBA22A-F03

Round pressure gauge 1 MPa

25.29

G27-20-01

VBA43A-F04

Round pressure gauge 1.6 MPa

10.65

ANA1-02

VBA10A-F02

Heavy duty silencer

7.66

VBA11A-F02

Heavy duty silencer

7.66

VBA20A-F03

Heavy duty silencer

8.24

VBA22A-F03

Heavy duty silencer

8.24

VBA40A-F04

Heavy duty silencer

11.84

VBA42A-F04

Heavy duty silencer

11.84

VBA43A-F04

Heavy duty silencer

11.84

ANA1-03

ANA1-04 ANA1

VBA10A-F02

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VBA series

161

FRL maintenance units, machine side

Accessories Article number

Model

Description

Price £

VBAT05AF-SV-Q

VBA10A-F02

Compressed air bowl 5 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

322.72

safety valve VBA11A-F02

Compressed air bowl 5 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

322.72

safety valve VBAT

VBAT10AF-SV-Q

VBA10A-F02

Compressed air bowl 10 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

410.19

safety valve VBA11A-F02

Compressed air bowl 10 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

410.19

safety valve VBA20A-F03

Compressed air bowl 10 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

410.19

safety valve VBA22A-F03

Compressed air bowl 10 l, incl. mounting kit, 2 MPa

410.19

safety valve VBAT20AF-RV-Q

VBA20A-F03

Compressed air bowl 20 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

596.04

safety valve VBA22A-F03

Compressed air bowl 20 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

596.04

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

safety valve VBA40A-F04

Compressed air bowl 20 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

596.04

safety valve VBA42A-F04

Compressed air bowl 20 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

596.04

safety valve VBAT38AF-RV-Q

VBA20A-F03

Compressed air bowl 38 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

716.63

safety valve VBA22A-F03

Compressed air bowl 38 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

716.63

safety valve VBA40A-F04

Compressed air bowl 38 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

716.63

safety valve VBA42A-F04

Compressed air bowl 38 l, incl. mounting kit, 1 MPa

716.63

safety valve Service sets KT-VBA10A-1

VBA10A-F02

Service set including grease

70.36

KT-VBA11A-20

VBA11A-F02

Service set including grease

77.25

KT-VBA20A-1

VBA20A-F03

Service set including grease

70.38

KT-VBA22A-1

VBA22A-F03

Service set including grease

39.04

KT-VBA40A-1

VBA40A-F04

Service set including grease

90.31

KT-VBA42A-1

VBA42A-F04

Service set including grease

51.32

KT-VBA43A-1

VBA43A-F04

Service set including grease

173.48

Safety and discharge valve for pressure tank VBAT-S

Setting pressure: 2 MPa

54.74

VBAT-R

Setting pressure: 1 MPa

54.74

VBAT-V1

Condensate discharge valve

14.49

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

4

162

G/K series

Pressure gauge

Pressure gauge • Measurement system: Bourdon tube • Scale: Double scale MPa (red), bar (blue) for K pressure gauges, for G15/G27: MPa • Needle: black

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Thread

Pressure range

connection

Outer

Price £

diameter

Pressure gauge, standard G15-10-01

Miniature pressure gauge

R 1/8

0 - 1.0 MPa

15

8.99

R 1/16

0 - 1.0 MPa

26

8.76

(Standard) G27-10-R1

Miniature pressure gauge (Standard)

4

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

G27

4K8/5K4

4K8-2.5

Pressure gauge (Standard)

R 1/8

0 - 2.5 bar

40

12.31

4K8-4

Pressure gauge (Standard)

R 1/8

0-4 bar

40

6.07

4K8-10

Pressure gauge (Standard)

R 1/8

0 - 10 bar

40

11.56

5K4-2.5

Pressure gauge (Standard)

R 1/4

0 - 2.5 bar

50

12.02

5K4-4

Pressure gauge (Standard)

R 1/4

0-4 bar

50

11.04

5K4-10

Pressure gauge (Standard)

G 1/4

0 - 10 bar

50

6.70

Thread

Pressure range

Outer

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

connection

Price £

diameter

Pressure gauge, panel mounted 4K8-2.5P

Pressure gauge for panel

R1/8

-2.5 bar

40

29.79

R1/8

0-4 bar

40

29.79

R1/8

0 - 10 bar

40

31.72

R1/8

0 - 2.5 bar

50

29.79

R1/8

0-4 bar

50

29.79

R1/8

0 - 10 bar

50

31.72

mounting 4K8-4P

Pressure gauge for panel mounting

4K8-10P

Pressure gauge for panel mounting

5K8-2,5P

Pressure gauge for panel mounting

5K8-4P

Pressure gauge for panel mounting

5K8-10P

Pressure gauge for panel mounting

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

163

Valves

Solenoid valves VK series, 5/2-port, directly operated, M5 to 1/8"

165

VF series, 5/2- and 5/3-port pilot controlled, 1/4" to 3/8"

166

SY series, 5/2- and 5/3-port pilot controlled, for valve manifold

169

EX260 series, serial transmission system for valve islands

177

VT series, 3/2-port, directly operated, 1/8" to 1/4"

179

VP series, 3/2-port, air pilot type, 1/4" to 1/2"

180

VG series, 3/2-port, air pilot type, 1"

182

Solenoid valves for different media VDW series, 2/2-port, directly operated, M5 to 1/8"

183

VX2 series, 2/2-port, directly operated, 1/8" to 1/2"

184

VX3 series, 3/2-port, directly operated, 1/8" to 3/8"

186

VXZ series, 2/2-port, force pilot type, 3/8" to 1"

187

VXD series, 2/2-port, air pilot type, 1/4" to 1"

188

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Pneumatically operated valves VNB series, 2/2-port for different media

189

SGC(A) series, valve for refrigerant

190

SGH series, high pressure valve for refrigerant

191

SYA series, 5/2-port

192

5

Mechanically operated valves VM series, 3/2-port

194

VHK series, finger valve

196

VH series, manually operated valve

197

Logics valves VR series, AND/OR logics

198

VR series, two hand control valve

199

Silencer AN series, silencer with connection thread

200

AN series, silencer with one-touch fitting

202

ANA series, heavy duty silencer

203

AMC series, filter silencer with male or female thread

204

2/2-port solenoid valves with plastic body and built-in one-touch fittings for tubing can be found in the VDW and VX2 series as from page 183.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

164

Pneumatic symbols

Directional valves 2/2-port valve normally closed (N.C.)

4(A)

5/2-port valve,

2(A)

2(B)

3(EB)

5(EA) 1(P)

2/2-port valve normally open (N.O.)

1(P) 4(A)

5/3-port valve, closed centre

2(A)

2(B)

3(EB)

5(EA) 1(P)

3/2-port valve normally closed (N.C.)

1(P)

3(EB) 1(P)

5/3-port valve, pressure centre

2(A)

4(A)

2(B)

3(EB)

5(EA)

3(R)

1(P)

2(B)

5(EA)

3(R)

1(P)

3/2-port valve normally open (N.O.)

4(A)

5/3-port valve, exhaust centre

2(A)

1(P)

Operation symbols for directional valves

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Muscular power

General

Pressure

Mechanical

Button

Compressed air operated

Operation by pressing

Sensing roller

Rotary button with notch

Spring

Lever with notch

Return spring with pneumatic support

Compressed air operated with manual override

Electric

Solenoid valve

Solenoid valve pilot controlled and manual override

Pedal

Flow control and check valves Pilot check valve

1(IN)

AND valve

2(OUT)

2(OUT)

1(IN)

Speed controller

Check valve with spring

12(Z)

Shuttle valve (OR function)

2(OUT)

1(IN)

1(IN)

Quick exhaust valve

2(OUT)

1(IN)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1(IN)

3 (EXH)

VK series

165

Solenoid valves

Directly operated 5/2-port solenoid valve • Power consumption 4W DC (Standard) • Copper-free design Standard • Can be used in the low pressure range

Basic Specifications Function

5/2-port, single

Medium

Compressed air filtered, oiled or unlubricated

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

Max. 50

Response time at 0.5 MPa [ms]

Max. 10

Manual override

Non-locking design

Lubrication

not required or turbine oil class 1, ISO VG32

Installation direction

freely mountable

Impact / vibration resistance [m/s ]

300/50

Degree of protection

Protected from splashing water and dust (IP65 with plug connector)

Operating voltage [V DC]

24 (other voltages upon request)

Power consumption [W]

4 (Without indicator light)

Operating pressure range

0 to 0.7 MPa / 0 to 7 bar

Weight [g]

90

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2 Note 1)

5

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Connection

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VK3000, directly operated 5/2-port solenoid valve / rubber seal VK3120-5D-M5-Q

5/2-port, single

M5

VK3120-5D-01F-Q

5/2-port, single

G1/8

Note 1)

147

64.83

166

64.83

Note 1) Ports for the exhaust holes: M5

Accessories Product reference

Description

Voltage

Price £

VK300-43-2A

Mounting plate

–

1.51

AN05-M5

Silencer (2 x per valve)

–

2.13

VK300-43-2A

AN05-M5

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

166

VF series

Solenoid valves

Pilot controlled 5/2- and 5/3-port solenoid valve • Large flow capacity • Low power consumption (1.5 W DC, 1.55 VA AC) • Compact valve with high flow rate • Can be used up to a pressure of 1.0 MPa / 10 bar • Very long service life of at least 50 million cycles

Basic Specifications Model

VF3000

Medium

Compressed air

Operating pressure range

VF5000

5/2-port, single, 5/3-port

0.15 to 0.7 MPa / 1.5 to 7 bar

5/2-port, double

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

Ambient and medium

-10 to 50 (no freezing)

temperature (°C)

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Response time at 0.5 MPa [ms]

Max. operating cycle [Hz]

5/2-port, single

max. 23 (DC) / 48 (AC)

max. 33 (DC) / 58 (AC)

5/2-port, double

max. 15

max. 18

5/3-port

max. 33 (DC) / 58 (AC)

max. 53 (DC) / 78 (AC)

5/2-port, single, double

10

5

3

3

5/3-port Lubrication

Not required

Manual override

non-locking (locking upon request)

Installation direction

freely mountable

Impact/vibration resistance

300/50

[m/s2] Note 1) Degree of protection

IP65 with DIN plug connector

Operating voltage

24 V DC or 230 V AC (other voltages upon request)

Power consumption

DC Without indicator light 1.5 W AC: Without indicator light 1.55 VA

Note 1) Impact resistance:

No malfunction occurred when tested in the axial direction and at right angles to the main valve and armature in both energised and de-energised states (values during the start phase).

Vibration resistance:

No malfunctions occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz. The test was performed in the axial and right angle directions of the main valve and armature for both energised an de-energised conditions. (Valves at the initial period.)

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Voltage

Port

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VF3000, 5/2- and 5/3-port solenoid valve VF3133K-5D1-02F

5/2-port valve, single

24 V DC

G1/4

980

83.96

VF3133K-4D1-02F

5/2-port valve, single

AC230V

G1/4

980

83.96

VF3233K-5D1-02F

5/2-port valve, double

24 V DC

G1/4

980

113.75

VF3233K-4D1-02F

5/2-port valve, double

AC230V

G1/4

980

161.67

VF3333K-5D1-02F

5/3-port valve,

24 V DC

G1/4

670

161.67

AC230V

G1/4

670

161.67

24 V DC

G1/4

800

161.67

AC230V

G1/4

800

161.67

closed centre VF3333K-4D1-02F

5/3-port valve, closed centre

VF3433K-5D1-02F

5/3-port valve, open centre

VF3433K-4D1-02F

5/3-port valve, open centre

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VF series

167

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Voltage

Port

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VF5000, 5/2- and 5/3-port solenoid valve VF5123K-5D1-03F

5/2-port valve, single

24 V DC

G3/8

2350

92.19

VF5123K-4D1-03F

5/2-port valve, single

AC230V

G3/8

2350

92.19

VF5223K-5D1-03F

5/2-port valve, double

24 V DC

G3/8

2350

126.40

VF5223K-4D1-03F

5/2-port valve, double

AC230V

G3/8

2350

126.40

VF5323K-5D1-03F

5/3-port valve,

24 V DC

G3/8

1960

174.87

AC230V

G3/8

1960

174.87

24 V DC

G3/8

2160

174.87

AC230V

G3/8

2160

174.87

Port

Number of stations

Price £

closed centre VF5323K-4D1-03F

5/3-port valve, closed centre

VF5423K-5D1-03F

5/3-port valve, open centre

VF5423K-4D1-03F

5/3-port valve, open centre

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

DIN plug connector order separately

Product reference

Description

VF3000, valve manifold aluminium VV5F3-30-021-00F

Valve manifold

G1/4

2 stations

26.71

VV5F3-30-041-00F

Valve manifold

G1/4

4 stations

46.98

VV5F3-30-061-00F

Valve manifold

G1/4

6 stations

67.25

VV5F3-30-081-00F

Valve manifold

G1/4

8 stations

87.47

VF5000, valve manifold aluminium VV5F5-20-021-00F

Valve manifold

G3/8

2 stations

38.36

VV5F5-20-041-00F

Valve manifold

G3/8

4 stations

66.77

VV5F5-20-061-00F

Valve manifold

G3/8

6 stations

95.14

VV5F5-20-081-00F

Valve manifold

G3/8

8 stations

119.82

Seals and mounting bolts for mounting on the valve manifold are included in the scope of delivery.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

168

VF series

Solenoid valves

Accessories Product

Description

Voltage

Price £

reference

AN20-02

AN10-01

Silencer R1/8" for valves series 3000

2.79

AN20-02

Silencer R1/4" for valve manifolds for series 3000

3.92

AN30-03

Silencer R3/8" for valves and valve manifolds series 5000

7.77

DXT031-38-5A

Blanking plate for valve manifolds in series 3000

7.05

VF5000-70-1A

Blanking plate for valve manifolds in series 5000

6.25

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

DXT031-38-5A

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SY Series

169

Solenoid valves

Body Ported Valves manifolds

®

• Wide range of sizes. • Choice of electrical entries. • Body ported valves can be manifold mounted. • One touch fittings for direct connection. • Very low power consumption.

Basic Specifications Valve type

Rubber Seal

Medium 5/2-port, single

0.15 to 0.7 MPa / 1.5 to 7 bar

range

5/2-port, double

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

5/3-port

0.2 to 0.7 MPa / 2 to 7 bar

Internal pilot controlled Pilot valve Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Compressed air

Operating pressure

Response time [ms] Anm. 2) Series

5/2-port, single

12 or less

5/2-port, double

10 or less

5/3-port

16 or less

Series

5/2-port, single

19 or less

SY5000

5/2-port, double

18 or less

SY3000

5/3-port

32 or less

Series

5/2-port, single

33 or less

SY7000

5/2-port, double

28 or less

5/3-port

50 or less

Valve flow rate

Series

5/2-port, single

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 236 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 255 ln/min

mounted on the valve

SY3000

5/2-port, double

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 236 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 255 ln/min

Series

5/2-port, single

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 628 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 648 ln/min

SY5000

5/2-port, double

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 628 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 648 ln/min

Series

5/2-port, single

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 1178 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 1080 ln/min

SY7000

5/2-port, double

manifold Note 3)

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 1178 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 1080 ln/min

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-10 to 50 (no freezing)

Max. operating

10Hz for SY3000, 5Hz for SY5000 & SY7000

5/2-port single/double

frequency (Hz) Manual override

Non-locking (slide locking upon request)

Pilot EXH.

Internal pilot controlled

Main valve/pilot valve common exhaust

External pilot controlled (upon request)

Pilot valve individual exhaust

Lubrication

Not required

Protective class

up to IP65 (according to IEC60529)

Operating voltage [V DC]

24

Allowable voltage fluctuation

±10 % of rated voltage

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

170

SY Series

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Mounting

A&B

Price £

Connection

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SY3000, 5/2, 5/3-port body ported solenoid valves SY3120-5LOU-C4-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

4mm

53.52

SY3220-5LOU-C4-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

4mm

71.98

SY3320-5LOU-C4-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

4mm

83.16

SY3420-5LOU-C4-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

4mm

83.16

SY3520-5LOU-C4-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

4mm

83.16

SY3120-5DZ-C4-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

4mm

56.45

SY3220-5DZ-C4-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

4mm

75.58

SY3320-5DZ-C4-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

4mm

89.17

SY3420-5DZ-C4-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

4mm

98.22

SY3120-5LOU-C6-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

53.52

SY3220-5LOU-C6-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

71.98

SY3320-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

6mm

83.16

SY3420-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

6mm

83.16

SY3520-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

6mm

83.16

SY3120-5DZ-C6-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

61.33

SY3420-5DZ-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

6mm

98.22

SY3000, 5/2, 5/3-port base mounted solenoid valves SY3140-5LOU-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

45.18

SY3240-5LOU-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

61.99

SY3340-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Base mounted Via manifold

72.36

SY3440-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

72.36

SY3540-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Base mounted Via manifold

72.36

SY3140-5DZ-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

50.67

SY3240-5DZ-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

73.36

SY3440-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

83.68

SY5000, 5/2, 5/3-port body ported solenoid valves SY5120-5LOU-C6-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

53.42

SY5220-5LOU-C6-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

71.37

SY5320-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

6mm

82.50

SY5420-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

6mm

82.50

SY5520-5LOU-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

6mm

82.50

SY5120-5DZ-C6-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

59.39

SY5220-5DZ-C6-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

6mm

83.54

SY5320-5DZ-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

6mm

94.58

SY5420-5DZ-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

6mm

94.58

SY5520-5DZ-C6-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

6mm

94.58

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SY Series

171

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Mounting

A&B

Price £

Connection SY5000, 5/2, 5/3-port body ported solenoid valves SY5120-5LOU-C8-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

53.42

SY5220-5LOU-C8-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

71.51

SY5320-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

8mm

82.50

SY5420-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

8mm

82.50

SY5520-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

8mm

82.50

SY5120-5DZ-C8-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

59.43

SY5220-5DZ-C8-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

83.54

SY5320-5DZ-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

8mm

94.58

SY5420-5DZ-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

8mm

94.58

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SY5000, 5/2, 5/3-port base mounted solenoid valves SY5140-5LOU-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

46.27

SY5240-5LOU-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

62.60

SY5340-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Base mounted Via manifold

72.55

SY5440-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

72.55

SY5540-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Base mounted Via manifold

72.55

SY5140-5DZ-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

52.09

SY5240-5DZ-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

74.63

SY5340-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Base mounted Via manifold

88.66

SY5440-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

88.61

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Base mounted Via manifold

88.66

SY5540-5DZ-Q

SY7000, 5/2, 5/3-port body ported solenoid valves SY7120-5LOU-C8-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

60.09

SY7220-5LOU-C8-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

78.19

SY7320-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

8mm

78.19

SY7420-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

8mm

78.09

SY7520-5LOU-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

8mm

78.19

SY7120-5DZ-C8-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

66.44

SY7220-5DZ-C8-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

8mm

90.88

SY7320-5DZ-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

8mm

101.82

SY7420-5DZ-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

8mm

101.82

SY7520-5DZ-C8-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

8mm

101.82

SY7120-5LOU-C10-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

10mm

60.09

SY7220-5LOU-C10-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

10mm

78.19

SY7320-5LOU-C10-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

10mm

78.19

SY7420-5LOU-C10-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

10mm

78.19

SY7520-5LOU-C10-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Body ported

10mm

78.19

SY7120-5DZ-C10-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Body ported

10mm

66.44

SY7220-5DZ-C10-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Body ported

10mm

90.88

SY7320-5DZ-C10-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Body ported

10mm

101.82

SY7420-5DZ-C10-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Body ported

10mm

101.82

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

172

SY Series

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Mounting

A&B

Price £

Connection SY7000, 5/2, 5/3-port base mounted solenoid 5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

58.44

SY7240-5LOU-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

77.53

SY7340-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Base mounted Via manifold

89.17

SY7440-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

89.17

SY7540-5LOU-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Base mounted Via manifold

89.17

SY7140-5DZ-Q

5/2 single solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

64.54

SY7240-5DZ-Q

5/2 double solenoid valve

Base mounted Via manifold

89.74

SY7340-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre closed

Base mounted Via manifold

101.30

SY7440-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre exhaust

Base mounted Via manifold

101.30

SY7540-5DZ-Q

5/3 double solenoid valve, centre pressure

Base mounted Via manifold

101.30

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

5 5

SY7140-5LOU-Q

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SY Series

173

Solenoid valves

Pilot controlled 5/2-, 5/3- and 2 x 3/2-port solenoid valves for valve manifolds • Little installation space required: Now even smaller and more compact with a higher flow rate • Energy saving: Power consumption 0.4 W as standard (0.1 W with power saving circuit) • Increased flexibility through mounting different valve sizes on the same valve manifold • Valve manifold now also available with floor-side port for panel mounting • Connection possible to all conventional bus systems • Offers reliability: Very long service life of 70 million cycles • Increased operating comfort through clearly visible manual override with coloured slide (available as an option) • Easy set-up: With the valve island configurator a quick and safe solution is found

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

• External pilot operation possible

Basic Specifications Valve type

Rubber Seal

Medium

Compressed air

Operating pressure

5/2-port, single

0.15 to 0.7 MPa / 1.5 to 7 bar

range

5/2-port, double

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

5/3-port

0.2 to 0.7 MPa / 2 to 7 bar

Internal pilot controlled Pilot valve

4 position Response time [ms] Anm. 2) Series

0.15 to 0.7 MPa / 1.5 to 7 bar 5/2-port, single

max. 15

5/2-port, double

max. 12

5/3-port

max. 18

2 x 3/2-port valve

max. 18

Series

5/2-port, single

max. 24

SY5000

5/2-port, double

max. 12

5/3-port

max. 30

2 x 3/2-port valve

max. 35

SY3000

Valve flow rate

Series

5/2-port, single

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 356 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 381 ln/min

mounted on the valve

SY3000

5/2-port, double

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 356 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 381 ln/min

Series

5/2-port, single

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 839 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 848 ln/min

SY5000

5/2-port, double

1R 4/2 (PR A/B): 839 ln/min, 4/2R 3/5 (A/BR E): 848 ln/min

manifold Note 3)

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-10 to 50 (no freezing)

Max. operating

5/2-port single/double

5

frequency

2 x 3/2-port valve

(Hz)

5/3 port valve

Manual override

3 Non-locking (slide locking upon request)

Pilot EXH.

Internal pilot controlled

Main valve/pilot valve common exhaust

External pilot controlled (upon request)

Pilot valve individual exhaust

Lubrication

Not required

Installation direction Impact/vibration resistance

freely mountable Note 1)

[m/s²]

150/30

Protective class

up to IP67 (according to IEC60529)

Operating voltage [V DC]

24

Allowable voltage fluctuation

±10 % of rated voltage

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

174

SY series

Solenoid valves

Power consumption [W]

Standard

0.4

Circuit protection

Varistor for bipolar design

Indicator light

LED

Note 1) Impact resistance: No malfunction when tested in an axial direction and at right angles to the main valve and armature in both a de-energised and energised condition (values during the start phase). Vibration resistance: No malfunctions occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the main valve and armature, as well as in a de-energised and energised condition (values during the start phase). Note 2) Please contact SMC for detailed information and product-specific safety instructions. Note 3) Applicable to a plastic valve manifold with 5 stations and individually operated 5/2-port valves.

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SY3000, 5/2-, 5/3- and 2 x 3/2-port solenoid valves SY3100-5U1

5/2-port valve, single

47.60

SY3200-5U1

5/2-port valve, double

73.06

SY3300-5U1

5/3-port valve, closed centre

76.38

SY3400-5U1

5/3-port valve, exhaust centre

76.38

SY3500-5U1

5/3-port valve, pressure centre

76.38

SY3A00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.C./N.C.)

76.38

SY3B00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.O./N.O.)

76.38

SY3C00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.C./N.O.)

76.38

SY5000, 5/2-, 5/3- and 2 x 3/2-port solenoid valves SY5100-5U1

5/2-port valve, single

54.27

SY5200-5U1

5/2-port valve, double

79.73

SY5300-5U1

5/3-port valve, closed centre

84.14

SY5400-5U1

5/3-port valve, exhaust centre

84.14

SY5500-5U1

5/3-port valve, pressure centre

84.14

SY5A00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.C./N.C.)

84.14

SY5B00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.O./N.O.)

84.14

SY5C00-5U1

2 x 3/2-port valve (N.C./N.O.)

84.14

SY3000, valve manifolds plastic with D SUB connector SS5Y3-10F1-04B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

4 stations

124.56

SS5Y3-10F1-06B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

6 stations

153.35

SS5Y3-10F1-08B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

8 stations

182.13

SS5Y3-10F1-10B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

10 stations

210.92

SS5Y3-10F1-12B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

12 stations

239.70

Note) Uneven station number upon request

SY3000, valve manifolds plastic freely selectable port options (except for D SUB connector) SS5Y3-10S0-04B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

4 stations

137.44

SS5Y3-10S0-06B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

6 stations

166.22

SS5Y3-10S0-08B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

8 stations

195.01

SS5Y3-10S0-10B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

10 stations

223.79

SS5Y3-10S0-12B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

12 stations

252.58

SS5Y3-10S0-14B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

14 stations

281.36

SS5Y5-10S0-16B-C6

Output ports 6 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 8 mm

16 stations

376.41

Note) uneven station number upon request, for circular plug max. 12 stations possible

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SY series

175

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

SY5000, valve manifolds plastic with D SUB connector SS5Y5-10F1-04B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

4 stations

151.06

SS5Y5-10F1-06B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

6 stations

186.46

SS5Y5-10F1-08B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

8 stations

221.87

SS5Y5-10F1-10B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

10 stations

257.27

SS5Y5-10F1-12B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

12 stations

292.68

Note) Uneven station number upon request

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SY5000, valve manifolds plastic freely selectable electric port options (except for D SUB connector) SS5Y5-10S0-04B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

4 stations

163.97

SS5Y5-10S0-06B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

6 stations

199.37

SS5Y5-10S0-08B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

8 stations

234.78

SS5Y5-10S0-10B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

10 stations

270.19

SS5Y5-10S0-12B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

12 stations

305.59

SS5Y5-10S0-14B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

14 stations

341.00

SS5Y5-10S0-16B-C8

Output ports 8 mm, pressure supply and exhaust 10 mm

16 stations

376.41

Note) uneven station number upon request, for circular plug max. 12 stations possible

5

Selectable electric port options for SY3000/5000 valve manifolds

SY30M-14-5A

SY30M-14-4A-1-3

SY30M-14-5A

Connector block, circular plug, parallel wiring

26 pins

SY30M-14-4A-1-3

Connector block with cable 3 m, parallel wiring

34 cores

EX260-SDN1

Serial transmission system DeviceNet

M12

293.04

EX260-SPR1

Serial transmission sytem Profibus DP

M12

293.04

EX260-SPR5

Serial transmission sytem Profibus DP

D-SUB

279.20

EX260-SEC1

Serial transmission system EtherCAT

M12

370.20

EX260-SPN1

Serial transmission system PROFINET

M12

377.71

EX260-SEN1

Serial transmission system EtherNet/IP

M12

370.20

Note) For detailed information on EX260 refer to page 175. EX260 Upon request we can supply you with fully assembled valve islands. These are equipped individually according to customer requirements as well as electrically and pneumatically tested.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

84.69 38.21

176

SY series

Solenoid valves

Accessories Mounting screw

Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

Accessories for SY3000 valve manifolds SY30M-26-1A

Blanking plate

5.53

SY30M-38-1A-C6

Individual pressure supply, 6 mm one-touch fitting

Vertical stacking

8.85

SY30M-39-1A-C6

Individual exhaust, 6 mm one-touch fitting

Vertical stacking

8.85

SY30M-60-1A

Double check spacer with residual pressure release

Vertical stacking

29.93

SY30M-50-1A

Supply stop spacer

Vertical stacking

27.68

SY30M-40-1A

SUP block disk assembly

2.34

SY30M-40-2A

EXH block disk assembly (two pieces are required)

2.34

AN15-C08

Silencer, one-touch fitting 8 mm

3.69

SY30M-15-1A

DIN rail mounting

8.27

Accessories for SY5000 valve manifolds

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Vertical stacking

AN20-C10

SY50M-26-1A

Blanking plate

5.53

SY50M-38-1A-C8

Individual pressure supply, 8 mm one-touch fitting

Vertical stacking

11.07

SY50M-39-1A-C8

Individual exhaust, 8 mm one-touch fitting

Vertical stacking

11.07

SY50M-60-1A

Unlockable double check valve

Vertical stacking

35.98

SY50M-50-1A

Supply cut-out valve with residual pressure exhaust

Vertical stacking

29.93

SV2000-59-2A

SUP block disk assembly

1.03

SV2000-59-2A

EXH block disk assembly (two pieces are required)

1.03

AN20-C10

Silencer, one-touch fitting 10 mm

7.05

SY50M-15-1A

DIN rail mounting 1 piece

9.44

Connection cable for parallel wiring GAXT100-MC26-030

Circular plug with cable, 3 m

Cable (DIN 47100)

119.25

GVVZS3000-21A-2

D SUB connector/cable, 3m

Cable (DIN 47100)

44.75

Note) Refer to page 177 for accessories for serial transmission system EX260.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

EX260 series

177

Solenoid valves

Serial transmission system for valve islands • Supports DeviceNet™, PROFIBUS DP®, PROFINET®, EtherCAT®, EtherNet/IP™ • Space saving: Only 28 mm wide • Flexible: Applicable for the valve island series SY3000/5000, SV2000/3000, VQC1000/2000/4000, S0700 • Easy to handle: Switchable terminal resistor for PROFIBUS DP built in • Good protection: IP67 available DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherCAT® is a registered and patented trademark of the company Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany

Basic Specifications Model Applicable system

EX260-SPR1 Protocol

EX260-SDN1 DeviceNet™

GSD

GSD

EDS

Number of inputs/outputs Note 2)

SPR1: 0/32

SPR5: 0/32

SDN1: 0/32

Power supply for communication

21.6 to 26.4 V DC

Power supply for outputs

22.8 to 26.4 V DC

Communication connector

M12

D-SUB

M12

Switchable terminal resistor

Built in

Without

Without

Output type COM

Negative

Negative

Negative

(PNP)

(PNP)

(PNP)

Protective class

IP67

IP40

IP67

Operating temp. range

-10 to 50 °C

Description file Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

EX260-SPR5

PROFIBUS DP

Environmental resistance

Note 1)

Standard

CE Marking, compatible with UL (CSA)

Weight [g]

Max. 200

Note 1) You can download all information on the SMC website http://www.smcworld.com/ Note 2) Modules available with 16 outputs

Basic Specifications Model Applicable system

EX260-SPN1

EX260-SEC1

EX260-SEN1

Protocol

PROFINET

EtherCAT

EtherNet/IP™

Description file Note 1)

GSDML

XML

EDS

Number of inputs/outputs Note 2)

SPN1: 0/32

SEC1: 0/32

SEN1: 0/32

Power supply for communication

21.6 to 26.4 V DC

Power supply for outputs

22.8 to 26.4 V DC

Communication connector

M12

M12

M12

Switchable terminal resistor

Without

Without

Without

Output type COM

Negative

Negative

Negative

(PNP)

(PNP)

(PNP)

Protective class

IP67

IP67

IP67

Operating temp. range

-10 to 50 °C

Environmental resistance

Standard

CE Marking, compatible with UL (CSA)

Weight [g]

Max. 200

Note 1) You can download all information on the SMC website http://www.smcworld.com/ Note 2) Modules available with 16 outputs

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

178

EX260 series

Solenoid valves

Ordering information Product reference

Function

Communication

Number of

connector

outputs

Price £

M12

32

293.04

M12

32

293.04

D-SUB

32

279.20

M12

32

370.20

M12

32

377.71

M12

32

370.20

EX260, serial transmission system for valve islands EX260-SDN1

Serial transmission system DeviceNet

EX260-SPR1

Serial transmission sytem Profibus DP

EX260-SPR5

Serial transmission sytem Profibus DP

EX260-SEC1

Serial transmission system EtherCAT

EX260-SPN1

Serial transmission system PROFINET

EX260-SEN1

Serial transmission system EtherNet/IP

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable length

Price £

EX9-AWTS

M12 protective cap for IP67

-

EX9-AC020EN-PSRJ

Communication cable M12-RJ45,

2000 mm

55.64

1000 mm

14.30

5000 mm

23.01

1000 mm

14.30

5000 mm

22.87

5000 mm

56.54

2.79

EtherCAT, EtherNet / IP, PROFINET EX500-AP010-S

Power cable with M12 plug, straight, open cable end

EX500-AP050-S

Power cable with M12 plug, straight, open cable end

EX500-AP010-A

Power cable with M12 connector, 90 ° angled, open cable end

EX500-AP010-S

EX500-AP050-A

Power cable with M12 connector, 90 ° angled, open cable end

PCA-1557633

Communication cable DeviceNet / M12 plug, offenes cable end

Connector

PCA-1557659

DeviceNet plug / M12 field attachable

43.48

PCA-1557675

Pull-up resistor DeviceNet / M12

28.27

PCA-1557688

Communication cable Proifbus DP / M12 socket, open cable 5000 mm

66.92

end PCA-1557701

Connector for Profibus DP / M12 cordset

Terminator switch

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

48.30

VT series

179

Solenoid valves

Directly operated 3/2 port solenoid valve, 1/8" to 1/4" • 3/2-port poppet valve • 1 valve – 6 functions • Random flow • Various connection options • Suitable for rough vacuum

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

VT307

VT317

Action

Directly operated 3/2-port solenoid valve

Medium

Compressed air filtered, oiled or unlubricated

Operating pressure range

0 to 0.7 MPa / 0 to 7 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-10 to 50 (no freezing)

0 to 0.9MPa/0 to 9 bar 0.7MPa to 7 bar

Response time at 0.5 MPa [ms]

Max. 20

Max. switch frequency [Hz]

10

Max. 30

Lubrication

not required (If using a lubricant, use turbine oil Class 1 ISO VG32)

Installation direction

Freely mountable

Degree of protection

IP65 with DIN plug connector

Operating voltage

24 V DC (other voltages upon request)

Allowable voltage fluctuation

-15 % to +10 % of the rated voltage

Power consumption [W DC]

Without indicator light: 4.8

Without indicator light: 6.3

5

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VT307/317, directly operated 3/2-port poppet valves VT307-5DZ1-01F-Q

3/2-port poppet valve

G1/8

175

34.38

VT307-5DZ1-02F-Q

3/2-port poppet valve

G1/4

175

34.38

EVT317-5DZ-02F-Q

3/2-port poppet valve

G1/4

620

49.67

Order plug connector separately

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

Mounting, plug connector, silencer DXT152

AN10-01

DXT152-25-1A

Mounting plate

For type 307

1.98

AN10-01

Silencer G1/8

For type 307

2.79

AN20-02

Silencer G1/4

For type 317

3.92

AN20-02

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

180

VP series

Solenoid valves

Pilot controlled 3/2 port solenoid valve, 1/4" to 1/2" • External pilot controlled (upon request) • Conversion from normally closed to normally open possible • Vacuum application upon request • Low power consumption • Very long service life of at least 50 million cycles

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

VP300

Medium

Compressed air filtered, 5 µm, oiled or unlubricated

VP500

VP700

Action

N.C. / N.O. Note1)

Pilot design

Internal pilot air (external pilot air control upon request)

Operating pressure range

0.2 to 1.0 MPa / 2 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-10 to 50 (no freezing)

Response time at 0.5 MPa [ms]

max. 17 (for DC)

max. 18 (for DC)

max. 22 (for DC)

max. 42 (for AC)

max. 43 (for AC)

max. 47 (for AC)

Maximum operating frequency [Hz]

5

Lubrication

not required (If using a lubricant, use turbine oil Class 1 ISO VG32)

Installation direction

Freely mountable

Manual override

Non-locking

Impact/vibration resistance [m/s2]

300/50

Degree of protection

IP65 with DIN plug connector

Operating voltage

24 V DC or 230 V AC (other voltages upon request)

Power consumption

DC Without indicator light 1.5 W AC: Without indicator light 1.55 VA

Note 1) N.C./N.O. function of the valve can be changed

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size

Voltage

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VP300/500/700, pilot controlled 3/2-port solenoid valve VP342K-5DZ1-02FA

3/2-port valve

G 1/4

24 V DC

VP342K-4DZ1-02FA

3/2-port valve

G 1/4

VP542K-5DZ1-03FA

3/2-port valve

G 3/8

VP542K-4DZ1-03FA

3/2-port valve

G 3/8

AC230V

2085

91.92

VP742K-5DZ1-04FA

3/2-port valve

G 1/2

24 V DC

3635

131.71

VP742K-4DZ1-04FA

3/2-port valve

G 1/2

AC230V

3635

131.71

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1020

80.37

AC230V

1020

80.37

24 V DC

2085

91.92

VP series

181

Solenoid valves

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

Mounting, plug connector, silencer VP300

Bracket

for model 342 Note 1)

2.37

VP500-227-1A

Bracket

for model 542

Note 1)

2.37

VP700-227-1A

Bracket

for model 742 Note 1)

4.69

AN20-02

Silencer R1/4"

For model 342

3.92

AN30-03

Silencer R3/8"

For model 542

7.77

AN40-04

Silencer R1/2"

For model 742

9.84

Note 1) Incl. bolts

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AN20-02

VP300-227-1A

5

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

182

VG series

Solenoid valves

Pilot controlled 3/2-port solenoid valve, 1" • Low weight: 1,1 kg • Large flow capacity 12858 ln/min • No lubrication required • Vacuum or low pressure applications upon request

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

VG342

Medium

Compressed air filtered, oiled or unlubricated

Action

N.C.

Design

Internal pilot

Operating pressure range

0.2 to 0.9 MPa / 2 to 9 bar

Response time [ms]

max. 30 (at 0.5 MPa)

Maximum operating frequency [Hz]

5

Lubrication

not required (If using a lubricant, use turbine oil Class 1 ISO VG32)

Installation direction

Freely mountable

Degree of protection

IP65 with plug connector

Operating voltage

24 V DC

Power consumption

5W

Manual override

Non-locking design

Impact/vibration resistance [m/s ]

150/50

Weight [kg]

1.1

2 Note 1)

Note 1) Impact resistance:

No malfunctions resulted from the impact test procedure. The test was performed in the axial and right angle directions of the main valve and armature for both energised an de-energised conditions.

Vibration resistance: No malfunctions occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 1000 Hz. The test was performed in the axial and at right angles to the main valve and armature (value is applicable to the start phase).

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Flow Qn

Price £

[ln/min] VG342, 3/2-port pilot controlled solenoid valve VG342-5DZ-10FA-Q

3/2-port poppet valve

G1

12858

243.76

Note 1) Incl. plug connector

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Silencer AN600-10

Silencer, R1"

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

31.16

VDW series

183

Solenoid valves for different media

Compact, directly operated 2/2-port solenoid valve for different media, M5 to 1/8" • Very light and compact • Valve manifold upon request • Improved corrosion resistance of the magnetic core • Clearly reduced switching noise • There is easier assembly for compressed air and water applications through a new body variant made of plastic with built-in one touch fittings • Cable length 300 mm • With assembly thread on the underside (bracket as option) In the plastic version the bracket is standard Ordering information Product

Medium Body

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

reference

material

Seal

Port

material

Nominal

Max. Operating

Flow kv

width

differential

[l/min] Note 1)

Ø [mm]

pressure

Price £

VDW10/20, directly operating 2/2-port solenoid valve (N. C.), 24 V DC Note 2) VDW10AA

Air

PPS

NBR

M5

1

0.9 MPa / 9 bar

1.00

14.84

VDW10EA

Air

PPS

NBR

4 mm

1

0.9 MPa / 9 bar

1.00

19.81

one-touch fitting VDW12GA

Water

Brass

NBR

M5

1

0.9 MPa / 9 bar

0.57

15.68

VDW20GA

Air

PPS

NBR

6 mm

1.6

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.00

22.46

one-touch fitting VDW20NAA Air

Al

NBR

G1/8

1.6

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.00

18.42

VDW22NAA Water

Brass

NBR

G1/8

1.6

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.00

18.42

VDW22UAA Water

Stainless

NBR

G1/8

1.6

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.00

35.37

FKM

G1/8

2.3

0.4 MPa / 4 bar

2.58

29.22

FKM

G1/8

3.2

0.2 MPa / 2 bar

4.30

47.04

steel VDW24PAA

Vacuum Brass

VDW24WAA Vacuum Stainless steel

Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65 Note 2) 230 V AC available upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

184

VX2 series

Solenoid valves for different media

Directly operated 2/2-port solenoid valve for different media, 1/8" to 1/2" • There is easier assembly for compressed air applications through a new body variant made of plastic with built-in one touch fittings • Compact and high flow • Low switching noise through shock absorption • Full wave rectifier reduces the buzzing noise in AC coils • Longer service life thanks to the improved shelf life of the valve armature • Degree of protection: IP65 with mounted DIN plug connector • Low power consumption

Ordering information

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Medium

Body

Seal

material

material

Voltage

VX2, directly operated 2/2-port solenoid valve (N. C.), with DIN plug connector VX210AGA

Compressed air

Aluminium

NBR

24 V DC

VX210ALA

Compressed air

Aluminium

NBR

AC230V

VX210HG

Compressed air

PBT

NBR

24 V DC

VX210HL

Compressed air

PBT

NBR

230 VAC

VX213DGA

Oil

Brass

FKM

24 V DC

VX213DLA

Oil

Brass

FKM

AC230V

VX213HGA

Oil

stainless steel

FKM

24 V DC

VX213HLA

Oil

stainless steel

FKM

AC230V

VX230AGA

Compressed air

Aluminium

NBR

24 V DC

VX230ALA

Compressed air

Aluminium

NBR

AC230V

VX230HG

Compressed air

PBT

NBR

24 V DC

VX230HL

Compressed air

PBT

NBR

230 VAC

VX232AGA

Water

Brass

NBR

24 V DC

VX232ALA

Water

Brass

NBR

AC230V

VX233HGA

Oil

stainless steel

FKM

24 V DC

VX233HLA

Oil

stainless steel

FKM

AC230V

VX234EGA

Vacuum

Brass

FKM

24 V DC

VX234GGA

Vacuum

Brass

FKM

24 V DC

VX234MGA

Vacuum

stainless steel

FKM

24 V DC

VX234PGA

Vacuum

stainless steel

FKM

24 V DC

further information on selection see the next page ==>

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VX2 series

185

Solenoid valves for different media

Ordering information Product

Port

reference

Nominal

Max. Operating

Flow kv

width

differential pressure

[l/min] Note 1)

Price £

Ø [mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VX2, directly operated 2/2-port solenoid valve (N. C.), with DIN plug connector VX210AGA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

24.32

VX210ALA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

24.32

VX210HG

6 mm one-touch fitting

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

23.72

VX210HL

6 mm one-touch fitting

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

23.72

VX213DGA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

34.13

VX213DLA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

34.14

VX213HGA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

45.74

VX213HLA

G1/8

2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

3.30

45.75

VX230AGA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

33.58

VX230ALA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

33.58

VX230HG

10 mm one-touch fitting

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

32.42

VX230HL

10 mm one-touch fitting

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

32.42

VX232AGA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

45.14

VX232ALA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

45.15

VX233HGA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

65.97

VX233HLA

G1/4

5

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

10.75

65.98

VX234EGA

G3/8

8

0.3 MPa / 3 bar

22.65

68.28

VX234GGA

G1/2

10

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

31.68

73.48

VX234MGA

G3/8

8

0.3 MPa / 3 bar

22.65

86.25

VX234PGA

G1/2

10

0.1 MPa / 1 bar

31.68

104.76

Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

186

VX3 series

Solenoid valves for different media

Directly operated 3/2-port solenoid valve for different media • Improved corrosion resistance (special solenoid magnetic material) • Degree of protection: IP65 (DIN connection) • Reduced power consumption (DC version) • Low noise construction (AC version with built-in rectifier) • Bracket as option • Flow on both sides

Ordering information Product reference

Voltage

Port

Nominal

Max. operating

Flow kv [l/min]

width Ø

pressure

Note 1)

Price £

[mm]

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VX3, directly operated 3/2-port solenoid valve, material: Brass/NBR VX3114-01F-5D1

24 V DC

G1/8

1.5

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.15

41.10

VX3114-01F-JDR1

AC230V

G1/8

1.5

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

1.15

41.10

VX3324-02F-5D1

24 V DC

G1/4

2.2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

2.72

60.53

VX3324-02F-JDR1

AC230V

G1/4

2.2

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

2.72

60.52

VX3344-03F-5D1

24 V DC

G3/8

4

0.3 MPa / 3 bar

7.17

60.53

VX3344-03F-JDR1

AC230V

G3/8

4

0.3 MPa / 3 bar

7.17

60.52

Other voltages, port sizes, body and sealing materials available. Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Series VXZ

187

Solenoid valves for different media

Directly operated 2/2-port solenoid valve for different media • Improved corrosion resistance (special solenoid magnetic material) • Degree of protection IP65 (DIN connection) • Reduced power consumption (DC version) • Low noise construction (AC version with built-in rectifier) • Switches without differential pressure (no minimum pressure required)

Ordering information Product reference

Voltage

Port

Nominal

Operating

Flow kv

width Ø

pressure range

[l/min] Note 1)

Price £

[mm] VXZ, force controlled 2/2-port solenoid valve, N.C. material: Brass/NBR

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VXZ2230-03F-5D1

24 V DC

G3/8

10

0 to 0.7 MPa

34.41

58.20

34.41

58.20

75.98

74.07

75.98

74.07

172.03

105.00

172.03

105.00

0 to 7 bar VXZ2230-03F-JDR1

AC230V

G3/8

10

0 to 0.7 MPa 0 to 7 bar

VXZ2240-04F-5D1

24 V DC

G1/2

15

0 to 0.7 MPa 0 to 7 bar

VXZ2240-04F-JDR1

AC230V

G1/2

15

0 to 0.7 MPa 0 to 7 bar

VXZ2360-10F-5D1

24 V DC

G1

25

0 to 1.0 MPa

VXZ2360-10F-JDR1

AC230V

G1

25

0 to 1.0 MPa

0 to 10 bar 0 to 10 bar Other voltages, port sizes, body and sealing materials as well as N.O. types available. Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

188

VXD series

Solenoid valves for different media

Pilot operated 2/2-port solenoid valve for different media • Improved corrosion resistance (special solenoid magnetic material) • Degree of protection: IP65 (DIN connection) • Reduced power consumption (DC version) • Low noise construction (AC version with built-in rectifier)

Ordering information Product reference

Voltage

Port

Nominal

Operating

Flow kv

width Ø

pressure

[l/min] Note 1)

[mm]

range

Price £

VXD, pilot controlled 2/2-port solenoid valve, N.C. material: Brass/NBR

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VXD2130-02F-5D1

24 V DC

G1/4

10

0.02 to 0.5 MPa

27.24

39.92

27.24

39.92

78.85

58.39

78.85

58.44

186.37

89.51

186.37

89.56

0.2 to 5 bar VXD2130-02F-JDR1

AC230V

G1/4

10

0.02 to 0.5 MPa 0.2 to 5 bar

VXD2140-04F-5D1

24 V DC

G1/2

15

0.02 to 1.0 MPa 0.2 to 10 bar

VXD2140-04F-JDR1

AC230V

G1/2

15

0.02 to 1.0 MPa 0.2 to 10 bar

VXD2260-10F-5D1

24 V DC

G1

25

0.02 to 1.0 MPa 0.2 to 10 bar

VXD2260-10F-JDR1

AC230V

G1

25

0.02 to 1.0 MPa 0.2 to 10 bar

Other voltages, port sizes, body and sealing materials as well as N.O. types available. Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VNB series

189

Pneumatically operated valves

Pneumatically controlled 2/2-port valve (N.C.), for various media • Control through external pilot air • Different body and sealing materials available • Compact size • With mounted pilot valve available

Ordering information Product reference

Port

Nominal width Ø Operating pressure Flow kv [l/min]

Price £

[mm]

range

Note 1)

11

0 to 1.0 MPa

45.23

76.06

45.23

82.83

100.35

112.67

100.35

119.77

272.39

176.18

272.39

239.18

616.46

255.61

616.46

324.04

VNB, 2/2-port valve, material: Bronze/FKM VNB204A-F15A

G1/2

0 to 10 bar VNB204B-F15A

G1/2

11

0 to 1.0 MPa

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

0 to 10 bar VNB404A-F25A

G1

16

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

VNB404B-F25A

G1

16

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

VNB601A-F40A

G1 1/2

28

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 5 bar

VNB604B-F40A

G1 1/2

28

VNB701B-F50A

G2

50

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar 0 to 0.5 MPa 0 to 5 bar

VNB704B-F50A

G2

50

0 to 0.5 MPa 0 to 10 bar

Other port sizes, body and sealing materials as well as N.O. and C.O. types available. Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure. For gases (Qn) the value must be multiplied by factor 68.65

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

190

SGC(A) series

Pneumatically operated valves

Pneumatically controlled 2/2-port valve (N.C.), for refrigerant / lubricant • Service life: min. 5 million cycles • Optionally available with position monitoring • Reduction in the harmful environmental chemical substances according to the RoHS Directive • Power consumption: 0.35 W (at 24 V DC)

Ordering information Product reference

Voltage

Port

Nominal

Operating

Flow kv [l/min]

width Ø

pressure range

Note 1)

Price £

[mm] SGC(A), 2/2-port valve, material: Grey cast iron metal sealing (O-rings: FKM) SGCA221B-10G15-M

-

G1/2

12

0 to 1.0 MPa

68.81

149.75

68.81

143.69

101.79

177.27

101.79

171.20

157.70

211.56

157.70

205.50

68.81

207.48

68.81

212.18

101.79

235.00

101.79

239.69

157.70

269.25

157.70

273.94

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

0 to 10 bar SGCA221B-10G15

-

G1/2

12

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGCA321B-10G20-M

-

G3/4

14

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGCA321B-10G20

-

G3/4

14

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGCA421B-10G25-M

-

G1

17

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGCA421B-10G25

-

G1

17

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC221B-10G15Y-5DO

24 V DC

G1/2

12

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC221B-10G15Y-5DZ

24 V DC

G1/2

12

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC321B-10G20Y-5DO

24 V DC

G3/4

14

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC321B-10G20Y-5DZ

24 V DC

G3/4

14

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC421B-10G25Y-5DO

24 V DC

G1

17

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

SGC421B-10G25Y-5DZ

24 V DC

G1

17

0 to 1.0 MPa 0 to 10 bar

Other pressure ranges, sealing materials as well as N.O. types are available with or without pilot valve. Order DIN plug connector separately (see accessories). Note 1) Water flow kv at 0.1 MPa differential pressure.

Signal generator Magnet slide bearing Grease channel

hermetic seal Wiper IN

OUT

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SGH series

191

Pneumatically operated valves

Pneumatically controlled high pressure 3/2-port valve (N.C.), for refrigerant / lubricant up to 7.0 MPa (70 bar) • Service life: min. 3 million cycles • Reduction in the harmful environmental chemical substances according to the RoHS Directive • Power consumption: 0.35 W (at 24 V DC) • Water hammer reduced • Also available as 2/2-port valve

Ordering information Product reference

Voltage

Port

Nominal

Operating

Flow kv [l/min]

width Ø

pressure range

Note 1)

Price £

[mm] SGH, 3/2-port valve, material: Grey cast iron metal sealing (O-rings: FKM)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SGH230B-70G15Y-5DO

24 V DC

G1/2

10.2

0 to 7.0 MPa

27.24

528.51

61.65

828.27

0 to 70 bar SGH430B-70G25Y-5DO

24 V DC

G1/2

15.4

0 to 7.0 MPa 0 to 70 bar

Other pressure ranges as well as sealing materials are available with or without pilot valve. Order DIN plug connector separately (see accessories). Signal generators are not included in the scope of delivery. Note 1) Water flow (kv) at 0.1 MPa differential pressure.

5

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

192

SYA series

Pneumatically operated valves

Pneumatically operated 5/2-port valve • 5/2-port valve single or double design • Can be mounted with solenoid valves on valve manifold • Valve outlets with built-in one-touch fittings

Basic Specifications Model

SYA3*20-C6

SYA5*20-C8F

SYA7*20-C10F

Medium

Compressed air filtered, 5 µm, oiled or unlubricated

Action

5/2-port, single/double

5/2-port, single/double

5/2-port, single/double

Thread for pilot port

M5

M5

G1/8

Note 1)

Port size:

P, EA, EB

M5

G1/8

G1/8

Port size:

A, B

C6 (one-touch fitting for Ø6

C8 (one-touch fitting for Ø8

C10 (one-touch fitting for

tubing)

tubing)

Ø10 tubing)

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

P- port G1/4

Weight [g]

Single:

40

68

135

Weight [g]

Double

42

74

180

Operating pressure range 5/2-port, single

0.15 to 0.7 MPa / 1.5 to 7 bar

Operating pressure range 5/2-port, double

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

Pilot Pressure Range

5/2-port, single

(0.7 x P+0.1) to 0.7 MPa (P: Operating pressure)

Pilot Pressure Range

5/2-port, double

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

Ambient and medium

0 to max. 60

temperature (°C) Manual override

Non-locking design

Lubrication

Not required

Installation direction

freely mountable

Note 1) Recommended oil quality: ISO VG32, Class 1

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

SYA series

193

Pneumatically operated valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size-Ø

Flow

(outlets A, B) [mm]

Qn [ln/min]

Price £

SYA3000, pneumatically operated 5/2-port valve, pipe version SYA3120-C6

5/2-port, single

6

196

51.81

SYA3220-C6

5/2-port, double

6

196

64.08

SYA5000 series, pneumatically operated 5/2-port valve, pipe version SYA5120-01

5/2-port, single

8

500

41.01

SYA5220-C8

5/2-port, double

8

500

52.29

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

SYA7000 series, pneumatically operated 5/2-port valve, pipe version SYA7120-C10F

5/2-port, single

10

863

67.72

SYA7220-C10F

5/2-port, double

10

863

76.01

Accessories Model number

Model

Description

Price £

Mounting plate

Footplate

SX3000-16-2A

SYA3000

Footplate

2.93

SX3000-16-1A

SYA3000

Sideplate

2.27

SX5000-16-2A

SYA5000

Footplate

4.69

SX5000-16-1A

SYA5000

Sideplate

2.46

SX7000-16-2A

SYA7000

Footplate

4.69

SX7000-16-1A

SYA7000

Sideplate

3.78

Mounting bolts for the assembly are included in the scope of delivery. Sideplate

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

194

VM series

Mechanically operated valves

Mechanically 3/2-port valves VM1000 • Extremely small • Ultra light • Selection of different actuators VM100, 200 • 2 series: VM100 and VM200 • 2/2-port available • Numerous replaceable actuators available • Compact size

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications VM1000 Model

VM1000

Medium

Air/inert gas

Valve type

N.C. Poppet valve

Function

3/2-port valve

Compressed air port

lateral

Operating pressure

0 to 0.8 MPa / 0 to 8 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Flow Qn [ln/min]

54

Lubrication

not required / turbine oil No.1, (ISO VG32)

Piping connection

with connection nipple for tubing TU0425

Weight [g] (Basic design)

6

Technical Data VM100, 200 Model

VM100

Medium

Air / inert gas

Operating pressure

-100 kPa to 1.0 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Flow Qn [ln/min]

125

Lubrication

not required / turbine oil No.1, (ISO VG32)

Port size:

G1/8

G1/4

Weight [g] (Basic design)

95

111

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VM200

0 to 1.0 MPa / 0 to 10 bar

892

VM series

195

Mechanically operated valves

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Actuator

Actuator colour

Price £

VM1000, mechanical 3/2-port valves, miniature structure VM1000-4NU-00

3/2-port valves

Basic design

–

13.02

VM1000-4NU-01

3/2-port valves

Roller lever

–

15.81

VM1000-4NU-32R

3/2-port valves

Push button

Red

20.64

VM1000-4NU-32G

3/2-port valves

Push button

Green

20.64

Basic design

Roller lever

Push button

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

VM100, mechanical 3/2-port valves VM130-01-00

3/2-port valves

Basic design

–

14.91

VM131-01-01S

3/2-port valves

Roller lever

–

22.35

VM130-01-33

3/2-port valves

Push button (countersunk) Red, green, black

27.93

VM130-01-34B

3/2-port valves

Twist selector

29.83

Black

5

Basic design

Roller lever

Push button

Twist selector

VM200, mechanical 3/2-port valves VM230-02-00

3/2-port valves

Basic design

–

27.33

VM230-02-01S

3/2-port valves

Roller lever

–

34.76

VM230-02-33

3/2-port valves

Push button (countersunk) Red, green, black

VM230-02-34B

3/2-port valves

Twist selector

Black

42.20

VM230-02-40

3/2-port valves

Foot switch

–

67.01

Push button

Twist selector

Basic design

Roller lever

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Foot switch

40.35

196

VHK series

Mechanically operated valves

Finger Valve • Inline shut-off valve • Compact and lightweight • Built-in one-touch fittings • 2/2 or 3/2-port function

Basic Specifications Model

VHK

Medium

Compressed air filtered, oiled or unlubricated

Valve

2/2, 3/2-port valves

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

-100 kPa to 1 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, polyurethane, soft nylon

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

0 to 60

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Use the 2/2-port function for vacuum applications

Ordering information Product reference

Description

A-port Ø

P-port Ø

[mm]

[mm]

Function

Price £

VHK, finger valve VHK2-04F-04F

Finger Valve

4

4

2/2-port

8.47

VHK2-06F-06F

Finger Valve

6

6

2/2-port

8.47

VHK2-08F-08F

Finger Valve

8

8

2/2-port

9.18

VHK2-10F-10F

Finger Valve

10

10

2/2-port

9.84

VHK3-04F-04F

Finger Valve

4

4

3/2-port

8.47

VHK3-06F-06F

Finger Valve

6

6

3/2-port

8.47

VHK3-08F-08F

Finger Valve

8

8

3/2-port

9.18

VHK3-10F-10F

Finger Valve

10

10

3/2-port

9.84

Accessories Model number

suitable for model

Description

Price £

VHK-B1A

VHK-04F-04F

Bracket

2.88

VHK-B1A

VHK-06F-06F

Bracket

2.88

VHK-B1A

VHK-08F-08F

Bracket

2.88

VHK-B2A

VHK-10F-10F

Bracket

2.88

Bracket

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VH series

197

Mechanically operated valves

Manually operated valve • 4/2-port throttle check valve • Robust structure • 4/3-port, closed centre or open centre • Design with panel mounting

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

VH2

Medium

Compressed air filtered, oiled Note 1) or unlubricated

Proof pressure [MPa]

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure (MPa)

1 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Switch angle [°]

90

Flow Qn [ln/min]

409

Weight [kg]

0.42

Lubrication

Not required/when lubricated, use turbine oil

Note 1) Recommended quality: ISO VG32, Class 1

5 Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Function

Price £

size VH, manually operated valve VH210-F02

Manually operated

G1/4

4/3-port closed centre

64.08

Rc1/4

4/3-port closed centre

64.08

G1/4

4/3-port open centre

68.20

Rc1/4

4/3-port open centre

68.20

G1/4

4/2-port

64.08

Rc1/4

4/2-port

64.08

valve VH210-02

Manually operated valve

VH211-F02

Manually operated valve

VH211-02

Manually operated valve

VH212-F02

Manually operated valve

VH212-02

Manually operated valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

198

VR series

Logics valves

Shuttle or AND pressure valves • Logics elements for the control of pneumatic signals • AND / OR logics available • Pivotable by 360° • Easy assembly using one-touch fittings

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

VR1210F (OR)

VR1211F (AND)

Tubing O.D. (mm)

4/6/8

3.2 / 4 / 6

Flow Qn [ln/min]

210 / 420 / 480

100 / 120 / 150

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.05 to 1 MPa / 0.5 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Range of application Tubing materials

Nylon, polyurethane, soft nylon

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Price £

VR1210F-04

OR function

4

14.34

VR1210F-06

OR function

6

14.34

VR1210F-08

OR function

8

14.34

VR1211F-23

AND function

3.2

19.46

VR1211F-04

AND function

4

18.19

VR1211F-06

AND function

6

18.19

VR, shuttle valve

VR, twin pressure valve

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

VR series

199

Logics valves

Two hand control valve • The outlet is activated through a synchronous operation of a valve with two buttons (within 0.5 Sec.) • Type IIIA certificated according to EN574

Basic Specifications Model

VR51

Medium

Compressed air

Operating pressure range

0.25 to 1 MPa / 2.5 to 10 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

-5 to 60 (no freezing)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Flow Qn [ln/min]

Supply

80

Qn [ln/min]

Exhaust Restriction

230

Port size Ø [mm]

One-touch fitting

6

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Weight (g)

340

5

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port Ø [mm]

Price £

Two hand control valve

6

246.14

VR51, two hand control valve VR51-C06B

Delivery without silencer, see accessories

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Silencer AN10-01

Silencer R1/8"

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.79

200

AN series

Silencer

Silencer, sintered alloy and standard Sintered alloy • Ideal for the exhaust of a compact valve or for pilot air • Compact and light to assemble • Thread port sizes: M3 and M5 Standard (plastic) • Effective noise reduction with a compact structure • Thread port sizes: M5 to 2 inch • Low return pressure • Body material made of plastic or plastic/metal (AN500 to 900)

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications, sintered alloy Model

AN120-M3

AN120-M5

Port size (male thread)

M3

M5

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 50

Noise reduction [dB(A)]

13

18

Effective area [mm ]

1

5

Exhaust capacity [l/min]

85

425

Weight [g]

1

3.3

2

Basic Specifications, standard Model

AN05-M5 AN10-01 AN20-02 AN30-03 AN40-04 AN500-06 AN600-10 AN700-12 AN800-14 AN900-20

Port (male thread)

M5

Medium

Compressed air

R1/8

R1/4

R3/8

R1/2

R3/4

R1

R1 1/4

R1 1/2

R2

Max. 4

Max. 5.5

Max. 8.5

Max. 12

Max. 20

Max. 30

Max. 50

Max. 80

Max. operating pressure 1 MPa / 10 bar Note 1) Ambient and medium

5 to 60 Note 2)

temperature (°C) Noise reduction [dB(A)] 30 Note 3) Exhaust capacity

Max. 0.4

Max. 1

[m3/min] Effective area [mm2]

5

10

35

60

90

160

270

440

590

960

Weight [g]

0.5

1

4

5.5

8.5

165

225

490

580

820

Note 1) This provides the inlet pressure for the solenoid valve. Note 2) The value can, depending on the compressed air circuit or pressure, escape or vary from the solenoid valve. Note 3) The product can be used over a temperature range between -10 and 60 °C provided there is not risk that drops of water form and freeze.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AN series

201

Silencer

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port size:

Effective area [mm2]

Price £

AN, silencer, sintered material AN120-M3

Silencer

M3

1

1.89

AN120-M5

Silencer

M5

5

1.94

Silencer,

M5

5

2.13

R1/8

10

2.79

R1/4

35

3.92

R3/8

60

7.77

R1/2

90

9.84

R3/4

160

17.66

R1

270

45.13

R1 1/4

440

49.34

R1 1/2

590

64.83

R2

960

73.95

AN, silencer, standard AN120-M3

AN05-M5

plastic AN10-01

Silencer, plastic

AN20-02

Silencer, plastic

AN30-03

Silencer, plastic

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AN20-02

AN40-04

Silencer, plastic

AN500-06

Silencer, plastic/metal

AN600-10

Silencer, plastic/metal

AN700-12

Silencer, plastic/metal

AN600-10

AN800-14

Silencer, plastic/metal

AN900-20

Silencer, plastic/metal

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5

202

AN series

Silencer

Silencer with one-touch fitting • Effective noise reduction with a compact structure • Port sizes one-touch fitting: ø6 to ø12 • Can be directly assembled in a one-touch fitting

Basic Specifications Model

AN10-C06

AN15-C08

AN20-C10

AN30-C12

Port Ø [mm]

6

8

10

12

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar Note 1)

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60 Note 2)

Noise reduction [dB(A)]

30 Note 3)

Exhaust capacity

max. 0.8

max. 3

max. 5

max. 5

Effective area [mm2]

7

20

30

41

Weight [g]

1

1.4

3.5

5

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[m3/min]

Note 1) This provides the inlet pressure for the solenoid valve. Note 2) The product can be used over a temperature range between -10 and 60 °C provided there is not risk that drops of water form and freeze. Note 3) The value can, depending on the compressed air circuit or pressure, escape or vary from the one from the solenoid valve.

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port Ø [mm]

Effective area [mm2]

Price £

Silencer with one-touch fitting AN10-C06

Silencer

6

7

3.58

AN15-C08

Silencer

8

20

3.69

AN20-C10

Silencer

10

30

7.05

AN30-C12

Silencer

12

41

7.05

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ANA series

203

Silencer

Heavy duty silencer • Over 42dB(A) noise reduction

Basic Specifications Model

Screw in fittings

One-touch fittings

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1- ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

ANA1-

01

02

03

04

06

10

12

14

20

C08

C10

C12

R1/4

R3/8

R1/2

R3/4

R1

R1 1/4

R1 1/2

R2

Ø8

Ø10

Ø12

Port

R1/8

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium

5 to 60

temperature (°C) Weight [g] Effective area [mm ]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2

4

14

22

36

110

180

544

612

873

5

13

19

10

15

35

60

90

160

280

450

610

11

15

33

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Effective area

Price £

[mm2]

5

ANA1, heavy duty silencer ANA1-01

Silencer

R1/8

10

5.82

ANA1-02

Silencer

R1/4

15

7.66

ANA1-03

Silencer

R3/8

35

8.24

ANA1-04

Silencer

R1/2

60

11.84

ANA1-06

Silencer

R3/4

90

19.89

ANA1-10

Silencer

R1

160

27.93

ANA1-12

Silencer

R1 1/4

280

50.67

ANA1-14

Silencer

R1 1/2

450

55.46

ANA1-20

Silencer

R2

610

73.40

ANA1-C08

Silencer

Ø8 (one-touch fitting)

11

7.20

ANA1-C10

Silencer

Ø10 (one-touch fitting)

15

9.14

ANA1-C12

Silencer

Ø12 (one-touch fitting)

33

9.99

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

204

AMC series

Silencer

Filter silencer with male or female thread • Over 35 dB(A) noise reduction • Over 99.9 % oil separation rate • This guarantees clean air and reduces noise levels

Basic Specifications Model

Design with male thread

Design with female thread

AMC310

AMC510

AMC610

AMC810

AMC910

AMC220

AMC320

AMC520

R3/4

R1

R1 1/2

R2

G1/4

G1/4, 3/8

G1/2, 3/4

1000

3000

6000

10000

200

300

1000

Connection thread

R3/8

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium

5 to 60

5 5

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

temperature (°C) Noise reduction [dB(A)]

min. 35

Oil separation rate

min. 99.9 %

Oil mist release

Drain cock

Accessories

Bracket

Exhaust air capacity

300

[ln/min] Effective area [mm2]

16

55

165

330

550

12

16

55

Weight [kg]

0.2

0.5

0.7

1.2

1.7

0.12

0.2

0.5

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Effective

Price £

area [mm2] AMC, filter silencer with male thread AMC310-03

Filter silencer

R3/8

16

64.78

AMC510-06

Filter silencer

R3/4

55

85.58

AMC610-10

Filter silencer

R1

165

103.95

AMC810-14

Filter silencer

R1 1/2

330

225.44

AMC910-20

Filter silencer

R2

550

286.96

AMC, filter silencer with female thread AMC220-F02

Filter silencer

G1/4

12

51.24

AMC320-F02

Filter silencer

G1/4

16

64.78

AMC320-F03

Filter silencer

G3/8

16

64.78

AMC520-F04

Filter silencer

G1/2

55

85.58

AMC520-F06

Filter silencer

G3/4

55

85.58

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

AMC series

205

Silencer

Accessories Product reference

Suitable for model

Description

Price £

Spare filter elements and brackets

AMC-EL3

AMC220

Spare filter element

25.52

AMC-EL3

AMC310 / AMC320

Spare filter element

29.12

AMC-EL5

AMC510 / AMC520

Spare filter element

39.36

AMC-EL6

AMC610

Spare filter element

52.38

AMC-EL8

AMC810

Spare filter element

91.41

AMC-EL9

AMC910

Spare filter element

117.5

BE20

AMC220

Bracket

3.03

BE30

AMC310 / AMC320

Bracket

5.20

BE50

AMC510 / AMC520

Bracket

6.01

BE60

AMC610

Bracket

6.01

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

BE30

AMC-EL2

5

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

207

Vacuum

Ejector unit ZH series, ejector unit

209

ZU series, ejector unit In-Line

210

ZL series, multiple stage ejector unit

211

Air suction filter ZFB series, air suction filter

213

ZFC series, ejector unit In-Line

214

ZFZ series, compact air suction filter

215

AMJ series, water separator for vacuum systems

216

Vacuum pad Vacuum pad configurator

217

ZP series, vacuum suction pads

221

ZPT, ZPR series, suction pad adapter and buffer

225

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Vacuum regulator IRV series, vacuum regulator

228

6

Pressure units in vacuum technology

new pressure units

old pressure units

Name

Abbreviation

Link

Pascal

Pa

1 Pa = 1 N/m2

Kilopascal

kPa

1 kPa = 1000 Pa = 10 mbar / 100 kPa = 1 bar

Bar

bar

1 bar = 105 Pa = 0.1 MPa

Millibar

mbar

1 mbar = 10-3 bar = 100 Pa = 1 hPa

Torr (Millimetre mercury column)

Torr (mmHg)

1 Torr = 133.3224 Pa (1 bar = 750 Torr)

Kilopond per square centimeter

kp/cm2

1 kp/cm2 = 98066 Pa = 0.981 bar

Meter water column

mWs

10 mWs = 98066 Pa = 0.981 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

208

Vacuum technology

Vacuum technology is highly valued in industrial automation and in almost all handling sectors.

Valves

Compressor

Valves one-stage ejectors

Modular ejectors

Vacuum pressure switch

Vacuum pressure gauge

Vacuum pressure gauge Flow switch Flow switch

Modular unit

Vacuum ventilation

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Suction valve

Vacuum pressure

Vacuum filter

valve

Vacuum pressure gauge

Filter

switch Vaccum pad

Workpiece

Vacuum system with vacuum pump

Compressor Refrigerated Compressed air dryer air filter

Microfilter

Vacuum pump

Regulator

Control unit for the vacuum control system

Flow switch

Workpiece

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Vacuum pressure gauge

ZH series

209

Ejector unit

Ejector unit • 2 designs: Pipe or body with silencer • Light, compact structure • Suction capacity from 5 to 40 l/min (higher suction capacities upon request) • Available optionally with thread or one-touch fittings

Basic Specifications Model

ZH05B

ZH10B

ZH13B

Nozzle diameter [mm]

0.5

1

1.3

Design

Compact version (built-in silencer),

Pipe version (without silencer),

Model B

Model D

-88 MPa / -0.88 bar

-88 MPa / -0.88 bar

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Max. vacuum

Note 1)

ZH05D

ZH10D

ZH13D

0.5

1

1.3

Air consumption [l/min]

13

46

78

13

46

78

Max. suction flow rate [l/min]

5

24

40

5

24

40

Connection

SUP

Ø6, 1/8

Ø6

Ø8

Ø6

Ø6

Ø8

one-touch fittings/

VAC

Ø6, 1/8

Ø6, 1/8

Ø10, 1/4

Ø6

Ø6

Ø10

thread

EXH

Weight [g]

–

–

–

Ø6

Ø8

Ø10

28

33

66

11

16

27

Note 1) Inlet pressure: 0.45 MPa

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Nozzle Ø [mm]

Port Ø

Suction capacity

Air

[l/min]

Vacuum

Model

Price £

6 ZH, vacuum unit, pipe design without silencer ZH05DS-06-06-06

Vacuum unit

0.5

6

6

5

Model D

13.88

ZH10DS-06-06-08

Vacuum unit

1.0

6

6

24

Model D

20.14

ZH13DS-08-10-10

Vacuum unit

1.3

8

10

40

Model D

22.11

ZH, ejector unit, body design with silencer ZH05BS-06-06

Ejector unit

0.5

6

6

5

Model B

23.08

ZH10BS-06-06

Ejector unit

1.0

6

6

24

Model B

32.18

ZH13BS-08-10

Ejector unit

1.3

8

10

40

Model B

34.16

ZH05BS-06-F01

Ejector unit

0.5

6

G 1/8

5

Model B

34.21

ZH10BS-06-F01

Ejector unit

1.0

6

G 1/8

24

Model B

34.21

ZH10BS-F01-F01

Ejector unit

1.0

G 1/8

G 1/8

24

Model B

31.68

ZH13BS-08-F02

Ejector unit

1.3

8

G 1/4

40

Model B

36.18

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

210

ZU series

Ejector unit

In-line ejector unit • One-touch fitting ports Ø 6 mm • Assembly possible close to the workpiece • Light, compact structure • Built-in silencer • Suction capacity from 7 to 16 l/min

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZU05S

Design

High vacuum

ZU07S

Medium

Compressed air

Max. operating pressure

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Standard supply pressure

0.45 MPa / 4.5 bar

Operating temperature range [°C]

5 to 60

Tubing O.D. (mm)

SUP port: 6 / VAC port: 6

Max. suction capacity [l/min]

7

ZU05L

ZU07L

Large suction capacity

10

12

16

Max. air consumption [l/min]

14

29

14

29

Max. vacuum Note 1)

-85 kPa

-85 kPa

-48 kPa

-48 kPa

-0.85 bar

-0.85 bar

-0.48 bar

-0.48 bar

6.5

7

6.5

7

Weight [g] Note 1) Inlet pressure: 0.45 MPa

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Nozzle Ø

Tube O.D.

Max. suction

Max.

[mm]

[mm]

capacity [l/min]

vacuum

0.5

6

7

-85 kPa

Price £

ZH, ejector unit In-Line ZU05S

Ejector unit

14.30

-0.85 bar ZU07S

Ejector unit

0.7

6

10

-85 kPa

15.90

-0.85 bar ZU05L

Ejector unit

0.5

6

12

-48 kPa

14.30

-0.48 bar ZU07L

Ejector unit

0.7

6

16

-48 kPa -0.48 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

15.90

ZL series

211

Ejector unit

Multiple stage ejector unit • Compact structure • 3 different types: Ejector + vacuum switch / ejector + vacuum pressure gauge / ejector • Vacuum build up over 3-stage nozzle therefore lower air consumption • Suction capacity up to 200 l/min • Different mounting possibilities

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications / ejector Model

ZL112

ZL212

Medium

Compressed air

Compressed air

Nozzle Ø [mm]

1.2

1.2 x 2

Max. suction capacity [l/min]

100

200

Max. air consumption [l/min]

63

126

Max. vacuum

-84 MPa / -0.84 bar

-84 MPa / -0.84 bar

Max. permitted operating pressure

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Operating pressure range

0.2 to 0.5 MPa / 2 to 5 bar

0.2 to 0.5 MPa / 2 to 5 bar

Optimum operating pressure

0.4 MPa / 4 bar

0.4 MPa / 4 bar

Operating temperature range [°C]

5 to 50

5 to 50

Note 1)

Basic Specifications / vacuum pressure gauge Model

GZ30S

Medium

Compressed air

Full span [KPa]

-100 to 100

Display range (angular)

230°

Accuracy

±3% of the full span

Class

3

Operating temperature range [°C]

0 to 50

Material

Body: Polycarbonate / ABS plastic

Basic Specifications / vacuum switch Rated Pressure Range

0 to -101 kPa / 0 to -1.01 bar

Proof pressure

500 MPa / 5 bar

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 - 24

Smallest display unit

0.1 MPa / 0.001 bar

Accuracy

±2% of full span / ±1 digit (25°C)

Switch output PNP / NPN [mA]

max. 80

Load impedance []

50 to 600

Protective class

IP40

Note 1) Inlet pressure: 0.4 MPa / 4 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

212

ZL series

Ejector unit

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Switch output

Max.

Max.

suction

vacuum

Price £

capacity [l/min] ZL, multiple stage ejector unit ZL112 ZL112-Q

Ejector unit

–

100

-84 kPa

156.95

-0.84 bar ZL112-G-Q

Ejector unit with vacuum

–

100

pressure gauge ZL112-DFL-Q ZL112-K15LOU-DFL-Q

181.67

-0.84 bar

Ejector unit with vacuum

PNP + Analogue

pressure switch Note 1)

(4 – 20 mA)

Ejector unit with vacuum

PNP + Analogue

pressure switch Note 1)

(4 – 20 mA)

and control valves Note

-84 kPa

100

-84 kPa

288.28

-0.84 bar 100

-84 kPa

414.84

-0.84 bar

2)

ZL, multiple stage ejector unit ZL212

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZL212-Q

Ejector unit

–

200

-84 kPa

304.63

-0.84 bar ZL212-G-Q

Ejector unit with vacuum

–

200

pressure gauge ZL212-DFL-Q

-84 kPa

328.59

-0.84 bar

Ejector unit with vacuum

PNP + Analogue

pressure switch Note 1)

(4 – 20 mA)

200

-84 kPa

432.50

-0.84 bar

Note 1) Incl. cable for vacuum pressure switch Note 2) Order cable to the control valves separately (2x), see accessories

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable length

Price £

(m) Connector SY100-68-A-6

Connector with cable for control valve

0.6

7.24

SY100-68-A-30

Connector with cable for control valve

3

8.66

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZFB series

213

Air suction filter

Air suction filter • This prevents malfunctions in the vacuum system from impurities • For air and nitrogen in the vacuum area • 360° pivotable tubing port • Easy replacement of the filter element using Bayonet socket • Tubing port per one-touch fitting • Transparent filter body

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZFB

Medium

Air/nitrogen

Operating pressure

-100 to 0 kPa / -1 to 0 bar

Proof pressure

0.5 MPa / 5 bar

Operating and ambient temperature [°C]

0 to 60 (no freezing)

Filter rating [µm]

30

Filter element differential proof pressure

0.15 MPa / 1.5 bar

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane

Ordering information Product reference Description

Tube O.D.

Recommended flow

[mm]

[l/min] Note 1)

Weight [g]

Price £

ZFB, air suction filter ZFB100-04

Air suction filter

4

10

22

13.35

ZFB100-06

Air suction filter

6

20

22

13.35

ZFB200-06

Air suction filter

6

30

30

14.91

ZFB200-08

Air suction filter

8

50

30

14.91

ZFB300-08

Air suction filter

8

75

39

16.01

ZFB300-10

Air suction filter

10

75

39

16.01

Note) Flow rate when the initial pressure drop is max. 0.003 MPa.

Accessories Product reference

Description

Applicable for air suction filters

Price £

I-34S-A

Filter element

ZFB100

10.65

I-35S-A

Filter element

ZFB200

11.69

I-36S-A

Filter element

ZFB300

13.83

Filter element

A set contains 10 spare part elements and 10 O-rings

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

214

ZFC series

Air suction filter

Air suction filter In-Line • For air and nitrogen in the vacuum area • Easy replacement of the filter elements using a Bayonet socket • Easy assembly using push-in ports • Compact and light structure • Transparent filter body • Tubing port per one-touch fitting

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZFC

Medium

Air/nitrogen

Operating pressure

-100 to 0 kPa / -1 to 0 bar

Proof pressure

0.5 MPa / 5 bar

Operating and ambient temperature [°C]

0 to 60 (no freezing)

Filter rating [µm]

10

Filter element differential proof pressure

0.15 MPa / 1.5 bar

Applicable tubing material

Nylon, soft nylon, polyurethane, soft polyurethane

Ordering information Product

Description

reference

Tube O.D.

Recommended flow

[mm]

[l/min] Note 1)

Weight (g)

Price £

ZFC, air suction filter, In-Line ZFC100-04

Air suction filter

4

10

11.5

10.41

ZFC100-06

Air suction filter

6

20

11.5

10.37

ZFC200-06

Air suction filter

6

30

21.5

11.65

ZFC200-08

Air suction filter

8

50

21.5

11.65

Description

Applicable for air suction filter

Price £

I-62S-A

Filter element

ZFC100

11.45

I-63S-A

Filter element

ZFC200

11.45

Note) Flow rate when the initial pressure drop is max. 0.003 MPa/ 0.03 bar

Accessories Product reference Filter element

A set contains 10 spare part elements and 10 O-rings

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZFZ series

215

Air suction filter

Compact air suction filter • Protection of your vacuum installation from dirt • The small bowl volume enables minimum suction times • Easy mounting and removal • Short service times through easy filter replacement • Improved resistance to alcoholic cleaning agents

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZFZ-03-002A

ZFZ-03-002B

Medium

Compressed air / vacuum

Operating pressure range

-100 to 500 kPa / -1 to 5 bar

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

0 to 60 (no freezing)

Filter rating [µm]

5

Port

M5 male thread (input) M5 female thread (output)

Filter element material

Sintered alloy

10

ZFZ-03-002C

ZFZ-03-002D

ZFZ-03-002E

20

40

70

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Filter rating [µm]

Price £

ZFF, compact air suction filter ZFZ-03-002A

Air suction filter

5

13.72

ZFZ-03-002B

Air suction filter

10

13.72

ZFZ-03-002C

Air suction filter

20

13.72

ZFZ-03-002D

Air suction filter

40

13.72

ZFZ-03-002E

Air suction filter

70

13.72

Accessories Product reference

Description

Filter rating [µm]

Applicable to

Price £

Vacuum filter Replacement element ZFZ-EL03002A

Replacement element

5

ZFZ-03-002A

4.49

ZFZ-EL03002B

Replacement element

10

ZFZ-03-002B

4.49

ZFZ-EL03002C

Replacement element

20

ZFZ-03-002C

4.49

ZFZ-EL03002D

Replacement element

40

ZFZ-03-002D

4.49

ZFZ-EL03002E

Replacement element

70

ZFZ-03-002E

4.49

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

216

AMJ series

Air suction filter

Water separator for vacuum systems • It separates liquids and particles from the suction air • Separation rate min. 90% • Manual drain valve • Bowl protection standard • Easy filter change

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

AMJ

Medium

Air

Operating pressure range

-100 kPa to 1 MPa / -1 bar to 10 bar

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating and ambient temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Separation rate

> 90%

Service life of element

2 years Note 1)

Note 1) Change the filter element if there is a pressure drop of 20 kPa or 0.2 bar.

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Port

Flow rate [l/min]

Weight [kg]

Price £

AMJ, water separator for vacuum systems AMJ3000-F02

Water separator

G1/4

200

0.3

103.05

AMJ3000-F03

Water separator

G3/8

200

0.3

103.05

AMJ4000-F03

Water separator

G3/8

300

0.6

119.63

AMJ4000-F04

Water separator

G1/2

300

0.6

119.63

AMJ5000-F06

Water separator

G3/4

500

1.1

167.04

AMJ5000-F10

Water separator

G1

500

1.1

167.04

Accessories Product reference

Description

Suitable for

Price £

AF30P-050AS

Bracket

AMJ3000

2.93

AF40P-050AS

Bracket

AMJ4000

3.98

AF50P-050AS

Bracket

AMJ5000

6.01

Bracket

Incl. mounting bolts

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

217

Pad configurator

To fix the pad there are four different designs available: "In-Line" or "lateral" vacuum port respectively with or without buffer. ZPT

ZPR

"In-line"

"Lateral"

see page 218

see page 219

see page 218

see page 219

Without buffer

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

With Buffer

[5] [6] After selection of the suitable design the individual parts required for the assembly must be specified. Proceed with the selection as follows: a) Select suction pad (Shape, material, diameter) [1] b) Suction pad adapter (male or female thread, depending on the suction pad) [2] [3] c) Optional: Adapter for side air port [4] d) Optional: Buffer (assembly thread, vacuum port, spring stroke with or without rotation prevention). [5] [6] [4]

The ordering designations can be taken from the following pages in the catalogue. Pads with a different structure fully mounted can be ordered. We are at your entire disposal for further information.

[2] [3]

[1]

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

218

Pad configurator

ZPT series – vacuum port "In-Line" Suitable adapters and buffers can be selected for the suction models. without buffer Suction pad adapter [2] or [3]

ZPT

2

—

(Page 225)

Suction pad [1]

B6 Connection thread (female or male thread)

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

1

2 to 8

2

10 to 16

3

20 to 32

4

40 / 50

16

ZP

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(Page 221 to 224)

U

N

Suction structure

Suction pad material

With Buffer Buffer [5]

ZPB

2

(Page 227)

K

10

–

B5

K = Rotation prevention

Spring

Vacuum port

J = No rotation

stroke

only female thread

prevention

Suction pad adapter [3]

ZPT

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

Adapter connection thread

1

2 to 8

-

2

10 to 32

B5

3

40 / 50

B8

2

–

B5

(Page 225)

Suction pad [1] (Page 221 to 224)

ZP

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

1*

2 to 8

2

10 to 16

3

20 to 32

4

40 / 50

16

U

N

Suction structure

Suction pad material

Order * Ø2 to Ø8 without suction pad adapter, suction intake is directly on the buffer

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

219

Pad configurator

ZPR series – vacuum port "Lateral" Suitable adapters and buffers can be selected for the suction models. without buffer ZPR adapter [4]

ZPR

S

(Page 225, 226)

06

–

Port one-touch fitting

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

S

2 to 16

L

20 to 50

A6 Mounting thread (female or male thread)

Suction pad adapter [3] Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(Page 225)

ZPT

2

Symbol

–

B5

Suction pad Ø [mm]

Adapter port (only female thread)

1

2 to 8

B5

2

10 to 16

B5

3

20 to 32

B8

4

40 / 50

B8

6 Suction pad [1] (Page 221 to 224)

ZP

16

U

N

Suction

Suction pad material

structure

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

220

Pad configurator

ZPR series – vacuum port "Lateral" Suitable adapters and buffers can be selected for the suction models. With Buffer Buffer[6]

ZPB

2

(Page 227)

K

10

K = Rotation prevention

Spring

J = No rotation

stroke

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

prevention

ZPR adapter [4]

ZPR

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

Adapter connection thread

1

2 to 8

-

2

10 to 32

B5

3

40 / 50

B8

S

(Page 225, 226)

Suction pad adapter [3]

06

–

B5

Port one-touch fitting

ZPT

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

S

2 to 16

L

20 to 50

2

–

B5

(Page 225)

Symbol

Suction pad Ø [mm]

Adapter port

1

2 to 8

B5

2

10 to 16

B5

3

20 to 32

B8

4

40 / 50

B8

only female thread

Suction pad [1] (Page 221 to 224)

ZP

16

U

N

Suction structure

Suction pad material

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZP series

221

Vacuum pad

Vacuum suction pads • Extensive range made of various materials: NBR, silicon, fluorinated rubber, urethane • 4 designs for the circular vacuum: Flat, Flat with ribs, deep, bellows • Suction pad diameter from 2 to 50 mm • Safety ring on the suction pad as from Ø10 standard

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Ø [mm]

Material

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZP [1], vacuum suction pads, flat design ZP02UN

Flat design

2

NBR

2.43

ZP04UN

Flat design

4

NBR

2.43

ZP06UN

Flat design

6

NBR

2.43

ZP08UN

Flat design

8

NBR

1.47

ZP10UN

Flat design

10

NBR

2.89

ZP13UN

Flat design

13

NBR

2.89

ZP16UN

Flat design

16

NBR

2.27

ZP20UN

Flat design

20

NBR

3.40

ZP25UN

Flat design

25

NBR

3.40

ZP32UN

Flat design

32

NBR

3.67

ZP40UN

Flat design

40

NBR

4.82

ZP50UN

Flat design

50

NBR

4.82

ZP02US

Flat design

2

MVQ (silicon)

2.66

ZP04US

Flat design

4

MVQ (silicon)

2.66

ZP06US

Flat design

6

MVQ (silicon)

2.66

ZP08US

Flat design

8

MVQ (silicon)

2.66

ZP10US

Flat design

10

MVQ (silicon)

3.21

ZP13US

Flat design

13

MVQ (silicon)

3.21

ZP16US

Flat design

16

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP20US

Flat design

20

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP25US

Flat design

25

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP32US

Flat design

32

MVQ (silicon)

4.04

ZP40US

Flat design

40

MVQ (silicon)

5.33

ZP50US

Flat design

50

MVQ (silicon)

5.33

ZP02UU

Flat design

2

Urethane

3.26

ZP04UU

Flat design

4

Urethane

3.26

ZP06UU

Flat design

6

Urethane

3.26

ZP08UU

Flat design

8

Urethane

3.26

ZP10UU

Flat design

10

Urethane

3.95

ZP13UU

Flat design

13

Urethane

3.95

ZP16UU

Flat design

16

Urethane

4.46

ZP20UU

Flat design

20

Urethane

4.46

ZP25UU

Flat design

25

Urethane

4.46

ZP32UU

Flat design

32

Urethane

4.82

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

222

ZP series

Vacuum pad

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Ordering Information (Continued) Product reference

Description

Ø [mm]

Material

Price £

ZP40UU

Flat design

40

Urethane

6.39

ZP50UU

Flat design

50

Urethane

6.39

ZP02UF

Flat design

2

FKM

3.72

ZP04UF

Flat design

4

FKM

3.72

ZP06UF

Flat design

6

FKM

3.98

ZP08UF

Flat design

8

FKM

3.72

ZP10UF

Flat design

10

FKM

4.69

ZP13UF

Flat design

13

FKM

4.69

ZP16UF

Flat design

16

FKM

5.19

ZP20UF

Flat design

20

FKM

5.19

ZP25UF

Flat design

25

FKM

5.19

ZP32UF

Flat design

32

FKM

5.47

ZP40UF

Flat design

40

FKM

7.35

ZP50UF

Flat design

50

FKM

7.35

ZP [1], vacuum suction pads, flat design with ribs ZP10CN

Flat w/ ribs

10

NBR

2.89

ZP13CN

Flat w/ ribs

13

NBR

2.89

ZP16CN

Flat w/ ribs

16

NBR

3.40

ZP20CN

Flat w/ ribs

20

NBR

3.40

ZP25CN

Flat w/ ribs

25

NBR

3.40

ZP32CN

Flat w/ ribs

32

NBR

3.67

ZP40CN

Flat w/ ribs

40

NBR

3.41

ZP50CN

Flat w/ ribs

50

NBR

4.82

ZP10CS

Flat w/ ribs

10

MVQ (silicon)

3.21

ZP13CS

Flat w/ ribs

13

MVQ (silicon)

3.21

ZP16CS

Flat w/ ribs

16

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP20CS

Flat w/ ribs

20

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP25CS

Flat w/ ribs

25

MVQ (silicon)

3.72

ZP32CS

Flat w/ ribs

32

MVQ (silicon)

4.04

ZP40CS

Flat w/ ribs

40

MVQ (silicon)

5.33

ZP50CS

Flat w/ ribs

50

MVQ (silicon)

5.33

ZP10CU

Flat w/ ribs

10

Urethane

3.95

ZP13CU

Flat w/ ribs

13

Urethane

3.95

ZP16CU

Flat w/ ribs

16

Urethane

4.46

ZP20CU

Flat w/ ribs

20

Urethane

4.46

ZP25CU

Flat w/ ribs

25

Urethane

4.46

ZP32CU

Flat w/ ribs

32

Urethane

4.82

ZP40CU

Flat w/ ribs

40

Urethane

6.39

ZP50CU

Flat w/ ribs

50

Urethane

6.39

ZP10CF

Flat w/ ribs

10

FKM

4.69

ZP13CF

Flat w/ ribs

13

FKM

4.69

ZP16CF

Flat w/ ribs

16

FKM

5.19

ZP20CF

Flat w/ ribs

20

FKM

5.19

ZP25CF

Flat w/ ribs

25

FKM

5.19

ZP32CF

Flat w/ ribs

32

FKM

5.47

ZP40CF

Flat w/ ribs

40

FKM

7.35

ZP50CF

Flat w/ ribs

50

FKM

7.35

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZP series

223

Vacuum pad

Ordering Information (Continued) Product reference

Description

Ø [mm]

Material

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZP [1], vacuum suction pads, deep design ZP10DN

Deep design

10

NBR

6.52

ZP16DN

Deep design

16

NBR

6.66

ZP25DN

Deep design

25

NBR

6.94

ZP40DN

Deep design

40

NBR

7.21

ZP10DS

Deep design

10

MVQ (silicon)

6.85

ZP16DS

Deep design

16

MVQ (silicon)

6.94

ZP25DS

Deep design

25

MVQ (silicon)

7.26

ZP40DS

Deep design

40

MVQ (silicon)

7.72

ZP10DU

Deep design

10

Urethane

7.58

ZP16DU

Deep design

16

Urethane

7.72

ZP25DU

Deep design

25

Urethane

8.00

ZP40DU

Deep design

40

Urethane

8.78

ZP10DF

Deep design

10

FKM

8.32

ZP16DF

Deep design

16

FKM

8.41

ZP25DF

Deep design

25

FKM

8.73

ZP40DF

Deep design

40

FKM

9.74

ZP [1], vacuum suction pads, bellows design ZP06BN

Bellows design

6

NBR

5.33

ZP08BN

Bellows design

8

NBR

5.33

ZP10BN

Bellows design

10

NBR

6.75

ZP13BN

Bellows design

13

NBR

6.75

ZP16BN

Bellows design

16

NBR

7.26

ZP20BN

Bellows design

20

NBR

7.26

ZP25BN

Bellows design

25

NBR

7.26

ZP32BN

Bellows design

32

NBR

8.96

ZP40BN

Bellows design

40

NBR

11.54

ZP50BN

Bellows design

50

NBR

11.54

ZP06BS

Bellows design

6

MVQ (silicon)

5.47

ZP08BS

Bellows design

8

MVQ (silicon)

5.47

ZP10BS

Bellows design

10

MVQ (silicon)

6.98

ZP13BS

Bellows design

13

MVQ (silicon)

7.03

ZP16BS

Bellows design

16

MVQ (silicon)

7.54

ZP20BS

Bellows design

20

MVQ (silicon)

7.54

ZP25BS

Bellows design

25

MVQ (silicon)

7.54

ZP32BS

Bellows design

32

MVQ (silicon)

9.38

ZP40BS

Bellows design

40

MVQ (silicon)

12.04

ZP50BS

Bellows design

50

MVQ (silicon)

12.04

ZP06BU

Bellows design

6

Urethane

6.06

ZP08BU

Bellows design

8

Urethane

6.06

ZP10BU

Bellows design

10

Urethane

7.77

ZP13BU

Bellows design

13

Urethane

7.81

ZP16BU

Bellows design

16

Urethane

8.27

ZP20BU

Bellows design

20

Urethane

8.27

ZP25BU

Bellows design

25

Urethane

8.27

ZP32BU

Bellows design

32

Urethane

10.07

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

224

ZP series

Vacuum pad

Ordering Information (Continued) Description

Ø [mm]

Material

Price £

ZP40BU

Bellows design

40

Urethane

13.05

ZP50BU

Bellows design

50

Urethane

13.05

ZP06BF

Bellows design

6

FKM

6.52

ZP08BF

Bellows design

8

FKM

6.52

ZP10BF

Bellows design

10

FKM

8.46

ZP13BF

Bellows design

13

FKM

8.55

ZP16BF

Bellows design

16

FKM

8.92

ZP20BF

Bellows design

20

FKM

8.92

ZP25BF

Bellows design

25

FKM

8.92

ZP32BF

Bellows design

32

FKM

10.75

ZP40BF

Bellows design

40

FKM

14.02

ZP50BF

Bellows design

50

FKM

14.02

Pad material and features

Weather-proof

Ozone resistant

Wear-proof

Waterproof

Solvent resistant



X

X





X

MVQ (silicon)

40°

-30 to 200

X

X



X





X



X

Urethane

60°

0 to 60



X

X

X







X

X

0 to 250





X













Fluorinated rubber (FKM) 60°

resistant)

Acid resistant



(Benzene/toluene

Alkali resistant

X

(Benzene)



Oil resistant

0 to 120

(Petrol)

Oil resistant

50°

Temperature range

NBR

(+/- 5°)

Material

[°C]

Features

Shore hardness HS

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

 little or no influence

The above features cover only general characteristics of rubber materials. The materials used by SMC for the

 use under circumstances possible

suction pads correspond to the JIS standard for material standards.

X not applicable

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZPT, ZPR series

225

Vacuum pad

Suction pad adapter and buffer • The modular structure of the pad enables the easy combination of the required design • Large selection of adapter elements with rigid or sprung pad guide • Design with radial or axial connection possibility for the vacuum piping

Ordering information Product reference

Description

For suction pad Ø

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZPT [2], suction pad adapter with male thread ZPT1-A5

Male thread M5

2/4/6/8

3.38

ZPT1-A6

Male thread M6

2/4/6/8

2.89

ZPT2-A5

Male thread M5

10 / 13 / 16

6.73

ZPT2-A6

Male thread M6

10 / 13 / 16

6.73

ZPT3-A6

Male thread M6

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT3-A8

Male thread M8

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT4-A6

Male thread M6

40 / 50

6.73

ZPT4-A8

Male thread M8

40 / 50

6.73

ZPT [3], suction pad adapter with female thread ZPT1-B4

Female thread M4

2/4/6/8

3.38

ZPT1-B5

Female thread M5

2/4/6/8

3.38

ZPT2-B5

Female thread M5

10 / 13 / 16

6.73

ZPT2-B6

Female thread M6

10 / 13 / 16

6.73

ZPT2-B01

Female thread Rc 1/8"

10 / 13 / 16

6.73

ZPT3-B5

Female thread M5

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT3-B6

Female thread M6

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT3-B8

Female thread M8

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT3-B01

Female thread Rc 1/8"

20 / 25 / 32

6.73

ZPT4-B6

Female thread M6

40 / 50

6.73

ZPT4-B8

Female thread M8

40 / 50

6.73

ZPT4-B01

Female thread Rc 1/8"

40 / 50

5.79

ZPR [4], adapter with male or female thread, vacuum port, one-touch fitting 4 mm ZPRS-04-A5

Male thread M5

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRS-04-A6

Male thread M6

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRS-04-B4

Female thread M4

2/4/6/8

11.44

ZPRS-04-B5

Female thread M5

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

11.44

ZPRS-04-B6

Female thread M6

10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRL-04-A6

Male thread M6

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

ZPRL-04-A8

Male thread M8

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

ZPRL-04-B5

Female thread M5

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

ZPRL-04-B6

Female thread M6

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

ZPRL-04-B8

Female thread M8

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

226

ZPT, ZPR series

Vacuum pad

Ordering Information(Continued) Product reference

Description

For suction pad Ø

Price £

[mm]

ZPR [4], adapter with male or female thread, vacuum port with onetouch fitting 6 mm ZPRS-06-A5

Male thread M5

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRS-06-A6

Male thread M6

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRS-06-B4

Female thread M4

2/4/6/8

11.95

ZPRS-06-B5

Female thread M5

2 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 13 / 16

11.31

ZPRS-06-B6

Female thread M6

10 / 13 / 16

12.00

ZPRL-06-A6

Male thread M6

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

12.96

ZPRL-06-A8

Male thread M8

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

11.49

ZPRL-06-B5

Female thread M5

20 / 25 / 32

10.94

ZPRL-06-B6

Female thread M6

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

10.94

ZPRL-06-B8

Female thread M8

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

10.94

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZPR [4], adapter with male or female thread, vacuum port with onetouch fitting 8 mm ZPRL-08-A6

Male thread M6

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

12.96

ZPRL-08-A8

Male thread M8

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

12.96

ZPRL-08-B5

Female thread M5

20 / 25 / 32

12.96

ZPRL-08-B6

Female thread M6

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

12.96

ZPRL-08-B8

Female thread M8

20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50

11.03

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZPT, ZPR series

227

Vacuum pad

Accessories Article number

Mounting

Vacuum port

Spring

Rotation

male thread

female thread

stroke

prevention

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZPT [5], buffer with In-Line vacuum port ZPB1J6-B3

M8x1

M3

6

No

13.42

ZPB1J6-B5

M8x1

M5

6

No

13.42

ZPB1J10-B5

M10x1

M5

10

No

23.45

ZPB2J10-B5

M10x1

M5

10

No

14.85

ZPB3J10-B5

M14x1

M5

10

No

19.63

ZPB3J10-B01

M14x1

Rc 1/8"

10

No

19.63

ZPB3J20-B01

M14x1

Rc 1/8"

20

No

33.01

ZPB1K6-B3

M8x1

M3

6

Yes

25.01

ZPB1K6-B5

M8x1

M5

6

Yes

25.01

ZPB1K10-B5

M8x1

M5

10

Yes

33.93

ZPB2K10-B5

M10x1

M5

10

Yes

30.62

ZPB3K10-B5

M14x1

M5

10

Yes

35.40

ZPB3K10-B01

M14x1

Rc 1/8"

10

Yes

28.83

ZPB3K20-B01

M14x1

Rc 1/8"

20

Yes

48.78

ZPR [6], buffer without vacuum port ZPB1J6

M8x1

–

6

No

11.77

ZPB2J10

M10x1

–

10

No

12.92

ZPB3J10

M14x1

–

10

No

19.12

ZPB3J20

M14x1

–

20

No

27.26

ZPB1K6

M8x1

–

6

Yes

22.30

ZPB2K10

M10x1

–

10

Yes

28.73

ZPB3K10

M14x1

–

10

Yes

34.90

ZPB3K20

M14x1

–

20

Yes

43.03

For all buffers there are two mounting nuts included within the scope of delivery

Accessories Model number

Description

Size

Price £

Assembly nuts for spring element (spare part) SNJ-010A

Assembly nuts for spring element

2 to 8 mm

0.13

SNJ-015A

Assembly nuts for spring element

10 to 32 mm

0.33

SN-010A

Assembly nuts for spring element

40 and 50 mm

0.28

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6

228

IRV series

Vacuum regulator

Vacuum regulator • For installation after a vacuum pump, it regulates the vacuum • 2 available sizes • Compact, lightweight design • Suitable for panel mounting as standard+ • Pressure gauge attachment on the front or at the rear possible

6

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

IRV10

Medium

Air

IRV20

Vacuum regulation range [kPa]

-100 to -1.3

Ambient air capacity [l/min]

max. 0.6

Ambient and medium temperature (°C)

5 to 60

Rotary button resolution [kPa]

0.13

Pressure gauge port

Rc 1/8" (Thread adapter P601010-18 is required Note 1))

Weight (without accessories) [kg]

0.135

0.25

Note 1) Blind plugs are mounted upon delivery.

Ordering information Product reference

Description

Tubing O.D. (mm)

Flow rate [l/min]

Price £

IRV, vacuum regulator IRV10/20 IRV10-C08

Vacuum regulator

8

140

77.10

IRV20-C10

Vacuum regulator

10

240

80.18

Pressure gauge and bracket are not included in the scope of delivery, see accessories.

Accessories Product reference

suitable for model

Description

Price £

Bracket, pressure gauge, vacuum pressure switch, water separator P601010-17

GZ33-K-01

ZSE30A

AMJ4000

P601010-17

Bracket

IRV10

2.41

P601020-17

Bracket

IRV20

2.41

P601010-11

Plug for unused pressure gauge port

IRV10, IRV20

GZ33-K-01

Pressure gauge, 1/8

IRV10

14.53

GZ43-K-01

Pressure gauge, 1/8

IRV20

14.53

ZSE30A-01-B

Digital vacuum pressure switch, 2 x PNP output

IRV10, IRV20

68.86

ZS-38-4G

Connection cable to the vacuum pressure switch 2 m,

ZSE30A

14.63

2.27

4 cores AMJ3000-F03

Water separator range AMJ, 3/8

IRV10

103.05

AMJ4000-F04

Water separator range AMJ, 1/2

IRV20

119.63

AF30P-050AS

Bracket for water separator

AMJ3000

2.93

AF40P-050AS

Bracket for water separator

AMJ4000

3.98

P601010-18

Thread adapter for pressure gauge / switch assembly

IRV10, IRV20

4.02

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

229

Cylinders, cylinders with precision guide, rotary tables, air grippers and accessories

Cylinders CG1 series, air cylinder

231

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP C85 series, air cylinder (ISO 6432 / CETOP RP52P)

236

CP96 series, profile tubular cylinder (ISO 15552 prev. VDMA 24562)

241

C55 series, compact cylinder (ISO 21287)

246

Compact cylinder CQS series, compact cylinder

250

CQ2 series, compact cylinder

253

CQM series, compact cylinder with guide

256

CXS series, compact cylinder with guide

259

MGP series, compact cylinder with guide

262

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinders with precision guide MXS series, compact slide

265

MY1B series mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - basic type

269

MY1M series mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

273

MY1C series mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

277

MY1H series mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - linear guide type

281

MY2H series, rodless cylinder

283

Rotary table MSQ series, rotary table

286

Air grippers MHY series, 180° angular air gripper

290

MHZ2 series, 2-finger parallel air gripper

292

Auto switch D-A93L series, Reed switch

294

D-M9 series, electronic auto switch

295

Accessories Mounting brackets auto switch

296

Shock absorbers RB, RBC series, shock absorber, long type

297

RBQ, RBQC series, shock absorber, short type

298

Cylinder specifications Theoretical cylinder force

299

Peak cylinder air consumption

300

Mean cylinder air consumption

300

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

230

Intermediate and special stroke lengths are available upon request

In the table below is a selection of possible rod ends. These refer to the following cylinders: • C85, page 236

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

• CP96, page 241

Delivery times for the listed rod ends upon request.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CG1 series

231

Cylinders

Air cylinder short type • Space saving: Cylinder base and pipe are the one component therefore shorter construction length. • Weight saving: as a result of the component integration up to 24% weight saved • High kinetic energy absorption in the end position: external shock absorbers can frequently be avoided • For quick movement cycles: High piston speeds up to 1000 mm/s possible • Pistons Ø 80 and 100 mm are also available upon request

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

20

Action

Double acting single rod

25

32

40

50

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Fluid

Air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

Operating pressure range

0.05 to 1 MPa

Ambient and using

With auto switch: -10 to 60 (no freezing)

63

Operating fluid temperature [°C]

Without auto switch: -10 to 70 (no freezing)

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 1000

Stroke tolerance [mm]

0 / +1.4

Cushion

Rubber bumper

Assembly

Basic, Basic (without trunnion mounting female thread), Axial foot,

80

100

Rod flange, Head flange, Rod trunnion, Head trunnion, Clevis (used for changing the port location by 90°) Permitted kinetic energy [J] Male rod end

0.28

0.41

0.66

1.20

2.00

3.40

5.90

9.90

Female rod end

0.11

0.18

0.29

0.52

0.91

1.54

2.71

4.54

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder

Piston rod

Working Cylinder

Operating pressure [MPa]

bore size

size [mm]

direction bore

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

[mm]

surface [mm2]

20

8

OuT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

20

8

IN

264

53

79

106

132

158

185

211

238

264

25

10

OuT

491

98

147

196

246

295

344

393

442

491

25

10

IN

412

82

124

165

206

247

288

330

371

412

32

12

OuT

804

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

32

12

IN

691

138

207

276

346

415

484

553

622

691

40

14

OuT

1260

252

378

504

630

756

882

1010

1130

1260

40

14

IN

1100

220

330

440

550

660

770

880

990

1100

50

20

OuT

1960

392

588

784

980

1180

1370

1570

1760

1960

50

20

IN

1650

330

495

660

825

990

1160

1320

1490

1650

63

20

OuT

3120

624

936

1250

1560

1870

2180

2500

2810

3120

63

20

IN

2800

560

840

1120

1400

1680

1960

2240

2520

2800

80

25

OuT

5030

1010

1510

2010

2520

3020

3520

4020

4530

5030

80

25

IN

4540

908

1360

1820

2270

2720

3180

3630

4090

4540

100

30

OuT

7850

1570

2360

3140

3930

4710

5500

6280

7070

7850

100

30

IN

7150

1430

2150

2860

3580

4290

5010

5720

6440

7150

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

232

CG1 series

Cylinders

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore Stroke

Rod

size [mm]

[mm]

male thread

Port

Price £

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CG1, double acting with magnetic ring CDG1BN20-25

Air cylinder

20

25

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

30.17

CDG1BN20-50

Air cylinder

20

50

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

31.68

CDG1BN20-75

Air cylinder

20

75

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

33.24

CDG1BN20-100

Air cylinder

20

100

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

34.76

CDG1BN20-125

Air cylinder

20

125

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

36.27

CDG1BN20-150

Air cylinder

20

150

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

37.84

CDG1BN20-200

Air cylinder

20

200

M8 x 1.25

Rc1/8

40.92

CDG1BN25-25

Air cylinder

25

25

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

33.24

CDG1BN25-50

Air cylinder

25

50

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

34.76

CDG1BN25-75

Air cylinder

25

75

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

36.27

CDG1BN25-100

Air cylinder

25

100

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

42.67

CDG1BN25-125

Air cylinder

25

125

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

39.36

CDG1BN25-150

Air cylinder

25

150

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

40.92

CDG1BN25-200

Air cylinder

25

200

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

43.94

CDG1BN25-250

Air cylinder

25

250

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

47.03

CDG1BN25-300

Air cylinder

25

300

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

50.11

CDG1BN32-25

Air cylinder

32

25

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

34.23

CDG1BN32-50

Air cylinder

32

50

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

35.80

CDG1BN32-75

Air cylinder

32

75

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

37.31

CDG1BN32-100

Air cylinder

32

100

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

38.83

CDG1BN32-125

Air cylinder

32

125

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

40.39

CDG1BN32-150

Air cylinder

32

150

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

41.91

CDG1BN32-200

Air cylinder

32

200

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

44.98

CDG1BN32-250

Air cylinder

32

250

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

48.06

CDG1BN32-300

Air cylinder

32

300

M10 x 1.25

Rc1/8

51.05

CDG1BN40-25

Air cylinder

40

25

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

56.07

CDG1BN40-50

Air cylinder

40

50

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

54.65

CDG1BN40-75

Air cylinder

40

75

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

58.59

CDG1BN40-100

Air cylinder

40

100

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

58.72

CDG1BN40-125

Air cylinder

40

125

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

60.76

CDG1BN40-150

Air cylinder

40

150

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

62.84

CDG1BN40-200

Air cylinder

40

200

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

66.92

CDG1BN40-250

Air cylinder

40

250

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

70.99

CDG1BN40-300

Air cylinder

40

300

M14 x 1.5

Rc1/8

75.11

CDG1BN50-25

Air cylinder

50

25

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

79.08

CDG1BN50-50

Air cylinder

50

50

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

82.69

CDG1BN50-75

Air cylinder

50

75

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

86.24

CDG1BN50-100

Air cylinder

50

100

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

89.84

CDG1BN50-125

Air cylinder

50

125

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

93.44

CDG1BN50-150

Air cylinder

50

150

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

96.99

CDG1BN50-200

Air cylinder

50

200

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

104.10

CDG1BN50-250

Air cylinder

50

250

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

111.24

CDG1BN50-300

Air cylinder

50

300

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

118.40

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CG1 series

233

Cylinders

Ordering Information

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore Stroke

Rod

size [mm]

[mm]

male thread

Port

Price £

CDG1BN63-25

Air cylinder

63

25

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

96.99

CDG1BN63-50

Air cylinder

63

50

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

100.54

CDG1BN63-75

Air cylinder

63

75

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

104.10

CDG1BN63-100

Air cylinder

63

100

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

107.65

CDG1BN63-125

Air cylinder

63

125

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

111.24

CDG1BN63-150

Air cylinder

63

150

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

114.85

CDG1BN63-200

Air cylinder

63

200

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

111.58

CDG1BN63-250

Air cylinder

63

250

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

129.10

CDG1BN63-300

Air cylinder

63

300

M18 x 1.5

Rc1/4

136.26

CDG1BN80-25

Air cylinder

80

25

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

106.18

CDG1BN80-50

Air cylinder

80

50

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

110.25

CDG1BN80-75

Air cylinder

80

75

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

114.33

CDG1BN80-100

Air cylinder

80

100

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

118.40

CDG1BN80-125

Air cylinder

80

125

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

122.52

CDG1BN80-150

Air cylinder

80

150

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

126.55

CDG1BN80-200

Air cylinder

80

200

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

134.74

CDG1BN80-250

Air cylinder

80

250

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

142.89

CDG1BN80-300

Air cylinder

80

300

M22 x 1.5

Rc3/8

151.03

CDG1BN100-25

Air cylinder

100

25

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

123.04

CDG1BN100-50

Air cylinder

100

50

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

128.63

CDG1BN100-75

Air cylinder

100

75

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

134.22

CDG1BN100-100

Air cylinder

100

100

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

139.85

CDG1BN100-125

Air cylinder

100

125

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

145.49

CDG1BN100-150

Air cylinder

100

150

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

151.03

CDG1BN100-200

Air cylinder

100

200

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

162.30

CDG1BN100-250

Air cylinder

100

250

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

173.48

CDG1BN100-300

Air cylinder

100

300

M26 x 1.5

Rc1/2

184.71

A rod nut is delivered as standard for each cylinder.

7

Service set Product reference

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

Sealing set including 10 g grease CG1N20-PS

20

5.54

CG1N25-PS

25

5.54

CG1N32-PS

32

5.54

CG1N40-PS

40

6.91

Note) Cylinder Ø50, Ø63, Ø80 and Ø100 cannot be dismantled.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

234

CG1 series

Cylinders

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Rod mounting brackets I-G02

Single knuckle joint

20

2.70

I-G03

Single knuckle joint

25

2.70

I-G03

Single knuckle joint

32

2.70

I-G04

Single knuckle joint

40

6.20

I-G05

Single knuckle joint

50

7.24

I-G05

Single knuckle joint

63

7.24

I-G05

Single knuckle joint

80

7.24

I-G05

Single knuckle joint

100

7.24

Y-G02

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

20

3.98

Y-G03

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

25

3.98

Y-G03

Double knuckle joint

Note 1)

32

3.98

Y-G04

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

40

7.24

Y-G05

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

50

8.47

Y-G05

Double knuckle joint

Note 1)

63

8.47

Y-G05

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

80

8.47

Y-G05

Double knuckle joint

100

8.47

IY-G02

Bolts for double knuckle joint Note 2)

20

0.85

IY-G03

Bolts for double knuckle joint

Note 2)

25

0.85

IY-G03

Bolts for double knuckle joint Note 2)

32

0.85

IY-G04

Bolts for double knuckle joint

Note 2)

40

1.47

IY-G05

Bolts for double knuckle joint Note 2)

50

0.90

IY-G05

Bolts for double knuckle joint

Note 2)

63

0.90

IY-G05

Bolts for double knuckle joint Note 2)

80

0.90

IY-G05

Bolts for double knuckle joint Note 2)

100

0.90

CD-G02

Bolts for single clevis

Note 2)

20

1.51

CD-G25

Bolts for single clevis

Note 2)

25

5.82

CD-G03

Bolts for single clevis

Note 2)

32

3.50

CD-G04

Bolts for single clevis

Note 2)

40

4.16

CD-G05

Bolts for single clevis

Note 2)

50

4.97

CD-G06

Bolts for single clevis Note 2)

63

5.15

Note 1)

NT-02G3

Rod nut M8

20

0.20

NT-03G3

Rod nut M10

25

4.09

NT-03G3

Rod nut M10

32

4.09

NT-04G3

Rod nut M14

40

0.44

NT-05G3

Rod nut M18

50

0.89

NT-05G3

Rod nut M18

63

0.89

NT-05G3

Rod nut M22

80

0.89

NT-05G3

Rod nut M26

100

0.89

20

4.64

Note 1) A bolt for the double knuckle joint and two circlips are included in the delivery. Note 2) Containing two circlips each.

Cylinder mounting brackets CG-L020

Foot mounting

CG-L025

Foot mounting

25

4.64

CG-L032

Foot mounting

32

5.49

CG-L040

Foot mounting

40

5.49

CG-L050

Foot mounting

50

10.22

CG-L063

Foot mounting

63

13.54

CG-L080

Foot mounting

80

20.79

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CG1 series

235

Cylinders

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinder mounting brackets (Continued) Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size [mm]

CG-L0100

Foot mounting

100

Price £ 4.41

CG3-F020

Flange mounting

20

4.41

CG3-F025

Flange mounting

25

11.74

CG-F032

Flange mounting

32

12.88

CG-F040

Flange mounting

40

15.53

CG-F050

Flange mounting

50

20.79

CG-F063

Flange mounting

63

25.38

CG-F080

Flange mounting

80

6.49

CG-F0100

Flange mounting

100

7.15

CG-D020

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

20

8.47

CG-D025

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

25

12.88

CG-D032

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

32

15.72

CG-D040

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

40

21.97

CG-D050

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

50

36.61

CG-D063

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

63

4.97

CG-D080

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

80

6.76

CG-D0100

Single clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

100

7.95

CG-020-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

20

14.87

CG-025-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

25

16.67

CG-032-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

32

28.37

CG-040-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

40

44.05

CG-050-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

50

62.14

CG-063-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

63

32.36

CG-080-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

80

32.36

CG-100-24A

Pivot bracket for the single clevis

100

32.36

Order two foot mounting brackets per cylinder. Body assembly bolts are included in the delivery for each mounting bracket.

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

7

For the auto switch assembly both the mounting band and the mounting bracket BJ3-1 are required.

Mounting brackets for the auto switch BJ3-1

Cylinder bore size 25 to 63 mm

–

Product reference

Description

For cylinder bore

1.89

Price £

size [mm] Mounting band for the auto switch BMA2-025

Mounting band

25

2.74

BMA2-032

Mounting band

32

2.74

BMA2-040

Mounting band

40

2.74

BMA2-050

Mounting band

50

2.74

BMA2-063

Mounting band

63

2.74

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

236

C85 series

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP

Air cylinder • ISO 6432 / CETOP RP52B • Cylinder with adjustable cushion even as from Ø 10 mm

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

8

10

12

16

20

25

Rod size [mm]

4

4

6

6

8

10

Rod thread

M4

M4

M6

M6

M8

M10x1.25

Port size

M5

M5

M5

M5

G1/8

G1/8

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Adjustable on both sides (as from Ø10 mm), rubber bumper at Ø 8 mm

Lubrication

Not required. In the case of lubricated compressed air: use turbine oil class ISO VG32

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 1500

Permitted kinetic energy

0.02

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.17

0.19

0.4

0.66

0.97

Elastic cushion [J] Permitted kinetic energy Adjustable cushion [J] Stroke tolerance [mm]

0/+1 (Ø 8 to Ø 16)

0/+1.4 (Ø 20 and Ø 25)

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder

Piston rod

Working

Piston

Operating pressure [MPa]

bore size

size [mm]

direction

surface

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

10.1

15.1

20.1

25.2

30.2

35.2

40.2

45.3

50.3

[mm2]

[mm] 8

4

OuT

50.3

8

4

IN

37.7

7.5

11.3

15.1

18.9

22.6

26.4

30.2

33.9

37.7

10

4

OuT

78.5

15.7

23.6

31.4

39.3

47.1

55.0

62.8

70.7

78.5

10

4

IN

66.0

13.2

19.8

26.4

33.0

39.6

46.2

52.8

59.4

66.0

12

6

OuT

113.1

22.6

33.9

45.2

56.6

67.9

79.2

90.5

101.8

113.1

12

6

IN

84.8

17.0

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.9

59.4

67.8

76.8

84.8

16

6

OuT

201.1

40.2

60.3

80.4

100.6

120.7

140.8

160.9

181.0

201.1

16

6

IN

172.8

34.6

51.8

69.1

86.4

103.7

121.0

138.2

155.5

172.8

20

8

OuT

314.2

62.8

94.3

125.7

157.1

188.5

219.9

251.4

282.8

314.2

20

8

IN

263.9

52.8

79.2

105.6

132.0

158.3

184.7

211.1

237.5

263.9

25

10

OuT

490.9

98.2

147.3

196.4

245.5

294.5

343.6

392.7

441.8

490.9

25

10

IN

412.3

82.5

123.7

164.9

206.2

247.4

288.6

329.8

371.1

412.3

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

C85 series

237

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP

Ordering Information Product reference

Cylinder

Stroke

Rod

bore size

[mm]

thread

Port

Damping

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

C85, air cylinder ISO 6432 and CETOP RP52P with magnetic ring CD85N8-10-B

8

10

M4

M5

rubber

27.00

CD85N8-25-B

8

25

M4

M5

rubber

27.27

CD85N8-40-B

8

40

M4

M5

rubber

27.56

CD85N8-50-B

8

50

M4

M5

rubber

27.75

CD85N8-80-B

8

80

M4

M5

rubber

28.32

CD85N8-100-B

8

100

M4

M5

rubber

28.74

CD85N10-10C-B

10

10

M4

M5

adjustable

42.29

CD85N10-25C-B

10

25

M4

M5

adjustable

42.57

CD85N10-40C-B

10

40

M4

M5

adjustable

42.86

CD85N10-50C-B

10

50

M4

M5

adjustable

43.04

CD85N10-80C-B

10

80

M4

M5

adjustable

44.05

CD85N10-100C-B

10

100

M4

M5

adjustable

44.05

CD85N12-10C-B

12

10

M6

M5

adjustable

43.94

CD85N12-25C-B

12

25

M6

M5

adjustable

44.47

CD85N12-40C-B

12

40

M6

M5

adjustable

44.98

CD85N12-50C-B

12

50

M6

M5

adjustable

45.32

CD85N12-80C-B

12

80

M6

M5

adjustable

46.36

CD85N12-100C-B

12

100

M6

M5

adjustable

47.03

CD85N12-125C-B

12

125

M6

M5

adjustable

47.88

CD85N12-160C-B

12

160

M6

M5

adjustable

49.06

CD85N12-200C-B

12

200

M6

M5

adjustable

50.44

CD85N16-10C-B

16

10

M6

M5

adjustable

45.99

CD85N16-25C-B

16

25

M6

M5

adjustable

46.69

CD85N16-40C-B

16

40

M6

M5

adjustable

47.36

CD85N16-50C-B

16

50

M6

M5

adjustable

47.78

CD85N16-80C-B

16

80

M6

M5

adjustable

49.11

CD85N16-100C-B

16

100

M6

M5

adjustable

50.01

CD85N16-125C-B

16

125

M6

M5

adjustable

51.10

CD85N16-160C-B

16

160

M6

M5

adjustable

52.62

CD85N16-200C-B

16

200

M6

M5

adjustable

54.36

CD85N16-250C-B

16

250

M6

M5

adjustable

58.77

CD85N16-300C-B

16

300

M6

M5

adjustable

58.77

CD85N20-10C-B

20

10

M8

G1/8

adjustable

46.50

CD85N20-25C-B

20

25

M8

G1/8

adjustable

47.36

CD85N20-40C-B

20

40

M8

G1/8

adjustable

48.26

CD85N20-50C-B

20

50

M8

G1/8

adjustable

48.83

CD85N20-80C-B

20

80

M8

G1/8

adjustable

50.58

CD85N20-100C-B

20

100

M8

G1/8

adjustable

51.76

CD85N20-125C-B

20

125

M8

G1/8

adjustable

53.18

CD85N20-160C-B

20

160

M8

G1/8

adjustable

55.22

CD85N20-200C-B

20

200

M8

G1/8

adjustable

57.58

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

238

C85 series

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP

Ordering Information (Continued) Product reference

Cylinder

Stroke

Rod

bore size

[mm]

thread

Port

Damping

Price £

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[mm] CD85N20-250C-B

20

250

M8

G1/8

adjustable

60.42

CD85N20-300C-B

20

300

M8

G1/8

adjustable

63.37

CD85N25-10C-B

25

10

M10

G1/8

adjustable

52.85

CD85N25-25C-B

25

25

M10

G1/8

adjustable

53.90

CD85N25-40C-B

25

40

M10

G1/8

adjustable

54.98

CD85N25-50C-B

25

50

M10

G1/8

adjustable

55.69

CD85N25-80C-B

25

80

M10

G1/8

adjustable

57.82

CD85N25-100C-B

25

100

M10

G1/8

adjustable

59.29

CD85N25-125C-B

25

125

M10

G1/8

adjustable

61.04

CD85N25-160C-B

25

160

M10

G1/8

adjustable

63.51

CD85N25-200C-B

25

200

M10

G1/8

adjustable

66.35

CD85N25-250C-B

25

250

M10

G1/8

adjustable

69.90

CD85N25-300C-B

25

300

M10

G1/8

adjustable

73.46

Service set Product

Cylinder bore

reference

size [mm]

Every set includes:

Price £

Sealing set C85-20PS

20

1 wiper / seal, 1 disk, 1 circlip

5.82

C85-25PS

25

1 wiper / seal, 1 disk, 1 circlip

6.01

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

C85 series

239

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

Mounting brackets for the auto switch BJ3-1

Cylinder bore size 8 to 25

–

1.89

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Mounting band for the auto switch BJ2-008

Cylinder bore size 8

–

2.74

BJ2-010

Cylinder bore size 10

–

2.74

BJ2-012

Cylinder bore size 12

–

2.74

BJ2-016

Cylinder bore size 16

–

2.74

BM2-020

Cylinder bore size 20

–

2.74

BM2-025

Cylinder bore size 25

–

2.74

For the auto switch assembly both the mounting band and the mounting bracket BJ3-1 are required.

Mounting brackets Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size

Price £

[mm] Cylinder mounting brackets C85F10

Flange

8

1.27

C85F10

Flange

10

1.27

C85F16

Flange

12

1.47

C85F16

Flange

16

1.47

C85F25

Flange

20

1.98

C85F25

Flange

25

1.98

C85C10

Integral clevis type

8

3.21

C85C10

Integral clevis type

10

3.21

C85C16

Integral clevis type

12

3.36

C85C16

Integral clevis type

16

3.36

C85C25

Integral clevis type

20

4.64

C85C25

Integral clevis type

25

4.64

C85L10A

Foot 1 piece

8

1.27

C85L10A

Foot 1 piece

10

1.27

C85L16A

Foot 1 piece

12

1.65

C85L16A

Foot 1 piece

16

1.65

C85L25A

Foot 1 piece

20

1.98

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

240

C85 series

Standard cylinder ISO/CETOP

Cylinder mounting brackets (Continued) Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size

Price £

C85L25A

Foot 1 piece

25

1.98

C85L10B

Foot Note 1)

8

2.84

C85L10B

Foot

Note 1)

10

2.84

C85L16B

Foot Note 1)

12

3.45

C85L16B

Foot

Note 1)

16

3.45

C85L25B

Foot Note 1)

20

4.07

C85L25B

Foot

25

4.07

C85T10

Trunnion

8

10.13

C85T10

Trunnion

10

10.13

Note 1)

C85T16

Trunnion

12

10.13

C85T16

Trunnion

16

10.13

C85T25

Trunnion

20

10.65

C85T25

Trunnion

25

10.65

8

2.55

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Two pieces with mounting nut 1 piece

Rod mounting brackets GKM4-8

Double knuckle joint

GKM4-8

Double knuckle joint

10

2.55

GKM6-12

Double knuckle joint

12

2.55

GKM6-12

Double knuckle joint

16

2.55

GKM8-16

Double knuckle joint

20

2.79

GKM10-20

Double knuckle joint

25

4.26

KJ4D

Single knuckle joint

8

9.56

KJ4D

Single knuckle joint

10

9.56

KJ6D

Single knuckle joint

12

8.33

KJ6D

Single knuckle joint

16

8.33

KJ8D

Single knuckle joint

20

9.75

KJ10D

Single knuckle joint

25

8.14

JA10-4-070

Floating joint

8

10.75

JA10-4-070

Floating joint

10

10.75

JA15-6-100

Floating joint

12

11.32

JA15-6-100

Floating joint

16

11.32

JA20-8-125

Floating joint

20

20.13

JA30-10-125

Floating joint

25

20.41

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CP96 series

241

Standard cylinder ISO

Profile tubular cylinder • ISO 15552 (prev. VDMA 24562) • Cylinder with adjustable cushioning • Aluminium cylinder pipe • Other design types: Low friction design, bellows, heat-resistant, corrosion-free design, rods available as continuous

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

32

Action

Double acting

40

50

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.05 to 1 MPa / 0.5 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 1000

Permitted stroke tolerance [mm]

up to 250 stroke: 0/+1,0

63

80

100

125

50 to 700

251 to 1000 stroke: 0/+1.4 Cushion

Adjustable on both sides

Port

G1/8

G1/4

G1/4

G3/8

G3/8

G1/2

G1/2

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder

Piston rod

Working

Piston

Operating pressure [MPa]

bore size

size [mm]

direction

surface

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

[cm2]

[mm] 32

12

OuT

8.04

161

241

322

402

482

563

643

724

804

32

12

IN

6.91

138

207

276

346

415

484

553

622

691

40

16

OuT

12.57

251

377

503

629

754

880

1006

1131

1257

40

16

IN

10.56

211

317

422

528

634

739

845

950

1056

50

20

OuT

19.63

393

589

785

982

1178

1374

1570

1767

1963

50

20

IN

16.49

330

495

660

825

989

1154

1319

1484

1649

63

20

OuT

31.17

623

935

1247

1559

1870

2182

2494

2805

3117

63

20

IN

28.03

561

841

1121

1402

1682

1962

2242

2523

2803

80

25

OuT

50.27

1005

1508

2011

2514

3016

3519

4022

4524

5027

80

25

IN

45.36

907

1361

1814

2268

2722

3175

3629

4082

4536

100

25

OuT

78.54

1571

2356

3142

3927

4712

5498

6283

7068

7854

100

25

IN

73.63

1473

2209

2945

3682

4418

5154

5890

6627

7363

125

32

OuT

122.72

2454

3682

4909

6136

7363

8590

9817

11045

12272

125

32

IN

114.68

2294

3440

4587

5734

6881

8027

9174

10321

11468

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

242

CP96 series

Standard cylinder ISO

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Bore Ø

Stroke Rod

[mm]

[mm]

Port

Price £

thread

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CP96, ISO - profile tubular cylinder, ISO 15552 with magnetic ring CP96SDB32-25

Profile tubular cylinder

32

25

M10x1.25

G1/8

60.88

CP96SDB32-50

Profile tubular cylinder

32

50

M10x1.25

G1/8

61.61

CP96SDB32-80

Profile tubular cylinder

32

80

M10x1.25

G1/8

62.71

CP96SDB32-100

Profile tubular cylinder

32

100

M10x1.25

G1/8

63.45

CP96SDB32-125

Profile tubular cylinder

32

125

M10x1.25

G1/8

64.55

CP96SDB32-160

Profile tubular cylinder

32

160

M10x1.25

G1/8

65.66

CP96SDB32-200

Profile tubular cylinder

32

200

M10x1.25

G1/8

67.13

CP96SDB32-250

Profile tubular cylinder

32

250

M10x1.25

G1/8

68.97

CP96SDB32-320

Profile tubular cylinder

32

320

M10x1.25

G1/8

71.54

CP96SDB32-400

Profile tubular cylinder

32

400

M10x1.25

G1/8

74.49

CP96SDB32-500

Profile tubular cylinder

32

500

M10x1.25

G1/8

78.16

CP96SDB40-25

Profile tubular cylinder

40

25

M12x1.25

G1/4

70.35

CP96SDB40-50

Profile tubular cylinder

40

50

M12x1.25

G1/4

71.27

CP96SDB40-80

Profile tubular cylinder

40

80

M12x1.25

G1/4

72.65

CP96SDB40-100

Profile tubular cylinder

40

100

M12x1.25

G1/4

73.57

CP96SDB40-125

Profile tubular cylinder

40

125

M12x1.25

G1/4

74.95

CP96SDB40-160

Profile tubular cylinder

40

160

M12x1.25

G1/4

76.33

CP96SDB40-200

Profile tubular cylinder

40

200

M12x1.25

G1/4

78.16

CP96SDB40-250

Profile tubular cylinder

40

250

M12x1.25

G1/4

80.46

CP96SDB40-320

Profile tubular cylinder

40

320

M12x1.25

G1/4

83.68

CP96SDB40-400

Profile tubular cylinder

40

400

M12x1.25

G1/4

87.36

CP96SDB40-500

Profile tubular cylinder

40

500

M12x1.25

G1/4

91.96

CP96SDB50-25

Profile tubular cylinder

50

25

M16x1.5

G1/4

84.42

CP96SDB50-50

Profile tubular cylinder

50

50

M16x1.5

G1/4

85.52

CP96SDB50-80

Profile tubular cylinder

50

80

M16x1.5

G1/4

87.18

CP96SDB50-100

Profile tubular cylinder

50

100

M16x1.5

G1/4

88.28

CP96SDB50-125

Profile tubular cylinder

50

125

M16x1.5

G1/4

89.94

CP96SDB50-160

Profile tubular cylinder

50

160

M16x1.5

G1/4

91.59

CP96SDB50-200

Profile tubular cylinder

50

200

M16x1.5

G1/4

93.80

CP96SDB50-250

Profile tubular cylinder

50

250

M16x1.5

G1/4

96.56

CP96SDB50-320

Profile tubular cylinder

50

320

M16x1.5

G1/4

100.42

CP96SDB50-400

Profile tubular cylinder

50

400

M16x1.5

G1/4

104.83

CP96SDB50-500

Profile tubular cylinder

50

500

M16x1.5

G1/4

110.35

CP96SDB63-25

Profile tubular cylinder

63

25

M16x1.5

G3/8

98.76

CP96SDB63-50

Profile tubular cylinder

63

50

M16x1.5

G3/8

100.24

CP96SDB63-80

Profile tubular cylinder

63

80

M16x1.5

G3/8

102.44

CP96SDB63-100

Profile tubular cylinder

63

100

M16x1.5

G3/8

103.91

CP96SDB63-125

Profile tubular cylinder

63

125

M16x1.5

G3/8

106.12

CP96SDB63-160

Profile tubular cylinder

63

160

M16x1.5

G3/8

108.33

CP96SDB63-200

Profile tubular cylinder

63

200

M16x1.5

G3/8

111.27

CP96SDB63-250

Profile tubular cylinder

63

250

M16x1.5

G3/8

114.95

CP96SDB63-320

Profile tubular cylinder

63

320

M16x1.5

G3/8

120.10

CP96SDB63-400

Profile tubular cylinder

63

400

M16x1.5

G3/8

125.99

CP96SDB63-500

Profile tubular cylinder

63

500

M16x1.5

G3/8

133.34

CP96SDB80-25

Profile tubular cylinder

80

25

M20x1.5

G3/8

131.50

CP96SDB80-50

Profile tubular cylinder

80

50

M20x1.5

G3/8

133.34

CP96SDB80-80

Profile tubular cylinder

80

80

M20x1.5

G3/8

136.10

CP96SDB80-100

Profile tubular cylinder

80

100

M20x1.5

G3/8

137.94

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CP96 series

243

Standard cylinder ISO

Ordering Information(Continued)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Bore Ø

Stroke Rod

[mm]

[mm]

thread

Port

Price £

CP96SDB80-125

Profile tubular cylinder

80

125

M20x1.5

G3/8

140.70

CP96SDB80-160

Profile tubular cylinder

80

160

M20x1.5

G3/8

143.46

CP96SDB80-200

Profile tubular cylinder

80

200

M20x1.5

G3/8

147.14

CP96SDB80-250

Profile tubular cylinder

80

250

M20x1.5

G3/8

151.74

CP96SDB80-320

Profile tubular cylinder

80

320

M20x1.5

G3/8

158.17

CP96SDB80-400

Profile tubular cylinder

80

400

M20x1.5

G3/8

165.53

CP96SDB80-500

Profile tubular cylinder

80

500

M20x1.5

G3/8

174.73

CP96SDB100-25

Profile tubular cylinder

100

25

M20x1.5

G1/2

178.04

CP96SDB100-50

Profile tubular cylinder

100

50

M20x1.5

G1/2

180.25

CP96SDB100-80

Profile tubular cylinder

100

80

M20x1.5

G1/2

183.56

CP96SDB100-100

Profile tubular cylinder

100

100

M20x1.5

G1/2

185.76

CP96SDB100-125

Profile tubular cylinder

100

125

M20x1.5

G1/2

189.07

CP96SDB100-160

Profile tubular cylinder

100

160

M20x1.5

G1/2

192.38

CP96SDB100-200

Profile tubular cylinder

100

200

M20x1.5

G1/2

196.80

CP96SDB100-250

Profile tubular cylinder

100

250

M20x1.5

G1/2

202.32

CP96SDB100-320

Profile tubular cylinder

100

320

M20x1.5

G1/2

210.04

CP96SDB100-400

Profile tubular cylinder

100

400

M20x1.5

G1/2

218.87

CP96SDB100-500

Profile tubular cylinder

100

500

M20x1.5

G1/2

229.91

CP96SDB125-25

Profile tubular cylinder

125

25

M27x2

G1/2

303.57

CP96SDB125-50

Profile tubular cylinder

125

50

M27x2

G1/2

306.70

CP96SDB125-80

Profile tubular cylinder

125

80

M27x2

G1/2

311.39

CP96SDB125-100

Profile tubular cylinder

125

100

M27x2

G1/2

314.51

CP96SDB125-125

Profile tubular cylinder

125

125

M27x2

G1/2

319.20

CP96SDB125-160

Profile tubular cylinder

125

160

M27x2

G1/2

323.89

CP96SDB125-200

Profile tubular cylinder

125

200

M27x2

G1/2

330.15

CP96SDB125-250

Profile tubular cylinder

125

250

M27x2

G1/2

337.96

CP96SDB125-320

Profile tubular cylinder

125

320

M27x2

G1/2

348.91

CP96SDB125-400

Profile tubular cylinder

125

400

M27x2

G1/2

361.41

CP96SDB125-500

Profile tubular cylinder

125

500

M27x2

G1/2

377.05

7

Service set Product reference

Stroke-Ø [mm]

Price £

Gasket Set, Including 10 g of grease CS95-32

32

10.94

CS95-40

40

12.45

CS95-50

50

14.87

CS95-63

63

15.96

CS95-80

80

20.08

CS96-100

100

27.22

CS96-125

125

31.54

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

Auto switch D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

244

CP96 series

Standard cylinder ISO

Accessories Product

Description

reference

Bore-Ø

Price £

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinder fasteners F5032

Flange, front / rear

32

15.01

F5040

Flange, front / rear

40

17.05

F5050

Flange, front / rear

50

22.73

F5063

Flange, front / rear

63

27.51

F5080

Flange, front / rear

80

42.81

F5100

Flange, front / rear

100

62.23

F5125

Flange, front / rear

125

61.04

D5032

Clevis Note. 1)

32

13.96

D5040

Clevis Note. 1)

40

15.81

D5050

Clevis Note. 1)

50

17.33

D5063

Clevis

Note. 1)

63

21.40

D5080

Clevis Note. 1)

80

26.04

D5100

Clevis Note. 1)

100

36.98

D5125

Clevis

125

85.58

C5032

Rear clevis, flange

32

12.45

C5040

Rear clevis, flange

40

13.30

C5050

Rear clevis, flange

50

16.48

C5063

Rear clevis, flange

63

20.36

C5080

Rear clevis, flange

80

26.04

C5100

Rear clevis, flange

100

36.98

C5125

Rear clevis, flange

125

65.88

CS5032

Male head end clevis with ball joint

32

46.41

CS5040

Male head end clevis with ball joint

40

49.54

CS5050

Male head end clevis with ball joint

50

63.37

CS5063

Male head end clevis with ball joint

63

75.73

CS5080

Male head end clevis with ball joint

80

84.96

CS5100

RMale head end clevis with ball joint

100

94.19

CS5125

Male head end clevis with ball joint

125

167.04

E5032

Angle head end clevis

32

16.95

E5040

Angle head end clevis

40

15.72

E5050

Angle head end clevis

50

18.19

E5063

Angle head end clevis

63

20.02

E5080

Angle head end clevis

80

25.76

E5100

Angle head end clevis

100

30.68

E5125

Angle head end clevis

125

79.64

Note. 1)

L5032

Foot

32

8.33

L5040

Foot

40

8.94

L5050

Foot

50

10.37

L5063

Foot

63

11.98

L5080

Foot

80

17.18

L5100

Foot

100

20.70

L5125

Foot

125

212.55

Note 1) Suitable for E50** or C50**

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CP96 series

245

Standard cylinder ISO

Cylinder mounting brackets Product

Description

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

reference

Bore-Ø

Price £

[mm]

DS5032

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

32

25.00

DS5040

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

40

26.43

DS5050

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

50

34.52

DS5063

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

63

39.82

DS5080

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

80

47.26

DS5100

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

100

58.39

DS5125

Female head end clevis (for ES accessory)

125

152.72

ES5032

Angled head end clevis for DS

32

51.95

ES5040

Angled head end clevis for DS

40

54.65

ES5050

Angled head end clevis for DS

50

72.51

ES5063

Angled head end clevis for DS

63

77.01

ES5080

Angled head end clevis for DS

80

95.20

ES5100

Angled head end clevis for DS

100

105.33

ES5125

Angled head end clevis for DS

125

123.01

Piston rod fasteners GKM10-20

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

32

4.26

GKM12-24

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

40

5.77

GKM16-32

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

50

10.46

GKM16-32

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

63

10.46

GKM20-40

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

80

27.75

GKM20-40

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

100

27.75

GKM30-54

Rod Clevis DIN 71752 / ISO 8140

125

70.09

KJ10D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

32

8.14

KJ12D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

40

9.47

KJ16D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

50

17.00

KJ16D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

63

17.00

KJ20D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

80

23.87

KJ20D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

100

23.87

KJ27D

Piston rod ball joint DIN 648 / ISO 8139

125

51.15

JA30-10-125

Floating joint

32

20.41

JA40-12-125

Floating joint

40

26.28

JA50-16-150

Floating joint

50

44.18

JA50-16-150

Floating joint

63

44.18

JAH50-20-150

Floating joint

80

54.27

JAH50-20-150

Floating joint

100

54.27

JA125-27-200

Floating joint

125

100.88

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

246

C55 series

Standard cylinder ISO

Compact cylinder according to standard • Ø20, Ø25, Ø32, Ø40, Ø50, Ø63, Ø80, Ø100 mm • Flexible mounting options for the auto switches on 4 sides, fully built into the body • Dimensions correspond to ISO 21287 • With rod female thread and rod male thread available

Basic Specifications Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.05 MPa / 0.5 bar (ø20 to ø63), 0.03 MPa / 0.3 bar (ø80, ø100)

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Rubber bumper

Stroke tolerance [mm]

+1.0 / 0

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Assembly

Through-hole / thread on both sides

Piston speed [mm/s]

ø20 to ø63

50 to 500

ø80, ø100

50 to 300

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder bore size [mm]

Working direction

Operating pressure [MPa] 0.3

0.5

0.7

20

IN

71

118

165

20

OuT

94

157

220

25

IN

113

189

264

25

OuT

147

245

344

32

IN

181

302

422

32

OuT

241

402

563

40

IN

317

528

739

40

OuT

377

628

880

50

IN

495

825

1150

50

OuT

589

982

1370

63

IN

841

1400

1960

63

OuT

935

1560

2180

80

IN

1360

2270

3180

80

OuT

1510

2520

3520

100

IN

2150

3580

5010

100

OuT

2360

3930

5500

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

C55 series

247

Standard cylinder ISO

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port sizes

Rod female

Price £

thread

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

C55, compact cylinder ISO 21287 with magnetic ring CD55B20-5

ISO compact cylinder

20

5

M5

M6 x 1.0

33.43

CD55B20-10

ISO compact cylinder

20

10

M5

M6 x 1.0

33.72

CD55B20-15

ISO compact cylinder

20

15

M5

M6 x 1.0

33.96

CD55B20-25

ISO compact cylinder

20

25

M5

M6 x 1.0

34.76

CD55B20-30

ISO compact cylinder

20

30

M5

M6 x 1.0

35.04

CD55B20-35

ISO compact cylinder

20

35

M5

M6 x 1.0

35.57

CD55B20-45

ISO compact cylinder

20

45

M5

M6 x 1.0

41.25

CD55B20-50

ISO compact cylinder

20

50

M5

M6 x 1.0

41.87

CD55B20-60

ISO compact cylinder

20

60

M5

M6 x 1.0

42.43

CD55B20-80

ISO compact cylinder

20

80

M5

M6 x 1.0

44.56

CD55B20-100

ISO compact cylinder

20

100

M5

M6 x 1.0

46.08

CD55B20-125

ISO compact cylinder

20

125

M5

M6 x 1.0

48.21

CD55B20-150

ISO compact cylinder

20

150

M5

M6 x 1.0

50.01

CD55B25-5

ISO compact cylinder

25

5

M5

M6 x 1.0

39.16

CD55B25-10

ISO compact cylinder

25

10

M5

M6 x 1.0

39.78

CD55B25-15

ISO compact cylinder

25

15

M5

M6 x 1.0

40.06

CD55B25-25

ISO compact cylinder

25

25

M5

M6 x 1.0

41.20

CD55B25-30

ISO compact cylinder

25

30

M5

M6 x 1.0

41.48

CD55B25-35

ISO compact cylinder

25

35

M5

M6 x 1.0

42.05

CD55B25-45

ISO compact cylinder

25

45

M5

M6 x 1.0

43.19

CD55B25-50

ISO compact cylinder

25

50

M5

M6 x 1.0

43.52

CD55B25-60

ISO compact cylinder

25

60

M5

M6 x 1.0

44.65

CD55B25-80

ISO compact cylinder

25

80

M5

M6 x 1.0

46.36

CD55B25-100

ISO compact cylinder

25

100

M5

M6 x 1.0

48.40

CD55B25-125

ISO compact cylinder

25

125

M5

M6 x 1.0

50.72

CD55B25-150

ISO compact cylinder

25

150

M5

M6 x 1.0

52.99

CD55B32-5

ISO compact cylinder

32

5

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

44.32

CD55B32-10

ISO compact cylinder

32

10

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

45.22

CD55B32-15

ISO compact cylinder

32

15

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

46.12

CD55B32-25

ISO compact cylinder

32

25

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

47.31

CD55B32-30

ISO compact cylinder

32

30

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

48.21

CD55B32-35

ISO compact cylinder

32

35

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

48.77

CD55B32-45

ISO compact cylinder

32

45

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

50.58

CD55B32-50

ISO compact cylinder

32

50

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

55.07

CD55B32-60

ISO compact cylinder

32

60

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

56.97

CD55B32-80

ISO compact cylinder

32

80

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

59.86

CD55B32-100

ISO compact cylinder

32

100

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

63.04

CD55B32-125

ISO compact cylinder

32

125

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

66.87

CD55B32-150

ISO compact cylinder

32

150

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

71.61

CD55B40-5

ISO compact cylinder

40

5

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

59.67

CD55B40-10

ISO compact cylinder

40

10

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

60.71

CD55B40-15

ISO compact cylinder

40

15

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

61.76

CD55B40-25

ISO compact cylinder

40

25

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

63.46

CD55B40-30

ISO compact cylinder

40

30

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

64.45

CD55B40-35

ISO compact cylinder

40

35

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

65.16

CD55B40-45

ISO compact cylinder

40

45

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

67.53

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

248

C55 series

Standard cylinder ISO

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port sizes

Rod female

Price £

thread

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CD55B40-50

ISO compact cylinder

40

50

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

68.20

CD55B40-60

ISO compact cylinder

40

60

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

70.28

CD55B40-80

ISO compact cylinder

40

80

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

74.36

CD55B40-100

ISO compact cylinder

40

100

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

78.42

CD55B40-125

ISO compact cylinder

40

125

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

82.21

CD55B40-150

ISO compact cylinder

40

150

G1/8

M8 x 1.25

88.00

CD55B50-5

ISO compact cylinder

50

5

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

64.31

CD55B50-10

ISO compact cylinder

50

10

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

65.59

CD55B50-15

ISO compact cylinder

50

15

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

66.83

CD55B50-25

ISO compact cylinder

50

25

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

69.28

CD55B50-30

ISO compact cylinder

50

30

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

70.57

CD55B50-35

ISO compact cylinder

50

35

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

71.79

CD55B50-45

ISO compact cylinder

50

45

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

73.97

CD55B50-50

ISO compact cylinder

50

50

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

75.20

CD55B50-60

ISO compact cylinder

50

60

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

77.67

CD55B50-80

ISO compact cylinder

50

80

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

83.31

CD55B50-100

ISO compact cylinder

50

100

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

88.28

CD55B50-125

ISO compact cylinder

50

125

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

95.10

CD55B50-150

ISO compact cylinder

50

150

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

100.69

CD55B63-5

ISO compact cylinder

63

5

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

87.85

CD55B63-10

ISO compact cylinder

63

10

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

89.27

CD55B63-15

ISO compact cylinder

63

15

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

90.64

CD55B63-25

ISO compact cylinder

63

25

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

94.15

CD55B63-30

ISO compact cylinder

63

30

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

95.20

CD55B63-35

ISO compact cylinder

63

35

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

97.27

CD55B63-45

ISO compact cylinder

63

45

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

100.07

CD55B63-50

ISO compact cylinder

63

50

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

106.22

CD55B63-60

ISO compact cylinder

63

60

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

109.87

CD55B63-80

ISO compact cylinder

63

80

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

115.70

CD55B63-100

ISO compact cylinder

63

100

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

122.61

CD55B63-125

ISO compact cylinder

63

125

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

120.39

CD55B63-150

ISO compact cylinder

63

150

G1/8

M10 x 1.5

126.73

CD55B80-10

ISO compact cylinder

80

10

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

108.40

CD55B80-15

ISO compact cylinder

80

15

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

110.01

CD55B80-25

ISO compact cylinder

80

25

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

113.24

CD55B80-30

ISO compact cylinder

80

30

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

114.85

CD55B80-35

ISO compact cylinder

80

35

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

116.46

CD55B80-45

ISO compact cylinder

80

45

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

119.68

CD55B80-50

ISO compact cylinder

80

50

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

121.29

CD55B80-60

ISO compact cylinder

80

60

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

124.51

CD55B80-80

ISO compact cylinder

80

80

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

130.95

CD55B80-100

ISO compact cylinder

80

100

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

137.39

CD55B80-125

ISO compact cylinder

80

125

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

145.45

CD55B100-10

ISO compact cylinder

100

10

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

134.41

CD55B100-15

ISO compact cylinder

100

15

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

136.97

CD55B100-25

ISO compact cylinder

100

25

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

142.08

CD55B100-30

ISO compact cylinder

100

30

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

144.64

CD55B100-35

ISO compact cylinder

100

35

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

147.19

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

C55 series

249

Standard cylinder ISO

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port sizes

Rod female

Price £

thread

[mm] CD55B100-45

ISO compact cylinder

100

45

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

152.31

CD55B100-50

ISO compact cylinder

100

50

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

154.86

CD55B100-60

ISO compact cylinder

100

60

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

159.99

CD55B100-80

ISO compact cylinder

100

80

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

170.21

CD55B100-100

ISO compact cylinder

100

100

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

180.45

CD55B100-125

ISO compact cylinder

100

125

G1/8

M12 X 1.75

193.23

Accessories Product reference

Design

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Auto switch

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

Cylinder mounting brackets C55-L020

Foot mounting

20

4.31

C55-L025

Foot mounting

25

4.82

C55-L032

Foot mounting

32

4.97

C55-L040

Foot mounting

40

5.20

C55-L050

Foot mounting

50

7.57

C55-L063

Foot mounting

63

8.57

C55-L080

Foot mounting

80

8.90

C55-L100

Foot mounting

100

10.70

C55-F020

Flange mounting

20

19.03

C55-F025

Flange mounting

25

19.46

C55-F032

Flange mounting

32

13.37

C55-F040

Flange mounting

40

37.54

C55-F050

Flange mounting

50

42.20

C55-F063

Flange mounting

63

45.95

C55-F080

Flange mounting

80

25.95

C55-F100

Flange mounting

100

32.01

C55-C020

Single clevis

20

26.47

C55-C025

Single clevis

25

28.84

C55-C032

Single clevis

32

31.63

C55-C040

Single clevis

40

40.93

C55-C050

Single clevis

50

43.73

C55-C063

Single clevis

63

47.56

C55-C080

Single clevis

80

29.03

C55-C100

Single clevis

100

38.22

Order 2 feet per cylinder. For each mounting bracket body assembly bolts are included in the delivery.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

250

CQS series

Compact cylinder

Compact cylinder • Very compact, lightweight, space saving • Cylinder bore size 12, 16, 20, 25 • Design available for higher lateral loads • Also available with pneumatic cushion (RQ series, Ø 20 and Ø 25) • With rod female thread and rod male thread available

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Rubber bumper

Rod thread

Female thread, option: Male thread

Stroke tolerance [mm]

+1.0 / 0

Assembly

Through-hole

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CQS series

251

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Rod female thread

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CDQS, compact cylinder with magnetic ring CDQSB12-5D

Compact cylinder

12

5

M5

M3

20.50

CDQSB12-10D

Compact cylinder

12

10

M5

M3

23.39

CDQSB12-15D

Compact cylinder

12

15

M5

M3

27.75

CDQSB12-20D

Compact cylinder

12

20

M5

M3

32.11

CDQSB12-25D

Compact cylinder

12

25

M5

M3

33.06

CDQSB12-30D

Compact cylinder

12

30

M5

M3

34.05

CDQSB16-5D

Compact cylinder

16

5

M5

M4

22.02

CDQSB16-10D

Compact cylinder

16

10

M5

M4

24.91

CDQSB16-15D

Compact cylinder

16

15

M5

M4

25.10

CDQSB16-20D

Compact cylinder

16

20

M5

M4

27.80

CDQSB16-25D

Compact cylinder

16

25

M5

M4

33.62

CDQSB16-30D

Compact cylinder

16

30

M5

M4

34.05

CDQSB20-5D

Compact cylinder

20

5

M5

M5

25.10

CDQSB20-10D

Compact cylinder

20

10

M5

M5

26.43

CDQSB20-15D

Compact cylinder

20

15

M5

M5

28.74

CDQSB20-20D

Compact cylinder

20

20

M5

M5

31.01

CDQSB20-25D

Compact cylinder

20

25

M5

M5

31.92

CDQSB20-30D

Compact cylinder

20

30

M5

M5

32.39

CDQSB20-35D

Compact cylinder

20

35

M5

M5

35.13

CDQSB20-40D

Compact cylinder

20

40

M5

M5

37.36

CDQSB20-45D

Compact cylinder

20

45

M5

M5

38.31

CDQSB20-50D

Compact cylinder

20

50

M5

M5

39.69

CDQSB25-5D

Compact cylinder

25

5

M5

M6

32.39

CDQSB25-10D

Compact cylinder

25

10

M5

M6

33.72

CDQSB25-15D

Compact cylinder

25

15

M5

M6

35.09

CDQSB25-20D

Compact cylinder

25

20

M5

M6

36.41

CDQSB25-25D

Compact cylinder

25

25

M5

M6

37.84

CDQSB25-30D

Compact cylinder

25

30

M5

M6

39.21

CDQSB25-35D

Compact cylinder

25

35

M5

M6

41.01

CDQSB25-40D

Compact cylinder

25

40

M5

M6

42.86

CDQSB25-45D

Compact cylinder

25

45

M5

M6

44.65

CDQSB25-50D

Compact cylinder

25

50

M5

M6

46.50

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

252

CQS series

Compact cylinder

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Auto switch

Price £

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinder mounting brackets CQS-D012

Double clevis

12

2.79

CQS-D016

Double clevis

16

3.08

CQS-D020

Double clevis

20

3.36

CQS-D025

Double clevis

25

3.98

CQS-F012

Rear/front flange

12

2.79

CQS-F016

Rear/front flange

16

3.08

CQS-F020

Rear/front flange

20

3.36

CQS-F025

Rear/front flange

25

3.98

CQS-L012

Foot mounting

Note 1)

12

2.79

CQS-L016

Foot mounting Note 1)

16

3.08

CQS-L020

Foot mounting

Note 1)

20

1.70

CQS-L025

Foot mounting Note 1)

25

1.98

Note 1) 2 pieces must be ordered for one cylinder.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CQ2 Series

253

Compact cylinder

Compact cylinder • Cylinder bore size 32, 40, 50, 63 mm • Other diameters available (12 /16 / 20 / 25 / 80 / 100 / 125 / 140 / 160 / 180 / 200) • Easy to use: The auto switches can be mounted on all 4 body sides within the cylinder dimensions • Easy to service: auto switches can be replaced without having to remove the foot mounting • Unique product range and sizes • Compact, lightweight, space saving design • Design with rotation protection for the piston rod is available as an option • Waterproof design also available as an option • Also available with pneumatic cushion (RQ series, Ø 32 to Ø 100 mm) • Piston rod available with female and male thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

32

40

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.5 to 1 MPa / 0.5 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Without (Option: rubber bumper)

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

Rod thread

Female Thread

Stroke tolerance [mm]

+1.0 / 0

Assembly

Through-hole

Permitted kinetic energy [J]

0.15

0.26

50

63

0.46

0.77

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Rod female

Price £

thread

[mm] CQ2, compact cylinder with magnetic ring CDQ2B32TF-5DZ

Compact cylinder

32

5

G1/8

M8

37.18

CDQ2B32TF-10DZ

Compact cylinder

32

10

G1/8

M8

39.78

CDQ2B32TF-15DZ

Compact cylinder

32

15

G1/8

M8

40.49

CDQ2B32TF-20DZ

Compact cylinder

32

20

G1/8

M8

41.25

CDQ2B32TF-30DZ

Compact cylinder

32

30

G1/8

M8

42.67

CDQ2B32TF-40DZ

Compact cylinder

32

40

G1/8

M8

44.89

CDQ2B32TF-50DZ

Compact cylinder

32

50

G1/8

M8

48.92

CDQ2B32TF-75DZ

Compact cylinder

32

75

G1/8

M8

52.99

CDQ2B32TF-100DZ Compact cylinder

32

100

G1/8

M8

57.73

CDQ2B40TF-5DZ

Compact cylinder

40

5

G1/8

M8

49.39

CDQ2B40TF-10DZ

Compact cylinder

40

10

G1/8

M8

52.75

CDQ2B40TF-15DZ

Compact cylinder

40

15

G1/8

M8

53.52

CDQ2B40TF-20DZ

Compact cylinder

40

20

G1/8

M8

54.36

CDQ2B40TF-30DZ

Compact cylinder

40

30

G1/8

M8

56.41

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

254

CQ2 Series

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Rod female

Price £

thread

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[mm] CDQ2B40TF-40DZ

Compact cylinder

40

40

G1/8

M8

58.06

CDQ2B40TF-50DZ

Compact cylinder

40

50

G1/8

M8

63.00

CDQ2B40TF-75DZ

Compact cylinder

40

75

G1/8

M8

64.60

CDQ2B40TF-100DZ Compact cylinder

40

100

G1/8

M8

70.42

CDQ2B50TF-10DZ

Compact cylinder

50

10

G1/4

M10

55.46

CDQ2B50TF-15DZ

Compact cylinder

50

15

G1/4

M10

57.78

CDQ2B50TF-20DZ

Compact cylinder

50

20

G1/4

M10

60.15

CDQ2B50TF-30DZ

Compact cylinder

50

30

G1/4

M10

62.14

CDQ2B50TF-40DZ

Compact cylinder

50

40

G1/4

M10

65.31

CDQ2B50TF-50DZ

Compact cylinder

50

50

G1/4

M10

70.00

CDQ2B50TF-75DZ

Compact cylinder

50

75

G1/4

M10

71.56

CDQ2B50TF-100DZ Compact cylinder

50

100

G1/4

M10

77.86

CDQ2B63TF-10DZ

Compact cylinder

63

10

G1/4

M10

78.90

CDQ2B63TF-15DZ

Compact cylinder

63

15

G1/4

M10

81.12

CDQ2B63TF-20DZ

Compact cylinder

63

20

G1/4

M10

83.31

CDQ2B63TF-30DZ

Compact cylinder

63

30

G1/4

M10

86.62

CDQ2B63TF-40DZ

Compact cylinder

63

40

G1/4

M10

90.07

CDQ2B63TF-50DZ

Compact cylinder

63

50

G1/4

M10

98.88

CDQ2B63TF-75DZ

Compact cylinder

63

75

G1/4

M10

108.22

CDQ2B63TF-100DZ Compact cylinder

63

100

G1/4

M10

116.98

Service set Product reference

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

Sealing set (without grease) CQ2B32-PS

32

5.02

CQ2B40-PS

40

6.10

CQ2B50-PS

50

8.57

CQ2B63-PS

63

9.71

Grease, 10 g

1.14

Grease GR-S-010

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Accessories auto switch

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CQ2 Series

255

Compact cylinder

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Price £

bore size [mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinder mounting brackets CQ-L032

Foot mounting

32

1.98

CQ-L040

Foot mounting

40

1.98

CQ-L050

Foot mounting

50

2.46

CQ-L063

Foot mounting

63

7.29

CQ-F032

Flange mounting

32

3.98

CQ-F040

Flange mounting

40

3.98

CQ-F050

Flange mounting

50

4.92

CQ-F063

Flange mounting

63

7.29

CQ-D032

1 double clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

32

13.78

CQ-D040

1 double clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

40

14.01

CQ-D050

1 double clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

50

14.30

CQ-D063

1 double clevis, 1 bolt, 2 circlips

63

16.24

32

2.79

40

2.79

50

3.36

63

3.36

Rod mounting brackets Yu-03

Connection piece to the mounting bracket YA or YB, can be screwed into the rod

Yu-03

Connection piece to the mounting bracket YA or YB, can be screwed into the rod

Yu-05

Connection piece to the mounting bracket YA or YB, can be screwed into the rod

Yu-05

Connection piece to the mounting bracket YA or YB, can be screwed into the rod

YA-03

Single clevis, design A to connection piece Yu

32

7.00

YA-03

Single clevis, design A to connection piece Yu

40

7.00

YA-05

Single clevis, design A to connection piece Yu

50

7.90

YA-05

Single clevis, design A to connection piece Yu

63

7.90

YB-03

Single clevis, design B to connection piece Yu

32

7.00

YB-03

Single clevis, design B to connection piece Yu

40

7.00

YB-05

Single clevis, design B to connection piece Yu

50

7.90

YB-05

Single clevis, design B to connection piece Yu

63

7.90

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

256

CQM series

Compact cylinder

Compact cylinder with guide rods • Cylinder bore size 12, 16, 25, 32, 40, 40, 50, (Ø 63, 80 and 100 mm available upon request) • 2 to 4 times higher lateral loads than in a standard cylinder • Direct load attachment thanks to the front plate with prefabricated assembly holes • Low rotation tolerance (max. ± 0.2°) thanks to built-in slide bearings • Quiet operation thanks to the built-in damping discs • Auto switch assembly possible with the cylinder retracted

Basic Specifications

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cylinder bore size [mm]

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

M5

M5

M5

G1/8

G1/8

G1/4

50 to 500

50 to 500

50 to 500

50 to 300

Port size

M5

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 1 MPa / 1 to 10 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Rubber bumper

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Stroke tolerance [mm]

+1.0 / 0

Assembly

Through-hole/thread on both sides

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

50 to 500

50 to 500

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder bore size [mm]

Working direction

Operating pressure [MPa] 0,3

0,5

0,7

12

IN

25

42

59

12

OuT

34

57

79

16

IN

45

75

106

16

OuT

60

101

141

20

IN

71

118

165

20

OuT

94

157

220

25

IN

113

189

264

25

OuT

147

245

344

32

IN

181

302

422

32

OuT

241

402

563

40

IN

317

528

739

40

OuT

377

628

880

50

IN

495

825

1150

50

OuT

589

982

1370

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CQM series

257

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

[mm]

Mounting

Permitted

options on the

torque on the

yoke plate

plate

[mm]

[Nm]

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CQM, compact cylinder with guide rods and magnetic ring CDQMB12-5

Compact cylinder 12

5

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.11

43.43

CDQMB12-10

Compact cylinder 12

10

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.1

46.55

CDQMB12-15

Compact cylinder 12

15

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.08

51.24

CDQMB12-20

Compact cylinder 12

20

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.07

55.97

CDQMB12-25

Compact cylinder 12

25

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.07

57.02

CDQMB12-30

Compact cylinder 12

30

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.06

58.06

CDQMB16-5

Compact cylinder 16

5

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.15

44.98

CDQMB16-10

Compact cylinder 16

10

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.12

48.11

CDQMB16-15

Compact cylinder 16

15

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.11

51.24

CDQMB16-20

Compact cylinder 16

20

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.10

56.50

CDQMB16-25

Compact cylinder 16

25

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.09

57.54

CDQMB16-30

Compact cylinder 16

30

M5

2x Ø3 / M3

0.08

58.06

CDQMB20-5

Compact cylinder 20

5

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.37

50.20

CDQMB20-10

Compact cylinder 20

10

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.32

51.76

CDQMB20-15

Compact cylinder 20

15

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.28

54.41

CDQMB20-20

Compact cylinder 20

20

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.25

57.02

CDQMB20-25

Compact cylinder 20

25

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.23

58.06

CDQMB20-30

Compact cylinder 20

30

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.21

58.59

CDQMB20-35

Compact cylinder 20

35

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.19

61.70

CDQMB20-40

Compact cylinder 20

40

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.18

64.31

CDQMB20-45

Compact cylinder 20

45

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.17

65.35

CDQMB20-50

Compact cylinder 20

50

M5

2x Ø4 / M4

0.16

66.92

CDQMB25-5

Compact cylinder 25

5

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.40

58.59

CDQMB25-10

Compact cylinder 25

10

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.35

60.14

CDQMB25-15

Compact cylinder 25

15

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.31

61.70

CDQMB25-20

Compact cylinder 25

20

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.28

63.27

CDQMB25-25

Compact cylinder 25

25

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.25

64.83

CDQMB25-30

Compact cylinder 25

30

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.23

66.39

CDQMB25-35

Compact cylinder 25

35

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.21

68.48

CDQMB25-40

Compact cylinder 25

40

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.20

70.61

CDQMB25-45

Compact cylinder 25

45

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.18

72.69

CDQMB25-50

Compact cylinder 25

50

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.17

74.78

CDQMB32-5

Compact cylinder 32

5

M5

2x Ø5 / M5

0.66

75.82

CDQMB32TF-10

Compact cylinder 32

10

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.59

79.47

CDQMB32TF-15

Compact cylinder 32

15

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.53

80.51

CDQMB32TF-20

Compact cylinder 32

20

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.49

81.55

CDQMB32TF-25

Compact cylinder 32

25

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.45

82.60

CDQMB32TF-30

Compact cylinder 32

30

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.42

83.64

CDQMB32TF-35

Compact cylinder 32

35

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.39

85.25

CDQMB32TF-40

Compact cylinder 32

40

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.36

86.76

CDQMB32TF-45

Compact cylinder 32

45

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.34

89.94

CDQMB32TF-50

Compact cylinder 32

50

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.32

92.54

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

258

CQM series

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Mounting

Permitted

options

torque on the

on the yoke

plate

plate [mm]

[Nm]

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.25

98.27

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[mm]

Price £

CDQMB32TF-75

Compact cylinder 32

75

CDQMB32TF-100

Compact cylinder 32

100

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.20

105.09

CDQMB40TF-5

Compact cylinder 40

5

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

1.06

85.72

CDQMB40TF-10

Compact cylinder 40

10

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.96

89.94

CDQMB40TF-15

Compact cylinder 40

15

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.88

90.93

CDQMB40TF-20

Compact cylinder 40

20

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.81

92.01

CDQMB40TF-25

Compact cylinder 40

25

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.75

93.58

CDQMB40TF-30

Compact cylinder 40

30

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.70

94.63

CDQMB40TF-35

Compact cylinder 40

35

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.65

86.95

CDQMB40TF-40

Compact cylinder 40

40

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.61

96.70

CDQMB40TF-45

Compact cylinder 40

45

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.58

99.83

CDQMB40TF-50

Compact cylinder 40

50

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.55

103.00

CDQMB40TF-75

Compact cylinder 40

75

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.43

105.09

CDQMB40TF-100

Compact cylinder 40

100

G1/8

2x Ø5 / M5

0.36

112.38

CDQMB50TF-10

Compact cylinder 50

10

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.70

99.83

CDQMB50TF-15

Compact cylinder 50

15

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.56

103.00

CDQMB50TF-20

Compact cylinder 50

20

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.45

106.13

CDQMB50TF-25

Compact cylinder 50

25

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.35

107.69

CDQMB50TF-30

Compact cylinder 50

30

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.26

108.73

CDQMB50TF-35

Compact cylinder 50

35

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.19

110.82

CDQMB50TF-40

Compact cylinder 50

40

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.12

112.91

CDQMB50TF-45

Compact cylinder 50

45

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.06

116.04

CDQMB50TF-50

Compact cylinder 50

50

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

1.01

119.21

CDQMB50TF-75

Compact cylinder 50

75

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

0.80

121.29

CDQMB50TF-100

Compact cylinder 50

100

G1/8

2x Ø6 / M6

0.67

129.63

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price Euro

Auto switch D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CXS Series

259

Compact cylinder

Double power cylinder with guide • Easy commissioning: Stroke adjustable over the range of 0 to - 5 mm • Flexible to use: Workpiece mounting on 3 sides possible • Precise and powerful: Double thrust force at a non-rotating accuracy of ±0.1° • Symmetrical types available • User friendly: The auto switches can be mounted without accessory parts directly in the cylinder body

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

6

Action

Slide bearing

Medium

Compressed air (lifelong lubrication)

Proof pressure

1.05 MPa / 10.5 bar

Max. operating pressure

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Min. Operating Pressure

0.15 MPa /

0.1 MPa /

0.05 MPa /

1.5 bar

1 bar

0.5 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

10

15

20

25

32

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Piston speed [mm/s]

30 to 300

Cushion

Rubber bumper

30 to 800

30 to 700

Stroke adjustment range [mm]

0 to -5 of the standard stroke adjustable

Port

M5

30 to 600

G1/8

Note) The maximum piston speed given in the table is applicable to the extension stroke. The maximum piston speed for the retraction stroke is approx. 70 % of the value for the extension stroke.

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder

Piston rod

Working

Piston

Operating pressure [MPa]

bore size

size [mm]

direction

surface

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

[mm2]

[mm] 6

4

Out

56

-

8.4

11.2

16.8

22.4

28.0

33.6

39.2

6

4

In

31

-

4.6

6.2

9.3

12.4

15.5

18.6

21.7

10

6

Out

157

15.7

-

31.4

47.1

62.8

78.5

94.2

110

10

6

In

100

10.0

-

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

15

8

Out

353

35.3

-

70.6

106

141

177

212

247

15

8

In

252

25.2

-

50.4

75.6

101

126

151

176

20

10

Out

628

62.8

-

126

188

251

314

377

440

20

10

In

471

47.1

-

94.2

141

188

236

283

330

25

12

Out

982

98 ,2

-

196

295

393

491

589

687

25

12

In

756

75.6

-

151

227

302

378

454

529

32

16

Out

1608

161

-

322

482

643

804

965

1126

32

16

In

1206

121

-

241

362

482

603

724

844

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

260

CXS Series

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Price £

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

CXS, compact cylinder with guide and magnetic ring CXSM6-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

6

10

M5

135.92

CXSM6-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

6

20

M5

138.24

CXSM6-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

6

30

M5

140.52

CXSM6-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

6

40

M5

142.83

CXSM6-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

6

50

M5

145.16

CXSM10-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

10

10

M5

146.29

CXSM10-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

10

20

M5

150.89

CXSM10-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

10

30

M5

155.48

CXSM10-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

10

40

M5

160.12

CXSM10-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

10

50

M5

164.72

CXSM15-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

15

10

M5

163.54

CXSM15-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

15

20

M5

172.77

CXSM15-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

15

30

M5

182.00

CXSM15-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

15

40

M5

191.20

CXSM15-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

15

50

M5

200.39

CXSM20-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

10

M5

177.37

CXSM20-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

20

M5

186.60

CXSM20-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

30

M5

195.79

CXSM20-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

40

M5

205.02

CXSM20-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

50

M5

214.26

CXSM20-75

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

75

M5

237.28

CXSM20-100

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

20

100

M5

260.24

ECXSM25-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

10

G1/8

195.79

ECXSM25-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

20

G1/8

205.02

ECXSM25-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

30

G1/8

214.26

ECXSM25-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

40

G1/8

223.40

ECXSM25-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

50

G1/8

232.64

ECXSM25-75

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

75

G1/8

255.66

ECXSM25-100

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

25

100

G1/8

278.67

ECXSM32-10

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

10

G1/8

223.40

ECXSM32-20

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

20

G1/8

233.77

ECXSM32-30

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

30

G1/8

244.14

ECXSM32-40

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

40

G1/8

254.52

ECXSM32-50

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

50

G1/8

264.89

ECXSM32-75

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

75

G1/8

290.18

ECXSM32-100

Double power cylinder with slide bearing

32

100

G1/8

315.52

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

CXS Series

261

Compact cylinder

Service set Product reference

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

Sealing set CXSM6-PS

6

6.96

CXSM10-PS

10

8.33

CXSM15-PS

15

11.08

CXSM20-PS

20

12.45

CXSM25-PS

25

19.42

CXSM32-PS

32

22.11

Grease GR-S-010

Grease, 10 g

1.14

Accessories Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

For the auto switch mounting the mounting bracket BMG2-012 is required per auto switch.

Mounting bracket for the auto switch BMG2-012

Cylinder bore size 6 to 32 mm

1.23

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

262

MGP series

Compact cylinder

Compact cylinder with guide • Cylinder bore size 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm (Ø 80 and 100 mm available upon request) • Assembly time savings: Cylinder and guide in the one body with 4 assembly options • Little space required: Piping is possible from two directions • Flexible to use: In addition to the slide bearing are ball bushings and high precision ball bushings available upon request • With several options such as end position lock, clamping unit, reinforced guide rods, clean room design, dirt wipers, adjustable cushion

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

12

16

20

Action

Double acting with slide bearing

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa / 15 bar

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.12 MPa / 1.2 bar

Ambient and using

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

25

32

40

50

63

0.1 MPa / 1.0 bar

Operating fluid temperature [°C] Piston speed Note 1) [mm/s]

50 to 500

Stroke tolerance [mm]

+1.5 / 0

Cushion

Rubber bumper

Rotation prevention [°]

±0.07

±0.06

±0.05

±0.04

Note 1) Maximum piston speed with no load. Please take into account the load diagrams when selecting the model.

Theoretical cylinder force [N] Cylinder

Piston rod

Working

Piston

Operating pressure [MPa]

bore size

size [mm]

direction

surface

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

[mm2]

[mm] 12

6

OuT

113

23

34

45

57

68

79

90

102

113

12

6

IN

85

17

25

34

42

51

59

68

76

85

16

8

OuT

201

40

60

80

101

121

141

161

181

201

16

8

IN

151

30

45

60

75

90

106

121

136

151

20

10

OuT

314

63

94

126

157

188

220

251

283

314

20

10

IN

236

47

71

94

118

141

165

188

212

236

25

10

OuT

491

98

147

196

245

295

344

393

442

491

25

10

IN

412

82

124

165

206

247

289

330

371

412

32

14

OuT

804

161

241

322

402

483

563

643

724

804

32

14

IN

650

130

195

260

325

390

455

520

585

650

40

14

OuT

1257

251

377

503

628

754

880

1005

1131

1257

40

14

IN

1103

221

331

441

551

662

772

882

992

1103

50

18

OuT

1963

393

589

785

982

1178

1374

1571

1767

1963

50

18

IN

1709

342

513

684

855

1025

1196

1367

1538

1709

63

18

OuT

3117

623

935

1247

1559

1870

2182

2494

2806

3117

63

18

IN

2863

573

859

1145

1431

1718

2004

2290

2576

2863

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MGP series

263

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product

Description

reference

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MGPM, Compact cylinder with slide bearing und Magnetring MGPM12-10Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

10

M5

127.59

MGPM12-20Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

20

M5

130.47

MGPM12-30Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

30

M5

133.36

MGPM12-40Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

40

M5

136.20

MGPM12-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

50

M5

139.05

MGPM12-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

75

M5

146.25

MGPM12-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

12

100

M5

153.45

MGPM16-10Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

10

M5

151.93

MGPM16-20Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

20

M5

155.01

MGPM16-30Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

30

M5

158.09

MGPM16-40Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

40

M5

161.22

MGPM16-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

50

M5

164.34

MGPM16-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

75

M5

172.06

MGPM16-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

16

100

M5

179.83

MGPM20TF-20Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

20

G1/8

186.03

MGPM20TF-30Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

30

G1/8

189.16

MGPM20TF-40Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

40

G1/8

192.24

MGPM20TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

50

G1/8

195.32

MGPM20TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

75

G1/8

203.13

MGPM20TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

100

G1/8

210.85

MGPM20TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

125

G1/8

218.57

MGPM20TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

150

G1/8

226.38

MGPM20TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

20

200

G1/8

241.82

MGPM25TF-20Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

20

G1/8

210.85

MGPM25TF-30Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

30

G1/8

213.93

MGPM25TF-40Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

40

G1/8

217.05

MGPM25TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

50

G1/8

220.13

MGPM25TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

75

G1/8

227.90

MGPM25TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

100

G1/8

235.66

MGPM25TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

125

G1/8

243.39

MGPM25TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

150

G1/8

251.15

MGPM25TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

25

200

G1/8

266.69

MGPM32TF-25Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

25

G1/8

231.54

MGPM32TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

50

G1/8

249.45

MGPM32TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

75

G1/8

267.45

MGPM32TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

100

G1/8

285.40

MGPM32TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

125

G1/8

303.35

MGPM32TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

150

G1/8

321.30

MGPM32TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

32

200

G1/8

357.19

MGPM40TF-25Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

25

G1/8

257.78

MGPM40TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

50

G1/8

276.78

MGPM40TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

75

G1/8

295.77

MGPM40TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

100

G1/8

314.72

MGPM40TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

125

G1/8

333.71

MGPM40TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

150

G1/8

352.70

MGPM40TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

40

200

G1/8

390.63

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

264

MGP series

Compact cylinder

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size

[mm]

Port

Price £

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[mm] MGPM50TF-25Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

25

G1/4

278.57

MGPM50TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

50

G1/4

299.61

MGPM50TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

75

G1/4

320.68

MGPM50TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

100

G1/4

341.71

MGPM50TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

125

G1/4

362.74

MGPM50TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

150

G1/4

383.82

MGPM50TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

50

200

G1/4

425.92

MGPM63TF-25Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

25

G1/4

307.61

MGPM63TF-50Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

50

G1/4

329.59

MGPM63TF-75Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

75

G1/4

351.51

MGPM63TF-100Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

100

G1/4

373.49

MGPM63TF-125Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

125

G1/4

395.47

MGPM63TF-150Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

150

G1/4

417.44

MGPM63TF-200Z

Compact cylinder with slide bearing

63

200

G1/4

461.34

Service set Product reference

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

Sealing set MGP12-Z-PS

12

3.64

MGP16-Z-PS

16

4.46

MGP20-Z-PS

20

4.99

MGP25-Z-PS

25

5.58

MGP32-Z-PS

32

6.41

MGP40-Z-PS

40

7.82

MGP50-Z-PS

50

10.00

MGP63-Z-PS

63

12.52

Please order grease separately

Grease GR-S-010

Grease, 10 g

1.14

Accessories Product reference

Design

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MXS series

265

Cylinders with precision guide

Pneumatic compact slide with cam follower guide • Slide and compressed air cylinder as complete unit • Ideal for precise assembly applications • Workpieces can be mounted directly on the slide • Stroke adjustment units with or without shock absorbers available as accessories • With several further options

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

6

8

12

16

20

25

Port size

M3

M5

M5

M5

G1/8

G1/8

Action

double acting with cam follower guide

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar

Max. operating pressure

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Cushion

Rubber bumper or shock absorber

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Piston speed [mm/s]

50 to 500

Permitted kinetic energy [J]

Rubber bumper Shock absorber

Stroke tolerance [mm]

0.018

0.027

0.055

0.11

0.16

0.24

-

0.045

0.11

0.22

0.32

0.48

0/+1

Theoretical cylinder force of the slides [N] Cylinder bore

Rod size [mm]

Working direction

size [mm]

Piston surface

Operating pressure [MPa]

[mm2]

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

6

3

OuT

57

11

17

23

29

34

40

6

3

IN

42

8

11.3

15.1

18.9

22.6

26.4

8

4

OuT

101

20

23.6

31.4

39.3

47.1

55.0

8

4

IN

75

15

19.8

26.4

33.0

39.6

46.2

12

6

OuT

226

22.6

33.9

45.2

56.6

67.9

79.2

12

6

IN

170

17.0

25.4

33.9

42.4

50.9

59.4

16

8

OuT

402

40.2

60.3

80.4

100.6

120.7

140.8

16

8

IN

302

34.6

51.8

69.1

86.4

103.7

121.0

20

10

OuT

628

62.8

94.3

125.7

157.1

188.5

219.9

20

10

IN

471

52.8

79.2

105.6

132.0

158.3

184.7

25

12

OuT

982

98.2

147.3

196.4

245.5

294.5

343.6

25

12

IN

756

82.5

123.7

164.9

206.2

247.4

288.6

There are two pistons per slide.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

266

MXS series

Cylinders with precision guide

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

LxWxH

bore size

[mm]

[mm]

Port size

Price £

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MXS, pneumatic compact slide with cam follower guide MXS6-10

Compact slide

6

10

48x32x20

M3

226.34

MXS6-20

Compact slide

6

20

58x32x20

M3

251.34

MXS6-30

Compact slide

6

30

68x32x20

M3

276.30

MXS6-40

Compact slide

6

40

90x32x20

M3

304.25

MXS6-50

Compact slide

6

50

106x32x20

M3

330.67

MXS8-10

Compact slide

8

10

56x40x24

M5

258.68

MXS8-20

Compact slide

8

20

61x40x24

M5

258.68

MXS8-30

Compact slide

8

30

72x40x24

M5

285.16

MXS8-40

Compact slide

8

40

90x40x24

M5

311.63

MXS8-50

Compact slide

8

50

108x40x24

M5

338.02

MXS8-75

Compact slide

8

75

158x40x24

M5

404.18

MXS12-10

Compact slide

12

10

80x50x32

M5

293.97

MXS12-20

Compact slide

12

20

80x50x32

M5

293.97

MXS12-30

Compact slide

12

30

80x50x32

M5

293.97

MXS12-40

Compact slide

12

40

92x50x32

M5

320.40

MXS12-50

Compact slide

12

50

112x50x32

M5

346.82

MXS12-75

Compact slide

12

75

158x50x32

M5

412.99

MXS12-100

Compact slide

12

100

212x50x32

M5

479.10

MXS16-10

Compact slide

16

10

87x62x40

M5

302.78

MXS16-20

Compact slide

16

20

87x62x40

M5

302.78

MXS16-30

Compact slide

16

30

87x62x40

M5

302.78

MXS16-40

Compact slide

16

40

97x62x40

M5

329.21

MXS16-50

Compact slide

16

50

112x62x40

M5

355.68

MXS16-75

Compact slide

16

75

162x62x40

M5

421.80

MXS16-100

Compact slide

16

100

210x62x40

M5

487.91

MXS16-125

Compact slide

16

125

260x62x40

M5

554.08

MXS20-10

Compact slide

20

10

97x76x50

G1/8

327.78

MXS20-20

Compact slide

20

20

97x76x50

G1/8

327.78

MXS20-30

Compact slide

20

30

97x76x50

G1/8

327.78

MXS20-40

Compact slide

20

40

107x76x50

G1/8

354.21

MXS20-50

Compact slide

20

50

122x76x50

G1/8

380.64

MXS20-75

Compact slide

20

75

161x76x50

G1/8

446.76

MXS20-100

Compact slide

20

100

214x76x50

G1/8

512.92

MXS20-125

Compact slide

20

125

268x76x50

G1/8

579.04

MXS20-150

Compact slide

20

150

320x76x50

G1/8

645.20

MXS25-10

Compact slide

25

10

108x92x62

G1/8

379.17

MXS25-20

Compact slide

25

20

108x92x62

G1/8

379.17

MXS25-30

Compact slide

25

30

108x92x62

G1/8

379.17

MXS25-40

Compact slide

25

40

118x92x62

G1/8

408.58

MXS25-50

Compact slide

25

50

131x92x62

G1/8

437.95

MXS25-75

Compact slide

25

75

172x92x62

G1/8

511.45

MXS25-100

Compact slide

25

100

213x92x62

G1/8

584.86

MXS25-125

Compact slide

25

125

271x92x62

G1/8

658.37

MXS25-150

Compact slide

25

150

311x92x62

G1/8

731.87

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MXS series

267

Cylinders with precision guide

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Accessories auto switch

Stroke adjusting unit Product reference

Stroke adjustment

Suitable for cylinder bore

range [mm]

size [mm]

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Extension stroke adjustment, with adjustment screw MXS-AS6

max. 5

6

23.21

MXS-AS8

max. 5

8

24.25

MXS-AS12

max. 5

12

24.76

MXS-AS16

max. 5

16

25.24

MXS-AS20

max. 5

20

26.23

MXS-AS25

max. 5

25

27.42

MXS-AS6-X11

max. 15

6

31.63

MXS-AS8-X11

max. 15

8

32.68

MXS-AS12-X11

max. 15

12

33.34

MXS-AS16-X11

max. 15

16

37.27

MXS-AS20-X11

max. 15

20

37.98

MXS-AS25-X11

max. 15

25

38.74

MXS-AS8-X12

max. 25

8

32.68

MXS-AS12-X12

max. 25

12

33.34

MXS-AS16-X12

max. 25

16

37.27

MXS-AS20-X12

max. 25

20

37.98

MXS-AS25-X12

max. 25

25

38.74

7

Retraction stroke adjustment, with adjustment screw MXS-AT6

max. 5

6

23.21

MXS-AT8

max. 5

8

24.25

MXS-AT12

max. 5

12

24.76

MXS-AT16

max. 5

16

25.24

MXS-AT20

max. 5

20

26.23

MXS-AT25

max. 5

25

27.42

MXS-AT6-X11

max. 15

6

31.63

MXS-AT8-X11

max. 15

8

32.68

MXS-AT12-X11

max. 15

12

33.34

MXS-AT16-X11

max. 15

16

37.27

MXS-AT20-X11

max. 15

20

37.98

MXS-AT25-X11

max. 15

25

38.74

MXS-AT8-X12

max. 25

8

32.68

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

268

MXS series

Cylinders with precision guide

Retraction stroke adjustment, with adjustment screw Product reference

Stroke adjustment range

Suitable for cylinder bore

[mm]

size [mm]

Price £

MXS-AT12-X12

max. 25

12

33.34

MXS-AT16-X12

max. 25

16

37.27

MXS-AT20-X12

max. 25

20

37.98

MXS-AT25-X12

max. 25

25

38.74

Extension stroke adjustment, with shock absorber MXS-BS8

min. 5

8

60.71

MXS-BS12

min. 5

12

62.75

MXS-BS16

min. 5

16

64.74

MXS-BS20

min. 5

20

70.80

MXS-BS25

min. 5

25

74.63

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Retraction stroke adjustment, with shock absorber MXS-BT8

min. 5

8

61.94

MXS-BT12

min. 5

12

64.03

MXS-BT16

min. 5

16

66.06

MXS-BT20

min. 5

20

82.07

MXS-BT25

min. 5

25

87.66

Including mounting bolts and shock absorber.

Service set Product reference

Cylinder bore size

Every set includes:

Price £

[mm] Sealing set MXS6-PS

6

2x wipers / sealing rings each

17.18

MXS8-PS

8

2x wipers / sealing rings each

19.36

MXS12-PS

12

2x wipers / sealing rings each

20.13

MXS16-PS

16

2x wipers / sealing rings each

20.41

MXS20-PS

20

2x wipers / sealing rings each

20.97

MXS25-PS

25

2x wipers / sealing rings each

21.78

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1B series

269

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder Basic type • Compact body dimensions • Various mounting options • Long life seal system • Built in magnet for auto switch sensing • Extended range of bore size

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Port

Note 1)

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80*

100*

M5

M5

M5

1/8

1/8

1/4

3/8

3/8

1/2

1/2

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.8 MPa / 1 to 8

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Cushion

ø10: rubber bumper.

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong

bar

ø16~100: Air cushion

lubrication) Stroke tolerance [mm]

0 / +2.8

* Cylinders Ø80 and Ø100 need to be ordered from SMC Japan

Stroke adjusting unit specifications Bore size (mm)

10

unit symbol Configuration & Shock Absorber

16

20

A

H

A

A

With adjusting bolt

RB 0805 With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

Stroke fine adjusting range

0 to -5

(mm)

Stroke adjusting range

L

25 H

RB RB 1007 0805 with With adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -5.6

A

L

With adjusting bolt

RB 1007 with adjusting bolt

0 to -6

32 H

A

RB 1412 With with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -11.5

H

A

RB 1412 with adjusting bolt

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

0 to -12

L

Shock absorber specifications Max. energy absorption (J)

RB 0805

RB 0806

RB 1007

RB1412

RB2015

1.0

2.9

5.9

19.6

58.8

5

5

7

12

15

1000

1500

1500

1500

1500

80

80

70

45

25

Stroke absorption (mm) Max. impact speed (mm/s) Max. operating frequency (cycles/min) Operating temperature range (˚C)

5 to 60

Stroke adjusting unit numbers 10

16

20

25

32

40

A unit

MY-A10A

MY-A16A

MY-A20A

MY-A25A

MY-A32A

MY-A20A

L unit

-

-

MY-A20L

MY-A25L

MY-A32L

MY-A40L

H unit

MY-A10H

-

MY-A20H

MY-A25H

MY-A32H

MY-A40H

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

H

RB 1412 RB 2015 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -16

When exceeding the stroke fine adjusting range, use order made specifications -X416 and -X417

Model

Bore size

40

L

7

270

MY1B series

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Port

M5

-

Price £

[mm] MY1B, Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1B10G-50

Rodless cylinder

10

50

121.02

MY1B10G-100

Rodless cylinder

10

100

M5

-

121.02

MY1B10G-200

Rodless cylinder

10

200

M5

-

126.17

MY1B10G-300

Rodless cylinder

10

300

M5

-

131.27

MY1B10G-400

Rodless cylinder

10

400

M5

-

136.38

MY1B10G-500

Rodless cylinder

10

500

M5

-

141.48

MY1B10G-600

Rodless cylinder

10

600

M5

-

146.59

MY1B16G-50

Rodless cylinder

16

50

M5

ø4

179.51

MY1B16G-100

Rodless cylinder

16

100

M5

ø4

179.46

MY1B16G-200

Rodless cylinder

16

200

M5

ø4

185.90

MY1B16G-300

Rodless cylinder

16

300

M5

ø4

192.34

MY1B16G-400

Rodless cylinder

16

400

M5

ø4

198.68

MY1B16G-500

Rodless cylinder

16

500

M5

ø4

205.12

MY1B16G-600

Rodless cylinder

16

600

M5

ø4

211.56

MY1B16G-700

Rodless cylinder

16

700

M5

ø4

217.95

MY1B16G-800

Rodless cylinder

16

800

M5

ø4

224.39

MY1B16G-900

Rodless cylinder

16

900

M5

ø4

230.83

MY1B16G-1000

Rodless cylinder

16

1000

M5

ø4

237.22

MY1B16G-1200

Rodless cylinder

16

1200

M5

ø4

250.05

MY1B16G-1400

Rodless cylinder

16

1400

M5

ø4

262.88

MY1B16G-1600

Rodless cylinder

16

1600

M5

ø4

275.75

MY1B16G-1800

Rodless cylinder

16

1800

M5

ø4

288.58

MY1B16G-2000

Rodless cylinder

16

2000

M5

ø4

301.41

MY1B20G-50

Rodless cylinder

20

50

M5

ø4

189.76

MY1B20G-100

Rodless cylinder

20

100

M5

ø4

189.76

MY1B20G-200

Rodless cylinder

20

200

M5

ø4

197.44

MY1B20G-300

Rodless cylinder

20

300

M5

ø4

205.12

MY1B20G-400

Rodless cylinder

20

400

M5

ø4

212.80

MY1B20G-500

Rodless cylinder

20

500

M5

ø4

220.53

MY1B20G-600

Rodless cylinder

20

600

M5

ø4

228.25

MY1B20G-700

Rodless cylinder

20

700

M5

ø4

235.93

MY1B20G-800

Rodless cylinder

20

800

M5

ø4

243.61

MY1B20G-900

Rodless cylinder

20

900

M5

ø4

251.33

MY1B20G-1000

Rodless cylinder

20

1000

M5

ø4

259.06

MY1B20G-1200

Rodless cylinder

20

1200

M5

ø4

274.46

MY1B20G-1400

Rodless cylinder

20

1400

M5

ø4

289.82

MY1B20G-1600

Rodless cylinder

20

1600

M5

ø4

305.27

MY1B20G-1800

Rodless cylinder

20

1800

M5

ø4

320.63

MY1B20G-2000

Rodless cylinder

20

2000

M5

ø4

336.08

MY1B25G-50

Rodless cylinder

25

50

Rc1/8

ø5

247.93

MY1B25G-100

Rodless cylinder

25

100

Rc1/8

ø5

247.93

MY1B25G-300

Rodless cylinder

25

300

Rc1/8

ø5

265.04

MY1B25G-400

Rodless cylinder

25

400

Rc1/8

ø5

273.59

MY1B25G-500

Rodless cylinder

25

500

Rc1/8

ø5

282.14

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1B series

271

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Port

Price £

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1B, Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type MY1B25G-600

Rodless cylinder

25

600

Rc1/8

ø5

290.69

MY1B25G-700

Rodless cylinder

25

700

Rc1/8

ø5

299.29

MY1B25G-800

Rodless cylinder

25

800

Rc1/8

ø5

307.85

MY1B25G-900

Rodless cylinder

25

900

Rc1/8

ø5

316.40

MY1B25G-1000

Rodless cylinder

25

1000

Rc1/8

ø5

324.95

MY1B25G-1200

Rodless cylinder

25

1200

Rc1/8

ø5

342.06

MY1B25G-1400

Rodless cylinder

25

1400

Rc1/8

ø5

359.21

MY1B25G-1600

Rodless cylinder

25

1600

Rc1/8

ø5

376.27

MY1B25G-1800

Rodless cylinder

25

1800

Rc1/8

ø5

393.37

MY1B25G-2000

Rodless cylinder

25

2000

Rc1/8

ø5

410.52

MY1B32G-50

Rodless cylinder

32

50

Rc1/8

ø6

317.92

MY1B32G-100

Rodless cylinder

32

100

Rc1/8

ø6

317.92

MY1B32G-200

Rodless cylinder

32

200

Rc1/8

ø6

329.04

MY1B32G-300

Rodless cylinder

32

300

Rc1/8

ø6

340.17

MY1B32G-400

Rodless cylinder

32

400

Rc1/8

ø6

351.30

MY1B32G-500

Rodless cylinder

32

500

Rc1/8

ø6

362.38

MY1B32G-600

Rodless cylinder

32

600

Rc1/8

ø6

373.55

MY1B32G-700

Rodless cylinder

32

700

Rc1/8

ø6

384.68

MY1B32G-800

Rodless cylinder

32

800

Rc1/8

ø6

395.76

MY1B32G-900

Rodless cylinder

32

900

Rc1/8

ø6

406.94

MY1B32G-1000

Rodless cylinder

32

1000

Rc1/8

ø6

418.02

MY1B32G-1200

Rodless cylinder

32

1200

Rc1/8

ø6

440.27

MY1B32G-1400

Rodless cylinder

32

1400

Rc1/8

ø6

462.53

MY1B32G-1600

Rodless cylinder

32

1600

Rc1/8

ø6

484.78

MY1B32G-1800

Rodless cylinder

32

1800

Rc1/8

ø6

507.04

MY1B32G-2000

Rodless cylinder

32

2000

Rc1/8

ø6

529.30

MY1B40G-50

Rodless cylinder

40

50

Rc1/4

ø8

382.01

MY1B40G-100

Rodless cylinder

40

100

Rc1/4

ø8

382.01

MY1B40G-200

Rodless cylinder

40

200

Rc1/4

ø8

396.55

MY1B40G-300

Rodless cylinder

40

300

Rc1/4

ø8

411.12

MY1B40G-400

Rodless cylinder

40

400

Rc1/4

ø8

425.65

MY1B40G-500

Rodless cylinder

40

500

Rc1/4

ø8

440.23

MY1B40G-600

Rodless cylinder

40

600

Rc1/4

ø8

454.80

MY1B40G-700

Rodless cylinder

40

700

Rc1/4

ø8

469.29

MY1B40G-800

Rodless cylinder

40

800

Rc1/4

ø8

483.87

MY1B40G-900

Rodless cylinder

40

900

Rc1/4

ø8

498.40

MY1B40G-1000

Rodless cylinder

40

1000

Rc1/4

ø8

512.97

MY1B40G-1200

Rodless cylinder

40

1200

Rc1/4

ø8

542.03

MY1B40G-1400

Rodless cylinder

40

1400

Rc1/4

ø8

571.19

MY1B40G-1600

Rodless cylinder

40

1600

Rc1/4

ø8

600.25

MY1B40G-1800

Rodless cylinder

40

1800

Rc1/4

ø8

629.35

MY1B40G-2000

Rodless cylinder

40

2000

Rc1/4

ø8

658.41

MY1B50G-50

Rodless cylinder

50

50

Rc3/8

ø10

431.49

MY1B50G-100

Rodless cylinder

50

100

Rc3/8

ø10

431.45

MY1B50G-200

Rodless cylinder

50

200

Rc3/8

ø10

452.09

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

272

MY1B series

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Port

Price £

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1B, Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - Basic type MY1B50G-300

Rodless cylinder

50

300

Rc3/8

ø10

472.60

MY1B50G-400

Rodless cylinder

50

400

Rc3/8

ø10

493.11

MY1B50G-500

Rodless cylinder

50

500

Rc3/8

ø10

513.66

MY1B50G-600

Rodless cylinder

50

600

Rc3/8

ø10

534.22

MY1B50G-700

Rodless cylinder

50

700

Rc3/8

ø10

554.72

MY1B50G-800

Rodless cylinder

50

800

Rc3/8

ø10

575.28

MY1B50G-900

Rodless cylinder

50

900

Rc3/8

ø10

595.79

MY1B50G-1000

Rodless cylinder

50

1000

Rc3/8

ø10

616.34

MY1B50G-1200

Rodless cylinder

50

1200

Rc3/8

ø10

657.40

MY1B50G-1400

Rodless cylinder

50

1400

Rc3/8

ø10

698.46

MY1B50G-1600

Rodless cylinder

50

1600

Rc3/8

ø10

739.62

MY1B50G-1800

Rodless cylinder

50

1800

Rc3/8

ø10

780.68

MY1B50G-2000

Rodless cylinder

50

2000

Rc3/8

ø10

821.74

MY1B63G-50

Rodless cylinder

63

50

Rc3/8

ø11

607.47

MY1B63G-100

Rodless cylinder

63

100

Rc3/8

ø11

607.47

MY1B63G-200

Rodless cylinder

63

200

Rc3/8

ø11

641.72

MY1B63G-300

Rodless cylinder

63

300

Rc3/8

ø11

675.93

MY1B63G-400

Rodless cylinder

63

400

Rc3/8

ø11

710.14

MY1B63G-500

Rodless cylinder

63

500

Rc3/8

ø11

744.35

MY1B63G-600

Rodless cylinder

63

600

Rc3/8

ø11

778.61

MY1B63G-700

Rodless cylinder

63

700

Rc3/8

ø11

812.82

MY1B63G-800

Rodless cylinder

63

800

Rc3/8

ø11

847.03

MY1B63G-900

Rodless cylinder

63

900

Rc3/8

ø11

881.29

MY1B63G-1000

Rodless cylinder

63

1000

Rc3/8

ø11

915.50

MY1B63G-1200

Rodless cylinder

63

1200

Rc3/8

ø11

984.01

MY1B63G-1400

Rodless cylinder

63

1400

Rc3/8

ø11

1052.48

MY1B63G-1600

Rodless cylinder

63

1600

Rc3/8

ø11

1120.95

MY1B63G-1800

Rodless cylinder

63

1800

Rc3/8

ø11

1189.37

MY1B63G-2000

Rodless cylinder

63

2000

Rc3/8

ø11

1257.84

Note) Cylinder Ø80 and Ø100 need to be ordered from SMC Japan

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1M series

273

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder Slide bearing guide type • Compact body dimensions • Resin slide bearing guide • Various mounting options • Built in magnet for auto switch sensing • Extended range of bore size

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

Port Note 1)

M5

M5

1/8

1/8

1/4

3/8

3/8

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Operating pressure range

0.15 to 0.8 MPa / 1 to 8 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Cushion

ø16~100: Air cushion

Operating piston speed

100 - 1500 mm/s

Stroke tolerance [mm]

1000 or less +1.8 0 1001-3000

2700 or less+1.8 2701 to 5000 0

+2.8 0

+2.8 0

Stroke adjusting unit specifications Bore size (mm) unit symbol Configuration & Shock Absorber

16

20

A

L

A

With adjusting bolt

RB 0806 With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

25

L

H

RB RB 1007 0806 with With adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

32

A

L

With adjusting bolt

RB 1007 with adjusting bolt

A

RB 1412 With with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

H

A

RB 1412 with adjusting bolt

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

H

Stroke adjusting range

When exceeding the stroke fine adjusting range, use order made specifications -X416 and -X417

unit symbol Configuration & Shock Absorber

50 A

L

H

A

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

RB 2725 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

L

0 to -20

(mm)

H

7

RB 2015 RB 2725 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -25

Stroke adjusting range

Shock absorber specifications Model Max. energy absorption (J) Stroke absorption (mm) Max. impact speed (mm/s) Max. operating frequency (cycles/min)

RB 0806

RB 1007

RB 1412

RB2015

RB2725

2.9

5.9

19.6

58.8

147

6

7

12

15

25

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

80

70

45

25

10

Operating temperature range (˚C)

5 to 60

Piston speed Bore size

0 to -16

63

With adjusting bolt

Stroke fine adjusting range

0 to -12

L

RB 1412 RB 2015 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -5

Bore size (mm)

0 to -11.5

40

L

Stroke fine adjusting range (mm)

0 to -6

H

16 to 63

Without stroke adjusting unit

100 to 1000 mm/s

A unit*

100 to 1000 mm/s

L unit and H unit*

100 to 1500 mm/s

* Stroke adjusting unit

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

274

MY1M series

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1M, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type MY1M16G-100

Rodless cylinder

16

100

M5

ø4

315.85

MY1M16G-200

Rodless cylinder

16

200

M5

ø4

328.08

MY1M16G-300

Rodless cylinder

16

300

M5

ø4

340.31

MY1M16G-400

Rodless cylinder

16

400

M5

ø4

352.63

MY1M16G-500

Rodless cylinder

16

500

M5

ø4

364.82

MY1M16G-600

Rodless cylinder

16

600

M5

ø4

377.09

MY1M16G-700

Rodless cylinder

16

700

M5

ø4

389.28

MY1M16G-800

Rodless cylinder

16

800

M5

ø4

401.60

MY1M16G-900

Rodless cylinder

16

900

M5

ø4

413.79

MY1M16G-1000

Rodless cylinder

16

1000

M5

ø4

426.07

MY1M16G-1200

Rodless cylinder

16

1200

M5

ø4

450.53

MY1M16G-1400

Rodless cylinder

16

1400

M5

ø4

475.04

MY1M16G-1600

Rodless cylinder

16

1600

M5

ø4

499.50

MY1M16G-1800

Rodless cylinder

16

1800

M5

ø4

523.96

MY1M16G-2000

Rodless cylinder

16

2000

M5

ø4

548.47

MY1M20G-100

Rodless cylinder

20

100

M5

ø4

383.90

MY1M20G-200

Rodless cylinder

20

200

M5

ø4

397.51

MY1M20G-300

Rodless cylinder

20

300

M5

ø4

411.12

MY1M20G-400

Rodless cylinder

20

400

M5

ø4

424.73

MY1M20G-500

Rodless cylinder

20

500

M5

ø4

438.34

MY1M20G-600

Rodless cylinder

20

600

M5

ø4

451.95

MY1M20G-700

Rodless cylinder

20

700

M5

ø4

465.56

MY1M20G-800

Rodless cylinder

20

800

M5

ø4

479.18

MY1M20G-900

Rodless cylinder

20

900

M5

ø4

492.79

MY1M20G-1000

Rodless cylinder

20

1000

M5

ø4

506.30

MY1M20G-1200

Rodless cylinder

20

1200

M5

ø4

533.53

MY1M20G-1400

Rodless cylinder

20

1400

M5

ø4

560.75

MY1M20G-1600

Rodless cylinder

20

1600

M5

ø4

587.97

MY1M20G-1800

Rodless cylinder

20

1800

M5

ø4

615.19

MY1M20G-2000

Rodless cylinder

20

2000

M5

ø4

642.41

MY1M25G-100

Rodless cylinder

25

100

Rc1/8

ø5

428.87

MY1M25G-200

Rodless cylinder

25

200

Rc1/8

ø5

443.81

MY1M25G-300

Rodless cylinder

25

300

Rc1/8

ø5

458.76

MY1M25G-400

Rodless cylinder

25

400

Rc1/8

ø5

473.75

MY1M25G-500

Rodless cylinder

25

500

Rc1/8

ø5

488.74

MY1M25G-600

Rodless cylinder

25

600

Rc1/8

ø5

503.64

MY1M25G-700

Rodless cylinder

25

700

Rc1/8

ø5

518.67

MY1M25G-800

Rodless cylinder

25

800

Rc1/8

ø5

533.57

MY1M25G-900

Rodless cylinder

25

900

Rc1/8

ø5

548.56

MY1M25G-1000

Rodless cylinder

25

1000

Rc1/8

ø5

563.55

MY1M25G-1200

Rodless cylinder

25

1200

Rc1/8

ø5

593.49

MY1M25G-1400

Rodless cylinder

25

1400

Rc1/8

ø5

623.38

MY1M25G-1600

Rodless cylinder

25

1600

Rc1/8

ø5

653.31

MY1M25G-1800

Rodless cylinder

25

1800

Rc1/8

ø5

683.24

MY1M25G-2000

Rodless cylinder

25

2000

Rc1/8

ø5

713.18

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1M series

275

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm] MY1M, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1M32G-100

Rodless cylinder

32

100

Rc1/8

ø6

553.99

MY1M32G-200

Rodless cylinder

32

200

Rc1/8

ø6

574.40

MY1M32G-300

Rodless cylinder

32

300

Rc1/8

ø6

594.82

MY1M32G-400

Rodless cylinder

32

400

Rc1/8

ø6

615.24

MY1M32G-500

Rodless cylinder

32

500

Rc1/8

ø6

635.61

MY1M32G-600

Rodless cylinder

32

600

Rc1/8

ø6

656.02

MY1M32G-700

Rodless cylinder

32

700

Rc1/8

ø6

676.44

MY1M32G-800

Rodless cylinder

32

800

Rc1/8

ø6

696.81

MY1M32G-900

Rodless cylinder

32

900

Rc1/8

ø6

717.22

MY1M32G-1000

Rodless cylinder

32

1000

Rc1/8

ø6

737.69

MY1M32G-1200

Rodless cylinder

32

1200

Rc1/8

ø6

778.43

MY1M32G-1400

Rodless cylinder

32

1400

Rc1/8

ø6

819.26

MY1M32G-1600

Rodless cylinder

32

1600

Rc1/8

ø6

860.09

MY1M32G-1800

Rodless cylinder

32

1800

Rc1/8

ø6

900.92

MY1M32G-2000

Rodless cylinder

32

2000

Rc1/8

ø6

941.71

MY1M40G-100

Rodless cylinder

40

100

Rc1/4

ø8

633.68

MY1M40G-200

Rodless cylinder

40

200

Rc1/4

ø8

658.64

MY1M40G-300

Rodless cylinder

40

300

Rc1/4

ø8

683.52

MY1M40G-400

Rodless cylinder

40

400

Rc1/4

ø8

708.35

MY1M40G-500

Rodless cylinder

40

500

Rc1/4

ø8

733.23

MY1M40G-600

Rodless cylinder

40

600

Rc1/4

ø8

758.15

MY1M40G-700

Rodless cylinder

40

700

Rc1/4

ø8

783.07

MY1M40G-800

Rodless cylinder

40

800

Rc1/4

ø8

807.95

MY1M40G-900

Rodless cylinder

40

900

Rc1/4

ø8

832.82

MY1M40G-1000

Rodless cylinder

40

1000

Rc1/4

ø8

857.70

MY1M40G-1200

Rodless cylinder

40

1200

Rc1/4

ø8

907.50

MY1M40G-1400

Rodless cylinder

40

1400

Rc1/4

ø8

957.25

MY1M40G-1600

Rodless cylinder

40

1600

Rc1/4

ø8

1007.05

MY1M40G-1800

Rodless cylinder

40

1800

Rc1/4

ø8

1056.85

MY1M40G-2000

Rodless cylinder

40

2000

Rc1/4

ø8

1106.60

MY1M50G-100

Rodless cylinder

50

100

Rc3/8

ø10

756.95

MY1M50G-200

Rodless cylinder

50

200

Rc3/8

ø10

801.79

MY1M50G-300

Rodless cylinder

50

300

Rc3/8

ø10

846.57

MY1M50G-400

Rodless cylinder

50

400

Rc3/8

ø10

891.41

MY1M50G-500

Rodless cylinder

50

500

Rc3/8

ø10

936.15

MY1M50G-600

Rodless cylinder

50

600

Rc3/8

ø10

980.98

MY1M50G-700

Rodless cylinder

50

700

Rc3/8

ø10

1025.77

MY1M50G-800

Rodless cylinder

50

800

Rc3/8

ø10

1070.60

MY1M50G-900

Rodless cylinder

50

900

Rc3/8

ø10

1115.43

MY1M50G-1000

Rodless cylinder

50

1000

Rc3/8

ø10

1160.17

MY1M50G-1200

Rodless cylinder

50

1200

Rc3/8

ø10

1249.79

MY1M50G-1400

Rodless cylinder

50

1400

Rc3/8

ø10

1339.36

MY1M50G-1600

Rodless cylinder

50

1600

Rc3/8

ø10

1428.98

MY1M50G-1800

Rodless cylinder

50

1800

Rc3/8

ø10

1518.60

MY1M50G-2000

Rodless cylinder

50

2000

Rc3/8

ø10

1608.22

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

276

MY1M series

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1M, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type MY1M63G-100

Rodless cylinder

63

100

Rc3/8

ø11

874.12

MY1M63G-200

Rodless cylinder

63

200

Rc3/8

ø11

926.31

MY1M63G-300

Rodless cylinder

63

300

Rc3/8

ø11

978.54

MY1M63G-400

Rodless cylinder

63

400

Rc3/8

ø11

1030.78

MY1M63G-500

Rodless cylinder

63

500

Rc3/8

ø11

1082.97

MY1M63G-600

Rodless cylinder

63

600

Rc3/8

ø11

1135.11

MY1M63G-700

Rodless cylinder

63

700

Rc3/8

ø11

1187.35

MY1M63G-800

Rodless cylinder

63

800

Rc3/8

ø11

1239.54

MY1M63G-900

Rodless cylinder

63

900

Rc3/8

ø11

1291.77

MY1M63G-1000

Rodless cylinder

63

1000

Rc3/8

ø11

1343.96

MY1M63G-1200

Rodless cylinder

63

1200

Rc3/8

ø11

1448.34

MY1M63G-1400

Rodless cylinder

63

1400

Rc3/8

ø11

1552.72

MY1M63G-1600

Rodless cylinder

63

1600

Rc3/8

ø11

1657.15

MY1M63G-1800

Rodless cylinder

63

1800

Rc3/8

ø11

1761.53

MY1M63G-2000

Rodless cylinder

63

2000

Rc3/8

ø11

1865.95

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1C series

277

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder Cam follower guide type • Compact body dimensions • Cam follower guide type • Direct mounting is possible • Built in magnet for auto switch sensing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

Port Note 1)

M5

M5

1/8

1/8

1/4

3/8

3/8

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.8 MPa / 1 to 8 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Cushion

Air cushion

Lubrication

Non-lube

Stroke tolerance [mm]

1000 or less 1001-3000

+1.8

2700 or less+1.8 2701 to 5000 0

0

+2.8

+2.8 0

0

Stroke adjusting unit specifications Bore size (mm) unit symbol Configuration & Shock Absorber

16

20

A

L

A

With adjusting bolt

RB 0806 With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

25

L

H

RB RB 1007 0806 with With adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

32

A

L

With adjusting bolt

RB 1007 with adjusting bolt

A

RB 1412 With with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

H

A

RB 1412 with adjusting bolt

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

H

Stroke adjusting range

When exceeding the stroke fine adjusting range, use order made specifications -X416 and -X417

unit symbol Configuration & Shock Absorber

50 L

H

A

With adjusting bolt

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

RB 2725 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

Stroke adjusting range

L

0 to -20

(mm)

7

H

RB 2015 RB 2725 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -25

As above

Piston speed Bore size

16 to 63

Without stroke adjusting unit

100 to 1000 mm/s

A unit*

100 to 1000 mm/s

L unit and H unit*

100 to 1500 mm/s

* Stroke adjusting unit

Shock absorber specifications Model Max. energy absorption (J) Stroke absorption (mm) Max. impact speed (mm/s) Max. operating frequency (cycles/min)

0 to -16

63

A

Stroke fine adjusting range

0 to -12

L

RB 1412 RB 2015 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -5.6

Bore size (mm)

0 to -11.5

40

L

Stroke fine adjusting range (mm)

0 to -6

H

RB 0806

RB 1007

RB 1412

RB2015

RB2725

2.9

5.9

19.6

58.8

147

6

7

12

15

25

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

80

70

45

25

10

Operating temperature range (˚C)

5 to 60

Spring force (N) - Extended

1.96

4.22

6.86

8.34

8.83

Spring force (N) - Retracted

4.22

6.86

15.98

20.50

20.01

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

278

MY1C series

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1C, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type MY1C16G-100

Rodless cylinder

16

100

M5

ø4

591.42

MY1C16G-200

Rodless cylinder

16

200

M5

ø4

607.33

MY1C16G-300

Rodless cylinder

16

300

M5

ø4

623.24

MY1C16G-400

Rodless cylinder

16

400

M5

ø4

639.19

MY1C16G-500

Rodless cylinder

16

500

M5

ø4

655.10

MY1C16G-600

Rodless cylinder

16

600

M5

ø4

671.01

MY1C16G-700

Rodless cylinder

16

700

M5

ø4

686.97

MY1C16G-800

Rodless cylinder

16

800

M5

ø4

702.83

MY1C16G-900

Rodless cylinder

16

900

M5

ø4

718.79

MY1C16G-1000

Rodless cylinder

16

1000

M5

ø4

734.74

MY1C16G-1200

Rodless cylinder

16

1200

M5

ø4

766.52

MY1C16G-1400

Rodless cylinder

16

1400

M5

ø4

798.43

MY1C16G-1600

Rodless cylinder

16

1600

M5

ø4

830.29

MY1C16G-1800

Rodless cylinder

16

1800

M5

ø4

862.11

MY1C16G-2000

Rodless cylinder

16

2000

M5

ø4

893.98

MY1C20G-100

Rodless cylinder

20

100

M5

ø4

592.98

MY1C20G-200

Rodless cylinder

20

200

M5

ø4

612.16

MY1C20G-300

Rodless cylinder

20

300

M5

ø4

631.19

MY1C20G-400

Rodless cylinder

20

400

M5

ø4

650.27

MY1C20G-500

Rodless cylinder

20

500

M5

ø4

669.45

MY1C20G-600

Rodless cylinder

20

600

M5

ø4

688.53

MY1C20G-700

Rodless cylinder

20

700

M5

ø4

707.61

MY1C20G-800

Rodless cylinder

20

800

M5

ø4

726.74

MY1C20G-900

Rodless cylinder

20

900

M5

ø4

745.83

MY1C20G-1000

Rodless cylinder

20

1000

M5

ø4

765.00

MY1C20G-1200

Rodless cylinder

20

1200

M5

ø4

803.12

MY1C20G-1400

Rodless cylinder

20

1400

M5

ø4

841.33

MY1C20G-1600

Rodless cylinder

20

1600

M5

ø4

879.54

MY1C20G-1800

Rodless cylinder

20

1800

M5

ø4

917.84

MY1C20G-2000

Rodless cylinder

20

2000

M5

ø4

956.01

MY1C25G-100

Rodless cylinder

25

100

Rc1/8

ø5

596.15

MY1C25G-200

Rodless cylinder

25

200

Rc1/8

ø5

624.85

MY1C25G-300

Rodless cylinder

25

300

Rc1/8

ø5

653.45

MY1C25G-400

Rodless cylinder

25

400

Rc1/8

ø5

682.14

MY1C25G-500

Rodless cylinder

25

500

Rc1/8

ø5

710.83

MY1C25G-600

Rodless cylinder

25

600

Rc1/8

ø5

739.43

MY1C25G-700

Rodless cylinder

25

700

Rc1/8

ø5

768.13

MY1C25G-800

Rodless cylinder

25

800

Rc1/8

ø5

796.77

MY1C25G-900

Rodless cylinder

25

900

Rc1/8

ø5

825.47

MY1C25G-1000

Rodless cylinder

25

1000

Rc1/8

ø5

854.11

MY1C25G-1200

Rodless cylinder

25

1200

Rc1/8

ø5

911.41

MY1C25G-1400

Rodless cylinder

25

1400

Rc1/8

ø5

968.75

MY1C25G-1600

Rodless cylinder

25

1600

Rc1/8

ø5

1026.04

MY1C25G-1800

Rodless cylinder

25

1800

Rc1/8

ø5

1083.33

MY1C25G-2000

Rodless cylinder

25

2000

Rc1/8

ø5

1140.67

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1C series

279

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1C, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type MY1C32G-100

Rodless cylinder

32

100

Rc1/8

ø6

741.04

MY1C32G-200

Rodless cylinder

32

200

Rc1/8

ø6

769.78

MY1C32G-300

Rodless cylinder

32

300

Rc1/8

ø6

798.57

MY1C32G-400

Rodless cylinder

32

400

Rc1/8

ø6

827.31

MY1C32G-500

Rodless cylinder

32

500

Rc1/8

ø6

856.04

MY1C32G-600

Rodless cylinder

32

600

Rc1/8

ø6

884.83

MY1C32G-700

Rodless cylinder

32

700

Rc1/8

ø6

913.57

MY1C32G-800

Rodless cylinder

32

800

Rc1/8

ø6

942.31

MY1C32G-900

Rodless cylinder

32

900

Rc1/8

ø6

971.09

MY1C32G-1000

Rodless cylinder

32

1000

Rc1/8

ø6

999.88

MY1C32G-1200

Rodless cylinder

32

1200

Rc1/8

ø6

1057.35

MY1C32G-1400

Rodless cylinder

32

1400

Rc1/8

ø6

1114.92

MY1C32G-1600

Rodless cylinder

32

1600

Rc1/8

ø6

1172.36

MY1C32G-1800

Rodless cylinder

32

1800

Rc1/8

ø6

1229.88

MY1C32G-2000

Rodless cylinder

32

2000

Rc1/8

ø6

1287.45

MY1C40G-100

Rodless cylinder

40

100

Rc1/4

ø8

915.27

MY1C40G-200

Rodless cylinder

40

200

Rc1/4

ø8

953.16

MY1C40G-300

Rodless cylinder

40

300

Rc1/4

ø8

991.00

MY1C40G-400

Rodless cylinder

40

400

Rc1/4

ø8

1028.80

MY1C40G-500

Rodless cylinder

40

500

Rc1/4

ø8

1066.64

MY1C40G-600

Rodless cylinder

40

600

Rc1/4

ø8

1104.49

MY1C40G-700

Rodless cylinder

40

700

Rc1/4

ø8

1142.33

MY1C40G-800

Rodless cylinder

40

800

Rc1/4

ø8

1180.17

MY1C40G-900

Rodless cylinder

40

900

Rc1/4

ø8

1217.97

MY1C40G-1000

Rodless cylinder

40

1000

Rc1/4

ø8

1255.86

MY1C40G-1200

Rodless cylinder

40

1200

Rc1/4

ø8

1331.55

MY1C40G-1400

Rodless cylinder

40

1400

Rc1/4

ø8

1407.23

MY1C40G-1600

Rodless cylinder

40

1600

Rc1/4

ø8

1482.87

MY1C40G-1800

Rodless cylinder

40

1800

Rc1/4

ø8

1558.56

MY1C40G-2000

Rodless cylinder

40

2000

Rc1/4

ø8

1634.20

MY1C50G-100

Rodless cylinder

50

100

Rc3/8

ø10

1146.51

MY1C50G-200

Rodless cylinder

50

200

Rc3/8

ø10

1196.82

MY1C50G-300

Rodless cylinder

50

300

Rc3/8

ø10

1247.08

MY1C50G-400

Rodless cylinder

50

400

Rc3/8

ø10

1297.34

MY1C50G-500

Rodless cylinder

50

500

Rc3/8

ø10

1347.64

MY1C50G-600

Rodless cylinder

50

600

Rc3/8

ø10

1397.90

MY1C50G-700

Rodless cylinder

50

700

Rc3/8

ø10

1448.11

MY1C50G-800

Rodless cylinder

50

800

Rc3/8

ø10

1498.42

MY1C50G-900

Rodless cylinder

50

900

Rc3/8

ø10

1548.67

MY1C50G-1000

Rodless cylinder

50

1000

Rc3/8

ø10

1598.98

MY1C50G-1200

Rodless cylinder

50

1200

Rc3/8

ø10

1699.50

MY1C50G-1400

Rodless cylinder

50

1400

Rc3/8

ø10

1800.06

MY1C50G-1600

Rodless cylinder

50

1600

Rc3/8

ø10

1900.62

MY1C50G-1800

Rodless cylinder

50

1800

Rc3/8

ø10

2001.14

MY1C50G-2000

Rodless cylinder

50

2000

Rc3/8

ø10

2101.70

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

280

MY1C series

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1C, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type MY1C63G-100

Rodless cylinder

63

100

Rc3/8

ø11

1311.04

MY1C63G-200

Rodless cylinder

63

200

Rc3/8

ø11

1373.25

MY1C63G-300

Rodless cylinder

63

300

Rc3/8

ø11

1435.47

MY1C63G-400

Rodless cylinder

63

400

Rc3/8

ø11

1497.63

MY1C63G-500

Rodless cylinder

63

500

Rc3/8

ø11

1559.85

MY1C63G-600

Rodless cylinder

63

600

Rc3/8

ø11

1622.15

MY1C63G-700

Rodless cylinder

63

700

Rc3/8

ø11

1684.32

MY1C63G-800

Rodless cylinder

63

800

Rc3/8

ø11

1746.54

MY1C63G-900

Rodless cylinder

63

900

Rc3/8

ø11

1808.80

MY1C63G-1000

Rodless cylinder

63

1000

Rc3/8

ø11

1870.96

MY1C63G-1200

Rodless cylinder

63

1200

Rc3/8

ø11

1995.48

MY1C63G-1400

Rodless cylinder

63

1400

Rc3/8

ø11

2119.91

MY1C63G-1600

Rodless cylinder

63

1600

Rc3/8

ø11

2244.38

MY1C63G-1800

Rodless cylinder

63

1800

Rc3/8

ø11

2368.81

MY1C63G-2000

Rodless cylinder

63

2000

Rc3/8

ø11

2493.24

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY1H series

281

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - Linear guide type

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder Linear guide type • Compact body dimensions • High precision guide type • Direct mounting is possible • Built in magnet for auto switch sensing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

16

20

25

32

40

Port Note 1)

M5

M5

1/8

1/8

1/4

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.8 MPa / 1 to 8 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Cushion

ø10: Rubber bumper ø16~40: Air cushion

Lubrication

Non-lube +1.8

Stroke tolerance [mm]

0

Stroke adjusting unit specifications Bore size (mm)

10

unit symbol

H

A

L

A

RB 0805 With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

RB 0806 With adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

Configuration & Shock Absorber Stroke fine adjusting

16

0 to -10

20 L

25 H

RB RB 1007 0806 with With adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -5.6

A

L

With adjusting bolt

RB 1007 with adjusting bolt

0 to -6

32 H

A

RB 1412 With with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -11.5

40

L

H

A

RB 1412 with adjusting bolt

RB 2015 with adjusting bolt

With adjusting bolt

0 to -12

L

H

RB 1412 RB 2015 with with adjusting adjusting bolt bolt

0 to -16

range (mm) Stroke adjusting range

When exceeding the stroke fine adjusting range, use order made specifications -X416 and -X417

7

Piston speed Bore size Without stroke adjusting unit

16

40

100 to 500 mm/s

100 to 1000 mm/s

A unit*

100 to 200 mm/s

100 to 1000 mm/s

L unit and H unit*

100 to 1000 mm/s

100 to 1500 mm/s

Shock absorber specifications Model

RB 0805

RB 0806

RB 1007

RB1412

RB2015

1.0

2.9

5.9

19.6

58.8

5

6

7

12

15

1000

1500

1500

1500

1500

80

80

70

45

25

Spring force (N) - Extended

1.96

1.96

4.22

6.86

8.34

Spring force (N) - Retracted

3.83

4.22

6.86

15.98

20.50

Max. energy absorption (J) Stroke absorption (mm) Max. impact speed (mm/s) Max. operating frequency (cycles/min)

Operating temperature range (˚C)

5 to 60

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

282

MY1H series

Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - Linear guide type

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

bore size [mm]

Front/Side Bottom Port

Price £

Port

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY1H, Mechanically joint type rodless cylinder - Linear guide type MY1H16G-100

Rodless Cylinder

16

100

M5

ø4

609.17

MY1H16G-200

Rodless Cylinder

16

200

M5

ø4

660.44

MY1H16G-300

Rodless Cylinder

16

300

M5

ø4

711.75

MY1H16G-400

Rodless Cylinder

16

400

M5

ø4

763.02

MY1H20G-100

Rodless Cylinder

20

100

M5

ø4

619.42

MY1H20G-200

Rodless Cylinder

20

200

M5

ø4

673.31

MY1H20G-300

Rodless Cylinder

20

300

M5

ø4

727.11

MY1H20G-400

Rodless Cylinder

20

400

M5

ø4

780.91

MY1H20G-600

Rodless Cylinder

20

600

M5

ø4

888.60

MY1H25G-100

Rodless Cylinder

25

100

Rc1/8

ø5

688.67

MY1H25G-200

Rodless Cylinder

25

200

Rc1/8

ø5

752.81

MY1H25G-300

Rodless Cylinder

25

300

Rc1/8

ø5

816.87

MY1H25G-400

Rodless Cylinder

25

400

Rc1/8

ø5

880.97

MY1H25G-500

Rodless Cylinder

25

500

Rc1/8

ø5

945.07

MY1H25G-600

Rodless Cylinder

25

600

Rc1/8

ø5

1009.17

MY1H32G-100

Rodless Cylinder

32

100

Rc1/8

ø5

820.78

MY1H32G-200

Rodless Cylinder

32

200

Rc1/8

ø5

887.45

MY1H32G-300

Rodless Cylinder

32

300

Rc1/8

ø5

954.12

MY1H32G-400

Rodless Cylinder

32

400

Rc1/8

ø5

1020.71

MY1H32G-500

Rodless Cylinder

32

500

Rc1/8

ø5

1087.38

MY1H40G-200

Rodless Cylinder

40

200

Rc1/4

ø8

1105.50

MY1H40G-300

Rodless Cylinder

40

300

Rc1/4

ø8

1184.96

MY1H40G-400

Rodless Cylinder

40

400

Rc1/4

ø8

1264.41

MY1H40G-500

Rodless Cylinder

40

500

Rc1/4

ø8

1343.87

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY2H series

283

Cylinders with precision guide

Rodless cylinder with precision guide • Ideal cylinder for X/Y/Z handling • With built-in recirculating ball bearing for precise processing • Slide speed up to 1500 mm/s possible • Flat design thanks to laterally mounted drive cylinder • Pneumatically adjustable cushion • Stroke adjustment units with shock absorbers can be attached • Air ports are possible both laterally and axially

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Cylinder bore size [mm]

16

25

40

Port

M5

G1/8

G1/4

Note 1)

Action

Double acting

Medium

Compressed air

Proof pressure

1.2 MPa / 12 bar

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.8 MPa / 1 to 8 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

5 to 60

Cushion

Pneumatically adjustable at both ends Note 2)

Damping stroke length [mm]

12

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Stroke tolerance [mm]

0 / +1.8

Piston speed [mm/s]

15

without stroke adjustment unit

100 to 1000 Note 2)

with stroke adjustment unit/shock

100 to 1500

24

absorber Note 1) Cylinder can be connected from different sides. 8 different connection options are available. Note 2) If the damping stroke of the pneumatic damping is undershot the piston speed must not exceed max. 200 mm/s.

7

Basic Specifications stroke adjustment unit with shock absorber Cylinder bore size [mm]

16

16

25

25

40

40

unit

MY2H-A16L

MY2H-A16H

MY2H-A25L

MY2H-A25H

MY2H-A40L

MY2H-A40H

Max. energy absorption per stroke [J]

2.9

5.9

5.9

19.6

19.6

58.8

Damping stroke [mm]

6

7

7

12

12

15

Stroke fine adjustment range [mm]

0 to -5.6

0 to -5.6

0 to -11.5

0 to -11.5

0 to -16

0 to -16

Max. impact speed [mm/s]

1500

40

60

90

160

220

Ambient and medium temperature [°C] 5 to 60 Weight (g)

30

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

284

MY2H series

Cylinders with precision guide

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Cylinder

Stroke

Port

bore size [mm]

Height

Weight

[mm]

[kg]

Price £

[mm]

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MY2H, rodless cylinder with precision guide MY2H16G-50

Rodless cylinder

16

50

M5

28

1.08

480.19

MY2H16G-100

Rodless cylinder

16

100

M5

28

1.30

501.84

MY2H16G-150

Rodless cylinder

16

150

M5

28

1.52

523.46

MY2H16G-200

Rodless cylinder

16

200

M5

28

1.74

545.16

MY2H16G-250

Rodless cylinder

16

250

M5

28

1.96

566.86

MY2H16G-300

Rodless cylinder

16

300

M5

28

2.18

588.52

MY2H16G-350

Rodless cylinder

16

350

M5

28

2.40

610.22

MY2H16G-400

Rodless cylinder

16

400

M5

28

2.62

631.93

MY2H16G-450

Rodless cylinder

16

450

M5

28

2.84

653.59

MY2H16G-500

Rodless cylinder

16

500

M5

28

3.06

675.20

MY2H16G-550

Rodless cylinder

16

550

M5

28

3.28

696.90

MY2H16G-600

Rodless cylinder

16

600

M5

28

3.50

718.56

MY2H25TFG-50

Rodless cylinder

25

50

G1/8

37

2.77

599.83

MY2H25TFG-100

Rodless cylinder

25

100

G1/8

37

3.19

629.86

MY2H25TFG-150

Rodless cylinder

25

150

G1/8

37

3.61

659.84

MY2H25TFG-200

Rodless cylinder

25

200

G1/8

37

4.03

689.82

MY2H25TFG-250

Rodless cylinder

25

250

G1/8

37

4.45

719.85

MY2H25TFG-300

Rodless cylinder

25

300

G1/8

37

4.87

749.83

MY2H25TFG-350

Rodless cylinder

25

350

G1/8

37

5.29

779.81

MY2H25TFG-400

Rodless cylinder

25

400

G1/8

37

5.71

809.74

MY2H25TFG-450

Rodless cylinder

25

450

G1/8

37

6.13

839.81

MY2H25TFG-500

Rodless cylinder

25

500

G1/8

37

6.55

869.75

MY2H25TFG-550

Rodless cylinder

25

550

G1/8

37

11.4

899.73

MY2H25TFG-600

Rodless cylinder

25

600

G1/8

37

11.8

929.80

MY2H40TFG-50

Rodless cylinder

40

50

G1/8

58

7.55

871.72

MY2H40TFG-100

Rodless cylinder

40

100

G1/4

58

8.31

881.47

MY2H40TFG-150

Rodless cylinder

40

150

G1/4

58

9.07

943.78

MY2H40TFG-200

Rodless cylinder

40

200

G1/4

58

9.83

979.83

MY2H40TFG-250

Rodless cylinder

40

250

G1/4

58

10.6

1015.88

MY2H40TFG-300

Rodless cylinder

40

300

G1/4

58

11.4

1051.88

MY2H40TFG-350

Rodless cylinder

40

350

G1/4

58

12.1

1087.89

MY2H40TFG-400

Rodless cylinder

40

400

G1/4

58

12.9

1123.98

MY2H40TFG-450

Rodless cylinder

40

450

G1/4

58

13.6

1159.99

MY2H40TFG-500

Rodless cylinder

40

500

G1/4

58

14.4

1195.99

MY2H40TFG-550

Rodless cylinder

40

550

G1/4

58

15.2

1232.00

MY2H40TFG-600

Rodless cylinder

40

600

G1/4

58

15.9

1268.05

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY2H series

285

Cylinders with precision guide

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Product reference

Description

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Auto switch

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Stroke adjustment unit with shock absorber MY2H-A16L

Stroke adjustment unit L type

16

38.02

MY2H-A16H

Stroke adjustment unit H type

16

38.57

MY2H-A25L

Stroke adjustment unit L type

25

43.31

MY2H-A25H

Stroke adjustment unit H type

25

53.47

MY2H-A40L

Stroke adjustment unit L type

40

57.61

MY2H-A40H

Stroke adjustment unit H type

40

69.20

Spare parts for the stroke adjustment unit Product reference

Suitable for

Cylinder bore size [mm]

Price £

RB0806

MY2H-A16L

16

43.14

RB1007

MY2H-A16H

16

43.14

RB1007

MY2H-A25L

25

43.14

RB1412

MY2H-A25H

25

57.49

RB1412

MY2H-A40L

40

57.49

RB2015

MY2H-A40H

40

64.60

Shock absorber

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

286

MSQ series

Rotary table

Rotary table • Sizes from 1 to 200 • Effective torque from 0.017 to 39.6 Nm • Narrow rotary table unit with reduced height • The angle of rotation can be adjusted as infinitely variable (between 0° and 190°) • Positioning aids on the body allow quick assembly • The load can be mounted directly on the rotary table • 3-side mounting option possible • Air ports possible from 2 sides Basic Specifications

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Size

1

2

3

7

M3

M5

M5

Port front

M3

Medium

Compressed air

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Action

Double acting

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.7 MPa / 1 to 7 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

0 to 60

Damping stopper bolt

–

Angle setting range [°]

0 to 190 infinitely variable adjustment

Weight [g]

75

–

105

elastic

150

elastic

270

Size

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

Port front

M5

M5

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

Port side

M5

Medium

Compressed air

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Action

Double acting

Max. operating pressure

1.0 MPa / 10 bar Note 1)

Min. operating pressure

0,2 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

2 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

Ambient and medium temperature [°C] Damping

with stopper bolt

Elastic (Standard)

with shock absorber

Shock absorber (please order two pieces separately)

with stopper bolt

530

990

1290

2080

2880

4090

7580

with shock absorber

540

990

1290

2100

2890

4100

7650

Angle setting range [°] Weight [g]

0 to 60

0 to 190 infinitely variable adjustment

Note 1) With shock absorbers the max. operating pressure is 0.6 MPa / 6 bar

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MSQ series

287

Rotary table

Theoretical torque [Nm]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Size

Operating pressure [MPa] 0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1

0.017

0.035

0.052

0.07

0.087

0.10

0.12

–

–

–

2

0.035

0.071

0.11

0.14

0.18

0.21

0.25

–

–

–

3

0.058

0.12

0.17

0.23

0.29

0.35

0.41

–

–

–

7

0.11

0.22

0.33

0.45

0.56

0.67

0.78

–

–

–

10

0.18

0.36

0.53

0.71

0.89

1.07

1.25

1.42

1.60

1.78

20

0.37

0.73

1.10

1.47

1.84

2.20

2.57

2.93

3.29

3.66

30

0.55

1.09

1.64

2.18

2.73

3.19

3.82

4.37

4.91

5.45

50

0.93

1.85

2.78

3.71

4.64

5.57

6.50

7.43

8.35

9.28

70

1.36

2.72

4.07

5.43

6.79

8.15

9.50

10.9

12.2

13.6

100

2.03

4.05

6.08

8.11

10.1

12.2

14.2

16.2

18.2

20.3

200

3.96

7.92

11.9

15.8

19.8

23.8

27.7

31.7

35.6

39.6

Permitted kinetic energy and rotation time adjustment range Size

1

Permitted kinetic energy [J]

Rotation time adjustment range [s/90°]

with stopper bolt

with shock absorber

with stopper bolt

with shock absorber

0.001

–

0.2 to 0.7

–

2

0.0015

–

0.2 to 0.7

–

3

0.002

–

0.2 to 0.7

–

7

0.006

–

0.2 to 1.0

–

10

0.007

0.039

0.2 to 1.0

0.2 to 0.7

20

0.025

0.116

0.2 to 1.0

0.2 to 0.7

30

0.048

0.116

0.2 to 1.0

0.2 to 0.7

50

0.081

0.294

0.2 to 1.0

0.2 to 0.7

70

0.240

1.100

0.2 to 1.5

0.2 to 1.0

100

0.320

1.600

0.2 to 2.0

0.2 to 1.0

200

0.560

2.900

0.2 to 2.5

0.2 to 1.0

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

288

MSQ series

Rotary table

Ordering Information Product

Description

Size

reference

Rotation range

Table size LxWxH

infinitely variable

[mm]

[mm]

Port

Price Euro

adjustable [°] Note 1) MSQ, rotary table with stopper bolt MSQB1A

Rotary table

1

0 to 190

27.5

50.5x28x16

M3

212.84

MSQB2A

Rotary table

2

0 to 190

29.5

56x30x18

M3

215.39

MSQB3A

Rotary table

3

0 to 190

34

60x34.5x20,5

M5

234.53

MSQB7A

Rotary table

7

0 to 190

40

735x41x23

M5

249.78

MSQB10A

Rotary table

10

0 to 190

45

92x55x47

M5

371.88

MSQB20A

Rotary table

20

0 to 190

60

117x71x54

M5

414.84

MSQB30A

Rotary table

30

0 to 190

65

127x75x57

G1/8

452.82

MSQB50A

Rotary table

50

0 to 190

70

152x85x66

G1/8

510.69

MSQB70A

Rotary table

70

0 to 190

88

170x92x75

G1/8

540.44

MSQB100A

Rotary table

100

0 to 190

98

189x102x86

G1/8

665.99

MSQB200A

Rotary table

200

0 to 190

116

240x120x106

G1/8

885.80

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Only applicable with stopper bolt.

Accessories Product reference

Description

Cable

Price £

D-A93L

Reed switch

3 m with open end

19.51

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

Accessories Product reference

Smallest adjusting bracket [°]

Suitable for

Price £

RBA0805-X692

52

10

43.14

RBA1006-X692

43

20

43.14

RBA1006-X692

40

30

43.14

RBA1411-X692

60

50

57.49

RBA2015-X821

71

70

70.09

RBA2015-X821

62

100

70.09

RBA2725-X821

82

200

104.19

Shock absorber

Do not use any other shock absorbers for the rotary tables.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MSQ series

289

Rotary table

Service set Product reference

Size

Every set includes:

Price £

Sealing set with 10 g grease 10

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

18.23

P523020-5

20

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

18.85

P523030-5

30

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

19.36

P523040-5

50

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

20.26

KT-MSQ70

70

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

25.33

KT-MSQ100

100

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

25.33

KT-MSQ200

200

Piston seals, guide bands, O-rings

37.98

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

P523010-5

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

290

MHY series

Air grippers

180° angular air gripper • Lightweight and compact size through the use of a cam mechanism. • The fingers swivel out therefore not requiring a travel path • The angle of rotation can be adjusted as infinitely variable (between 0° and 190°) • Centring holes in the body for easy assembly • Auto switches can be mounted from two sides • Fingers made of stainless martensitic steel

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Size

10

Port

M5

16

20

25

Medium

Compressed air

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Action

Double acting

Operating pressure range

0.1 to 0.6 MPa / 1 to 6 bar

Repeatability [mm]

0.2

Max. operating frequency [cycles per minute]

60

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Damping

Rubber bumper

Effective gripping force per finger [Nm]

0.16

0.54

1.10

2.28

Weight [g]

70

150

320

560

Ordering Information Product

Description

Size

reference

Effective

LxWxH

Length of Port

gripping

[mm] Note 2)

the fingers

moment

Price £

[mm]

[Nm] Note 1) MHY2, 180° angular air gripper MHY2-10D

180° angular air gripper 10

0.16

58x30x15

13

M5

222.59

MHY2-16D

180° angular air gripper 16

0.54

69x38x18

15

M5

237.99

MHY2-20D

180° angular air gripper 20

1.10

86x48x26

20

M5

273.22

MHY2-25D

180° angular air gripper 25

2.28

107x58x30

24

M5

319.54

Note 1) At an operating pressure of 0.5 MPa / 5 bar Note 2) Body dimension without fingers

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MHY series

291

Air grippers

Accessories Model number

Description

Cable

Price £

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

Service set Model number

Size

Every set includes:

Price £

Seals and wipers 10

Piston sealing and wipers

6.39

16

Piston sealing and wipers

6.91

MHY20-PS

20

Piston sealing and wipers

6.91

MHY25-PS

25

Piston sealing and wipers

7.20

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

MHY10-PS MHY16-PS

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

292

MHZ2 series

Air grippers

2-finger parallel air gripper • Built-in roller guide allows high accuracy in the finger movements • Various assembly options • Auto switches can be mounted from two sides • Guide and fingers made of stainless martensitic steel • Inner and outer air grippers possible

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Size

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

Port

M3

M3

M5

M5

M5

M5

M5

Medium

Compressed air

Lubrication

Not required (lifelong lubrication)

Action Note 1)

Double acting

Max. operating pressure

0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Min. operating pressure

0.15 MPa

0.2 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

0.1 MPa

1.5 bar

2 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

1 bar

Repeatability [mm]

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.02

0.02

Max. operating frequency [cycles per minute]

180

180

180

180

180

60

60

Ambient and medium temperature [°C]

-10 to 60 (no freezing)

Damping

Rubber bumper

Weight [g]

27

115

235

430

715

1275

55

Single acting air grippers upon request

Holding force Model

Size

Holding force per finger

Gripping force per finger

Finger stroke when closing

(External gripping) [N]

(Internal gripping) [N]

[mm]

MHZ2-6D

6

3.3

6.1

4

MHZ2-10D

10

11

17

4

MHZ2-16D

16

34

45

6

MHZ2-20D

20

42

66

10

MHZ2-25D

25

65

104

14

MHZ2-32D

32

158

193

22

MHZ2-40D

40

254

318

30

At an operating pressure of 0.5 MPa / 5 bar and a force starting point 20 mm away from the body.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MHZ2 series

293

Air grippers

Ordering Information Product

Description

Size

reference

LxWxH

Port

Price £

[mm] Note 1)

MHZ2, 2-finger parallel air gripper MHZ2-6D

2-finger parallel air gripper

6

53x10x20

M3

257.84

MHZ2-10D

2-finger parallel air gripper

10

57x16.4x29

M3

273.22

MHZ2-16D

2-finger parallel air gripper

16

67.3x23.6x38

M5

275.45

MHZ2-20D

2-finger parallel air gripper

20

84.8x27.6x50

M5

317.36

MHZ2-25D

2-finger parallel air gripper

25

102.7x33.6x63

M5

374.57

MHZ2-32D

2-finger parallel air gripper

32

113x40x20x97

M5

588.36

MHZ2-40D

2-finger parallel air gripper

40

139x48x119

M5

674.29

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 1) Body dimension including fingers

Accessories Ordering Information

Description

Cable

Price £

D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch PNP

3 m with open end

30.07

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch PNP

0.5 with M8 connector

33.86

Auto switch

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

294

D-A93L series

Auto switch

Reed switch for direct assembly • Grommet • Electrical entry axial • Cable length 3 m with loose ends

Basic Specifications Model

D-A93L (with LED indicator light)

Application

Relay / PLC

Operating voltage

24 V DC

100 V AC

Max. load current or load current range

5 - 20 mA

20 - 40 mA

5 - 20 mA

Surge voltage suppressor

-

Internal voltage drop

< 2.4 V

100 M at test voltage of 500 V DC

Test voltage

1500 V AC (between the poles), leakage current < 1 mA

Note 1) At D-M9PSAPC the cable length is 0.5 m

7 Ordering Information Product

Description

Suitable for the following ranges

Price £

reference D-M9PL/D-M9PVL and D-M9PSAPC, auto switch for direct assembly D-M9PL

Electronic auto switch (axial)

For all actuators in this catalogue

30.07

D-M9PVL

Electronic auto switch (vertical)

For all actuators in this catalogue

37.93

D-M9PSAPC

Electronic auto switch with M8

For all actuators in this catalogue

33.86

connector (3 Pin) Basic model: D-M9PL Other suitable auto switches upon request.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

296

Accessories

Auto switch

Ordering Information Auto switch mounting brackets (summary) Product reference

Description

Applicable cylinder bore size

Price £

[mm] Auto switch mounting bracket CG3 / C85 BJ3-1

Mounting bracket

all

1.89

Auto switch assembly band for CG3 BMA2-025

Mounting band

25

2.74

BMA2-032

Mounting band

32

2.74

BMA2-040

Mounting band

40

2.74

BMA2-050

Mounting band

50

2.74

BMA2-063

Mounting band

63

2.74

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Auto switch assembly band for C85 BJ2-008

Mounting band

8

2.74

BJ2-010

Mounting band

10

2.74

BJ2-012

Mounting band

12

2.74

BJ2-016

Mounting band

16

2.74

BM2-020

Mounting band

20

2.74

BM2-025

Mounting band

25

2.74

For the auto switch assembly both the mounting band and the mounting bracket BJ3-1 are required.

Auto switch mounting bracket for CXS BMG2-012

D-M9 + D-A93L

6 to 32

For the auto switch mounting the mounting bracket BMG-012 is required.

BMG2-012 CXS

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1.23

RB/RBC series

297

Shock absorber

Shock absorber • Increased efficiency by using hydraulic principle resulting in min. diameters • Impact speed up to 5 m/s • Ring surface on the front can be used as mechanical stop

Basic Specifications Model basic design

RB0805

RB0806

RB1006

RB1007

RB1411

RB1412

RB2015

RB2725

Model with cap

RBC0805

RBC0806

RBC1006

RBC1007

RBC1411

RBC1412

RBC2015

RBC2725

max. energy absorption [J]

0.98

2.94

3.92

5.88

14.7

19.6

58.8

147

Stroke [mm]

5

6

6

7

11

12

15

25

Impact speed [m/s]

0.05 to 5.0

max. operating frequency

80

80

70

70

45

45

25

10

max. permitted impact force [N]

245

245

422

422

814

814

1961

2942

Permitted temperature range

-10 to 80 (no freezing)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

[cycles/min.]

[°C] Spring force [N] untensioned

1.96

1.96

4.22

4.22

6.86

6.86

8.34

8.83

Spring force [N] tensioned

3.83

4.22

6.18

6.86

15.3

15.98

20.5

20.01

Weight [g] basic design

15

15

23

23

65

65

150

350

Weight [g] with cap

16

16

25

25

70

70

165

400

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Male thread

Stroke [mm]

Price £

RB, Shock absorbers (long type) RB0805

Basic design

M8x1

5

43.14

RB0806

Basic design

M8x1

6

43.14

RB1006

Basic design

M10x1

6

43.14

RB1007

Basic design

M10x1

7

43.14

RB1411

Basic design

M14x1,5

11

57.49

RB1412

Basic design

M14x1,5

12

57.49

RB2015

Basic design

M20x1,5

15

64.60

RB2725

Basic design

M27x1,5

25

86.19

RB, Shock absorbers (long type) RBC0805

with cap

M8x1

5

43.99

RBC0806

with cap

M8x1

6

43.99

RBC1006

with cap

M10x1

6

43.99

RBC1007

with cap

M10x1

7

43.99

RBC1411

with cap

M14x1,5

11

59.25

RBC1412

with cap

M14x1,5

12

59.25

RBC2015

with cap

M20x1,5

15

66.44

RBC2725

with cap

M27x1,5

25

88.84

Two nuts are included in the scope of delivery.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

7

298

RBQ series RBQC series

Shock absorber

Shock absorber • Self-setting system • Ideal installation possibility and adjustment with continuous male thread on the body • Impact speed up to 3 m/s • Stop can optionally be metal or with an elastic cap • Closed system results in operational safety and does not require any maintenance

Basic Specifications Model basic design

RBQ1604

RBQ2007

RBQ2508

Model with cap

RBQC1604

RBQC2007

RBQC2508

Max. energy absorption [J]

1.96

11.8

19.6

Stroke [mm]

4

7

8

Impact speed [m/s]

60

60

45

Max. permitted impact force [N]

249

490

686

Ambient temperature [°C]

-10 to 80 (no freezing)

Spring force [N] untensioned

6.08

12.75

15.69

Spring force [N] untensioned

13.45

27.75

37.85

Weight [g]

28

60

110

Stroke adjusting nut

RBQ16S

RBQ20S

RBQ25S

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Max. operating frequency

7

0.05 to 3 [cycles/min.]

Note 1)

Note 1) At max. energy absorption per cycle. The max. number can increase in proportion to the energy absorption.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Male thread

Stroke [mm]

Price £

RBQ, shock absorber (short type) RBQ1604

Basic design

M16x1.5

4

36.94

RBQ2007

Basic design

M20x1.5

7

44.28

RBQ2508

Basic design

M25x1.5

8

52.99

RBQC, shock absorber (short type) RBQC1604

with cap

M16x1.5

4

40.30

RBQC2007

with cap

M20x1.5

7

47.69

RBQC2508

with cap

M25x1.5

8

57.07

Two nuts are included in the scope of delivery.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

299

Cylinder specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

movement

Direction of

size [mm]

Añadir Rod

size [mm]

Cylinder bore

Theoretical cylinder force [N]

Operating pressure [MPa] 0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

6

3

Out

5.65

8.48

11.30

14.13

16.96

19.78

22.61

25.43

28.26

6

3

In

4.24

6.36

8.48

10.60

12.72

14.84

16.96

19.08

21.20

10

4

Out

15.7

23.6

31.4

39.3

47.1

55.0

62.9

70.7

78.5

10

4

In

13.2

19.8

26.4

33.0

39.6

46.2

52.8

59.3

65.9

16

5

Out

40.2

60.3

80.4

100.5

120.6

40.7

160.8

180.9

201.0

16

5

In

36.3

54.4

72.5

90.7

108.8

126.9

145.1

163.2

181.3

20

8

Out

62.8

94.2

125.6

157.0

188.4

219.8

251.2

282.6

314.0

20

8

In

52.8

79.1

105.5

131.9

158.3

184.6

211.0

237.4

263.8

25

10

Out

98.1

147.2

196.3

245.3

294.4

343.4

392.5

441.6

490.6

25

10

In

82.4

123.6

164.9

206.1

247.3

288.5

329.7

370.9

412.1

32

12

Out

160.8

241.2

321.5

401.9

482.3

562.7

643.1

723.5

803.8

32

12

In

138

207

276

345

414

484

553

622

691

40

14

Out

251

377

502

628

754

879

1005

1130

1256

40

14

In

220

331

441

551

661

771

882

992

1102

40

16

Out

251

377

502

628

754

879

1005

1130

1256

40

16

In

211

317

422

528

633

739

844

950

1055

50

20

Out

393

589

785

981

1178

1374

1570

1766

1963

50

20

In

330

495

659

824

989

1154

1319

1484

1649

63

20

Out

623

935

1246

1558

1869

2181

2493

2804

3116

63

20

In

560

840

1121

1401

1681

1961

2241

2521

2802

80

25

Out

1005

1507

2010

2512

3014

3517

4019

4522

5024

80

25

In

907

1360

1813

2267

2720

3173

3627

4080

4533

100

30

Out

1570

2355

3140

3925

4710

5495

6280

7065

7850

100

30

In

1429

2143

2857

3572

4286

5000

5715

6429

7144

7

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

300

Cylinder specifications

Peak air consumption of cylinders [l/min] This value is required to determine the correct valve size, tubing and fittings as well as the maintenance units. It depends on the highest cylinder speed. The highest total of the peak consumption rates of all drives moved simultaneously in a work stage is determined by the required compressed air. Cylinder bore size

Mean cylinder speed [mm/s]

[mm]

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

12

4

8

12

16

20

24

28

33

37

41

16

7

14

22

29

36

43

51

58

65

72

20

11

23

34

45

57

68

79

90

102

113

25

18

35

53

71

88

106

124

141

159

177

32

29

58

87

116

145

174

203

232

260

289

40

45

90

136

181

226

271

317

362

407

452

50

71

141

212

283

353

424

495

565

636

707

63

112

224

336

449

561

673

785

897

1009

1122

80

181

362

543

723

904

1085

1266

1447

1628

1808

100

283

565

848

1130

1413

1696

1978

2261

2543

2826

7

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

l/min at 0.5 MPa

Correction factor at an operating pressure other than 0.5 MPa Working pressure [MPa]

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

Factor

0.33

0.5

0.67

0.83

1

1.17

1.33

1.5

1.67

1.83

Mean cylinder air consumption [l/min] This value is required to design the compressor and main supply. The energy costs must also be calculated as part of the total costs.

Cylinder bore size

Working pressure [MPa]

[mm]

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

12

0.03

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

16

0.06

0.08

0.10

0.12

0.14

0.16

20

0.09

0.13

0.16

0.19

0.22

0.25

25

0.15

0.20

0.25

0.29

0.34

0.39

32

0.24

0.32

0.40

0.48

0.56

0.64

40

0.38

0.50

0.63

0.75

0.88

1.00

50

0.59

0.79

0.98

1.18

1.37

1.57

63

0.93

1.25

1.56

1.87

2.18

2.49

80

1.51

2.01

2.51

3.01

3.52

4.02

100

2.36

3.14

3.93

4.71

5.50

6.28

l/min per 100 mm stroke

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

301

Sensors

Pressure sensors ZSE/ISE30A series, digital precision pressure /vacuum switch

303

ZSE/ISE40A series, digital precision pressure /vacuum switch

307

ZSE/ISE80Aseries, digital precision pressure /vacuum switch

310

ISE70, ISE75, ISE75H series, digital pressure switch

313

PS1000/1100 series, electronic pressure/vacuum switch

315

PSE200 series, digital multi-channel controller

316

PSE300 series, digital pressure sensor controller

318

PSE530 series, compact pressure sensor for compressed air

321

PSE540 series, compact pressure sensor for compressed air

323

PSE550 series, compact pressure sensor for compressed air

325

PSE560 series, pressure sensor for different media

327

Compact pressure gauges PPA series, compact pressure gauge, battery-operated handheld meter

329

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Digital flow switches PFM series, digital flow switch for air, N2, Ar, CO2

331

PF2A series, digital flow switch for air, N2

335

PF2AH series, digital flow switch for high flow rate

337

PF3W series, digital flow switch for water

339

8 The digital pressure switches for series ZSE30/ISE30A, ZSE40/ISE40A, ISE70/ISE75(H) and ZSE/ISE80 are characterised by their three-stage

2

1

3

setting. Value deviations are immediately detected thanks to the two-coloured display. The pressure switches can be found on pages 303 to 315.

Press

Set value using buttons

Press Finalise setting

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PS1100 (NO)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IP40

-0.1 to 0.45 MPa

Degree of protection

-0.1 to 0.4 MPa

IP40

IP65

4-20 mA

ZSE30A

1-5V IP65

–

IP65

4 - 20 mA

1-5V

IP40

1-5V

–

IP40

1-5V

–

PSE541

4-20 mA

2x PNP

IP65

4 - 20 mA

1-5V

–

IP40

4 - 20 mA

1-5V

Differential pressure range: 0 to 2 kPa (0.02 bar)

1-5V

0.4 to 10 MPa 2x PNP

0 to 0.5 MPa

PSE543

PSE533

0.5 to 15 MPa

ZSE40A

304

IP40

4 - 20 mA

1-5V

2x PNP

* IP65 front side panel mounting

IP40*

5x PNP

PSE53m PSE54m PSE560 PSE561 PSE563

–

ZSE40AF

2x PNP

Compatible with sensors:

Analogue output

ZSE30AF

2x PNP

air

Compressed

302

PSE53m PSE54m PSE56m PSE550

1x PNP

ISE75

-100 kPa (-1bar)

ISE75H compressed air

Other media +

311

1 channel

4 channel

Compatible with sensors:

Switching output

ISE80H

0

ZSE80

100 MPa (1 bar)

Compressed air

PSE531

1 MPa (10 bar)

ZSE80F

Other media +

PSE532

compressed air

PSE561

2 MPa (20 bar)

ISE30A 313

PSE563

10 MPa (100 bar)

ISE40A 309

PSE564

15 MPa (150 bar)

ISE70 307

pressure

Differential

PSE550

Medium

ISE80 296

PSE530

299

PSE540

293

PSE560

289

stainless steel

Controller

PSE200

Compressed air

301

Standard

Sensor

PSE300

page

PS1000 (NC)

more information on

8

Range

Image

Standard

Controller with built-in sensor

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

302 Pressure sensor and controller overview

ZSE/ISE30A series

303

Pressure sensors

Digital precision pressure/vacuum switch • 3 designs: ZSE30A for vacuum, ZSE30AF for vacuum and overpressure, ISE30A for overpressure • Degree of protection IP40 • Easy readout on large display • Easy and innovative programming • Analogue output: 1-5 V or 4 to 20 mA • With angular one-touch fittings • Two-coloured display (green/red) • Copying function for up to 10 devices for fault-free transmission of the set values

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZSE30A

ZSE30AF

ISE30A

Pressure display range

0.0 to -101.0 kPa

-100.0 to 100.0 kPa

-0.100 to 1.000 MPa

Operating pressure range

10.0 to -105.0 kPa

-105.0 to 105.0 kPa

-0.105 to 1.050 MPa

Proof pressure

500 kPa

500 kPa

1.5 MPa

Minimum Setting Unit

0.1 kPa

0.1 kPa

0.001 MPa

Medium

Air, non-corrosive gases, non-flammable gases

Power supply voltage

12 to 24 V DC ±10 %, residual ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 40 (no load)

Switching output

PNP open collector output type

current [mA]

max. 80

Residual voltage [V]

max. 1 (at 80 mA load current)

Response time [ms]

max. 2.5 (response times: 20, 100, 500, 1000, 2000 adjustable)

Output

Short-circuit-proof

Repeatability

±0.2 % of the full span max. ±1 digit

Hysteresis / window

Variable (0 or higher)

Analogue voltage output

1 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

1 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

0.6 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Analogue current output

Output impedance approx. 1 k

Output impedance approx. 1 k

Output impedance approx. 1 k

Accuracy 4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

Accuracy 4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

Accuracy 2.4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Linearity max. ±1%F.S.

Load impedance max. 300  (at12V supply voltage) 600  (at 24 V supply voltage), min. load impedance: 50  Display

7-segment display, 4 digits, two-coloured (red/green)

Display accuracy

±2 % F.S., ±1 digit (ambient temperature: 25 ±3°C)

Indicator light

Turns on when the switching output is ON. OUT1: green, OUT2: red

Thermal coefficient

2 % of F.S. (at 25°C)

Environmental resistance Degree of protection

IP40

Ambient temperature range [°C] Operation: 0 to 50; storage: -10 to 60

(No condensation or freezing)

Full span = max. pressure display range

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

304

ZSE/ISE30A series

Pressure sensors

(Continued) Humidity

Operating and stored: 35 to 85 % RH (No condensation)

Voltage resistance [VAC]

1000 for 1 min. between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

min. 50 M or more between external terminals and body (at 500 V DC)

Shock resistance

10 to 150 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 20 m/s2 (smaller value) X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

100 in X, Y, Z direction, 3 times for each direction (de-energised)

Port size

R1/8, Ø6 one-touch fitting

Material

PBT, POM, stainless steel 304, brass nickel plated, O-ring: NBR, pressure sensor: silicon

Connection cable

Oil-resistant vinyl cable, 4 cores, length 2 m, Ø3.5 mm, wire cross section 0.15 mm2 (AWG26), weight 42 g

Weight [g]

R1/8: 43 (without connection cable and connector), Ø6 one-touch fitting: 33 (without connection cable and connector)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Standards

CE, UL/CSA, RoHS compliant

Ordering Information Product

Description

Port

Output

Price £

R1/8, straight

2x PNP

68.86

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

66.11

M5 female thread

voltage output (1-5 V)

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (4-20 mA)

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

2x PNP

66.11

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

70.23

angled

voltage output (1-5 V)

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

angled

current output (4-20 mA)

reference ZSE30A, digital vacuum switch For vacuum 0 to -101 kPa ZSE30A-01-B

Vacuum switch

M5 female thread ZSE30A-01-E ZSE30A-01-F ZSE30A-C6L-B

Vacuum switch Vacuum switch Vacuum switch

73.40

angled ZSE30A-C6L-E ZSE30A-C6L-F

Vacuum switch Vacuum switch

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

70.23

ZSE/ISE30A series

305

Pressure sensors

Product

Description

Port

Output

Price £

reference ZSE30AF, digital pressure/vacuum switch For vacuum/low pressure -100 to 100 kPa ZSE30AF-01-B ZSE30AF-01-E ZSE30AF-01-F ZSE30AF-C6L-B ZSE30AF-C6L-E

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZSE30AF-C6L-F

Pressure/

R1/8, straight

vacuum switch

M5 female thread

2x PNP

61.99

Pressure/ vacuum switch

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

66.11

M5 female thread

voltage output (1-5 V)

Pressure/

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

vacuum switch

M5 female thread

current output (4-20 mA)

Pressure/

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

2x PNP

66.11

vacuum switch

angled

Pressure/

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

70.23

vacuum switch

angled

voltage output (1-5 V)

Pressure/

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

vacuum switch

angled

current output (4-20 mA)

R1/8, straight

2x PNP

61.99

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

66.11

M5 female thread

voltage output (0.6-5 V)

R1/8, straight

1x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (2.4-20 mA)

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

2x PNP

66.11

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

70.23

angled

voltage output (0.6-5 V)

Ø6 one-touch fitting,

1x PNP + analogue

angled

current output (2.4-20 mA)

66.11

70.23

ISE30A, digital pressure switch For overpressure -0.1 to 1 MPa ISE30A-01-B

Pressure switch

M5 female thread ISE30A-01-E ISE30A-01-F ISE30A-C6L-B

Pressure switch Pressure switch Pressure switch

73.40

angled ISE30A-C6L-E ISE30A-C6L-F

Pressure switch Pressure switch

70.23

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

306

ZSE/ISE30A series

Pressure sensors

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Various accessories ZS-38-A1

Mounting bracket A

3.92

ZS-38-A2

Mounting bracket B

3.92

ZS-27-C

Panel mount adapter

2.88

ZS-27-D

Panel mount adapter + front protection cover

7.24

ZS-27-01

Front Face Protective Cover

4.54

ZS-38-4L

Connection cable 2 m, 4 cores with connector

9.75

ZS-38-4G

Connection cable 2 m, 4 cores with connector with connector cap

ZS-38-A2

ZS-27-C

ZS-27-01

ZS-38-4L

ZS-38-4G

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

14.63

ZSE/ISE40A series

307

Pressure sensors

Digital precision pressure/vacuum switch • 3 designs for different pressure ranges • IP65 protection • Easy, menu-prompted setting • Two-coloured display (red/green) • Outputs: 2 x PNP and analogue voltage or current outputs • Response time of 2.5 ms to 2000 ms adjustable

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

ZSE40A (vacuum)

ZSE40AF (overpressure/vacuum)

ISE40A (overpressure)

Pressure display range

0.0 to -101.3 kPa

-100.0 to 100 kPa

-0.100 to 1.000 MPa

Operating pressure range

10.0 to -105.0 kPa

-105.0 to 105.0 kPa

-0.105 to 1.050 MPa

Proof pressure

500 kPa

500 kPa

1.5 MPa

Minimum display unit

0.1 kPa

0.1 kPa

0.001 MPa

Medium

Air, non-aggressive / non-flammable gas

Power supply voltage

12 to 24 V DC 10 %, residual ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 45 (no load)

Switching output

2x PNP outputs / max. load current 80 mA

Residual voltage [V]

max. 1 (at 80 mA load current)

Repeatability

±0.2 % of the full span max.1 digit

Hysteresis / window

Variable (or higher)

Response time [ms]

2.5 (20, 100, 500, 1000 and 20000 adjustable)

Output

Short-circuit-proof

Display

3 1/2 digit display, 7-segment display, 2-coloured (red/green)

Display accuracy

2 % of the full span, max.1 digit (25°C)

Indicator light

OUT 1, OUT 2: Orange

Analogue output

1 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

1 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

0.6 to 5 V ±2.5% F.S.

Voltage

Linearity: ±1 % F.S.

Linearity: ± 1 % F.S.

Linearity: ± 1 % F.S.

Output impedance approx. 1 k

Output impedance: approx. 1 k

Output impedance: approx. 1 k

4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

2.4 to 20 mA ±2.5% F.S.

Analogue output current

Linearity: ±1 % F.S.

Linearity: ±1 % F.S.

Linearity: ±1 % F.S.

Max. load impedance: 300 

Max. load impedance: 300 

Max. load impedance: 300 

(at supply voltage of 12 V DC)

(at supply voltage of 12 V DC)

(at supply voltage of 12 V DC)

600  (at supply voltage of 24 V DC) 600  (at supply voltage of 24 V DC 600  (at supply voltage of 24 V DC Min. load impedance: 50 

Min. load impedance: 50 

Degree of protection

IP65

Ambient temperature

Operation: -5 to 50; storage: -10 to 60 (no condensation or freezing)

Min. load impedance: 50 

Note 1)

range [°C] Humidity range

Operating and stored: 35 to 85 % RH (no condensation)

Voltage resistance

1000 for 1 min. between all wires and body

[VAC] Insulation resistance

min. 50 M (at 500 V DC) between all wires and body

Shock resistance

10 to 500 Hz, amplitude 1.5 mm or acceleration 20 m/s2 (2G) in direction X, Y, Z for 2 hours respectively (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

100 in directions X, Y, Z three times (de-energised)

Thermal coefficient

± 2 % F.S. (25°C as reference)

Port size

R1/8 male thread with M5 female thread

2

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

308

ZSE/ISE40A series

Pressure sensors

Basic Specifications (Continued) Connection cable

5 cores, oil-resistant heavy duty cable Ø 3.5 mm, 2 m cable length, 5 x 0.15 mm2 piping cross section (AWG26), insulation outer diameter 0.95 mm

Weight [g]

78 (incl. 2 m connection cable)

Standards

CE, UL/CSA, RoHS compliant Full span = max. pressure display range Note 1) If the pressure switch is used in a location where it is exposed to water splashes or dust, these could penetrate the device interior via the exhaust. Connect a ø4 tube (inner diameter: ø2.5) to the exhaust and take the other tube end to a water and dust-free location. Do not bend the tube and ensure that the opening remains unobstructed. Otherwise malfunctions could arise when measuring overpressure.

Tubing Ventilation port In a place protected from water and/or dust!

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Protect from water and/or dust

Setting options Setting the security code When locked, the switch can only be operated by authorised personnel. (The setting value can be checked when locked).

Display accuracy switching Minor changes to the display values can be concealed.

8 Power saving mode Power can be saved by switching off the display. (Power consumption: max. 18 % less)

MPa / kPa switching The display unit for vacuum, overpressure/vacuum and overpressure can be set to MPa or kPa.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZSE/ISE40A series

309

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Port

Switching output

Price £

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

136.77

with M5 female thread

voltage output (1-5 V)

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

with M5 female thread

current output (4-20 mA)

ZSE40A, digital vacuum switch for vacuum 0.0 to -101.3 kPa ZSE40A-01-T ZSE40A-01-V

Vacuum switch Vacuum switch

136.77

ZSE40AF, digital pressure switch for vacuum/low pressure -100 to 100 kPa ZSE40AF-01-T ZSE40AF-01-V

Pressure/vacuum

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

switch

with M5 female thread

voltage output (1-5 V)

Pressure/vacuum

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

switch

with M5 female thread

current output (4-20 mA)

136.77 136.77

ISE40, digital pressure switch for overpressure -0.100 to 1.000 MPa

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ISE40A-01-T ISE40A-01-V

Pressure/

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

vacuum switch

with M5 female thread

voltage output (0,6 - 5 V)

Pressure/

R1/8

2x PNP + analogue

vacuum switch

with M5 female thread

Current output (2.4 - 20 mA)

103.00 103.00

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Various accessories ZS-24-A

Bracket A

4.82

ZS-24-B

Bracket B

5.96

ZS-35-C

Panel mount adapter

8.99

ZS-35-F

Panel mount adapter and protection cover

ZS-24-A

ZS-24-A

13.63

ZS-24-B

ZS-24-B

ZS-35-C ZS-22-A

ZS-35-F ZS-24-C

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

310

ZSE/ISE80 series

Pressure sensors

Digital precision pressure/vacuum switch • IP65 protection • Easy programming • Key lock function • Repeatability ±0.2 % of the full span max. ±1 digit • Extremely low leakage • Suitable for the pressure capture of various media thanks to the stainless steel membrane • Different response times can be set • 4 different pressure ranges from vacuum (-101.0 kPa) to high pressure (2 MPa)

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

ZSE80

ZSE80F

ISE80

ISE80H

(Vacuum pressure)

(Compound Pressure)

(Positive Pressure)

(Positive Pressure)

Rated pressure range

0,0 to -101,0 kPa

-100,0 to 100,0 kPa

-0,100 to 1,000 MPa

-0,100 to 2,000 MPa

Set pressure range

10,0 to -111,0 kPa

-110,0 to 110,0 kPa

-0,105 to 1,100 MPa

-0,105 to 2,20 MPa

Withstand pressure

500 kPa

500 kPa

2 MPa

4 MPa

Wetted parts material

Pressure sensor: Stainless steel 630, Fitting: stainless steel 304

Applicable fluids

Fluids do not corrode stainless steel 630 and 304

Port size

R1/4, NPT1/4, G1/4*, URJ1/4, TSJ1/4, Rc1/8

Power supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24 ±10 %, Ripple (p-p) max. 10 % or less

Piping direction: Rear/Bottom (with power supply polarity protection) Current consumption [mA]

max. 45 (or less)

Switch output

NPN 1 output, NPN 2 outputs, PNP 1 output, PNP 2 outputs

Load current [mA]

max. 80

Load voltage [V]

28V (at NPN output)

Residual voltage [V]

1 V or less (with load current of 80mA)

Response time [ms]

2,5 (with anti-chattering function: 20, 100, 500, 1000, 2000 ms)

Short circuit protection

Yes

Repeatability

±0,2 % F.S., ±1 digit

Hysteresis / Window

Variable (0 or above)

Analogue output

1 to 5 V

1 to 5 V

0,6 to 5 V

0,8 to 5 V

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

Linearity max. ±1 % or less Output impedance Approx. 1 k Output current

4 to 20 mA

4 to 20 mA

2,4 to 20 mA

3,2 to 20 mA

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

±2,5 % F.S.

Linearity max. ±1 % or less

8

max. load impedance: 300  (12 V Power supply voltage) 600  (24 V Power supply voltage), min. Minimum load impedance: 50  Display

7-Segment-LCD-colour, 3 1/2-digit, 2-colour (red/green)

Display accuracy

±2 % F.S., ±1 digit (Ambient temperature of: 25 ±3 °C)

Indicator light

Lights up when output is turned ON. OUT1, OUT2: Orange

Full span = max. pressure display range

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

ZSE/ISE80 series

Pressure sensors

311

Basic Specifications (Continued) Function

Anti-Chattering, Zero-out, Key lock function, Auto preset, Auto-shift, Unit display switching, Power-saving mode

Enclosure

IP65

Note. 1)

Operating temperature-

Operating: 0 to 50; stored: -10 to 60 (kNo freezing or condensation)

range [°C] Operating humidity range

Operating/Stored: 35 to 85 % rRH (No condensation)

Withstand voltage [V AC]

250 for 1 Minute between live parts and case

Insulation resistance

2 M or more between live parts and case (at 50 V DC)

Vibration resistance

10 to 150 Hz at whichever is smaller of 1.5 mm amplitude or 20 m/s2 acceleration,

Impact resistance [m/s2]

100 in X, Y, Z-directions, 3-times each (De-energized)

Temperature characteristics

±3 % F.S. (based on 25 °C, within operating temperature range)

Lead wire

Oilproof heavy-duty vinyl cable, 3 cores (N.P.) ø3.5, 2m 4 cores (A.B.) Conductor area: 0.15 mm2

in X-, Y-, Z- directions, for 2 hours each (De-energized)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(AWG26), 5 cores (R.T.S.V.) Insulator O.D. : 0,95 mm Mass [g]

86

Leakage

1 * 10-5 Pa*m3/s

Standards

CE, UL/CSA, RoHS-conform Note 1) If the pressure switch is used in a location where it is exposed to water splashes or dust, these could penetrate the device interior via the exhaust. Connect a Ø4 tube (inner diameter: ø2.5) to the exhaust and take the other tube end to a water and dust-free location. Do not bend the tube and ensure that the opening remains unobstructed. Otherwise malfunctions could arise when measuring overpressure.

Tubing Ventilation port In a tube placemust protected from The be taken to a water and/or dust!

clean area free from water and dust.

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

312

ZSE/ISE80 series

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product reference

Port

Output

Price £

ZSE80, digital precision pressure/vacuum switch for vacuum 0.0 to -101.0 kPa ZSE80-02-T ZSE80-02-V

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

voltage output (1 to 5 V)

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (4 to 20 mA)

211.75 211.75

ZSE80F, digital precision pressure/vacuum switch for vacuum -100.0 to 100.0 kPa ZSE80F-02-T ZSE80F-02-V

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

voltage output (1 to 5 V)

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (4 to 20 mA)

211.75 211.75

ISE80, digital precision pressure/vacuum switch for overpressure -0.100 to 1.000 MPa

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ISE80-02-T ISE80-02-V

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

voltage output (0.6 to 5 V)

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (2.4 to 20 mA)

226.67

ISE80H, digital precision pressure/vacuum switch for high pressure -0.100 to 2,000 MPa ISE80H-02-T ISE80H-02-V

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

voltage output (0.8 to 5 V)

R1/4, straight

2x PNP + analogue

M5 female thread

current output (3.2 to 20 mA)

226.67 226.67

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Bracket and adapter ZS-24-A

Bracket A

4.82

ZS-24-D

Bracket D

4.73

ZS-35-C

Panel mount adapter

ZS-35-F

Panel mount adapter + front protection cover ZS-35-F ZS-35-C

8

226.67

ZS-24-A and ZS-24-D

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8.99 13.63

ISE70/75/75H series

313

Pressure sensors

Digital pressure switch for compressed air and different media • For compressed air, media or gases • Easy readout on large display • Two-coloured display (green/red) • IP67 protection • M12 connector • Pressure range up to 15 MPa (150 bar)

Basic Specifications Model

ISE70

Nominal pressure range [MPa]

0 to 1

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Operating pressure range [MPa] -0.1 to 1

ISE75

ISE75H

0 to 10

0 to 15

0.4 to 10

0.5 to 15

Proof pressure [MPa]

1.5

30

45

Minimum display unit [MPa]

0.01

0.1

0.1

Medium

Air, non-corrosive gases,

Compressed air, media or gases that will not corrode stainless steel

non-flammable gases

1.4301, 1.4016 or 1.4542

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, residual ripple (s-s) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 55 (no load)

Switching output

2x PNP open collector

Load current [mA]

max. 80

Residual voltage [V]

max. 1 (at 80 mA load current)

Response time [ms]

2.5 (20, 160, 640, 1000, 2000 adjustable)

Output

Short-circuit-proof

Repeatability

±0.5 % of the full span

Hysteresis / window

Adjustable (as from 0)

Display

3-digit, 7 segment display, 2.-coloured display (red and green)

Display accuracy

±2 % F.S., max. ±1 digit (at an ambient temperature of 25 ±3 °C)

Indicator light

OUT1: illuminates at output signal ON (green), OUT2: illuminates at output signal ON (red)

Functions

Anti-chattering function, display unit switching function, zero-out function, key lock function

Degree of protection

IP67

Medium temperature

0 to 50 (no freezing or condensation)

range [°C] Ambient temperature

Operation: 0 to 50; storage: -10 to 60 (no condensation or freezing)

range [°C] Humidity range

Operating and stored: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation or freezing)

Voltage resistance [VAC]

1000 for 1 min. between all wires and body

Insulation resistance

min. 50 M between all wires and body (at 500 V DC) 10 to 500 Hz at 1.5 mm or 98 m/s2 amplitude, X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Shock resistance Impact resistance [m/s ]

980 in directions X, Y, Z three times each (de-energised)

Temperature characteristics

max. ±2 % F.S.

Port size

G1/4

Connection cable

oil-resistant cable with pre-wired 4-pin M12 connector, Ø4, length: 5 m

Weight [g]

190 (without connection cable)

2

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

314

ISE70/75/75H series Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Port

Switching output

Price £

G1/4

2x PNP open collector

142.50

G1/4

2x PNP open collector

272.37

G1/4

2x PNP open collector

272.37

ISE70, digital pressure switch for air with 2-coloured display ISE70-F02-67

Digital pressure Switch

ISE75-F02-67

Digital pressure Switch

ISE75H-F02-67

Digital pressure Switch

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Mounting brackets and connection cable ZS-31-A

Mounting bracket

5.11

ZS-31-B

Connection cable 5 m with M12 connector, straight

27.60

ZS-31-C

Connection cable 5 m with M12 connector, right angle

27.60

ZS-31-A ZS-31-B

ZS-31-C

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PS1000/1100 series

315

Pressure sensors

Electronic pressure/vacuum switch • Extremely compact: 13W x 10H x 30L [mm] • 2-wire switch • Lightweight: 5 g (without cable) • Large setting range: -0.1 to 0.45 MPa with one pressure switch possible • Clearly visible indicator light (LED) • Directly pluggable in the one-touch fitting • Easy setting using potentiometer

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

PS1000

PS1100

Setting range [MPa]

-0.1 to 0.45

-0.1 to 0.4

Contact point

Pressure ≥ contact point: «ON»

Pressure ≤ contact point: «ON»

Max. pressure [MPa]

1.0

Medium

Compressed air, non-corrosive gases

Light indicator

LED (red) for «ON» switching

Thermal coefficient

 3 % F.S.

Repeatability

 1 % F.S.

Hysteresis

4 % F.S.

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24 (ripple max. 10 %)

max. current [mA]

5 to 40

Inner voltage drop [V]

5

Leakage current [mA]

1

Operating temperature range [°C]

0 to 60 (no condensation)

Insulation resistance

2 M (at 500 V DC) between connection cable and body

Voltage resistance

1000 VAC 50/60 Hz between connection cable and body

Shock resistance

10 to 500 Hz with amplitude 1.5 mm or acceleration 98 m/s2, in X, Y, Z direction (2 hours) in X, Y, Z direction (hours)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

980 X, Y, Z direction, (3 times for each direction)

Weight [g]

5 (without connection cable)

Assembly

Directly pluggable in Ø6 one-touch fitting

Degree of protection

IP40

Connection cable

Oil-resistant grommet Ø2.55 mm, 2 cores, 0.18 mm2

Cable length [m]

3

2

8 Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Contact point

Switching

Price £

pressure [MPa] PS1000, electronic pressure/vacuum switch, cable length 3 m PS1000-R06L-Q

Pressure/vacuum switch

NO contact for

-0.1 to 0.45

69.95

-0.1 to 0.40

69.95

compressed air NC contact for vacuum PS1100, electronic pressure/vacuum switch, cable length 3 m PS1100-R06L-Q

Pressure/vacuum switch

NC contact for compressed air NO contact for vacuum

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

316

PSE200 series

Pressure sensors

Digital multi-channel controller • One controller monitors up to 4 pressure sensors • 76% less space required • A controller can monitor several applications, e.g.: Suction control, leakage test, control of the ejector unit supply pressure, monitoring of hydraulic cylinders, position controls, control of the supply system, suction control for wet workpieces

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

PSE201

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 55 (sensor power consumption is not contained)

Sensor voltage supply [V]

1.5 (voltage supply)

Sensor current supply [mA] Note 1)

max. 40 (100 mA for the entire supply current for 4 input sensors)

Sensor input: Number of inputs

4 inputs

Sensor input [V DC]

1 to 5 (load impedance: approx. 800 k)

Input protection

with excess voltage protection (Up to 26.4 V)

Switching output: Number of outputs

5x PNP open collector (CH1: 2 outputs, CH2 to CH4: per output)

max. current [mA]

80

Residual voltage [V]

max. 1 (at 80 mA load current)

Output protection

With short circuit protection

Response time [ms]

max. 5 (response time settings for the anti-chattering function: 20, 160, 640)

Repeatability

max. ± 0.1 % F.S., max. ± 1 digiit on display

Hysteresis / window

Hysteresis mode: Adjustable (as from 0), Window Comparator mode: established on 3 digits

Display

for sensor monitor: 4-digit, 7-segment display / display colour: yellow, (request frequency: 4 times/s), for channel display: 1-digit, 7-segment display / display colour: red

Display accuracy

±0.5 % F.S., max. ±1 digit (at an ambient temperature of 25 ±3 °C)

Indicator light

red (it illuminates at output signal ON, per switching output one LED)

Auto-shift input

Ground stud (Reed or electronic auto switch), input min. 10 ms, independent ON/OFF control system of the auto-shift function

8

Degree of protection

Front side IP65 (if with panel mount), Rest: IP40

Ambient temperature [°C]

Operation: 0 to 50, storage: -10 to 60 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85%RH (No condensation)

Shock resistance

10 to 500 Hz with amplitude 1.5 mm or acceleration 98 m/s2, in X, Y, Z direction 2 hours in each direction (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

980 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Temperature characteristics

max. ± 0.5 % F.S. (25°C)

Port

Power supply, Output connection: 8-pin connector, Sensor port: 4-pin connector

Material

Body: PBT, display: transparent nylon, rubber lid rear: CR

Note 1) In the event of a short-circuit in the supply voltage (Vcc and 0V) on the side of the sensor input the controller is damaged inside

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PSE200 series

317

Pressure sensors

Basic Specifications Weight (g)

approx. 60 (without connector and cable)

Functions

Auto-shift function, automatic pressure sensor detection function, channel request function, key lock function, function for switching the display unit, anti-chattering function, automatic pre-setting, copying function, reset function, with display of pressure peaks, measurement value compensation function

Sensors Sensors

Full span for the applicable sensors

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Applicable sensors PSE531, PSE541, PSE561

-101 kPa to 0

PSE533, PSE543, PSE563

-100 kPa to 100 kPa

PSE532

0 to 101 kPa

PSE530, PSE540, PSE560

0 to 1 MPa

Ordering Information Product

Description

Input/output specifications

Price £

reference PSE200, digital multi-channel controller (for up to 4 pressure sensors) PSE201

Multi-channel

Sensor inputs: 4 inputs for connection of sensor type PSE5mm

controller

Outputs:

140.23

5x PNP open collector + 1x auto-shift input

Accessories Product

Description

Price £

reference Various accessories ZS-26-B

Adapter for panel mount incl. waterproof sealing and bolts

5.44

ZS-26-C

Protection cover front + adapter for panel mount incl. waterproof sealing and bolts

9.09

ZS-28-C

Connector (1 piece) to connect a sensor

2.88

Mounting bolts (M3 x 8L)

Protection cover front Waterproof sealing

Panel mount adapter Panel

ZS-26-C

ZS-26-B

ZS-28-C

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

318

PSE300 series

Pressure sensors

Digital pressure sensor controller • Connection of a sensor possible • Response time: 1 ms. • Two-coloured display (red/green) • Easy connection of the sensor using an e-con connector (can be mounted without crimping tool) • Adjustable pressure switching point in 1/1000 steps • 3 available output variants: analogue voltage output (1-5 V), analogue current output (4-20 mA), or auto-shift function input

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

PSE30m

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 50 (sensor power consumption is not contained)

Sensor voltage supply [V]

1.5 (voltage supply)

Sensor current supply [mA] Note 1)

max. 40 (100 mA for the entire supply current for 4 input sensors)

Sensor input: Sensor input [V DC]

1 to 5 (load impedance: approx. 1 M)

Input protection

with excess voltage protection (Up to 26.4 V)

Switching output: Number of outputs

2x PNP open collector

max. current [mA]

80

Residual voltage [V]

max. 1 (at 80 mA load current)

Output protection

With short circuit protection

Response time [ms]

1 (response time settings for the anti-chattering function: 20, 160, 640, 1280)

Repeatability

max. ± 0.1 % F.S., max. ± 1 digiit on display

Hysteresis / window

variable

Analogue Output : Voltage output

Output voltage: 1-5 V, output impedance: approx. 1 k, linearity: ±0.2 % of the full span (sensor accuracy is not contained), response speed: max. 150 ms, accuracy (to the display value) (25 °C) max. ±0.6 % of the full span.

Current output

Current for output: 4 to 20 mA, max. consumer impedance: 300  (at 12 V), 600  (at 24 V), min. consumer impedance: 50 , linearity: ± 0.2 % of the full span (sensor accuracy is not contained), response speed: max. 150 ms, accuracy (to the display value) (25 °C) max. ±1 % of the full span.

8

Display accuracy (at 25°C)

±0.5 % F.S., max. ±1 digit (at an ambient temperature of 25 ±3°C)

Display

for sensor monitor: 3 1/2 digit, 7-segment display / display colour: red/ green, (request frequency: 5 times/s)

Indicator light

OUT1: green (illuminates at output signal ON, OUT2: red (illuminates at output signal ON)

Auto-shift input

Ground stud (Reed or electronic auto switch), input min. 5 ms, low level max. 0.4 V

Degree of protection

IP40

Ambient temperature [°C]

Operation: 0 to 50, storage: -10 to 60 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85%RH (No condensation)

Insulation resistance

50 M (500 V DC) between external terminals and body

Voltage resistance

1000 V AC 50/60 Hz between external terminals and body

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PSE300 series

319

Pressure sensors

Basic Specifications (Continued) Shock resistance

10 to 150 Hz with amplitude 1.5 mm or acceleration 98 m/s2, in X, Y, Z direction 2 hours in each direction (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

100 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Temperature characteristics

max. ± 0.5 % F.S. (25°C)

Port

Voltage output: 5-pin connector, Sensor port: 4-pin connector

Material

PBT

Weight [g]

30 (without voltage supply/connection cable), 85 (with voltage supply/connection cable)

Functions

Auto-shift function, error display function, key lock function, function for switching the display unit, anti-chattering function, automatic pre-setting, copying function, reset function, with display of pressure peaks/lowest pressure value, measurement value compensation function

Note 1) In the event of a short-circuit in the supply voltage (Vcc and 0V) on the side of the sensor input the controller is damaged

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Sensors Sensors

Full span

Full span for the applicable sensors PSE531, PSE541, PSE561

-101 kPa to 0

PSE533, PSE543, PSE563

-100 kPa to 100 kPa

PSE530, PSE540, PSE560

0 to 1 MPa

PSE532

0 to 100 kPa

PSE564

0 to 500 kPa

PSE550

0 to 2 kPa

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

320

PSE300 series

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product

Description

Input/output

reference

Display unit

Price £

specifications

PSE30x, digital pressure sensor controller, 2-coloured display PSE303

Controller

PNP 2 outputs

With display unit switching function

71.23

With display unit switching function

71.23

With display unit switching function

71.23

+ 1-5 V output PSE304

Controller

PNP 2 outputs + 4-20 mA output

PSE305

Controller

PNP 2 outputs + Auto-shift input

Accessories

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Price £

Various accessories ZS-28-A

Connection cable for voltage supply and switching outputs

ZS-28-B

Bracket, with M3 x 5L (2 pieces)

15.15 2.08

ZS-28-C

Connector for sensors (1 piece)

2.88

ZS-27-C

Adapter panel mount, with M3 x 8L (2 pieces)

2.88

ZS-27-D

Protective cover front with adapter for panel mount, with M3 x 8L

7.24

(2 pieces)

ZS-27-D

ZS-27-C

Voltage/output cable ZS-28-A

Mounting bolts (M3 x 8L)

Protection cover front

ZS-28-A ZS-28-B

(accessories)

Waterproof sealing

ZS-28-C

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

(accessories)

Panel mount adapter Panel

PSE530 series

321

Pressure sensors

Compact pressure sensor for compressed air • Separate design of sensor and controller • Degree of protection IP40 • Easy electrical connection using connector • Minimum response times • Accuracy ±1 % of the full span

Basic Specifications Model

PSE530

PSE531

PSE532

PSE533

Full span

0 to 1 MPa

0 to -101 kPa

0 to 101 kPa

-101 to 101 kPa

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

500 kPa

500 kPa

500 kPa

Applicable media

Compressed air, non-corrosive gases, non-flammable gases

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Power consumption [mA]

max. 15 (no load)

Output

Analogue output 1 to 5 V, output impedance: approx. 1 k

Display accuracy (with PSE200)

± 2 % of the full span value (ambient temperature 25 °C)

Linearity

max. ±1 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ±1 % F.S.

Supply voltage effect

max. ± 1 % F.S. based on the analogue output at 18 V over the range from 12 to 24 V DC

Temperature characteristics

max. ± 2 % F.S, depending on the analogue output value at 25 °C over a range of 0 to 50 °C

Environmental resistance Degree of protection

IP40

Temperature range [°C]

0 to 50, storage: -10 to 70

Test voltage

1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

50 M between external terminals and body (at 500 V DC)

Shock resistance

(No condensation or freezing)

10 to 500 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 acceleration (smaller value), X, Y, Z direction for 2 hours each (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

980 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Sensor cable / option

Halogen-free heavy duty cable, Ø2.7, 0.15 mm2, 3 cores, 3 m

Port size

M5 male thread

Material

Body: stainless steel 303, inner body: PPE, pressure sensor: Silicon, O-ring: NBR

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

322

PSE530 series

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product

Description

Full span

Price £

reference PSE530, compact pressure sensor for compressed air port size M5 PSE530-M5

Compact Pressure Sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

41.48

PSE531-M5

Compact Pressure Sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

41.48

PSE532-M5

Compact Pressure Sensor

Low pressure (0 to 101 kPa)

41.48

PSE533-M5

Compact Pressure Sensor

Overpressure/vacuum (-101 to 101 kPa)

41.48

Connection cable must be ordered separately.

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Connector, sensor cable ZS-28-C

Connector for connection to the controller PSE200/PSE300 (1 piece)

ZS-26-F

Sensor cable, cable length: 3 m

10.88

ZS-26-J

Connector for controller PSE200/PSE300 to the sensor cable, cable

14.25

length: 3 m (the connector is not connected to the cable upon delivery).

ZS-26-F ZS-28-C

ZS-26-J

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.88

PSE540 series

323

Pressure sensors

Compact pressure sensor for compressed air • Separate design of sensor and controller • Degree of protection IP40 • Minimum weight (as from 1.9 g without cable) • Accuracy ±2 % of the full span • Compressed air, non-corrosive gases, non-flammable gases

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

PSE540

PSE541

PSE543

Full span

0 to 1 MPa

0 to -101 kPa

-101 to 101 kPa

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

500 kPa

500 kPa

Applicable media

Compressed air, non-corrosive gases, non-flammable gases

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 15

Output

Analogue output 1 to 5 V, output impedance: approx. 1 k

Display accuracy (with PSE200)

max. ± 2 % F.S. (ambient temperature 25°C)

Linearity

max. ±0.7 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ±0.2 % F.S.

Deviation through fluctuations in the

max. ± 0.8 % F.S. based on the analogue output at 18 V over the range from 12 to 24 V DC

max. ±0.4 % F.S.

max. ±0.4 % F.S.

supply voltage Temperature characteristics

max. ± 2 % F.S, depending on the analogue output value at 25 °C over a range of 0 to 50 °C

Environmental resistance Degree of protection

IP40

Temperature range [°C]

0 to 50, storage: -10 to 70 (No condensation or freezing)

Test voltage

1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

50 Mbetween external terminals and body (at 500 V DC)

Shock resistance

10 to 500 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 acceleration (smaller value) X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

980 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Port size

M3, M5, R 1/8, Ø4, Ø6 one-touch fitting

2

Materials: Materials

Body: PBT plastic M3, M5 fitting: Stainless Steel SUS303 R1/8 fitting: Brass, nickel plated Ø4, Ø6 one-touch fitting: PBT plastic

Pressure sensor surface

Pressure sensor: Silicon / O-ring: NBR

Sensor cable

Oil-resistant, 3 cores (0.15 mm ), oval

Weight with sensor cable (3 m) [g]

M3: 42.4 , M5: 42.7:R1/8: 49.3, Ø4: 41.4, Ø6: 41.6

Weight without sensor cable [g]

M3: 2.9 , M5: 3.2:R1/8: 9.8, Ø4: 1.9, Ø6: 2.1

2

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

324

PSE540 series

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product

Description

Full span

Port size

Price £

reference PSE540, compact pressure sensor for compressed air PSE540-M3

Pressure sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

M3 male thread

48.73

PSE540-M5

Pressure sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

M5 male thread

48.73

PSE540-01

Pressure sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

Outer R1/8, inner M5

53.09

PSE540-R04

Pressure sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

Ø4 one-touch fitting

48.02

PSE540-R06

Pressure sensor

Overpressure (0 to 1 MPa)

Ø6 one-touch fitting

48.02

PSE541-M3

Pressure sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

M3 male thread

48.73

PSE541-M5

Pressure sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

M5 male thread

48.73

PSE541-01

Pressure sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

Outer R1/8, inner M5

53.09

PSE541-R04

Pressure sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

Ø4 one-touch fitting

48.02

PSE541-R06

Pressure sensor

Vacuum (0 to -101 kPa)

Ø6 one-touch fitting

48.02

PSE543-M3

Pressure sensor

Overpressure/vacuum

M3 male thread

48.73

M5 male thread

48.73

Outer R1/8, inner M5

53.09

Ø4 one-touch fitting

48.02

Ø6 one-touch fitting

48.02

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(-101 to 100 kPa) PSE543-M5

Pressure sensor

Overpressure/vacuum (-101 to 100 kPa)

PSE543-01

Pressure sensor

Overpressure/vacuum (-101 to 100 kPa)

PSE543-R04

Pressure sensor

Overpressure/vacuum (-101 to 100 kPa)

PSE543-R06

Pressure sensor

Overpressure/vacuum (-101 to 100 kPa)

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Connector for controller ZS-28-C

Connector for connection to the controller PSE200/ PSE300 (1 piece)

ZS-28-C

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.88

PSE550 series

325

Pressure sensors

Compact differential pressure sensor for compressed air • Analogue output: 1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA • Differential pressure range 0 to 2 kPa • 2 mounting types • Accuracy ± 1 % • Proof pressure: 65 kPa

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

PSE550

PSE550-28

Differential pressure range [kPa]

0 to 2

Operating pressure range [kPa] Note 1)

-50 to 50

Proof pressure [kPa]

65

Applicable media

Compressed air, non-corrosive gases, non-flammable gases

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 15

Output specification

Analogue voltage output type 1 to 5 V (in the operating pressure range) Output impedance: approx. 1 k Analogue current output 4 to 20 mA (over the operating pressure range) Permitted consumer impedance: max. 500  (at 24 V DC), max. 100  (at 12 V DC)

Accuracy

max. ± 1.0 % F.S. (ambient temperature 25°C)

Linearity

max. ± 0.5 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ± 0.3 % F.S.

Indicator light

The orange LED illuminates upon selection

Environmental resistance Degree of protection

IP40

Temperature range [°C]

Operation: 0 to 50, storage: -20 to 70 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation or freezing)

Test voltage

1000 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 minute between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

50 Mbetween external terminals and body (at 500 V DC)

Shock resistance

10 to 150 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 100 m/s2 acceleration (smaller value) X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

300 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Temperature characteristics

max. ± 3 % F.S. (25°C standard)

Port size

Ø4.8 (Ø4.4 at the end) plastic pipe (applicable for compressed air tube with inner diameter Ø4)

Materials for parts in contact

Plastic piping: Nylon / sensor piston surface: silicon

2

with the media With analogue voltage output: 3 cores, oval (0.15 mm2), with analogue current output 2 cores, oval

Sensor cable

(0.15 mm2) Weight with sensor cable (3 m) [g]

75

Weight without sensor cable [g]

35

Note 1) A differential pressure is detected from 0 to 2 kPa within the range of -50 to 50 kPa

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

326

PSE550 series

Pressure sensors

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Output

Price £

Voltage output type

140.61

PSE550, sensor for low differential pressure PSE550

Low differential pressure sensor

1 to 5 V PSE550-28

Low differential pressure sensor

Current output

140.61

4 to 20 mA

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Connector, bracket ZS-28-C

Connector for connection to the controller PSE200/PSE300 (1 piece)

2.88

ZS-30-A

Bracket including mounting bolts for sensor

4.78

ZS-28-C

ZS-30-A

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PSE560 series

327

Pressure sensors

Pressure sensor for different media • Copper free • Oil free • Repeatability ± 0,2 % (F.S.) • For media (air, gases, fluids), which do not attack stainless steel .4435/1.4404

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

PSE560

PSE561

PSE563

PSE564

Full span

0 to 1 MPa

0 to -101 kPa

-101 to 101 kPa

0 to 500 kPa

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

500 kPa

500 kPa

750 kPa

Applicable media

Compressed air, gases and fluids which do not attack steel 1.4435/1.4404

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24, ripple (p-p) max. 10 % (with polarity protection of power supply)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 10 (no load)

Output specification

Analogue voltage output 1 to 5 V (over the operating pressure range) Output impedance: approx. 1 k Analogue current output 4 to 20 mA (over the operating pressure range) Permitted consumer impedance: max. 500  (at 24 V DC), max. 100  (at 12 V DC)

Accuracy

max. ±1.0 % F.S.

Linearity

max. ±0.5 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ±0.2 % F.S.

Supply voltage effect

max. ± 0.3 % F.S. based on the analogue output at 18 V over the range from 12 to 24 V DC

Environmental resistance Degree of protection

IP65

Temperature range [°C]

Operation: -10 to 60, storage: -20 to 70 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation or freezing)

Test voltage [V AC]

250, 1 min. between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

50 M between external terminals and body (at 500 V DC)

Shock resistance

10 to 150 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 20 m/s2 acceleration (smaller value) X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

500 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Temperature characteristics

max. ± 2 % F.S. (0 to 50 °C: based on 25 °C)

2

max. ± 3 % F.S. (-10 to 60 °C: based on 25 °C) Port size

Male thread: R1/8, female thread: M5

Materials: Body

Brass, nickel plated

All parts in contact with the media

Stainless steel 1.4435/1.4404

Sensor cable

PSE56x-01: Oil-resistant 3 cores vinyl cable with air tube (0.2 mm2) PSE56x-01-28: Oil-resistant 2 cores vinyl cable with air tube (0.2 mm2)

Weight with sensor cable (3 m) [g]

193

Weight without sensor cable [g]

101

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

328

PSE560 series

Pressure sensors

Applicable media Argon

Freon

Ammonia

Fluoro carbon

Hydraulic oil

Compressed air with condensate

Silicon oil

Carbon dioxide

Lubricating oil

Argon

Water

Nitrogen

Clean water Any gases and media which do not attach the steel 316L are applicable.

Ordering Information Product

Description

Full span

Output

Price £

reference PSE560, pressure sensor for different media, port size R1/8, M5 female thread

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

PSE560-01 PSE561-01 PSE563-01 PSE564-01 PSE560-01-28 PSE561-01-28 PSE563-01-28 PSE564-01-28

Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor Pressure sensor

Overpressure

Voltage output type

(0 to 1 MPa)

1 to 5 V

Vacuum

Voltage output type

(0 to -101 kPa)

1 to 5 V

Overpressure/vacuum

Voltage output type

(-101 to 100 kPa)

1 to 5 V

Overpressure

Voltage output type

(0 to 500 kPa)

1 to 5 V

Overpressure

Current output

(0 to 1 MPa)

4 to 20 mA

Vacuum

Current output

(0 to -101 kPa)

4 to 20 mA

Overpressure/vacuum

Current output

(-101 to 100 kPa)

4 to 20 mA

Overpressure

Current output

(0 to 500 kPa)

4 to 20 mA

175.90 184.61 184.61 175.90 175.90 184.61 184.61 175.90

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Connector

8

ZS-28-C

Connector for controller PSE200/PSE300 (1 piece)

ZS-28-C

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

2.88

PPA series

329

Compact pressure gauges

Compact pressure gauges • Compact and lightweight • Measuring unit switching for universal use • Background lighting for clear readout even when there is poor light • Long battery service life for 12 months continuous operation • Zero adjustment and full span calibration • Maximum/minimum value storage • Automatic shutdown saves energy and extends the service life of the battery

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

PPA100 for overpressure

PPA101 for vacuum

PPA102 for low pressure

-101 to 10 kPa

-10 to 100 kPa

Full span

-0.1 to 1 MPa

Pressure display

Three-digit LCD display with background lighting

Pressure display resolution

1/100

Minimum display unit

kPa

–

1

1

MPa

0.01

–

–

mmHg

–

5

–

kgf/cm2

0.1

0.01

0.01

inHg

–

0.2

–

psi

1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.01

0.01

bar Error Indication

Overpressure, memory data error, battery replacement display

Function

Maximum/minimum value display, background lighting, automatic shutdown, zero adjustment, unit switching

Pressure resistance

1.5 MPa

200 kPa

Medium

Air, non-aggressive gases, non-flammable gases

Supply current [V DC]

3, two dry batteries type Mignon/AA

Battery service life

12 months continuous operation (without background lighting)

Response time [ms]

250

Display accuracy

±2 % F.S. (at 25 °C)

Repeatability

±1 % F.S. (at 25 °C)

Thermal coefficient

±3 % F.S. (between 0 °C and 50 °C, normal 25°C)

Compressed air port

M5 thread incl. fitting for tubing outer diameter 4 or 6 mm

Operating temperature [°C]

0 to 50 (no condensation or freezing)

Operating humidity

35 to 85% RH (no condensation or freezing)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

100 in X, Y, Z direction 3 times each

Degree of protection

IP40

Weight [g]

Approx. 100 (device 50, batteries 50)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

200 kPa

8

330

PPA series

Compact pressure gauges

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Tubing

Pressure Range

Price £

port diameter PPA series, compact pressure gauge, battery-operated handheld meter PPA100-06

for overpressure

6

-0.1 to 1MPa

146.39

PPA101-06

for vacuum

6

-101 to 10kPa

146.39

PPA102-06

for low pressure

6

-10 to 100kPa

146.39

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Retainer and pressure sensor Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

KNP-1

Pressure sensor

96.99

Combine the compact pressure gauge with different products For comfort and speed when measuring pressure. To do so the compressed air piping does not have to be removed, nor does the compressed air supply have to be stopped. You can combine the compact pressure gauge with different products. One-touch fitting KC The pressure supply is opened by inserting the tubing

8

and is cut off by removing it. Manually operated valve VHK The pressure supply is easy to open and close by One-touch fitting KC

Pressure sensor

using the rotary button.

KNP-1

Pressure sensor KNP-1 When using in conjunction with the pressure sensor KNP-1 the back pressure can be ascertained. Manually operated valve VHK

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PFM series

331

Digital flow switches

Digital Flow switch • Flow rate range: 10, 25, 50, 100 l/min • Minimum setting unit: 0.01 l/min. • Medium: Compressed air, N2, Ar, CO2 • Repeatability: ± max. 1% F.S. • Grease free • Variant with built-in flow control valve available • Different response times can be set: 50 ms, 0.5 s, 1 s or 2 s • Compact, lightweight design

Basic Specifications Model

PFM710-

PFM725

PFM750

PFM711

Medium

Dry compressed air, N2, AR, CO2 (compressed air quality according to ISO 8573.1-1, 1.2 to 1.6.2.)

Nominal flow rate

Dry compressed air, N2, AR

0.2 to 10L/min

0.5 to 25 l/min

1 to 50 l/min

2 to 100 l/min

CO2

0.2 to 5

0.5 to 12.5

1 to 25

2 to 50 2 to 105

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(full span) Rated flow (Full span) [l/min] Display range [l/min]

Dry compressed air, N2, AR

0.2 to 10.5

0.5 to 26.3

1 to 52.5

Display range [l/min]

CO2

0.2 to 5.2

0.5 to 13.1

1 to 26.2

2 to 52

Setting range [l/min]

Dry compressed air, N2, AR

0 to 10.5

0 to 26.3

0 to 52.5

0 to 105

Setting range [l/min]

CO2

0 to 5.2

0 to 13.1

0 to 26.2

0 to 52

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.01

0.1 l/Pulse

0.1 l/Pulse

0.1 l/Pulse

1 l/Pulse

Minimum setting unit (l/min) Flow rate volume per accumulation pulse Display unit

Present flow rate l/min, total flow rate l

Linearity: Display accuracy

max. ± 3 % F.S. (Medium: dry air)

Analogue output

max. ±5 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ± 1 % F.S. (Medium: dry air)

Repeatability analogue output max. ±3 % F.S. Impact of inlet pressure

max. ± 5% F.S. (at 0.35 MPa)

fluctuations Temperature characteristic

± 2 % F.S. (15 to 35 °C)

Operating pressure range

-100 kPa to 750 kPa / -1 to 7.5 bar

Nominal pressure range

-70 kPa to 750 kPa / -0.7 to 7.5 bar

Proof pressure

1 MPa / 10 bar

Maximum accumulated flow

999999 l

Switching output

PNP open collector

± 5 % F.S. (0 to 50 °C)

8

Max. current

80 mA

Internal voltage drop

1.5 V or less(at 80mA)

Response time

1 s (50 ms, 0.5 s, 2 s optional)

Output protection

Circuit contact protection, excess voltage protection

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

332

PFM series

Digital flow switches

Basic Specifications (Continued) Accumulated pulse

As switching output, pulse width: 50 ms

output Analogue output

Response time

1.5 s or less (90 % response)

Voltage output

Voltage output: 1 to 5 V Output impedance: 1 k

Current output

Current output: 4 to 20 mA Max. load impedance: 600 , min. load impedance: 50 

Hysteresis

Variable, adjustable

external input

No-voltage input (Reed switch or electronic auto switch) Input min. 30 ms

Display

7-segment display, 3 digits, two-coloured (green, green)

Indicator lights

OUT1: illuminates green if output 1 is at ON

(2 LEDs)

OUT2: illuminates red if output 2 is at ON

Supply voltage [V DC]

24, ±10 %

Power consumption [mA] max. 55

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Resistance to environmental impacts: Degree of protection

IP40

Medium operating

0 to 50 (no condensation or freezing)

temperature [°C] Operating temperature

Operation: 0 to 50/ storage: -50 to 60 (no condensation or freezing)

range [°C] Humidity

Operation, storage: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)

Test voltage

1000 VAC, for 1 minute between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

min. 50 M (500 V DC) between external terminals and body

Shock resistance

without flow control valve 10 to 500 Hz with 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 acceleration, X,Y and Z direction every 2 hours with flow control valve: 10 to 150 Hz with 1.5 mm amplitude or 19.6 m/s2 acceleration, X,Y and Z direction every 2 hours

Impact resistance [m/s2] 490 X, Y, Z direction 3 times each Weight [g]

55 to 175 (depending on design)

Materials for the

LCP, PBT, brass (chemically nickel plated)

components which are in HNBR (+ fluororesin coating) contact with the media

FKM (+ fluororesin coating), silicon, Au, stainless steel 304

8

Digital flow switch with 2-coloured display Other connection variants upon request

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PFM series

333

Digital flow switches

Ordering Information Product reference

Flow control Port size

Full span

valve

(nominal flow)

Output

Price £

[l/min] PFM7, digital flow switch with 2-coloured display, female thread straight, port variant straight PFM710-F01-E

S

1

EIN

S

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

EIN

1

2

2

without

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

179.88

PFM710S-F01-E

with

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

197.54

PFM710-F01-F

without

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

182.48

PFM710S-F01-F

with

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

200.05

PFM710-F01-H

without

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

178.98

PFM710S-F01-H

with

G 1/8

0.2 to 10

1 PNP + external input

PFM725-F01-E

without

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

179.88

PFM725S-F01-E

with

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

197.44

Note 1)

196.64

PFM725-F01-F

without

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

182.48

PFM725S-F01-F

with

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

200.05

PFM725-F01-H

without

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

178.98

PFM725S-F01-H

with

G 1/8

0.5 to 25

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

196.64

PFM750-F01-E

without

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

179.78

PFM750S-F01-E

with

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

197.54

PFM750-F01-F

without

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

182.39

PFM750S-F01-F

with

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

200.19

PFM750-F01-H

without

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

178.83

PFM750S-F01-H

with

G 1/8

1 to 50

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

196.64

PFM711-F02-E

without

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

179.83

PFM711S-F02-E

with

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + analogue (1 to 5 V)

197.54

PFM711-F02-F

without

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

182.34

PFM711S-F02-F

with

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + analogue (4 to 20 mA)

200.05

PFM711-F02-H

without

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + external input Note 1)

178.98

PFM711S-F02-H

with

G 1/4

2 to 100

1 PNP + external input

196.64

Note 1)

Note 1) adjustable function: External reset function for accumulated value, auto shift or auto shift zero adjustable.

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

334

PFM series

Digital flow switches

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Various accessories ZS-33-J

Panel mount adapter (without flow control valve)

18.61

ZS-33-JS

Panel mount adapter (with flow control valve)

18.61

ZS-33-M

Bracket (without flow control valve)

8.00

ZS-33-MS

Bracket (with flow control valve)

8.00

ZS-33-F

Rubber cover for connector parts (MVQ)

ZS-33-D

Connection cable with connector (included as standard)

8.00 21.26

Mounting screw Mounting screw

Panel mount adapter A

ZS-33-D S

Panel mount adapter B

1

2

EIN

Connection cable length 2 m

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Panel

ZS-33-F ZS-33-M

Mounting screw

ZS-33-MS

ZS-33-J and JS

DIN rail mounting bracket assembly ZS-33-R1

1 station

42.48

ZS-33-R2

2 stations

42.48

ZS-33-R3

3 stations

42.48

ZS-33-R4

4 stations

42.48

ZS-33-R5

5 stations

42.48

DIN rail supplied by customers Port size G1/4 cannot be mounted on a DIN rail.

ZS-33-R

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PF2A series

335

Digital flow switches

Digital Flow switch • Medium: Air, nitrogen • Little space required • With built-in display unit • Switchable from current flow to accumulated flow • IP65 protection • 3 output types: Switching, accumulated pulse and analogue outputs (upon request)

Basic Specifications

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

PF2A721

PF2A751

Medium

Air, nitrogen (N2)

Air, nitrogen (N2)

Full span [l/min]

20 to 200

50 to 500

Flow full span [l/min]

10 to 210

25 to 525

Setting range [l/min]

10 to 210

25 to 525

Minimum setting unit (l/min)

2

5

Flow rate volume per accumulation pulse

2 l/Pulse

5 l/Pulse

Current flow

l/min, CFM x 10-1

l/min, CFM x 10-1

Total flow

l, ft3 x 10-1

Medium temperature [°C]

0 to 50

Linearity

max. ±5 % F.S.

max. ±5 % F.S.

Repeatability

max. ±2 % F.S.

max. ±2 % F.S.

Temperature Characteristic

max. ± 3 % F.S. (15 to 35°C, based on 25°C),

Power consumption (no load) [mA]

max. 160

max. 170

Weight [g]

290 (without connection cable)

290 (without connection cable)

Port size

G3/8

G1/2

Measurement principle

Thermistor (heating element)

Indicator light

3digits 7-segment LED

Operating pressure range

-50kPa to 0.75MPa

Proof pressure [MPa]

1.0

Maximum accumulated flow

0 to 9999999999 l

Output specifications

PNP open collector, max. current: 80 mA, internal voltage drop;

Switching output

max. 1.5 V (at 80 mA load current)

Response time

max. 1 s

Hysteresis

Hysterisis mode: Variable (adjustable as from 0), Window Comparator mode: 3-digit fixed

Supply voltage [V DC]

12 to 24 (ripple max. ±10 %)

Degree of protection

IP65

Operating temperature range [°C]

Operation: 0 to 50, storage: -25 to 85

Test voltage [V AC]

1000 for 1 min. between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

min. 50 M (500 V DC) between external terminals and body

Display units

max. ± 5 % F.S. (0 to 50°C, based on 25°C)

Shock resistance

-50kPa to 0.75MPa

(No condensation or freezing)

10 to 500 Hz with an amplitude of 1.5 mm or an acceleration of 98 m/s2 in X,Y and Z direction for 2 hours for respectively lower value (voltage free)

Impact resistance [m/s2]

490 X, Y, Z direction 3 times each

Noise resistance

1000 V (p-p), pulse width 1 µs, rise time 1 ns

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

336

PF2A series

Digital flow switches

Ordering Information Product reference

Connection

Output

Full span [l/min]

Price £

size PF2A, digital flow switch with built-in display unit PF2A721-F03-67N

G3/8

2x PNP open collector

20 to 200

408.06

PF2A751-F04-67N

G1/2

2x PNP open collector

50 to 500

408.06

Special type with analogue output (1 - 5 V or 4 - 20 mA) upon request.

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Connection cable ZS-37-A

Connection cable with connector (straight) 3 m

29.41

ZS-37-B

Connection cable with connector (angular) 3 m

193.55

ZS-37-A

ZS-37-B

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PF2AH series

337

Digital flow switches

Digital flow switch, high flow rate • Medium: Air, nitrogen • Little space required • With built-in display unit • Switchable from current flow to accumulated flow • IP65 protection • 3 output types: Switching, accumulated pulse and analogue outputs

Basic Specifications Model

PF2A703H

PF2A706H

PF2A712H

Measured medium

Dry compressed air

Measurement principle

Thermistor (heating element)

Full span [l/min] Minimum setting unit (l/min)

150 to 3000

300 to 6000

600 to 12000

5

10

10

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Display units Current flow

l/min, CFM

Accumulated flow

l, m3, m3 x 103, ft3, ft3 x 103, ft3 x 106

Operating pressure range [MPa]

0.1 to 1.5

Proof pressure [MPa]

2.25

Pressure loss (kPa)

20 (at max. flow)

Maximum accumulated flow

0 to 9999999999 l

Linearity

max. ± 1.5 % F.S. (measured at 0.7 MPa, 20°C)

Repeatability

max. ± 1 % F.S. (measured at 0.7 MPa, 20°C), max. ± 3 % F.S. at analogue output

Pressure characteristics

max.± 1.5 % F.S. (0.1 to 1.5 MPa, starting from 0.7 MPa)

Temperature characteristic

max. ± 2 % F.S. (0 to 50 °C: based on 25 °C)

Response time

max. 1 s

Hysteresis

Hysteresis mode: variable (adjustable as from 0); Window Comparator mode: (adjustable from 0 to 3 % F.S.)

Supply voltage [V DC]

24 (residual ripple max. ± 10 %)

Power consumption [mA]

max. 150

Output specifications: Switching output

PNP open collector, current: max. 80 mA; internal voltage drop: max. 1.5 V (at 80 mA load current)

Accumulated

Flow rate per pulse: 100 l/min, 10 ft3/pulse, pulse width: 50 ms

Analogue output

Voltage output: 1 to 5 V; load impedance: min. 100 k Current output: 4 to 20 mA; load impedance: max. 250 

Degree of protection

IP65

Resistance to environmental impacts: Operating temperature range [°C]

0 to 50 (no condensation or freezing)

Test voltage [V AC]

1000 for 1 min. between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance

50 M (500 V DC) between external terminals and body

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

338

PF2AH series

Digital flow switches

Basic Specifications high flow rate (Continued) Shock resistance

10 to 500 Hz with 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 acceleration, X,Y and Z direction every 2 hours

Impact resistance [m/s2]

490 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each

Noise resistance

1000 V (p-p), pulse width 1 µs, rise time 1 ns

Weight (without connection cable) [kg]

1.1

1.3

2.0

Port size

G1

G1 1/2

G2

Ordering Information Product reference

Connection

Output

Full span [l/min]

Price £

150 to 3000

686.68

150 to 3000

686.60

300 to 6000

728.89

300 to 6000

728.89

600 to 12000

817.03

600 to 12000

817.03

size PF2A, digital flow switch with built-in display unit,

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

design for high flow rate PF2A703H-F10-68N

G1

1x PNP open collector + analogue output (1 to 5 V)

PF2A703H-F10-69N

G1

1 x PNP open collector + analogue output (4 to 20 mA)

PF2A706H-F14-68N

G1 1/2

1 x PNP open collector + analogue output (1 to 5 V)

PF2A706H-F14-69N

G1 1/2

1 x PNP open collector + analogue output (4 to 20 mA)

PF2A712H-F20-68N

G2

1 x PNP open collector + analogue output (1 to 5 V)

PF2A712H-F20-69N

G2

1 x PNP open collector + analogue output (4 to 20 mA)

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Connection cable ZS-37-A

Connection cable with connector (straight) 3 m

29.41

ZS-37-B

Connection cable with connector (angular), 3 m

193.55

8

ZS-37-A

ZS-37-B

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PF3W series

339

Digital flow switches

Digital flow switch for water • 2 -line display in three colour for easy readout • Built-in temperature sensor (optional) • Very short stabilising section • Compact, space saving design • Medium temperature:0 to 90 °C • in 45° steps rotating display for flexible installation position • No calibration required • IP65 protection Basic Specifications Model

PF3W704

measured medium

Water and aqueous ethylene glycol solution (with a viscosity of

PF3W720

PF3W740

PF3W711

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

max. 3 mPa·s) Note. 1) Measurement principle

Karman vortex

Rated flow

0.5 to 4 l/min

2 to 16 l/min

5 to 40 l/min

10 to 100 l/min

displayed flow

0.35 to 5.5 l/min

1.7 to 22 l/min

3.5 to 55 l/min

7 to 140 l/min

Switch point range

0.35 to 5.5 l/min

1.7 to 22 l/min

3.5 to 55 l/min

7 to 140 l/min

Minimum setting unit

0.01 l/min.

0.1 l/min.

0.1 l/min.

1 l/min.

Accumulated pulse flow rate exchange value

0.05 l/Pulse

0.1 l/Pulse

0.5 l/Pulse

1 l/Pulse

value(Pulse width: 50msec) Medium temperature

0 to 90°C (No condensation or freezing)

Display unit

Present flow rate l/min, total flow rate: l 5 times/second

Accuracy

Display value: ±3 % F.S. analogue output: ±3% F.S.

Repeatability

±2 % F.S. Note 2)

Temperature characteristic

max. ± 5 % F.S. (based on 25°C)

Operating pressure range

0 to 1 MPa

Proof pressure

1.5 MPa

Pressure loss

45 kPa (at max. flow)

Total flow Note 3)

99999999.9 l

99999999.9 l

999999999 l

999999999 l

all 0.1 l

all 0.5 l

all 1 l

all 1 l

Switching output

NPN or PNP open collector max. load current

80 mA

max. voltage

28 V DC

Internal voltage drop

NPN: max. 1 V (at 80 mA max. load current) PNP: max. 1.5 V (at 80 mA max. load current)

Response time

Note 2) Note 4)

Output protection Output mode

0.5 s / 1 s / 2 s Short circuit protection

Flow

Choice between hysteresis mode, Window Comparator mode, total output mode or total pulse output mode

Temperature Choice between hysteresis mode or Window Comparator mode Analogue output

Response time Note 5)

0.5 s / 1 s / 2 s (connected to the switching output)

Voltage output

Voltage output: 1 to 5 V; output impedance: 1 k

Current output

Current for output: 4 to 20 mA load impedance: max. 300  at12 V DC, 600  at 24 V DC

Hysteresis

Variable

external input

Voltage free input: max. 0,4 V (Reed switch or electronic auto switch) 30 ms or longer

Display method

Display with 2 lines (1st line: 4 digits, 7 segments, two-coloured (red/green); 2nd line: 6 digits, 11 segments, white)

Indicator light

Output1, output 2: orange

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

8

340

PF3W series

Digital flow switches

Basic Specifications Power supply voltage

12 to 24 V DC ±10 %

Model

PF3W704

Current consumption

max. 50 mA

Operating environment Degree of protection

PF3W720

PF3W740

PF3W711

IP65

Operating temp. range

0 to 50°C (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

Operation, storage: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)

Test voltage Note 6)

1000 VAC for 1 min. between external terminal and body

Insulation resistance

min. 50 M (500 V DC Mega) between external terminal and body

Vibration proof

10 to 500 Hz and 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 (lower value applicable), for 2 hours in each direction

Impact resistance

490 m/s2 3 times respectively in X, Y and Z direction (voltage free condition)

Directives and Regulations

CE Marking, UL (CSA), RoHS

Material for the wetted parts Note 7)

PPS, stainless steel 304, FKM, SCS13 Non-lube design

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Port size

3/8, 1/2

1/2, 3/4

3/4, 1

Weight

with cable

210 g (285 g)

260 g (335 g)

410 g (530 g)

805 g (945 g)

( ): with

without cable

295 g (370 g)

345 g (420 g)

495 g (615 g)

720 g (860 g)

Temperature sensor Note 1) See «measurable range» for aqueous ethylene glycol solution. Note 2)

If 0.5 s is selected as the response time for the switching output, the repeatability is ±3 % F.S..

Note 3)

Cleared by turning off the power. The function can be chosen for saving. (every 2 or 5 minutes) If the 5-minute saving is chosen the service life of the storage medium (electronic part) is 1 million times (5 minutes x 1 million times = 5 million minutes = approx. 9.5 years for 24-hour operation). Calculate the service life by taking into account your operating conditions before you use the saving function and do not exceed it.

Note 4)

Response time, if the set value is 90% in proportion to the step input (the response time is 7 s according to the output from the temperature sensor).

Note 5)

Response time, until the set value reaches 90% in proportion to the step input (the response time is 7 s according to the analogue output from the temperature sensor).

Note 6)

When using the temperature sensor: 250 V AC

Basic Specifications temperature sensor Nominal temperature range

0 to 100 °C Note 1)

Setting / display temperature range

-10 to 110 °C

Minimum setting unit

1 °C

Display unit

°C

Display accuracy

±2 °C

Accuracy of the analogue output

±3% F.S.

Response time

7 s Note 2)

Ambient temperature characteristic

±5 % F.S.

Note 1)

8

3/8

The nominal temperature range is only applicable to the temperature sensor. The specification of the medium temperature range for the flow meter as a total system is 0 to 90 °C.

Note 2)

The response time is only applicable to the temperature sensor.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

PF3W series

341

Digital flow switches

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Connection

Switching

Full span

Temperature

size

output

[l/min]

sensor

Price £

PF3W, digital flow switch for water, built-in display PF3W704-F03-BN-M

Flow switch

G3/8

PNP

0.5 to 4 l/min

-

437.93

G1/2

PNP

2 to 16 l/min

-

437.93

G3/4

PNP

5 to 40 l/min

-

437.93

G1

PNP

10 to 100 l/min

-

537.64

G3/8

PNP

0.5 to 4 l/min

Yes

522.78

G1/2

PNP

2 to 16 l/min

Yes

522.78

G3/4

PNP

5 to 40 l/min

Yes

528.52

G1

PNP

10 to 100 l/min

Yes

629.67

for water PF3W720-F04-BN-M

Flow switch for water

PF3W740-F06-BN-M

Flow switch for water

PF3W711-F10-BN-M

Flow switch for water

PF3W704-F03-BT-M

Flow switch for water

PF3W720-F04-BT-M

Flow switch for water

PF3W740-F06-BT-M

Flow switch

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

for water PF3W711-F10-BT-M

Flow switch for water

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Connection cable with M8 connector ZS-40-A

Connection cable length (3 m)

23.45

Mounting bracket ZS-40-K

For PF3W704/720, including 4 tapping screws (3 x 8)

8.18

ZS-40-L

For PF3W740, including 4 tapping screws (3 x 8)

8.18

ZS-40-M

For PF3W711, including 4 tapping screws (4 x 10)

10.18

8

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

343

Electric actuators / control systems / ionisers

Electric actuators LER series, rotary actuator

345

LEF series, actuator with recirculating ball bearing

347

LES series, compact slide

351

LEY series, cylindrical actuator with rod female thread

354

LEYG series, actuator with guide rod

357

LEH series, 2- and 3-finger air grippers

360

Belt actuator E-MY2B series, rodless actuator

366

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Ioniser IZN ioniser, nozzle ioniser

370

IZS31 series, rod ioniser

372

IZH10 series, handheld meter

374

IZD10 series, electrostatic sensor

375

IZE11 series, digital panel meter

376

IZF10 series, blower design

379

E-MY2B Electric actuator, can be controlled like a pneumatic cylinder The electric controllability is the same as for a compressed air cylinder using 3-step operation.

Stroke setting

1 Set end stops to the desired position 2 Precision setting of the stop

The E-MY2B

using adjustment bolt

can be found

1

on page 366. 2

Learn stroke

Press the STROKE STUDY switch

Setting for speed and acceleration

with SPEED and ACCELERATION

Press

Automatic operation Operation possible by using the same signals as for a solenoid valve (with a PLC)

9 Speed

Lock function: The settings for speed and acceleration can be locked. If the settings are

and

changed whilst locked the warning light flashes. However, the motions will continue in

acceleration Warning light

switch

accordance with the preprogrammed settings.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

344

Application examples for ionisers

The SMC ionisers neutralise electrostatic build-up quickly and efficiently. The ioniser emits positively or negative charged ions using corona discharge in order to remove static electricity from objects and their surroundings. The ionisers are featured as from page 356.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Application Examples Removal of static electricity on

Removal of static electricity on

Removal of static electricity on

plastic beakers

lenses

packaging films

• This prevents dust from sticking to the

• This removes dust from the lenses

inside of the beakers

• This prevent dust from sticking

Removal of static electricity

Removal of static electricity

on PET bottles

from films

• Stable transport

• Prevention of dust deposits

• Prevention of dust deposits

• This prevents winding errors as the result of folds etc.

Removal of static electricity on glass

• Prevents the induced breaks through adhesion and discharges • Prevention of dust deposits

Removal of static electricity

Removal of static electricity

Removal of static electricity

on moulded objects

on film-coated objects

on circuit boards

• Improved removal of moulds

• Prevented through the discharge of

• Prevents the induced breaks through

9

breaks induced in the components • Prevention of dust deposits

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

adhesion and discharges • Prevention of dust deposits

LER series

345

Electric actuators

Rotary actuator • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • E nergy saving: automatic saving of 40 % of the power consumption after bringing the rotary actuator to a standstill • For short cycle times: max. speed of 420 °/s like a max. acceleration and deceleration ramp of up to 3,000 mm/s² • With hollow shaft axle for the easy control of additional components on the rotary table • Precise positioning as standard: positioning repeatability of up to ±0.05° in the intermediate position, ±0.01° at the end stop • Precision guide for the rotary table available upon request

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

LER10K

LER10J

LER30K

LER30J

LER50K

LER50J

Rotation angle [°]

310

310

320

320

320

320

max. torque [N·m]

0.3

0.2

1.2

0.8

10

6.6

max. thrust torque [N·m] Note. 1)

0.15

0.1

0.6

0.4

5

3.3

permitted moment of inertia [kg·m2] Note 2)

0.0040

0.0018

0.027

0.012

0.10

0.04

Angular speed [°/s] Note 2)

20 to 280

30 to 420

20 to 280

30 to 420

20 to 280

30 to 420

Thrust speed [°/s]

20

30

20

30

20

30

max. angular acceleration/deceleration

3,000

[°/s2] Note 2) Play [°]

±0.5

Positioning repeatability [°]

±0.05

Impact/vibration resistance [m/s2] Note 3)

150/30

Action

special worm gear + actuator with belts

max. operating frequency (cycles/min.)

60

Operating temperature range [°C]

5 to 40

Humidity [%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Weight [kg]

0.49

0.49

1.1

1.1

2.2

2.2

Motor size

m20

m20

m28

m28

m42

m42

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Supply voltage [V DC]

24 ±10 % 11

11

22

22

34

34

7

7

12

12

13

13

max. power consumption [W] Note 6)

14

14

42

42

57

57

Controller weight [kg]

0.15/bolt assembly, 0.17/DIN rail assembly

Power consumption [W]

Note 4)

Standby power consumption in the operating condition [W] Note 5)

Note 1) The accuracy of the thrust force for LER10 is: ±30 % (F.S.), LER30: ±25 % (F.S.), LER50: ±20 % (F.S.). Note 2) Angular acceleration, angular deceleration and angular speed can vary as the result of fluctuations in the moment of inertia. Note 3) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the slide in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase). Vibration resistance: No malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase). Note 4) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. Note 5) The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid if the actuator is held in the positions during operation. Note 6) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

346

LER series

Electric actuators

Ordering Information Product reference Description

Rotation

External

Torque

Actuator

angle [°]

stop

(Nm)

cable length

Controller I/O cable

[m]

length

Price £

[m] LER, electric actuator, size 3 LER10K-R36P1

310

No

0.3

3

PNP type 1.5

860.21

LER10K-3-R36P1 Rotary actuator

Rotary actuator

90

Yes

0.3

3

PNP type 1.5

988.09

LER30K-R36P1

320

No

1.2

3

PNP type 1.5

888.64

LER30K-3-R36P1 Rotary actuator

Rotary actuator

90

Yes

1.2

3

PNP type 1.5

1046.93

LER50K-R36P1

320

No

10

3

PNP type 1.5

984.03

90

Yes

10

3

PNP type 1.5

1171.20

Rotary actuator

LER50K-3-R36P1 Rotary actuator

Drive and controller are delivered together as a package.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7

279.66

Parameterisation

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller. Teaching Box

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1,5 m

70.95

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

94.81

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

153.99

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1,5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2 mounting screws

17.15

DIN rail mounting bracket assembly LEC-D0

DIN rail mounting bracket assembly

The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35,5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

6.20

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73,0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers.

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110,5 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers.

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148,0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers.

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185,5 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers.

8.52

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEF series

347

Electric actuators

Actuator with recirculating ball bearing • Quick construction and assembly: Actuator with built-in sealing band prevents the ingress of rough foreign bodies • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • Energy saving: automatic energy saving after the slide has been brought to a standstill. • Always the right choice: - When heavy loads have to be moved: up to 60 kg at a max. speed of 250 mm/s and with a positioning repeatability of ±0.02 mm - When speed and precision are required: up to 40 kg at a max. speed of 500 mm/s and with a positioning repeatability of ±0.02 mm - When speed is required: Up to 14 kg at a max. speed of 1,500 mm/s and positioning repeatability of ±0.1 mm - Actuators with motor brake available upon request

Basic Specifications Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Model

LEFB16

LEFB25

LEFB32

LEFS16

[mm]

(300), 500, (600, 700), 800, (900), 1000

horizontal

[kg]

1

5

14

9

10

vertical

[kg]

–

–

–

2

4

Stroke Note 1)

100, 200, 300, (400)

as from LEFB25: (1200, 1500, 1800, 2000) Payload Note 2)

[mm/s]

48 to 1100

48 to 1400

48 to 1500

10 to 500

5 to 250

Positioning repeatability

[mm]

±0.1

±0.1

±0.1

±0.02

±0.02

Feed per rotation, lead

[mm]

48

48

48

10

5

Impact/vibration resistance Note 3)

[mm/s²]

50/20 Belt

Belt

ball screw

Speed

Note 2)

Action

Belt

Guide type

Linear guide

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (No condensation or freezing)

Motor size

m28

m42

m56.4

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

m28

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power Consumption Note 4)

[W]

24

32

52

22

Standby power consumption in the operating

[W]

18

16

44

18

60

127

51

condition Note 5) max. power consumption Note 6)

[W]

51

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

[N]

4

19

36

20

[W]

3.6

5

5

3.6

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Motor brake, design

Brake active in the voltage free condition

Motor brake, holding force Motor brake, power consumption

Note 7) Note 8)

Motor brake, nominal voltage

39

Note 1) strokes in ( ) are manufactured to order. Note 2) The speed depends on the payload. See «speed payload diagram (guide)» in the individual catalogues. Note 3) Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the slide in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Note 4) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. Note 5) The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid whilst the actuator is held in the positions during operation. Note 6) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage. Note 7) Only with motor brake. Note 8) For actuators with motor brake add the power consumption for the motor brake.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

348

LEF series

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications Model [mm]

Stroke Note 1)

LEFS25

LEFS32

LEFS40

100, 200, 300

100, 200, 300, (400)

200, 300, (400), 500,

(400), 500, (600)

500, (600, 700, 800)

(600), (700), 800, (900), (1000)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Payload Note 2)

horizontal

[kg]

20

20

40

45

50

60

vertical

[kg]

7.5

15

10

20

—

23

Speed Note 2)

[mm/s]

12 to 500

6 to 250

16 to 500

8 to 250

20 to 500

10 to 250

Positioning repeatability

[mm]

±0.02

Actuator screw, lead

[mm]

12

6

16

8

20

10

Impact/vibration resistance Note 3)

[mm/s²]

50/20

Action

ball screw

Guide type

Linear guide

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Motor size

m42

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

m56.4

m56.4

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power Consumption Note 4)

[W]

38

50

100

Standby power consumption in the operating

[W]

16

44

43

max. power consumption Note 6)

[W]

57

123

141

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

condition Note 5)

Motor brake, design

Brake active in the voltage free condition

Motor brake, holding force

[N]

78

Motor brake, power consumption Note 7) Note 8)

[W]

5

Motor brake, nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

157

108 5

216

113

225

5

Note 1) strokes in ( ) are manufactured to order. Note 2) The speed depends on the payload. See «speed payload diagram (guide)» in the individual catalogues. Note 3) Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the slide in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Note 4) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. Note 5) The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid whilst the actuator is held in the positions during operation. Note 6) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage. Note 7) Only with motor brake. Note 8) For actuators with motor brake add the power consumption for the motor brake.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEF series

349

Electric actuators

Ordering Information Product

Description

Size Note 1)

reference

Screw

Max. speed Stroke Actuator

lead

(mm/s)

[mm]

[mm]

Controller I/O

cable

cable

length [m]

length

Price £

[m] Actuator with recirculating ball bearing and belt drive, without motor brake LEFB16T-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating

16

1100

500

3

PNP type 1.5

931.09

25

1400

500

3

PNP type 1.5

982.68

32

1500

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1099.80

ball bearing LEFB25T-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFB32T-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Actuator with recirculating ball bearing and ball screw, without motor brake LEFS16A-

Actuator with

300-R36P1

recirculating

16

10

500

300

3

PNP type 1.5

1000.84

25

12

500

100

3

PNP type 1.5

961.07

25

12

500

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1082.28

25

6

250

100

3

PNP type 1.5

961.07

25

6

250

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1082.28

32

16

500

100

3

PNP type 1.5

1067.15

32

16

500

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1203.53

32

8

250

100

3

PNP type 1.5

1067.15

32

8

250

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1203.53

40

20

500

200

3

PNP type 1.5

1328.52

40

20

500

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1442.20

40

10

250

200

3

PNP type 1.5

1328.52

40

10

250

500

3

PNP type 1.5

1442.20

ball bearing LEFS25A-

Actuator with

100-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS25A-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS25B-100- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS25B-500- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS32A-

Actuator with

100-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS32A-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS32B-100- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS32B-500- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS40A-

Actuator with

200-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS40A-

Actuator with

500-R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS40B-200- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

LEFS40B-500- Actuator with R36P1

recirculating ball bearing

Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

350

LEF series

Electric actuators

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7

279.66

Parameterisation

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller. Teaching Box

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1.5 m

70.95

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

94.81

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

153.99

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1.5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2 mounting screws

17.15

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

DIN rail attachment set LEC-D0

DIN rail attachment set

The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35.5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

6.20

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73.0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110.5 mm

For accommodating 3 controllers

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148.0 mm

For accommodating 4 controllers

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185.5 mm

For accommodating 5 controllers

8.52

GR-S-010

Guide grease

10 g

1.14

GR-S-020

Guide grease

20 g

1.70

Replacement part

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LES series

351

Electric actuators

Compact slide • Quick construction and assembly: Actuator with built-in guide rail and slide • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • Energy saving: automatic saving of 40% of the power consumption after bringing the slide to a standstill • For short cycle times: max. speed of 400 mm/s like a max. acceleration and deceleration ramp of up to 5.000 mm/s² • Precise positioning as standard: Positioning repeatability of up to ±0,05 mm in the intermediate position • Very well suited to precise assembly processes

Basic Specifications Model

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Stroke

[mm]

Payload

LESH8R

LESH16R

LESH25R

50, 75

50, 100

50, 100, 150

horizontal

[kg]

2

1

6

4

9

6

vertical

[kg]

0.5

0.25

2

1

4

2

Thrust force 30% up to 70% Note 1)

[N]

6 to 15

4 to 10

23.5 to 55

15 to 35

77 to 180

43 to 100

Speed

[mm/s]

10 to 200

20 to 400

10 to 200

20 to 400

10 to 150

20 to 400

20

10 to 20

20

10 to 20

20

8

5

10

8

16

Thrust speed

[mm/s]

10 to 20

Positioning repeatability

[mm]

±0.05

Actuator screw

[mm]

4

Impact/vibration resistance Note 3)

[mm/s²]

50/20

Note 2)

Action

Slide screw + toothed belt

Guide type

Linear guide

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (No condensation or freezing)

without

[kg]

Stroke 50: 0.55

Stroke 50: 1.15

Stroke 50: 2.50

Motor brake

[kg]

Stroke 75: 0.70

Stroke 100: 1.60

Stroke 100: 3.30

with

[kg]

Stroke 75: 0.93

Stroke 100: 1.90

Stroke 50: 3.10

Motor brake

[kg]

Weight

[kg]

Stroke 150: 4.26

Stroke 100: 3.90

[kg]

Stroke 150: 4.86

Motor size

m20

m28

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

m42

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power Consumption Note 4)

[W]

20

43

67

Standby power consumption in the operating

[W]

7

15

13

condition Note 5)

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

352

LES series

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications max. power consumption Note 6)

[W]

35

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

60

74

[N]

24

Brake active in the voltage free condition

Motor brake, design Note 7) Motor brake, holding force Note 7) Motor brake, power consumption

Note 7) Note 8)

Motor brake, nominal voltage

2.5

[W]

4

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

300

48

3.6

500

77

5

Note 1) The accuracy of the thrust force is +/- 20 % F.S. Note 2) The speed of the thrust operation ranges from the min. speed to 20 mm/s. Note 3) Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the slide in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the slide in the start phase). Note 4) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. Note 5) The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid whilst the actuator is held in the positions during operation (except for the drive operation). Note 6) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage. Note 7) Only with motor brake.

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Note 8) For actuators with motor brake add the power consumption for the motor brake.

Ordering Information Product

Description

Size Note 1)

reference

Screw

Stroke Actuator

lead

[mm] cable length

[mm]

[m]

Controller I/O

Price £

cable length [m]

Compact slide with stepper without motor brake LESH8RJ-

Compact slide

8

8

75

3

PNP type 3

990.77

Compact slide

8

4

75

3

PNP type 3

990.77

Compact slide

16

10

100

3

PNP type 3

1129.73

Compact slide

16

5

100

3

PNP type 3

1129.73

Compact slide

25

16

150

3

PNP type 3

1279.36

Compact slide

25

8

150

3

PNP type 3

1279.36

75-R36P3 LESH8RK75-R36P3 LESH16RJ100-R36P3 LESH16RK100-R36P3 LESH25RJ150-R36P3 LESH25RK150-R36P3 Compact slide with stepper with motor brake LESH8RJ-75B-

Compact slide

8

8

75

3

PNP type 3

1183.25

Compact slide

8

4

75

3

PNP type 3

1183.25

Compact slide

16

10

100

3

PNP type 3

1328.10

LESH16RK-100B- Compact slide

16

5

100

3

PNP type 3

1328.10

Compact slide

25

16

150

3

PNP type 3

1448.80

LESH25RK-150B- Compact slide

25

8

150

3

PNP type 3

1448.80

R36P3 LESH8RK-75BR36P3 LESH16RJ-100B-

9

R36P3 R36P3 LESH25RJ-150BR36P3 R36P3 Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LES series

353

Electric actuators

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7

279.66

Parameterisation

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller. Teaching Box

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1.5 m

70.95

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

94.81 153.99

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

LE-CP-1-B

Actuator cable for motor with brake

1.5 m

LE-CP-3-B

Actuator cable for motor with brake

3m

120.56

LE-CP-5-B

Actuator cable for motor with brake

5m

186.77

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1.5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2 mounting screws

17.15

90.99

DIN rail attachment set LEC-D0

DIN rail attachment set

The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35.5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

1.98

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73.0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110.5 mm

For accommodating 3 controllers

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148.0 mm

For accommodating 4 controllers

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185.5 mm

For accommodating 5 controllers

8.52

LE-D-1-1

Toothed belt

For LESH8R size

14.76

LE-D-1-2

Toothed belt

For LESH16R size

13.56

LE-D-1-3

Toothed belt

For LESH25R size

16.92

GR-S-010

Guide grease

10 g

1.14

GR-S-020

Guide grease

20 g

1.70

Replacement part

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

354

LEY series

Electric actuators

Cylindrical actuator with rod female thread • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • Mechanical like a compact cylinder: various mounting brackets are available • Energy saving: automatic energy saving after the actuator has been brought to a standstill. • Reduced and quick commissioning: the actuator data is stored in the controller upon delivery • Actuators with motor brake and motor cover available upon request

Basic Specifications Model Stroke Note 1) Payload

horizontal,

Note2)

3000 mm/s²

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

horizontal,

LEY16

LEY25

LEY32

[mm]

50, 100, 200, 300

50, 100, 200, 300, (400)

50, 100, 200, 300, (400, 500)

[kg]

4

11

20

12

30

30

20

40

40

[kg]

6

17

30

18

50

50

30

60

60

[kg]

2

4

8

8

16

30

11

22

43

[N]

14 to 38

27 to 74

51 to

63 to

126 to

232 to

80 to

156 to

296 to

141

122

238

452

189

370

707

4 to 125

18 to

9 to 250

5 to 125

6 to 125

2000 mm/s² vertical 2000 mm/s² Thrust force Note 3) Note 4) Speed

[mm/s]

24 to

12 to

500

500

500

250

max. 50

max. 35

max. 30

15 to

Thrust speed Note 5)

[mm/s]

Positioning repeatability

[mm]

±0.02

Actuator screw, lead

[mm]

10

Impact/vibration resistance Note 6)

[mm/s²] 50/20

Action

8 to 250

5

2.5

12

6

8

4

Slide bearing (piston rod)

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (No condensation or freezing)

Motor size

m28

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power Consumption Note 7)

[W]

23

Note 2)

16

Ball screw + toothed belt

Guide type

Note 1)

3

m42

40

m56.4

50

strokes in ( ) and intermediate strokes are manufactured to order. Horizontal: max. value of the payload for the positioning application. For the thrust application the max. payload of the «Vertical payload» corresponds. An external guide is required to support the load. The actual payload and transport speed depend on the condition of the external guide. Vertical: The speed depends on the payload. See «model selection» in the detailed product catalogue. The numbers in ( ) provide the max. acceleration/deceleration values. Set these values to max. 3000 [mm/s²].

Note 3)

9

Note 4)

The accuracy of the thrust force is ±20% F.S. The setting range for the «thrust force» for LEY16 is between 35% and 85%, for LEY25 between 35% and 65% and for LEY32 between 35% and 85%. «Thrust force» and «power-on time» possibly vary according to set value. See «model selection» in the detailed product catalogue.

Note 5) Note 6)

The thrust speed is the permitted speed for the thrust operation. Impact resistance: No malfunction in the drop test for the slide in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase). Vibration resistance: No malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase).

Note 7) Note 8)

The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid whilst the actuator is held in the positions during operation (except for the drive operation).

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEY series

355

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications Standby power consumption in the [W]

16

15

48

48

104

operating condition Note 8) max. power consumption Note 9)

[W]

43

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

Motor brake, design Note 10)

voltage free operation

Motor brake, holding force

[N]

20

Motor brake

[W]

3.6

39

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

78

78

157

294

5

108

216

421

5

Power Consumption Note 11) Motor brake, nominal voltage Note 9)

The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in the operating mode. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

Note 10) Only with motor brake. Note 11) For actuators with motor brake add the power consumption for the motor brake.

Ordering Information

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Size Note 1)

Stroke

Rod

[mm]

female thread

Screw lead [mm]

Cylindrical actuator with rod female thread, slide bearing With ball screw and belt actuator, no motor brake LEY16A-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

M5

10

LEY16A-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

100

M5

10

LEY16B-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

M5

5

LEY16B-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

100

M5

5

LEY25A-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

M8

12

LEY25A-200-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

200

M8

12

LEY25B-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

M8

6

LEY25B-200-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

200

M8

6

LEY32A-100-R16P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

M8

16

LEY32A-500-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

500

M8

16

LEY32C-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

M8

4

LEY32C-500-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

500

M8

4

Product reference

Speed

Thrust force Max. thrust

Actuator

[mm/s]

[N]

cable length

speed (mm/s)

Controller I/O cable

Price £

length [m]

[m] Cylindrical actuator with rod female thread, slide bearing With ball screw and belt actuator, no motor brake LEY16A-50-R36P1

15~500

14~38

50

3

PNP type

1.5

697.64

LEY16A-100-R36P1

15~500

14~38

50

3

PNP type

1.5

712.12

LEY16B-50-R36P1

8~250

27~74

50

3

PNP type

1.5

697.64

LEY16B-100-R36P1

8~250

27~74

50

3

PNP type

1.5

712.12

LEY25A-100-R36P1

18~500

63~122

35

3

PNP type

1.5

720.81

LEY25A-200-R36P1

18~500

63~122

35

3

PNP type

1.5

785.92

LEY25B-100-R36P1

9~250

126~238

35

3

PNP type

1.5

720.81

LEY25B-200-R36P1

9~250

126~238

35

3

PNP type

1.5

785.92

LEY32A-100-R16P1

24~500

80~189

30

3

PNP type

1.5

772.22

LEY32A-500-R36P1

24~500

80~189

30

3

PNP type

1.5

1016.15

LEY32C-100-R36P1

6~125

296~707

30

3

PNP type

1.5

796.08

LEY32C-500-R36P1

6~125

296~707

30

3

PNP type

1.5

1016.15

Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

356

LEY series

Electric actuators

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7

279.66

Parameterisation

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller.

Teaching Box

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1.5 m

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

70.95 3.98 153.99

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1.5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2 mounting screws

17.15

DIN rail attachment set Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

LEC-D0

DIN rail attachment set

The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35.5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

6.20

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73.0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110.5 mm

For accommodating 3 controllers

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148.0 mm

For accommodating 4 controllers

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185.5 mm

For accommodating 5 controllers

8.52

Replacement part LE-D-2-1

Toothed belt

For LEY16 size

3.41

LE-D-2-2

Toothed belt

For LEY25 size

14.76

LE-D-2-3

Toothed belt

For LEY32 size

18.98

Product reference

Description

Comment

Price £

Accessories mounting bracket I-G02

Single knuckle joint

16

2.70

I-G04

Single knuckle joint

25, 32

6.20

Y-G02

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

16

3.98

Y-G04

Double knuckle joint Note 1)

25, 32

7.24

IY-G02

Bolts for double knuckle joint

Note 2)

16

0.85

IY-G04

Bolts for double knuckle joint

Note 2)

25, 32

1.47

LEY-U025

Connection piece for T-groove Can be screwed into the piston rod 25, 32

11.51

YA-03

A type mounting bracket

25, 32

YB-03

B type mounting bracket

25, 32

JB20-5-080

Floating joint for piston rod with M5 female thread

16

26.04

JB40-8-125

Floating joint for piston rod with M8 female thread

25, 32

35.42

Note 1) A bolt for the double knuckle joint and two circlips are included in the delivery. Note 2) Containing two circlips each.

9

Simple connection pieces

LEY-U025

YA-03 YB-03

JB

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

1.98 7.00

LEYG series

357

Electric actuators

Actuator with guide rod • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • Very good lateral load suitable for lateral load thanks to the 5 times higher rigidity compared to a compact cylinder • In conveyor belts it can be used as a stopper (slide bearing) • Energy saving: automatic energy saving after the actuator has been brought to a standstill. • Reduced and quick commissioning: the actuator data is stored in the controller upon delivery • Actuators with motor brake available upon request

Basic Specifications Model

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Stroke Note 1) Slide bearing

[mm]

LEYG16

LEYG25

LEYG32

30, 50, 100, (200)

30, 50, 100, (200, 300)

30, 50, 100, (200, 300)

Ball bushing bearing

[mm]

(30), 50, 100, 200

(30), 50, 100, 200, (300)

(30), 50, 100, 200, (300)

Payload

horizontal,

[kg]

4

11

20

12

30

30

20

40

40

Note2)

3000 mm/s² [kg]

6

17

30

18

50

50

30

60

60

[kg]

1.5

3.5

7.5

7

15

29

9

20

41

[N]

14 to 38

27 to 74

51 to

63 to

126 to

232 to

80 to

156 to

296 to

141

122

238

452

189

370

707

4 to 125

18 to

9 to 250

5 to 125

24 to

12 to

6 to 125

250

horizontal, 2000 mm/s² vertical 3000 mm/s² Thrust force Note 3) Note 4) Speed

[mm/s]

15 to 500

500

500

max. 50

max. 35

max. 30

Thrust speed Note 5)

[mm/s]

Positioning repeatability

[mm]

±0.02

Actuator screw, lead

[mm]

10

Impact/vibration resistance

Note 6)

8 to 250

5

2.5

12

6

3

Ball screw + toothed belt

Guide type

Slide bearing (LEYGmM), ball bushing bearing (LEYGmL)

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (No condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (No condensation or freezing)

Motor size

m28

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Power Consumption

Note 7)

8

4

[mm/s²] 50/20

Action

Nominal voltage

16

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

[W]

23

m42

40

m56.4

50

Note 1) strokes in ( ) and intermediate strokes are manufactured to order. Note 2)

Horizontal: max. value of the payload for the positioning application. For the thrust application the max. payload of the «Vertical payload» corresponds. An external guide is required to support the load. The actual payload and transport speed depend on the condition of the external guide. Vertical: the speed depends on the payload. See «model selection» in the catalogue for the LEY series (CAT. ES100-83). Set the acceleration/deceleration values to max. 3000 [mm/s²].

Note 3) The accuracy of the thrust force is ±20% F.S. Note 4)

The setting range for the «thrust force» for LEYG16 is between 35% and 8 5 %, for LEYG25 between 35% and 6.5 % and for LEYG32 between 35% and 85%. «Thrust force» and «power-on time» possibly vary according to set value. See «model selection» in the catalogue for the LEY series (CAT. ES100-83).

Note 5)

The thrust speed is the permitted speed for the thrust operation.

Note 6) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the actuator in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase). Vibration resistance: No malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the start phase). Note 7) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. Note 8) The standby power consumption in the operating condition (incl. controller) is valid whilst the actuator is held in the positions during operation (except for the drive operation).

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

358

LEYG series

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications Standby power consumption in the [W]

16

15

48

48

104

operating condition Note 8) max. power consumption Note 9)

[W]

43

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

Motor brake, design Note 10)

voltage free operation

Motor brake, holding force

[N]

20

Motor brake

[W]

3.6

39

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

78

78

157

294

108

5

216

421

5

Power Consumption Note 11) Motor brake, nominal voltage

Note 9) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in the operating mode. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage. Note 10) Only with motor brake. Note 11) For actuators with motor brake add the power consumption for the motor brake.

Ordering Information

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Size Note 1)

Stroke

Screw lead

Speed

[mm]

[mm]

[mm/s]

Actuator with slide bearing, no motor brake LEYG16MA-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

10

15~500

LEYG16MB-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

5

8~250

LEYG25MA-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

12

18~500

LEYG25MB-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

6

9~250

LEYG32MA-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

16

24~500

LEYG32MB-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

8

12~250

Product reference

Thrust

Max. thrust

Actuator

force

speed (mm/s)

cable length

[N]

Controller

I/O cable length

[m]

Actuator with slide bearing, no motor brake LEYG16MA-50-R36P1

14~38

50

3

PNP type

1.5

810.03

LEYG16MB-50-R36P1

27~74

50

3

PNP type

1.5

810.03

LEYG25MA-100-R36P1

63~122

35

3

PNP type

1.5

855.01

LEYG25MB-100-R36P1

126~238 35

3

PNP type

1.5

855.01

LEYG32MA-100-R36P1

80~189

30

3

PNP type

1.5

955.87

LEYG32MB-100-R36P1

156~370 30

3

PNP type

1.5

955.87

Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

Ordering Information Product reference

9

Price £

[m]

Description

Size Note 1)

Stroke

Screw lead

Speed

[mm]

[mm]

[mm/s]

Actuator with ball bushing bearing, no motor brake LEYG16LA-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

10

15~500

LEYG16LB-50-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

16

50

5

8~250

LEYG25LA-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

12

18~500

LEYG25LB-100-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

25

100

6

9~250

LEYG32LA-200-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

16

24~500

LEYG32LB-200-R36P1

Cylindrical actuator

32

100

8

12~250

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEYG series

359

Electric actuators

Ordering Information Product reference

Thrust

Max. thrust

Actuator

force

speed (mm/s)

cable length

[N]

Controller

I/O cable length

Price £

[m]

[m]

Actuator with ball bushing bearing, no motor brake LEYG16LA-50-R36P1

14~38

50

3

PNP type

1.5

850.36

LEYG16LB-50-R36P1

27~74

50

3

PNP type

1.5

850.36

LEYG25LA-100-R36P1

63~122

35

3

PNP type

1.5

892.25

LEYG25LB-100-R36P1

126~238 35

3

PNP type

1.5

892.25

LEYG32LA-200-R36P1

80~189

30

3

PNP type

1.5

1115.66

LEYG32LB-200-R36P1

156~370 30

3

PNP type

1.5

1115.66

Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

Accessories Product

Description

Comment

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

reference Parameterisation LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7

279.66

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller. Teaching Box

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1.5 m

70.95

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

94.81 153.99

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1.5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2

17.15

DIN rail attachment set LEC-D0

DIN rail attachment set

mounting screws The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35.5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

6.20

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73.0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110.5 mm

For accommodating 3 controllers

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148.0 mm

For accommodating 4 controllers

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185.5 mm

For accommodating 5 controllers

8.52

LEYG-S016

Support block recommended as from stroke greater than 100 mm

For LEYG16 size

19.45

LEYG-S025

Support block recommended as from stroke greater than 100 mm

For LEYG25 size

20.64

LEYG-S032

Support block recommended as from stroke greater than 100 mm

For LEYG32 size

32.61

Support block

Support block

Two body assembly bolts are included in the scope of delivery for the support block.

Replacement part LE-D-2-1

Toothed belt

For LEYG16 size

14.76

LE-D-2-2

Toothed belt

For LEYG25 size

14.76

LE-D-2-3

Toothed belt

For LEYG32 size

18.98

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9

360

LEH series

Electric actuators

2 and 3 finger air grippers • Easy like pneumatics, flexible like electrics: up to 64 positions can be determined and used • The speed and holding force can be set. This means that the following applications can be implemented: - Gripper applications in tight environments - Gripping of easily mouldable or deformed parts - Gripping of cylindrical and semi-circular parts • The built-in position detection enables: - Identifying and sorting workpieces with different dimensions - Assembly/disassembly of different components • The standard self-locking mechanism offers energy saving and protection of the payload from falling down

Basic Specifications 2 finger air gripper Model Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Stroke, both sides Holding force

[mm]

Note 1)

LEHZ10

LEHZ16

LEHZ20

LEHZ25

LEHZ32

LEHZ40

4

6

10

14

22

30

16 to 40

52 to 130

84 to 210

3 to 8

11 to 28

—

—

5 to 100/ 5 to 50

5 to 120/ 5 to 50

Standard

[N]

6 to 14

Compact

[N]

2 to 6

[mm/s]

5 to 80/ 5 to 50

Opening and closing speed/thrust speed Note 2) Action

Slide bearing + lever

Finger guide

Linear guide

Position repeatability Note 3) Repeatability of the length stipulation

Note 4)

Finger play/both sides Note 5) Impact/vibration resistance

[mm]

±0.02

[mm]

±0.05

[mm]

max. 0.5

[mm/s²]

Note 6)

max. operating frequency (cycles per minute) Operating temp. range

150/30 60

[°C]

Humidity Weight

max. 1.0

5 to 40 (no condensation or freezing)

[%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Standard

[g]

165

220

430

585

1120

1760

Compact

[g]

135

190

365

520

—

—

Motor size

m20

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

m28

m42

24 ±10 %

Power consumption/standby

Standard

[W]

11/7

28/15

34/13

36/13

power consumption Note 7)

Compact

[W]

8/7

22/12

—

—

max. Power Consumption

Standard

[W]

19

51

57

61

(Note 8)

Compact

[W]

14

42

—

—

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

Controller weight

Note 1) The holding force must be 10 to 20 times the weight of the workpiece to be transported. The actuating force must be set to 150% when removing the workpiece. The holding force accuracy must be

9

±30 % F:S. for LEHZ10/16





±25 % F.S. for LEHZ20/25.





±20 % F.S. for LEHZ32/40.

Note 2) During the feed process the thrust speed (holding process) should be set within the range. Otherwise malfunctions could arise. Note 3) The positioning repeatability is indicated by the deviation of the holding position (workpiece position) for a holding process repeated from the same starting point and the same workpiece. Note 4) The repeatability accuracy of the length stipulation is indicated by the deviation (value on the controller screen/Teaching Box) if the workpiece is repeatedly held in the same position. Note 5) During the thrust process (holding process) there is not impact from play. Ensure when opening that there is a longer stroke for the play. Note 6) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the air gripper in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Note 7) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. The standby power consumption in the operating condition is valid when the actuator is held in the positions during operation (incl. during the holding energy saving mode). Note 8) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEH series

361

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications 2 finger air gripper with dust protection cover (IP50) Model Stroke, both sides Holding force Note 1)

LEHZm10

LEHZm16

LEHZm20

LEHZm25

6

10

14

[mm]

4

Standard

[N]

6 to 14

Compact

[N]

3 to 6

[mm/s]

5 to 80/ 5 to 50

Opening and closing speed/

16 to 40 4 to 8

11 to 28 5 to 100/ 5 to 50

thrust speed Note 2) Action

Slide bearing + lever

Finger guide

Linear guide

Position repeatability Note 3) Repeatability of the length stipulation

Note 4)

Finger play/both sides Note 5) Impact/vibration resistance

Note 6)

[mm]

±0.02

[mm]

±0.05

[mm]

max. 0.5

[mm/s²]

150/30

max. operating frequency (cycles per minute) Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Standard

[g]

170

230

440

610

Compact

[g]

140

200

375

545

Weight Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

60

Motor size

m20

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Nominal voltage

m28

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power consumption/standby

Standard

[W]

11/7

28/15

power consumption in the

Compact

[W]

8/7

22/12

Standard

[W]

19

51

Compact

[W]

14

42

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

operating condition Note 7) max. power consumption Note 8)

Controller weight

Note 1) The holding force must be 10 to 20 times the weight of the workpiece to be transported. The actuating force must be set to 150% when removing the

workpiece. The holding force accuracy must be

±30 % F:S. for LEHJ10/16



±25 % F.S. for LEHZJ20/25.

Note 2) During the feed process the thrust speed (holding process) should be set within the range. Otherwise malfunctions could arise. Note 3) The positioning repeatability is indicated by the deviation of the holding position (workpiece position) for a holding process repeated from the same starting point and the same workpiece. Note 4) The repeatability accuracy of the length stipulation is indicated by the deviation (value on the controller screen/Teaching Box) if the workpiece is repeatedly held in the same position. Note 5) During the thrust process (holding process) there is not impact from play. Ensure when opening that there is a longer stroke for the play. Note 6) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the air gripper in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Note 7) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. The standby power consumption in the operating condition is valid when the actuator is held in the positions during operation (incl. during the holding energy saving mode). Note 8) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

362

LEH series

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications long stroke 2 finger air gripper Model

LEHF10

LEHF20

LEHF32

LEHF40

Stroke, both sides

[mm]

16

24

32

40

Holding force Note 1)

[N]

3 to 7

11 to 28

48 to 120

72 to 180

Opening and closing speed/

[mm/s]

5 to 80/

5 to 100/

thrust speed Note 2)

5 to 20

5 to 30

Action

Slide screw + toothed belt

Finger guide

Linear guide

Position repeatability

[mm]

±0.05

Repeatability of the length stipulation Note 4)

[mm]

±0.05

Finger play/both sides Note 5)

[mm]

max. 1.0

[mm/s²]

150/30

Note 3)

Impact/vibration resistance

Note 6)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

max. operating frequency (cycles per minute)

60

Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Weight

[g]

340

610

1625

1980

Motor size

m20

m28

m42

m42

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power consumption/standby power consumption Note 7)

[W]

11/7

28/15

34/13

36/13

max. power consumption

[W]

19

51

57

61

Controller weight

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

Note 8)

Note 1) The holding force must be 10 to 20 times the weight of the workpiece to be transported. The actuating force must be set to 150% when removing the workpiece. The holding force accuracy must be ±30 % F:S. for LEHF10



25% F.S. for LEHF20





±20% F.S. for LEHF32/40.

Note 2) During the feed process the thrust speed (holding process) should be set within the range. Otherwise malfunctions could arise. Note 3) The positioning repeatability is indicated by the deviation of the holding position (workpiece position) for a holding process repeated from the same starting point and the same workpiece. Note 4) The repeatability accuracy of the length stipulation is indicated by the deviation (value on the controller screen/Teaching Box) if the workpiece is repeatedly held in the same position. Note 5) During the thrust process (holding process) there is not impact from play. Ensure when opening that there is a longer stroke for the play. Note 6) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the air gripper in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Note 7) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. The standby power consumption in the operating condition is valid when the actuator is held in the positions during operation (incl. during the holding energy saving mode). Note 8) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEH series

363

Electric actuators

Basic Specifications 3 finger air gripper Model

LEHS10

LEHS20

LEHS32

LEHS40

[mm]

4

6

8

12

Standard

[N]

2.2 to 5.5

9 to 22

36 to 90

52 to 130

Compact

[N]

1.4 to 3.5

7 to 17

—

—

[mm/s]

5 to 70/

5 to 80/

5 to 100/

5 to 120/

thrust speed Note 2)

5 to 50

5 to 50

5 to 50

5 to 50

Action

Slide bearing + prism guide

Stroke, both sides Holding force Note 1)

Opening and closing speed/

Finger guide

Linear guide

Position repeatability

[mm]

±0.02

Repeatability of the length stipulation Note 4)

[mm]

±0.05

Finger play/both sides

[mm]

max. 0.5

Impact/vibration resistance Note 6)

[mm/s²]

150/30

Note 3)

Note 5)

max. operating frequency (cycles per minute) Operating temp. range

[°C]

5 to 40 (no condensation or freezing)

Humidity

[%]

35 to 85 (no condensation or freezing)

Standard

[g]

185

410

975

1265

Compact

[g]

150

345

—

—

Motor size

m20

m28

m42

Motor

Stepper

Encoder

incremental A/B phase (800 pulses/rotation)

Weight Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

60

Nominal voltage

[V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power consumption/standby

Standard

[W]

11/7

28/15

34/13

36/13

power consumption in the

Compact

[W]

8/7

22/12

—

—

Standard

[W]

19

51

57

61

Compact

[W]

14

42

—

—

[kg]

0.15 (bolt assembly), 0.17 (DIN rail assembly)

operating condition Note 7) max. power consumption Note 8)

Controller weight

Note 1) The holding force must be 7 to 13 times the weight of the workpiece to be transported. The actuating force must be set to 150% when removing the workpiece. The holding force accuracy must be ±30 % F:S. for LEHS10



25% F.S. for LEHS20





±20% F.S. for LEHS32/40.

Note 2) During the feed process the thrust speed (holding process) should be set within the range. Otherwise malfunctions could arise. Note 3) The positioning repeatability is indicated by the deviation of the holding position (workpiece position) for a holding process repeated from the same starting point and the same workpiece. Note 4) The repeatability accuracy of the length stipulation is indicated by the deviation (value on the controller screen/Teaching Box) if the workpiece is repeatedly held in the same position. Note 5) During the thrust process (holding process) there is not impact from play. Ensure when opening that there is a longer stroke for the play. Note 6) Impact resistance: no malfunction in the drop test for the air gripper in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Vibration resistance: no malfunctions in the test between 45 and 2000Hz. The test was performed in an axial direction and at right angles to the actuator screw. (The test was performed with the air gripper in the start phase). Note 7) The power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. The standby power consumption in the operating condition is valid when the actuator is held in the positions during operation (incl. during the holding energy saving mode). Note 8) The max. power consumption (incl. controller) is valid when the actuator is in operation. This value can be used for the selection of the supply voltage.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

364

LEH series

Electric actuators

Ordering Information Product

Description Size Note 1) Design

reference

Max.

Stroke Actuator

holding

[mm]

force [N]

Controller I/O cable

cable

Price £

length [m]

length [m]

2 finger air gripper with self-locking mechanism LEHZ10K2-4- Air gripper 10

6 to 14

4

3

PNP

1.5

809.97

6 to 14

6

3

PNP

1.5

829.83

16 to 40

10

3

PNP

1.5

859.59

16 to 40

14

3

PNP

1.5

899.31

52 to 130

22

3

PNP

1.5

1028.29

84 to 210

30

3

PNP

1.5

1127.52

R16P1 LEHZ16K2-6- Air gripper 16 R16P1 LEHZ20K2-10- Air gripper 20 R16P1 LEHZ25K2-14- Air gripper 25 R16P1 LEHZ32K2-22- Air gripper 32 R16P1 LEHZ40K2-30- Air gripper 40

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

R16P1 2 finger air gripper with self-locking mechanism and dust protection cover (IP50) LEHZJ10K2-4- Air gripper 10

6 to 14

4

3

PNP

1.5

891.38

4

3

PNP

1.5

891.38

6

3

PNP

1.5

911.24

6

3

PNP

1.5

911.24

R36P1 LEHZJ10LK2- Air gripper 10

Compact 3 to 6

4-R36P1 LEHZJ16K2-6- Air gripper 16

6 to 14

R36P1 LEHZJ16LK2- Air gripper 16

Compact 4 to 8

6-R36P1 LEHZJ20K2-

Air gripper 20

16 to 40

10

3

PNP

1.5

940.98

Air gripper 25

16 to 40

14

3

PNP

1.5

988.65

10-R36P1 LEHZJ25K214-R36P1 Long stroke 2 finger air gripper with self-locking mechanism LEHF10K2-

Air gripper 10

3 to 7

16

3

PNP

1.5

1091.84

Air gripper 20

11 to 28

24

3

PNP

1.5

1131.57

Air gripper 32

48 to 120

32

3

PNP

1.5

1210.92

Air gripper 40

72 to 180

40

3

PNP

1.5

1290.29

2.2 to 5.5

4

3

PNP

1.5

992.66

Compact 1.4 to 3.5

4

3

PNP

1.5

992.66

9 to 22

6

3

PNP

1.5

1012.48

Compact 7 to 14

6

3

PNP

1.5

1012.48

36 to 90

8

3

PNP

1.5

1111.71

52 to 130

12

3

PNP

1.5

1171.25

16-R36P1 LEHF20K224-R36P1 LEHF32K232-R36P1 LEHF40K240-R36P1 3 finger air gripper with self-locking mechanism LEHS10K3-4- Air gripper 10 R36P1 LEHS10LK3-4- Air gripper 10

9

R36P1 LEHS20K3-6- Air gripper 20 R36P1 LEHS20LK3-6- Air gripper 20 R36P1 LEHS32K3-8- Air gripper 32 R36P1 LEHS40K3-12- Air gripper 40 R36P1 Drive and controller are delivered together as a package. Note 1) The size corresponds to the piston diameter on the compressed air cylinder with the relevant thrust force.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

LEH series

365

Electric actuators

Accessories Product

Description

Comment

Price £

LEC-T1-3EGS

Teaching Box

3 m cable, IP64

523.23

LEC-W2

PC based controller setting software

Operating system: Windows XP, W7 279.66

reference Parameterisation

The PC based software is delivered including USB cable and converter for the controller. Teaching Box

Cable LE-CP-1

Actuator cable

1.5 m

70.95

LE-CP-3

Actuator cable

3m

94.81

LE-CP-5

Actuator cable

5m

153.99

LEC-CN5-1

I/O connection cable

1.5 m

41.52

LEC-CN5-3

I/O connection cable

3m

59.54

LEC-CN5-5

I/O connection cable

5m

66.90

including 2

17.15

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

DIN rail attachment set LEC-D0

DIN rail attachment set

mounting screws The DIN rail attachment set can be ordered at a later date and assembled with bolt assembly to the controller.

DIN rail AXT100-DR-2

DIN rail, length = 35.5 mm

For accommodating 1 controller.

6.20

AXT100-DR-5

DIN rail, length = 73.0 mm

For accommodating 2 controllers

6.76

AXT100-DR-8

DIN rail, length = 110.5 mm

For accommodating 3 controllers

7.29

AXT100-DR-11

DIN rail, length = 148.0 mm

For accommodating 4 controllers

7.95

AXT100-DR-14

DIN rail, length = 185.5 mm

For accommodating 5 controllers

8.52

Spare parts for 2 finger air gripper with self-locking mechanism and dust protection cover (IP50) Dust protection made of chloroprene rubber MHZJ2-J10

Dust protection

for LEHZJ10

MHZJ2-J16

Dust protection

for LEHZJ16

9.99 9.99

MHZJ2-J20

Dust protection

for LEHZJ20

9.99

MHZJ2-J25

Dust protection

for LEHZJ25

9.99

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

366

E-MY2B series

Belt actuators

Belt actuator introductory model complete system • Suitable for transporting minor loads • Can be combined with various guide types • Two different nominal sizes: 16, 25 • No programming required • Parameter input on the controller Basic Specifications Model

E-MY2B

Setting range

slow

10 to 1000

Transport speed [mm/s]

medium

50 to 1000

Standard

100 to 1000

Acceleration range [m/s ]

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

2

Heavy loads

Standard loads

Medium loads

Light loads

0.25 to 2.45

0.49 to 4.90

0.98 to 9.80

1.96 to 19.6

max. weight moved [kg]

Nominal size: 16

6 (10)

4 (5)

2.5 (2.5)

1.25 (1.25)

Note 1), Note 2)

Nominal size: 25

11 (20)

8 (10)

4 (5)

2.5 (2.5)

Acceleration and deceleration method

trapezoidal

Direction of movement

horizontal

Positioning points

3 positions

Both ends (hardware limit switch), 1 intermediate position

5 positions

Both ends (hardware limit switch), 3 intermediate positions

repeatable stopping

End position

±0.01

accuracy [mm]

Intermediate stopping

±0.1

position permitted external

Nominal size: 16

10

resistance [N] Note 3)

Nominal size: 25

20

Positioning intermediate position

direct learning, teaching

Display

LED display for power supply, LED display alarm, LED display for positioning completion

Input signal

Command signal, emergency stop

Output signal

Signal for end position reached, alarm signal, operational readiness signal

Note 1) The maximum weight moved is determined by the motor capacity and must be taken into account along with the degree of load when selecting a model. Note 2) () = When combined with another guide and the friction coefficient is max 0.1. Note 3) The resistance value of the attached equipment should be within the permitted external resistance value. Reference: Other actuator variants are available in the programme. E-MY2H, single linear guide E-MY2HT, double linear guide Please contact SMC

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

E-MY2B series

367

Belt actuator

Basic Specifications (electrical data and ambient conditions) Model

E-MY2B

Power supply for driving Supply voltage [V DC] Power consumption [A] Power supply for signals Supply voltage [V DC] Power consumption [mA] Input signal capacities [mA]

24 ±10 % Rated current: 2.5 (max. 5 A: max. 2 s) at 24 V DC 24 ±10 % 30 at 24 V DC and output load capacity max. 6 at 24 V DC (optocoupler input)

Output signal capacities [V DC]

max. 30, max. 20 mA (Open drain output)

Emergency detection items

Emergency stop, output deviation, power supply deviation, actuator deviation, temperature deviation stroke deviation, motor deviation, controller deviation

Ambient conditions Operating temperature range with built-in

5 to 40

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

control system [°C] Humidity

35 to 85 % RH (no condensation)

Temperature range storage [°C]

-10 to 60 (No freezing or condensation)

RH storage

35 to 85 % RH (no condensation)

Test voltage [V AC]

Between all external terminals and the body: 500 over 1 minute

Insulation resistance [M]

Between all external terminals and the body: 50 M (500 V DC)

Noise resistance

1000 V (p-p), pulse width 1 µs, rise time 1 ns

with CE Marking

Standard

with built-in control system Weight [kg]

Nominal size 16: Basic weight 1.61, nominal size 25: Basic weight 2.04 Additional weight per 50 mm stroke: 0.09

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

368

E-MY2B series

Belt actuator

Acceleration Switch position

Acceleration

Acceleration

Acceleration

Acceleration

heavy loads

standard loads

medium loads

minor loads

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Switch position and acceleration [m/s2] 1

0.25

0.49

0.98

1.96

2

0.49

0.74

1.47

2.94

3

0.74

0.98

1.96

3.92

4

0.98

1.23

2.45

4.90

5

1.23

1.47

2.94

5.88

6

1.47

1.96

3.92

7.84

7

1.72

2.45

4.90

9.80

8

1.96

2.94

5.88

11.76

9

2.21

3.92

7.84

15.68

10

2.45

4.90

9.80

19.60

Speed Switch position

Speed slow

Speed medium

Speed standard

Switch position and speed [mm/s] 1

10

50

100

2

20

75

200

3

30

100

300

4

40

125

400

5

50

150

500

6

75

200

600

7

100

250

700

8

300

300

800

9

500

500

900

10

1000

1000

1000

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

E-MY2B series

369

Belt actuator

Ordering Information Product

Description

Detail drawing of

Guide

Price £

5 position motor top

Base

887.08

Base

904.84

Base

949.08

Base

887.08

Base

904.84

Base

949.17

Base

896.79

Base

917.62

Base

970.05

Base

896.79

Base

917.73

Base

970.15

reference E-MY2B, e-rodless actuator E-MY2B16-300WTPA

Electric actuator

Stroke 300 mm E-MY2B16-500WTPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 500 mm

E-MY2B16-1000WTPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 1000 mm

E-MY2B16-300WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 300 mm

E-MY2B16-500WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 500 mm

E-MY2B16-1000WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 1000 mm

E-MY2B25-300WTPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Stroke 300 mm E-MY2B25-500WTPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 500 mm

E-MY2B25-1000WTPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 1000 mm

E-MY2B25-300WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 300 mm

E-MY2B25-500WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 500 mm

E-MY2B25-1000WDPA

Electric actuator

5 position motor top Stroke 1000 mm

Accessories Product reference

Description

Remarks

Price £

E-MY2B-A16A

Stroke adjusting unit

2 pc./packet

23.91

MY-S25A

Support element

2 pc./packet

8.00

MY-S25B

Support element

2 pc./packet

10.18

MYAJ25

Guide mounting

2 pc./packet

23.86

MYE-LB

Bracket

E-MY2 control system

9.51

MYE-DB

DIN rail holder

E-MY2 control system

8.57

Various accessories

9 E-MY2B-A16A

MYE-LB

MY-S25A

MYE-DB

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

MY-S25B

370

IZN series

Ioniser

Nozzle ioniser • Selective removal of electrostatic charge in the fraction of a second • High frequency AC type • No external high voltage supply • Controller and power supply unit built into a housing • Compact design, only 16 mm wide • Contamination sensor on the nozzle needle is standard

Basic Specifications Type of ion generation

Corona discharge type

Type of voltage supply

AC high frequency design

Discharge output [V]

2500

Ion balance [V]

with energy saving nozzle

between ± 10

(at 100 mm distance and 0.3 MPa)

Nozzle with high flow rate

between ± 15

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Ozone generation

0.03 ppm (0.05 ppm with energy saving nozzle)

(at 300 mm distance and 0.3 MPa) Compressed air supply Note 1)

Medium

Air (clean, dry compressed air)

Operating pressure

0.05 kPa to 0.7 MPa / 0.5 bar to 7 bar

Compressed air port size

Ø6

Supply voltage [V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power consumption [mA]

80

Input signal

Discharge stop signal Reset signal external switch signal

Output signal

PNP type Voltage: 19 V supply voltage Input current: max. 5 mA

Discharge signal

Output current: max 40 mA

Fault signal

Residual voltage: max 1 V

Maintenance signal Recommended distance to the substrate [mm]

20 to 500

Ambient and medium temperature (ºC)

0 to 55

Humidity

35 to 65 % RH

Material

Body: ABS, stainless steel Nozzle: stainless steel Electrode needle: Tungsten

Vibration proof

Service life: 50 Hz, amplitude: 1 mm, XYZ 2 hours each

Impact resistance [G]

10

Weight (g)

120

Standards/Directive

CE (EMC Directive: 2004/108/EC)

Note 1) Without compressed air no discharge function. Moreover, the ioniser and adjacent equipment can be damaged by increased ozone condensation.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IZN series

371

Ioniser

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Price £

IZN, nozzle ioniser PNP with 3 m connection cable IZN10-01P06

Ioniser with energy saving nozzle

442.40

IZN10-02P06

Ioniser with nozzle for high flow rate

442.40

IZN10-11P06

Ioniser with female thread for port RC1/8

442.40

Accessories Ordering Information

Model

Description

Price £

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Electrode needle and cleaning set IZN10-NT

IZN10

Electrode needle

19.65

IZS30-M2

IZN10

Cleaning set for electrode needle

13.02

IZN10-B1

L bracket

16.95

IZN10-B2

T bracket

26.80

Bracket

Body

Cassette

Electrode needle IZS30-M2

IZN10-B1

IZN10-NT

IZN10-B2

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

372

Series IZS31

Ioniser

Rod ioniser • Removal of the electrostatic charge in less than 0.3 seconds • The different options for ion generation: Sensor DC, pulse DC, DC mode • High voltage generator and controller are included in the rod ioniser • 2 types of electrostatic sensors are available as an option • The compressed air supply enables removing static electricity up to 2 m away from the rod • Low power consumption with less than 5 W • Available in rod lengths of 300 to 2300 mm

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Type of ion generation

Corona discharge type

Type of voltage curve used

Sensor DC; pulse DC; DC

Output for electricity generation [V]

±7000

Ion balance [V] Note 1)

±30 (corrosion free electro-needle: ± 100 V)

Compressed air Medium

Air (clean and dry)

supply

Operating pressure

max. 0.7 MPa / 7 bar

Outer diameter of the connection

Ø4

tubing [mm] Supply voltage [V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power

max. 200 (in operational readiness mode: max. 120)

Sensor mode [mA]

consumption

Input signal

Individual pulse mode [mA]

max. 200 (if the sensor is not used: max. 170)

Continuous mode [mA]

max. 170

Exposure of the discharge to static

Input signal is voltage free

electricity Output signal

Static electricity removed

max. operating current 100 mA, residual voltage: max. 1 V

Servicing signal

(with operating current of 100 mA)

Interference Digital sensor monitor Note 2)

Voltage output 1 to 5 V (connection of 10 k or more)

Recommended distance to the workpiece [mm]

50 to 2000 (Sensor mode: 200 to 2000 mm)

Ambient and medium temperature (ºC)

0 to 50

Humidity

35 to 80 % RH (no condensation)

Material

Ioniser cover: ABS, electro-needle: Tungsten

Vibration resistance

Durability 50 Hz, amplitude 1 mm, XYZ every 2 hours

Impact resistance [G]

10

Compliance with the following international standards/

CE (EMC Directives: 89/336/EC, 92/31/EC, 93/68/EC,

directives

2004/108/EC Low Voltage Directives: 73/23/EC, 93/68/EC)

Note 1) With compressed air supply and a distance of 300 mm between charged object and ioniser. Note 2) When measuring the potential of a charged object with a feedback sensor, the relationship between measured charge potential and sensor monitor output voltage and the sensor detecting range will differ according to the sensor installation distance.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Series IZS31

373

Ioniser

Sensors Model

IZS31-DF, feedback sensor

Ambient temperature [°C]

0 to 50

Humidity

35 to 80°C (no condensation)

IZS31-DG, equalisation sensor

Body material

ABS

Vibration resistance

Durability 50Hz, amplitude 1 mm, XYZ every 2 hours

ABS, stainless steel

Impact resistance [G]

10

Weight (g)

200 (including connection piping)

200 (including connection piping)

Installation distance (mm)

10 to 50 (recommended)

–

Compliance with the following

CE (EMC Directives: 89/336/EC, 92/31/EC, 93/68/EC,

international directives

2004/108/EC Low Voltage Directives: 73/23/EC, 93/68/EC)

Ordering Information

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Product reference

Description

Output

Electrode needle

Price £

IZS31-300P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1138.04

IZS31-380P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1179.11

IZS31-620P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1344.97

IZS31-780P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1414.54

IZS31-1100P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1666.04

IZS31-1260P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1733.85

IZS31-1500P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

1938.98

IZS31-1900P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

2243.99

IZS31-2300P

Ioniser

PNP

Tungsten

2540.10

IZS31-DF

Feedback sensor

–

–

367.48

IZS31-DG

Equalisation sensor

–

–

374.57

IZS31, ioniser model

IZS31, sensor model

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Various accessories IZS31-CP

Connection piping 3.0 m

48.17 115.98

IZS31-CPZ

Connection piping 10 m

IZS31-NT

Electrode cassette, tungsten

28.55

IZS31-BE

Mounting bracket, end bracket (2 pieces each)

18.75

IZS31-BM

Mounting bracket, centre bracket (depending on rod length)

25.00

IZS30-M1

Screwdriver for ion balance adjustment (for the trimmer)

IZS30-M2

Cleaning set for the electrode needle

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

5.35 13.02

9

374

IZH10 series

Ioniser

Handheld meter • Compact and lightweight: 85 g (without batteries) • Display of minimum and maximum values, reset function • Automatic shutdown • Battery level display • Background lighting for use in dark areas • Nominal measurement range: ± 20.0 kV

Basic Specifications Model

IZH10

Nominal measurement range [kV]

±20.0

Min. display unit [kV]

0.1 (± 1.0 to ± 20.0), 0.01 (0 to ± 0.99)

Measurement distance [mm]

50 (between sensor part and the object to be measured)

Power supply

DC 1.5 V AA alkaline dry batteries, 2 pieces

Note 1)

(continuous use for more than 15 hours) Note 2)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Display accuracy

±5 % F.S. max. ±1 digit

Ambient

Degree of protection

IP40

resistance

Operating temperature

Operation: 0 to 40, storage: -10 to 60 (No condensation or freezing)

range [°C] Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

100 in X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

Shock resistance [Hz]

10 to 150 for amplitudes and accelerations under 1.5 mm or

2

98 m/s2 in X, Y and Z direction (every 2 hours, de-energised) Material

Display part: PC/ABS sensor part: ABS

Weight (g)

85 (without dry batteries)

Standards

CE Marking

Accessories

Earthing cable, bag, handle for measuring high voltage

Note 1) 2A alkaline dry batteries are not included in the delivery and must be purchased separately. Note 2) When using new alkaline dry batteries at normal temperatures.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Option

Meter

without handle

Price £

IZH10, handheld meter IZH10

4.41

Accessories Product reference

9

Description

Price £

Various accessories IZH-A-01

Earthing cable, 1.5 m

17.42

IZH-B-01

Bag

17.42

IZH-C-01

Handle for measuring high voltage

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

9.80

IZD10 series

375

Ioniser

Electrostatic sensor • Potential measurement: ± 20 kV / ± 0.4 kV • This detects electrostatic potential and emits its as an analogue voltage signal

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

IZD10-110

IZD10-510

Potential measurement [kV]

± 0.4 (detection distance: 25 mm) Note 1)

± 20 (detection distance: 50 mm) Note 1)

Output voltage [V]

1 to 5 (output impedance: approx.100 )

Effective detection distance [mm]

10 to 50

25 to 75

Linearity

± 5 % F.S. (0 to 50 °C,

± 5 % F.S. (0 to 50 °C,

at a detection distance of: 25 mm)

at a detection distance of: 50 mm)

Output delay [ms]

max. 100

Supply voltage [V DC]

24 ±10 %

Power consumption [mA]

max. 40

Ambient temperature [°C]

0 to 50

Humidity

35 to 85 % RH (no condensation)

Material

Sensor head body: ABS, amplifier body: ABS

Shock resistance

Durability 50 Hz, amplitude 1 mm, XYZ every 2 hours

Impact resistance [m/s ]

100

Weight (g)

185 (including cable weight)

Compliance with EN standards

Protective class : Class III (EN60950-1), degree of contamination 3

2

EC requirements: Low Voltage Directives: 73/23/EEC, 93/68/EEC only when connecting to an external SELV power circuit EMC Directive

89/336/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 2004/108/EC

UL Standard

UL508

Note 1) The relationship between the measured potential and the output voltage varies depending on the detection distance.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Potential measurement

Price £

IZD10, electrostatic sensor with 5 m cable (without connector) IZD10-110

Electrostatic sensor

± 0.4 kV

349.62

IZD10-510

Electrostatic sensor

± 20 kV

349.62

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Sensor connector ZS-28-C

9 Connector for sensor (e-con)

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

6.20

376

IZE11 series

Ioniser

Digital panel meter • Output: 2 x switching outputs + 1 analogue output (1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA) • Minimum setting unit: 0.001 kV (at ± 0.4 kV), 0.1 kV (at ± 20 kV) • Display accuracy: ±0.5 % F.S. max. ±1 end position • Supports 2 sensors • With detection distance correction function (adjustable in 1 mm increments)

Basic Specifications Model

IZE11

Sensor port

IZD10-110

Operating pressure range [kV]

-0.4 to +0.4

Min. setting unit [kV]

0.001

0.1

Setting of the measurement distance [mm]

10 to 50

25 to 75

Power supply voltage

24 V DC, ripple, max. 10 %

IZD10-510 Note 1)

-20 to +20 Note 2)

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

(with polarity protection of power supply) Power consumption [mA]

max. 50 (data without power consumption of the sensor unit)

Sensor

Sensor input [V DC]

1 to 5 (input resistance: 1M)

input

Number of inputs

1 input

Input protection

with excess voltage protection (Up to 26.4 V)

Hysteresis

Hysteresis mode: variable, Window Comparator mode: variable

Switching

Switching output

PNP open collector: 2 switching outputs

output

max. current [mA]

80

Max. voltage [V DC]

30

Residual voltage [V]

max 1 (with load current of 80 mA)

Short circuit protection

with short circuit protection

Response time [ms] (Including sensor

max. 100

response time)

response times can be set: 500, 1000 and 2000

Voltage output [V]

Output voltage: 1 to 5 (with operating nominal pressure range),

Analogue output

output impedance: approx. 1 k Accuracy (for display) at 25°C

max. ± 1 % F.S.

Current output

Current for output: 4 to 20 mA

Accuracy (for display) at 25°C

max. ± 1 % F.S.

Response time [ms] (Including sensor

200 (without anti-chatter filter), max. 1500 (with anti-chatter filter)

max. load impedance: 600 M (at 24 VDC), min. load impedance: 50 

response time) Display accuracy

max. ±0.5 % F.S. max. ±1 digit

Display

3 + 1/2 digits, 7-segment indicator, 2-coloured display (red/green) Sampling cycle: 5 times

Indicator light

OUT: illuminates when the output is at ON (green), OUT2: illuminates when the output is at ON (red)

Note 1) Nominal value at a distance of 25 mm between the electrically charged object and the sensor. Note 2) Nominal value at a distance of 50 mm between the electrically charged object and the sensor.

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IZE11 series

377

Ioniser

Basic Specifications (Continued) Environmental resistance

Degree of protection

IP40

Operating temperature range [°C]

Operation: 0 to 50, storage: -10 to 60 (No freezing or condensation)

Humidity

Operation/storage: 35 to 85 %RH (No condensation)

Test voltage [V AC]

1000 1 min. between external terminals and body

Insulation resistance [M]

min. 50 (with 500 V DC) between external terminals and body

Shock resistance [Hz]

10 to 150 Hz at 1.5 mm amplitude or 98 m/s2 acceleration in X, Y, Z direction every two hours (de-energised)

Impact resistance [m/s ]

100 X, Y, Z direction, 3 times each (de-energised)

2

Thermal coefficient

max. ± 0.5 % F.S. (based on 25°C)

Connection Method

Power supply/output connection: 5-pin connector,

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Sensor port: 4-pin connector Material

Body front part: PBT, body rear part: PBT

Weight (g)

30 (without power supply/output connection cable)

Standard

CE Marking, UL (CSA) compliant

Ordering Information Product

Description

Input/Output specifications

Price £

reference IZE11, digital panel meter IZE112

Digital panel meter

PNP open collector 2 switching outputs + analogue

75.82

output (1-5 V) IZE113

Digital panel meter

PNP open collector 2 switching outputs + analogue

75.82

output (4-20 mA)

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

378

IZE11 series

Ioniser

Accessories Product reference

Description

Price £

Various accessories ZS-28-A

Voltage supply/

15.15

output connection cable, 2.0 m ZS-28-B

Bracket, with M3 x 5L (2 pieces)

2.93

ZS-28-C

Sensor connector, 1 piece

2.88

ZS-27-C

Adapter for panel mount, with M3 x 8L (2 pieces)

2.88

ZS-27-D

Adapter for panel mount + front protection cover, with M3 x 8L

7.24

(2 pieces)

Power supply/output connection cable Power supply voltage/ output connection cable

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ZS-28-A

Bracket (M3 x 5L)

Bracket

(M3 x 5L) Sensor connector Sensor connector (e-con port) ZS-28-C

Panel mount adapter Panel

Mounting bolt (M3 x 8L) Panel mount adapter Panel mount adapter + Front Face Protective Cover Panel Front Face Protective Cover

Mounting bolt (M3 x 8L) Panel mount adapter

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

IZF10 series

379

Ioniser

Ioniser / blower design • This removes static electricity already as from 1.5 seconds • Range up to 1,200 cm • Only one power source is required for operation • High application safety: alarm output in the event of detecting a malfunction as standard • Ideal for manual workstations: e.g. in the electronics and plastic processing industry

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Basic Specifications Model

IZF10-P

IZF10-LP

Flow capacity

0.66 m³/min.

0.46 m³/min.

Ion generation method

Corona discharge type

Voltage supply method

DC

Discharge output

± 5 kV

Note 1)

Ion balance Note 2)

max. ± 13 V

Power supply voltage

24 V DC ± 10 %

Power consumption

max. 6.6 W

Switching output

PNP open collector

max. 4.7 W

max. load current: 80 mA Residual voltage: max. 1V (load current 80 mA) Ambient temperature

Operation 0 to 50 °C

Humidity

Storage -10 to 60°C

Material

Ioniser cover: ABS, stainless steel Electrode needle: Tungsten

Vibration proof

10 to 55 Hz for respectively smaller value of the amplitude 1.5 mm or 98 m/s², in X, Y, Z direction for 2 hrs. each (De-energised)

Impact resistance

10 G

Weight

280 g (with mounting bracket 360 g)

Standard

CE (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC)

Note 1) This value is applicable when measuring with a probe with 1.000 M and 5 pF. Note 2) The discharge curve is based on the data for a discharge panel (size: 150 mm x 150 mm capacity: 20 pF) according to the definition by the US American ANSI Standard (ANSI/ESD,STM3,1-2006). This value is applicable when the distance between the charged object and ioniser is 300 mm.

Ordering Information Product reference

Description

Flow rate [m³/min]

Comment

Price £

9

Ioniser with 3 m supply voltage cable, without bracket IZF10-P

Ioniser / blower design

0.66

IZF10-LP

Ioniser / blower design

0.46

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

383.15 low noise

383.15

380

IZF10 series

Ioniser

Accessories Product reference

Description

Comment

Mounting bracket

4 fixing screws are included

Price £

Accessories IZF10-B1

22.09

in the delivery ZS-28-C

Supply voltage connector

e-con, for wiring with 26

2.88

AWG to 24 AWG IZF10-CP

Supply voltage cable with connector

3m

38.67

IZF10-CPZ

Supply voltage cable with connector

10 m

82.90

Output voltage: 24VDC/1 A

With mains cable for

77.70

Input voltage: 100 V AC-240 V AC 50/60Hz

German and Swiss sockets

Screwdriver

For setting the

Power supply unit IZF10-CG2EU

Special tool IZS30-M1

5.35

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

ion balance Cleaning set for electrode needle IZS30-M2

Cleaning set

1 felt and 1 grinding rubber each

13.02

IZS30-A0201

Felt

10 pieces of felt for replacement

5.05

IZS30-A0202

Grinding rubber

1 piece of grinding rubber for

6.11

replacement Spare parts IZF10-A1

Cassette body

9

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

With 4 electrodes

84.72

381

Appendix

382

Alphabetical Index

384

General terms and conditions

390

Appendix

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Index

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

382

Index

A

E

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

AD402

126

E-MY2B

366

ADH4000

127

EX260

177

AF

129

AFD

134

G

AFF

109

G (Pressure gauge)

AFM

132

AK

73

AKH

72

AL

143

AM

114

AMC

204

AMD

116

AME

122

AMF

124

AMG

112

AMH

118

AMJ

216

AN

200, 202

ANA

203

AR

136

AR425-935

157

ARJ

155

AS

62

ASG

68

ASN2

66

ASP

67

ASQ

74

ASR

74

ASV

70

AV

149

AW

139

C C55

246

C85

236

CG1

231

CP96

241

CQ2

253

CQM

256

CQS

250

CXS

259

D D-A93L

294

D-M9

295

162

I IDFA

103

IDG

120

IR

146

IRV

228

ISE30A

303

ISE40A

307

ISE70, ISE75, ISE75H

313

ISE80

310

ITV

153

IZD10

375

IZE11

376

IZH10

374

IZF10

379

IZN

370

IZS31

372

K K (Pressure gauge)

162

KB

53

KC

49

KG

38

KJ

13

KK

56

KKA

59

KM

52

KN

100

KQ2

19

KQG2

42

KS

47

L LEF

347

LEH

360

LER

345

LES

351

LEY

354

LEYG

357

Appendix

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

383

Index

M

91

TK

92

MGP

262

TKS

96

MHY

290

TM

94

MHZ2

292

TRB

87

TRBU

88

M-

9

MS-

11

MSQ

286

TRS

86

MXS

265

TRTU

89

MY1B

269

TU

79

MY1C

277

TUH

82

MY1H

281

MY1M

273

V

MY2H

283

VBA

159

VDW

183

VF

166

P PF2A

335

VG

182

PF2AH

337

VH

197

PF3W

339

VHK

196

PFM

331

VHS

145

PPA

329

VK

165

PS1000/1100

315

VM

194

PSE200

316

VMG

99

PSE300

318

VNB

189

PSE530

321

VP

180

PSE540

323

VR

199

PSE550

325

VR, AND/OR

198

PSE560

327

VT

179

VX2

184

VX3

186

VXD

188

VXZ

187

R RB

297

RBC

297

RBQ

298

RBQC

298

S SGC(A)

190

SGH

191

SY

169

SYA

192

T T (Nylon tubing)

77

TB

93

TBR

93

TCU

84

TFU

85

TG

95

Z ZFB

213

ZFC

214

ZFZ

215

ZH

209

ZL

211

ZP

221

ZPR

225

ZPT

225

ZSE30A

303

ZSE40A

307

ZSE80

310

ZU

210

Appendix

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

TH

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

384

Alphabetical Index

2/2-port pneumatically operated valve

189

2/2-port solenoid valve

183

3/2-port mechanically operated valve

194

3/2-port poppet valve 3/2-port solenoid valve 5/2- and 5/3-port solenoid valve

179 179, 180, 182 166, 169

5/2-port pneumatically operated valve

192

5/2-port solenoid valve

165

5/3-port solenoid valve

165, 169

A Air consumption Air cylinder Air dryer, refrigerated air dryer - Membrane

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Air dryer, refrigerated air dryer - Membrane Air filter

300 231, 236 103 120 101, 102, 103 120 129

Air gripper Air-saving valves AND logics Angular air gripper Auto switch, mounting brackets

229, 290, 292 74 198 290 229, 294, 295, 296

B Blow gun

99

Blowgun nozzles Blowguns

100 99

C CETOP RP52P

229, 236

Check valve

73

Check valves

73

- with one-touch fitting

72

Clamping strip for tubing Compact cylinder - with guide Compact pressure gauges

94 229, 246, 250, 253 256, 262 329

Compressed air - Air saving valve - Lubricator Compressed air filter Condensate drain valve Configurator for ejector Controller for pressure sensors

74 143 129 126, 127 217 316, 318

Corrosion free - Speed controllers

Appendix

- Couplings - Miniature fitting - One-touch fittings

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

62, 64, 67, 68 59 11 38, 40, 42

385

Alphabetical Index

Coupling Cut-off valve with one-touch fitting Cylinder force Cylinder power Cylinder, electrically operated

56, 59 49 299 299 345, 366

Cylinder, pneumatically operated

229

- Compact slide

265

- Rodless

283

- Compact - compact with guide - Standard cylinder

246, 250, 253 256, 262 229, 236, 241, 246

D Drum for tubing

93

E/P converter

153

Electro-cylinder, electric actuators

345

Electro-pneumatic regulator

153

Electronic auto switches

295

Electrostatic sensor

375

Electrostatics

370, 372, 374, 375, 376, 379

F Filter

109

- Mist separator - Micro mist separator - Micro mist separator with pre-filter - Super mist separator - Vacuum

114, 120, 132 116, 134 118 122 213, 214

Filter regulator

139

Filter silencer

204

Finger Valve

101, 145, 196

-Pressure gauge

329

-Valve

197

Fittings

7

- Miniature

9, 11, 13

- Loosening tool

95

- Pivotable

47

- with cut-off valve

49

- with check valve

72

- with silencer - Corrosion free Flame-retardant tubing - Nylon - Polyurethane - Soft nylon tubing Flow measurement and monitoring Fluoropolymer tubing FRL

200 38, 42 86, 87, 88, 89 87 88, 89 86 331, 335, 337, 339 91 109

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Appendix

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

E

386

Alphabetical Index

H Hall sensor Hard polyurethane tubing

295 82

Heavy duty silencer

203

High pressure valve

191

I Ioniser, blower design

370, 372

ISO 15552

241

ISO 21287

246

ISO 6432

236

L Loosening tool for removing the tubing

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Lubricator

95 143

M Main piping filter

109

Maintenance units

129

Manifold

52

Manifold fitting

52

Manifold module

53

Mean air consumption

300

Measurement devices

329, 374, 376

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - basic type

269

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - slide bearing guide type

273

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - cam follower guide type

277

Mechanically jointed rodless cylinder - linear guide type

281

Mechanically operated 3/2-port valves

194

Membrane air dryer Micro mist separator

120 101, 102, 116, 134

- with pre-filter

118

Miniature fitting

9, 13

Miniature Regulator Mist separator Multiple polyurethane tubing Multiple stage ejector unit

155 114, 132 85 211

N Nozzle ioniser

370

Nylon tubing

77

- Double wall, flame-retardant

88

O Odour removal filter

124

One-touch fittings

19

- Loosening tool

95

Appendix

- Pivotable

47

- Miniature

9,11,13

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

387

Alphabetical Index

- with cut-off function - with check valve - with silencer - Corrosion free OR logics

49 72 200 38, 42 198

P Pad, configurator

217

Parallel air gripper

292

Peak air consumption

300

Pneumatically operated 2/2-port valve

189

- 5/2-port

192

Polyurethane tubing

79

- Spiral tubing

84

- Flame-retardant

86, 88,89 146

Pressure - Regulator

136, 139, 146, 153, 155, 157

- Switch

303, 307, 310, 313, 315

- Sensor

321, 323, 325, 327

- Amplifier

159

Pressure gauge

162

- Digital with battery

329

Profile tubular cylinder

241

Q Quick exhaust valve - Quick connection coupling

70 56, 59

R Reed switch

294

Refrigerated air dryer

103

Regulator

136

- Electro-pneumatic (E/P converter)

153

- for high flow rate (pilot controlled)

101, 157

- Miniature

155

- with filter

139

- Precision

146

- Vacuum

228

Rod ioniser

372

Rodless electric actuator

366

- Cylinder (pneumatic)

283

Rotary actuator

286

Rotary table

286

Rotating one-touch fitting

47

Appendix

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Precision pressure regulator

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

388

Alphabetical Index

S Sensors

301

- for pressure vacuum measurement

321, 323, 325, 327

- for measuring the flow rate

331, 335, 337, 339

- for measuring the electrostatics Shock absorbers Shuttle valve Silencer

374 229, 297, 298 198 200, 202, 203

- for one-touch fittings

202

- with oil separtor

204

Slow-start valve, accessories Soft nylon tubing, flame-retardant Soft start valve, accessories

149,151 86 101, 149, 151

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

Solenoid valve - 2/2-port

183

- 3/2-port

179, 180, 182

- 5/2- and 5/3-port - 5/2-port

166, 169 165

Speed controller

62

- Corrosion free

68

Speed exhaust controller

70

Spiral tubing made of polyurethane

84

Stand for tubing

93

Standard cylinder ISO - ISO/CETOP

229, 231, 236, 241, 246 229, 236, 237

Suction pad adapter and buffer

225

Suction pads

221

Super mist separator

122

Switch for pressure/vacuum

303, 307, 310, 313

- for monitoring the flow rate

331, 335, 337, 339

T Tubing

75

- Loosening tool

95

- Hard polyurethane

82

- Nylon

77

- Nylon double wall, flame-retardant

87

- Polyurethane

79

- Polyurethane (multiple)

85

- Polyurethane, flame-retardant

88

- Soft nylon tubing, flame-retardant

86

Tubing cutter

92

Tubing loosening tool

95

Tubing peeler for double-wall tubing

96

Tubing stand

93

- Drum

93

Appendix

- Slide cylinder

265

Twin pressure valve

198

Two hand control valve

199

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

389

Alphabetical Index

V Vacuum

209, 210, 211, 212

- Filter, In-Line

209, 213, 214, 215

- Regulator

228

- Pad, configurator

217

- Switch

303, 307, 310, 313

- Sensor

321, 323, 325, 327

- Water separator

216

Valve island

169

Valves

163

- Air-saving

74

- Electrically operated 2/2-port

183

- Electrically operated 3/2-port

179, 180, 182

- Electrically operated 5/2-port - Electrically operated 5/2- and 5/3-port - Pneumatically operated 2/2-port - Pneumatically operated 5/2-port - Manually operated valves

165 166, 169 189 192 196, 197

- Mechanically operated

194

- Soft start, accessories

149, 151

VDMA 24562

241

W Water separator - for vacuum systems

101, 102, 112 216

Appendix

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

207

- Ejector unit, In-Line

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

390

General Terms and Conditions SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Limited

Price List Validity The price list is valid as from 01.06.2013 Prices The prices refer to unbinding recommended prices. The prices are in pound sterling without VAT. Technical and price modifications are reserved. Pricing Term The pricing term is: ex works, excluding packaging. Business Terms We deliver exclusively according to the General Terms and Conditions for the delivery of machines for domestic transactions as recommended by the Machinery and Plant Manufacturing Association. Payment Terms

Subject to technical and dimensional modifications | Recommended resale prices

The payment terms are: strictly net 30 days from the invoice date.

Appendix

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

www.smcpneumatics.co.uk

CC

P

A I

1st printing Printed in United Kingdom

Akihabara UDX 15F, 4-14-1, Sotokanda, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 101-0021, JAPAN Phone: 03-5207-8249 FAX: 03-5298-5362 Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer.

tel: 01698 885425 | fax: 0872 115 8165

Industrial Automation Product Catalogue

www.smcpneumatics.co.uk MA12-IS-131-EN

SMC Pneumatics (U.K.) Limited Vincent Avenue Crownhill Milton Keynes Buckinghamshire MK8 0AN United Kingdom

Industrial Automation Product Catalogue